Chapter 1: The Arrival
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CHAPTER 1: WELCOME
In the elven village inside of ten-Finger Mountains place where the group of Choi Han currently resting themselves after the fight between Arm Rosalyn suddenly feel something weird.
"I can't feel the mana," Rosalyn said.
"Wha-"before Choi Han finishes his sentence a bright light suddenly flashes to their eyes and suddenly warped them around.
After Cale manages to balance his plate and prevent his death, He is now preparing to finish the aftermath of the battle in Gorge of death when suddenly a bright light flashes to him.
"Human/Cale!!!" said the kids and right after Cale disappeared the sudden bright light flashes before them again and warped them around.
After the flashy incident, the first guest arrived at the place who know where. The guest was surrounded by multiple seats like what have a cinema has and a big black screen in front of him. The guests did not know how he arrived or what he is doing here but he is sure in one thing this work of the gods.
"Hmmm..." Cale Henituse or who is currently Kim Rok Soo wandered his eyes around the room, he discovered that the room is divided into three parts, and for him to not be confused he will be called the left side, side A and the right side, side B. After naming the portions his eyes suddenly stop where he finds a medicine kit and healing potions that are on standby. He thinks that the person who brings him here is expecting them to tend to their injuries while staying. Before getting the materials a sudden word is projected on the screen.
"FEEL FREE TO TEND YOUR INJURIES"
He was right and he is back again to his business to tend to his injuries after fighting monsters on his duty. After he heal himself a sudden flash inside the side A appeared.
"Where am I and who are you?!" said the newly arrived guest Kim Rok Soo guessing that this is his past self.
"Calm down, I am Kim Rok Soo and I did not also where we are right now," said Kim Rok Soo
"Now who are you?" asked Kim Rok Soo he just thinks that he needed to do it to avoid any issues even if he knows who is this person in front of him.
"I am Cale Henituse" said Cale. After telling the situation to Cale he calm down himself when suddenly the door in side A opened loudly and greeted them by the raging Choi Han.
"You?!, why is a trash like you is here are you the one who made this?!" said Choi Han while running and attempting to attack Cale out of nowhere when a sentence flashed again to the screen.
"NO VIOLENCE"
After seeing this a barrier suddenly pops out and protects Cale from the attacks of Choi Han. Choi Han still does not budge to stop attacking Cale even after the threat and there is a sentence again flashes to the screen.
"I SAID NO VIOLENCE!"
Kim Rok Soo and Rosalyn know that this sentence tells them that the person who brings them here is angry.
"Choi Han stop!" after Rosalyn saying these Red strings suddenly appeared and bind Choi Han to put him in place.
After the commotion, Kim Rok Soo invited Cale to his side to comfort the young one but he will ask first if that was okay.
"Is it okay If Cale can be here with me?" Ask Kim Rok Soo to the person who brings them to the place where they are right now.
"It is okay for me but consent Cale first if he wants to"
After seeing the response of the person who brought them Cale just slightly nodded his head and currently walking where Kim Rok Soo is sitting as if there was nothing sort of wall that divided the area earlier. A few moments passed a sudden flash of light again appears and brings a lot of people now. There are the Crown Prince Alberu, The Henituse Family, Elves, Dark Elves and Mary, Whales, The Jungle, Tooka and Harol, Crown Prince Valentino, Duke Fredo, Clopeh, Bud and Glenn, and lastly the Dragons.
"Your Highness are you okay?" asked Rosalyn to Alberu.
"Yes I am Okay but do you know where we are right now Miss Rosalyn? And why the Hero Choi Han is in that state?" Ask Alberu
"Ahhh, currently we did not have any information about where we are right now and for the case of Choi Han he angered the person who bring us here by attacking Cale Henituse out of nowhere." Said Rosalyn.
After hearing this the Henituse family finds Cale immediately where they find him talking to another person that they did not know. Deruth doesn't know what he feels after hearing the explanation of Rosalyn.
"Cal-"he tried calling Cale and if he was okay when suddenly a man with the same hair and eye color as Cale appeared in front of them. He is wearing black pants, a turtle neck shirt, and a blazer with a cup of coffee in his right hand.
'He is wearing modern clothes and who is he?' thought Choi Han.
"Welcome to my domain and Cale nice to see you again," said the person who brought them here.
"Who are you and why did you know-"Cale was unable to finish his sentence when Choi Han suddenly shouted.
"Who are you?!, Where are we and what are trying to do wi-" Choi han did not finish his sentence because the man who bring them here looked at him with bloodshot eyes with a terrifying aura.
<" You! The person who beat up my niece last time and also on this timeline. I am trying to be nice here even if I don't want to so if you don't want to experience my rage and destroy your world in advance right now behave your fucking self my niece finishes his question. DO YOU UNDERSTAND?"> The person suddenly releases more of his aura that even the dragons can feel it. Others are currently on their knees because of the excessive aura that this person releases when suddenly they heard Cale speak to the man.
"Umm, Uncle Reid?" ask Cale to the person.
<"Oh! Yes, Cale, I am your Uncle Reid do you perhaps remember me now if still not I am the second eldest of your mother Jour. I am the person who visits you two in the garden when you are a child, do you remember?"> said, Reid.
Many are shocked that this person is connected to the trash especially the Deruth who did not know that this person is his in-laws. He only knows that Jour's sibling is currently on an expedition where he first visits jour in their house. Only at their wedding is the chance for Deruth to see Jour's siblings and other close relatives.
"Jour's brother? But you did not look like his brother when we meet at our wedding" said Deruth.
<"You!!"> said Reid with his aura. They felt the aura again as it is going stronger than before.
"Uncle Stop!" said Cale.
<"Huuu, thank yourself that Cale stops me or else"> said, Reid.
"Uncle," said again by Cale to his Uncle.
Reid clicked his tongue, in the annoyance that he cannot deal with Deruth right in front of Cale.
<"Don't think you can get away from me after what you did to Cale, I will deal with you later don't forget that Deruth"> said, Reid. It is clear to them that this person is angry with Deruth and their Hero Choi Han.
<"Moving on, to answer the question of your so-called "HERO" I bring you here today to react or gain information from the parallel world that you are currently in to avoid the incoming destruction of your world. I did not want to do but we don't see Cale and those innocent people suffer. Don't worry the time in your world is currently frozen or stop and->"
"Stop?! No one can stop time and what are you a God?" ask Eruhaben.
<Aaargghhh!! Don't interrupt me while I am talking!!"> said, Reid
"I apologize, so?" said Eruhaben
<"Ahh! I forget don't to introduce myself because of those shitheads. Anyway, I am Reid Thames the second son of the Thames Household of the Roan Kingdom before. And don't' worry about it Eruhaben"> Said Reid
"Roan Kingdom?!" said lock.
"So? You are a person but no person can do this." Said Alberu.
<"You are truly smart Alberu even though it was obvious that we are not simply humans because there is no mortal who can do it aside from us and the gods. You can say that we are currently under the level of gods in a hierarchy but in terms of power we are almost the same."> said Reid to Alberu.
'The Thames household, what kind of household they are really.' Alberu thinks after hearing that they are from the Roan Kingdom.
<"Don't worry about the time stop thing, that is the work of Chronos, the God of Time. That man loses his bet to me and this is my reward after winning. Before I forgot you will see the person who stops the destruction of their world and his comrades. Also, the person who is behind the destruction of the worlds, But don't after this your group are the only one who can remember all of the information."> Said Reid.
("Oh! I almost forget about you Cale or should I say, Kim Rok Soo?") Said Reid to Kim Rok Soo to his mind.
("Nice to see you again uncle and thank you for the things that you give to me. Also please give my regards to the family.") said Kim Rok Soo in his mind while smiling at Reid.
Reid gave Cale and Kim Rok Soo the ability to talk to each other in their minds for convenience. Seeing the interaction of the two the TOAH people thinks that this person who is on the side of Cale does have a connection to Reid.
<" I will leave for a moment and for the parallel world of yourselves to come out and villains in your both worlds before we start. This place has invisible walls that divide the room for me to guaranty your safety. Anyways Goodbye"> said, Reid.
Rok Soo suddenly thinks that if side A is the ruined world then side B is where the original Kim Rok Soo is currently living. Having these thoughts after the disappearance of Reid the tension between the people of side A starts to subdue and also the red strings that tie Choi Han disappear as well. After of few minutes of waiting the door of Side B opens and they see the first person from that side to appear.
"Where are am I?" said TCF Choi Han who is currently surveying the room when he suddenly stops when he sees his parallel self. He is speechless about what is currently happening. Observing the faces of the left side of the theater he sees his liege with some person that is new to him.
{I will be using TBOAH and TCF to differentiate each of them to avoid confusion}
"Cale-nim!" said tcf Choi Han who hit his head on the invisible wall. He immediately releases his aura to strike the wall and this makes side A prepare themselves when suddenly a sentence appears on the screen.
"NO VIOLENCE"
Tcf Choi Han calms himself and waits for his family to arrive as well because he knows that he is not the only one who experiences this mess. While tcf Choi Han calm himself tboah Choi Han is shocked by his other-self.
'He is stronger than me and why did he just trash. Cale-nim?' thought of tboah Choi Han while observing his parallel self.
'He is well equipped, less tired and seems well cared unlike his other self' thought of Rok Soo while observing tcf Choi Han.
Another person who came in it is the tcf Crown Prince Alberu. He immediately notices the presence of his other self and the presence of tboah Cale.
"Cale!" tcf Alberu immediately call him to know if he is already ok but he immediately stopped by tcf Choi Han.
"Your highness that is not Cale-nim," said tcf Choi Han.
After the appearance of tcf Alberu, one by one the parallel of themselves starts to appear and also the people who are already dead in their world.
"Wait is that Taylor and he is walking?!" asked tboah Cage
"Wait my brother is still alive there?" asked tboah Witira.
'I hope I can talk to him even if they came from a different world' tboah Witira thought while looking at his brother.
'Wait was it supposed to be the dead sun-god twins?' thought Rok Soo while gazing at the appearance of the people from side B.
'There are much more and stronger compared to the side A' Rok Soo added.
{For the name of the kids I will stay calling by their names without tboah and tcf because you know the children in the other world is......}
"Choi Han and Crown Prince," said Raon.
'Wait, is that a dragon? Wow! Choi Han has a dragon companion.' Rok Soo thought while looking at the little dragon that approach tcf Choi Han and tcf Alberu.
"Where is human Choi Han?! I cannot feel his presence. Human!! Human!!" Said Raon.
"Kid Calm Down we will see him again just wait and be patient." Said tcf Eruhaben.
"Eruhaben-nim is right Raon-nim we will see him again," said tcf Choi Han. Right after Raon calmed down a sudden loud sneeze was heard across the theater.
"Acchhooo!" said tboah Cale and suddenly he felt cold out of nowhere.
After hearing that the people of side B turn their gazes to tboah Cale and
"Cale/Young master/Human/Cale-nim!" said the people of side B.
"Wait! He is not the Cale that we knew" said alberu.
The people of side B slowly calm down as tcf Alberu explain the situation.
During their discussion, the people of side B notices that someone is walking towards them wearing his commander uniform. He is completely healed and you will not notice the suffering that he just experienced a while ago. After reaching his destination everyone felt relieved that they see him again.
"Human/Cale/Young Master/Cale-nim!" everyone in the side B greets him.
'What the heck?' Tcf Cale thought. He wandered across the theater he have an idea that the other side is the TBOAH world when suddenly his eyes shake slightly when he sees the original Cale Henituse in his previous body.
<" Hi again everyone"> said Reid who is still now holding 4 cups of coffee in his hand and hand each coffee to his precious nephews.
After the appearance of Reid, he explains again the situation to the newcomers.
<" You are here to react and get some information about their world"> he points to side B.
<" and you are here to know a lot more about your lovely commander that sacrifice himself every time">. Said Reid while recalling the events that tcf Cale do to endanger his life multiple times.
"Commander?! That trash is a commander?!" said the bystanders.
Tboah Alberu and tboah Choi han did not expect that Cale Henituse will be a commander in the parallel world?
'Wow! Commander he is the Commander there' Rok Soo thought while looking at tcf Cale that is currently sitting on his side with his 3 children.
"Don't call Cale-nim trash" tcf Choi Han gave the person who calls Cale a murderous look while tboah Choi Han cannot believe his other-self.
'Why is he like that? He is much stronger and happier than me what would be the change he experience that I did not experience.' tboah Choi han thought.
After some briefing, he then teleports the villains of both sides.
"Yes, he is the North Eastern Commander that led numerous victories on our current war. Why? Do you have any complaints?" said tcf Alberu with a smile on his face.
The people who questioned tcf Cale avoid the face of tcf Alberu. They know that there are from a different world but they cannot still help to question why tcf Cale the commander. They also confirm that there will be war soon based on the statement of tcf Alberu to them.
<" Okay! Everyone is here now so shall we start?"> said, Reid.
("Is it okay to you to do this they will know about your true self?) Reid ask tcf Cale which made tcf Cale just shrug his shoulder.
("It is okay to me especially I think this is a right time to know it.") Said tcf Cale to Reid.
Reid knows that behind that stoic face tcf Cale is nervous on what would the expressions of his current family to his situation. Tcf Cale readied himself on what would happen after they knew that he is not the true Cale Henituse. Will they rage or what he doesn't know? He is afraid of the fact that there are chances that these people will abandon him after knowing the truth.
<" For all of you to know who is the one who changes the future for side B and will change the future of this event is not happen may we call on my nephew Kim Rok Soo to introduce himself"> said, Reid.
Everyone in the room is shocked that this person who is on the side of tboah Cale and tcf Cale is his niece.
"Hello everyone, I am Kim Rok Soo formerly known as Cale Henituse." Said Rok Soo as he ignored the gasps that he heard on both sides.
"I made a deal to the God of Death for me to change the future of my world. I am the ONLY one who made the deal. I and the God of Death are the only ones who know the deal. Your Cale Henituse is just dragged by my selfish reasons." Said Rok Soo as he pointed on tcf Cale on side B.
"Don't call yourself selfish nya~" said Hong.
"Yes, the human said that everything has a reason," said Raon.
"Thank You?" said Rok Soo.
"Ah! I am Hong! And this my Noona On!" Hong cheerfully said.
"I am Raon, Raon Miru and I will allow you to call me the great and mighty being on his name," said Raon.
Kim Rok Soo slightly chuckled at the reactions of the children.
"Yes, yes thank you Hong and Raon," said Rok Soo while petting their heads.
"I think it is now my turn," said tcf Cale.
"Hello, my name is Cale Henituse formerly known as Kim Rok Soo. I am just sleeping on my day off and the next thing I know that I am currently possessing the body of Cale Henituse." Said tcf Cale as he immediately sit down for him not to see the reaction of his new family.
'Cale-nim is Korean?' tcf Choi Han thought while remembering what Raon said that everything has a reason so he decided not to pry more and just wait on what would happen.
"It is alright human you are still our human whoever you are," said Raon.
"My dongsaeng is right Cale nya! You are still the one who saves us and that is more important." Said On.
Tcf Cale is happing that the children accept him so he decided to pat their heads and give them some treats during this if it is possible.
"It seems that I am the last one," said tboah Cale.
"Hello, my name is Cale Henituse from this side." Tboah Cale said while pointing to side A.
As the trio finishes their introduction Reid starts to talk again.
<" And now that introduction is done we will now proceed on the program."> said, Reid.
TBC.........
Author's Note:
What the heck man??!!! 3337 words really?? Hahahahahaha I did not expect that this chapter 1 be that long. You can comment on what chapter you want them to react to on the next updates. The chapter for the next two updates will be my choice and the further updates will be based on what the readers want. Forgive me for my grammar as I said that just do this out of boredom. Anyways I hope you enjoy this and see you in the next guys!!!
Chapter 2: SPENDING MONEY LIKE A MADMAN
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CHAPTER 2: SPENDING MONEY LIKE A MADMAN
<" And now that introduction is done we will now proceed on the program."> said, Reid.
<" Ah! Before I forgot there will be some people who will join you reacting today."> said, Reid.
With a simple snap of Reid's finger, multiple individuals appears in front of them.
<" They are the Ancient Power of tcf Cale and he is quite special because he can hear them talking in his head after acquiring them"> Reid said while looking their shocked faces.
"What they can talk? That was impossible. My ancient power can't talk to me" tcf and tboah Bud said.
<" Did I just say that he is quite special?"> Reid said and just made both Bud shut their mouth to avoid to anger the said being.
"Wait why are so many of them?" said, Cale.
"Tsk tsk tsk, you unlucky bastard," said, tcf Eruhaben.
"Why did he have that? That supposed to be mine!" said, tcf White star.
Most of them turn their heads to see who said it and it was from the villain side of side B the tcf white star.
"First come first serve" Blood drenched rock simply said.
<" Priestess may you do the honor to start the introduction?"> said, Reid.
"Okay! But after this can you give me some food because I am currently hungry right now." Said, Glutton.
<" No worries about that, then shall we proceed?"> said, Reid.
"Hi! I am the indestructible shield of tcf Cale" said, glutton
"Hi, *hick I am *hick the vitality of the heart of tcf Cale." Said, crybaby.
"Wait! Why does he have tboah Taylor Ancient Power?!" shouted by tboah Cage.
"Just wait I know that will explain later," tcf Taylor said to tboah Cage knowing what happen to his other-self.
"Does the vitality of the heart is Healing Ancient Power?" asked, tcf Eruhaben.
"Yes, Eruhaben-nim why?" said, tcf Cale.
"Did you get it first or not?" asked, tcf Eruhaben.
"I acquired it after getting the indestructible shield at the puzzle city," said, tcf Cale.
"So that is the reason why you are not exploding even if your plate is weak." Said, tcf Eruhaben.
"What? Exploding are you talking about goldie gramps?! Human you cannot die if you die I will destroy the world!" said, Raon.
'Vicious' tcf Cale thought.
"Don't worry Eruhaben-nim help me to balance my plate." said, tcf Cale while patting the head of Raon.
"Hi, I am the Sound of the wind of tcf Cale" said, thief.
"Hi, I am the Dominating Aura of tcf Cale" said, dominating aura
"Hi! Khakhakhakhakha I am the fire of destruction khakhakhakha" said, cheapskate.
"Hi. I am the Super rock of tcf Cale." Said, Super Rock.
"Hi! F*ckers F*cking nice to meet you all! I am the Sky eating water that tcf Cale recently acquired." Said, crazy kid.
<" Don't worry the swear words are censored to the ears and eyes of the kids."> said, Reid.
Tcf Cale felt some relief hearing that. He cannot imagine if the children start swearing, as he also did not want to have a long conversation with Ron and Eruhaben-nim every time they heard the kids swearing.
'I will never let them swear and prevent them from catching my bad habits' tcf Cale thought.
"Hi, I am the Blood-Drenched Rock that tcf Cale will acquire soon." Said, Blood drenched Rock.
"Hello everyone! Hello to my cuties!" said, Jour.
"Jour?" said, both Deruth.
<" Shut Up the fuck up there Deruth."> said, Reid while glaring at Deruth.
"Mother?" said, Rok Soo and tboah Cale.
Rok Soo felt happy after seeing again his mother even though he is currently with his mother in his own world. Meanwhile, tboah Cale is shocked that his mother has an ancient power and currently trying to stop his tears to fell down after seeing his mother again after how many years.
"Yes! I am your mother cuties! I am the former owner of the annual rings of life, Jour Henituse. That my cutie will acquire in the future" said, Jour.
<" Now that you know the ancient powers of tcf Cale I will give tcf Cale some present to you prepared by yours truly."> said, Reid.
With a snap of finger tcf Cale eyes slightly shake while looking at the two individuals that never been in his life expected to see again.
"You punk are you not greeting us and just standing there?" said, Lee Soo Hyuk.
"Did you not miss me? Your Hyung?" Choi Jung Soo teasingly said.
"Wait how?" tcf Cale asked while looking at Reid with his eyes shaking by the sudden appearance of his [hyungs] two idiots in his life.
<" Well you will see each other again in the future it just I want you to meet up much earlier."> Reid casually said to tcf Cale.
("Well did you not miss them?") Said, Reid to tcf Cale.
("Yeah I miss them, thanks,) Said, tcf Cale.
After hearing the reply of tcf Cale, Reid just smiles at him with a look of 'no problem'. Seeing this sudden event unfold the people of Side B look at tcf Cale. They are now thinking who these people are to their human/guardian / liege / young master.
"Wait how? Is that all you can say after seeing each other again haaaa." Soo Hyuk said.
<" Soo Hyuk and Jung Soo why don't you introduce yourselves to them to minimize their curiosity?"> Reid said.
"Right! I forgot about that, Well I am Choi Jung Soo. We are from Korea where this punk came from." Jung Soo said while pointing to tcf Cale.
'Choi? Is he a relative or not' both Choi han thought while looking to Jung Soo.
"Oh! Uncle, you are here!" Jung soo said.
"Uncle? What do you mean by that?" Cale asked Jung Soo which Reid immediately answer.
<" Choi Han is paternal uncle once removed of Jung Soo so he called him Uncle. Also, I just give them the necessary information and even though Jung Soo did not call him Uncle tcf Choi han will still know. Regarding tboah Choi Han well, I don't know if you will know about it."> Reid said.
"Hello everyone I am Lee Soo Hyuk former Team Leader of Kim Rok Soo or should I say Cale Henituse?" Soo Hyuk said.
"Oh! There are other 2 here the original and soul partner of Cale! Well, it is good because I will have more dongsaeng!" Jung Soo said.
"Who is your dongsaeng?!" tboah Cale said to Jung Soo
"Awww, Hyung look they are the same as Cale?" Jung Soo said to Soo Hyuk.
'Why is he like this? Is he not angry that I took the life of their friend for my selfishness?' Rok Soo thought.
On the other hand, Soo-hyuk sees Rok Soo with a concerned look on his face.
"Hey, whatever thing you are thinking right now, it is not your fault and Jung Soo is right I am now happy that there will be another dongsaeng on my care." Soo-hyuk said to Rok Soo while putting his hands on each shoulder of Rok Soo and tboah Cale. Cale felt warmth, he felt happy that there will be someone who will be concerned on him but he did not just want to admit it.
"Also did you not see that Cale there is currently with his new family? And also you did you not happy with your new family?" Soo-hyuk said to Rok Soo.
"So what are you looking at did you not miss us hmm?" Soo Hyuk said to tcf Cale while spreading his arms as if he was initiating a hug.
Tcf Cale just walked towards them and hugged his hyungs that he truly miss without any concern in his surroundings. Most of the people from side B were shocked by the actions of tcf Cale they see him acting like that. They know that tcf Cale misses these two, so they decided to know his past to know him more and for them to make him smile more.
As the newcomers settled on their seats Reid starts the program.
<"So today I prepare some good starters for all of you. It is one of my favorite scene that my nephew do."> Reid said.
"Wait, nephew? Why? I am not the true Cale henituse at all." Cale said which was immediately refuted by Jour.
"Little cutie you are my now even if you are not my true son I will recognize you to be one ok? And it is good that I 3 sons now right Reid?"> Jour said while waiting for the confirmation from Reid.
<" Yes, you are right and Cale no matter who you are we recognize you as a Thames as soon as you transmigrate in that body. So don't hesitate to seek us for help we will be always happy to help you."> Reid said to tcf Cale. Which made tcf Cale happy but he did not want to admit it, instead he just slightly nodded.
'Cute' everyone thought while looking at tcf Cale.
"Hmm? Is my brother shy? What do you think tboah Cale?" Rok Soo teasingly asks tboah Cale.
"Shut Up, then Uncle please continue," tcf Cale said while hiding his blushed face from embarrassment.
<" If you say so my nephew, moving on this will about how he gets the Fire of Destruction. For those who knew already, I am warning you NO SPOILERS okay?"> Reid said with his smile on his face that undoubtedly makes you shiver.
<" Ah! These will not good for those who are weak hearted so brace yourselves."> Reid said.
"What do you not for weak-hearted?" tcf Jack politely ask.
<" No worries there will be no blood spree or what it is just you will just shocked from his actions"> Reid said to calm tcf Jack which made tcf Jack less worried.
'Why do I feel bad about this?' tcf Alberu suddenly thought but he immediately erase that idea and will just wait for what will happen.
'Wait, really that trial is the first one? Well, I don't think there will be any harm from this.' Tcf Cale thought.
<" So does everyone here ready? Then let's start."> Reid happily said.
SPENDING MONEY LIKE A MADMAN (CHAPTER 109 – 110 SCARY PART 2 & 3)
'I am now sure that there will something else behind this title.' Tcf Alberu thought.
"Wow I like to meet that madman," both Bud said which made both Glenn smack their heads.
"Bud shut up!" both Glenn said to their respective Bud.
Early morning a few days later, Cale was climbing the third peak of the Ten Finger Mountains with only Raon by his side.
"Human! Taking a stroll is fun!"
'A stroll my ass.'
"Young master what are you doing to the mountains at that time and why you did not let you accompany me on your trip? Tcf Ron calmly said with his benign smile on his face.
'Vicious old man' is the only this tcf Cale can think about tcf Ron right now.
Cale wiped the sweat off of his face as he used the Sound of the Wind to quickly climb the mountain.
These peaks were called the Ten Finger Mountains because they resembled fingers. This meant that the third and eighth peaks were the tallest. These two peaks were so tall that the peak was covered by clouds and snow did not melt until the middle of summer.
'But that peak is melting.'
The final ancient power was the, 'Fire of Destruction.'
Other people would not know about it yet. This ancient power would melt about half of this third peak in two weeks.
"What?!" some of the elves from tboah and tcf were shocked by this revelation.
"Human! It is hot! What is this?"
"Aigoo."
Cale groaned as he reached the top.
"Isn't this lava? I read about it in a book! It is hotter than the fire in the Jungle! It is an interesting power!"
Lava appeared in front of Cale and Raon. It was not huge, but still a decently large lava pit. Of course, this peak was not a volcano. However, this lava was melting the mountain. They could feel intense heat radiating from the fire.
But Cale was feeling less of it thanks to the necklace with the Fire Suppressing Water, as well as the Vitality of the Heart. He looked at the center of the lava pit.
"Ha!"
He couldn't believe it. A golden pig sculpture was spinning in circles in the middle of the lava pit.
"Raon."
Cale called out to Raon, who was staring at the interesting sight in front of him. Raon could see Cale holding his magic bag open in front of him.
"What is it, human?"
"Hand over the money."
Raon blinked a few times before putting the silver coins in Cale's bag.
Cale slowly started to smile. It had been a while since he did something this refreshing without harming anyone.
Showing off your wealth was best for stress relief.
"Harming anyone? What do you mean by that?!" tboah Choi Han glared at tcf Cale but tcf Cale just ignored his rambling.
<" You! Just shut up your fucking mouth I am still not finished dealing with you!"> Reid said to tboah Choi Han. While tboah Rosalyn and tboah Lock calm down tboah Choi Han.
"Wow, I am jealous I wish I can say that also in the future" Jung Soo said while clingingly hugged tcf Cale.
"Why am I feel that this is somehow connected to me?" tcf Alberu said which made tcf Cale flinched remembering that the money he threw was from the crown prince but he decided to not bring it up.
"What do you mean your highness I cannot fathom what are you talking about?" tcf Cale shamelessly replied tcf Alberu.
'Yes, ignorance is bliss' tcf Cale thought.
'This shameless bastard, after this I will truly make you my Prime Minister.' Tcf Alberu thought while looking at the head of tcf Cale.
While Soo Hyuk and Rok Soo look at him with a 'this bastard/punk really do something crazy' look.
"Ha, hahaha!"
Cale started to laugh out loud.
"...Human, why are you laughing?"
Raon moved backward. It was not because Cale was laughing. It was odd to see Cale laughing like this, but it was nice to see. However, what Cale started to do was odd.
Clang, clang.
Cale grasped a fistful of silver coins and threw it into the lava.
"Human! Do you know how many chicken skewers! How much candy?! Human, why are you doing this?! Tell me if you have any issues with me! Human!"
"Hahahaha!"
"Hey what are you doing?!" Rok soo ask tcf Cale on his action.
"Just watch" tcf Cale calmly said.
Cale was not listening to Raon. At that moment, something weird started to happen.
Ooooooooong.
They could hear a noise as the silver coins did not melt and started to rise up from the lava to create a path.
The former owner of this ancient power was a greedy and wealthy warrior.
This last ancient power required money to get.
It really felt nice to spend money like it was water.
"Hahahaha!"
Cale laughed out loud like a hero as he continued to throw silver coins in front of him and into the lava. A silver path made of money was slowly starting to form.
– I didn't expect for someone like you to appear!
"Yeah, we also did not expect that someone sane will be doing that kind of thing." Tcf Bud said.
Cale could hear the voice of the owner of the, 'Fire of Destruction.' The voice sounded like it was looking at a crazy person.
Claaaaaaang-
The silver coins continued to fly like snow.
'Ah, this is bliss.'
It was even better since it was someone else's money. He would never get a chance like this again.
"Yes, let's throw it all!"
"Hyung you say that it was not your money so is it from the Henituse treasury?" tcf Basen calmly asks tcf Cale.
"No worries that are not from the family either so relax." Tcf Cale said to assure tcf Basen which made tcf Basen either relax or anxious.
"If this from me I swear after of all this I will make you my Prime minister." Tcf Alberu said while glaring at tcf Cale.
Silver coins continued to fly as Cale grabbed handfuls and threw them toward the golden pig sculpture.
"T, this can't be! I don't know how to feel! I shouldn't feel this way! But this is so refreshing to watch!"
"Oh my God Raon-nim is catching up the traits of young master Cale" tcf Tasha said.
The 5-year-old Raon fell into a state of chaos. Cale didn't care as he watched the silver coins float up to create a path for him.
The, 'Fire of Destruction,' really couldn't be called lava or fire. It was more of a, 'liquid flame,' since the fire was in a liquid-like state.
< The, 'Fire of Destruction,' that appeared on the third peak of the Ten Finger Mountains did not go out until it destroyed the entire peak. Nobody could do anything about it until an Elf that had a Fire Elemental earned the ancient power. >
People did not earn this power the proper way in the novel. However, Cale knew the proper way to earn the power after reading about it in the novel.
"Well, no one is someone sane thinks that throwing money is the right way to obtain the ancient power" tcf Bud said to tcf Cale.
Which made tcf Cale just shrug his shoulder and choose to ignore Bud.
"Wait so there no one will react about the "Novel" thing?" tcf Archie ask.
<" Just wait and you will know everything soon."> Reid Said to assure them.
< However, people did not think about throwing money into the lava. This flowing fire could not burn money. >
Why, you ask?
– I haven't felt this feeling in a long time! Ah, the smell of money!
It was because the owner of the ancient power was crazy about money.
– Keep on throwing the money! I haven't seen anybody other than my crazy friend waste silver coins like this! Muhahahaha!
"Hahaha!"
"Crazy Bastard" tcf and tboah Alberu said in unison which made them look at each other with a little nod and smile.
Both Cale and the owner of the ancient power were laughing. Silver coins continued to fly into the lava as they laughed. Raon took his piggy bank out of his alternate dimension and held it close. He looked back and forth between Cale and his piggy bank with a serious expression.
"What are you looking at?"
Cale looked odd as he suddenly stopped laughing and stoically stood there. A path of silver coins was shining on top of the boiling lava. That silver light meshed well with the red-haired Cale.
"Weak human."
"What?"
"Let me know if you don't have enough! I am willing to give you my piggy bank!"
Cale snorted. Cale would never steal money from children. He didn't enjoy snot-filled money.
"Hey! My money is snot-filled human" Raon said while holding his piggy bank.
"Yes, yes and I am sorry," tcf Cale said while putting some coins on the piggy banks of the children.
Without tcf Cale knowing many people from both sides look at how adorable their interactions are.
– Money! Let me smell more of the scent of money!
Furthermore, he had two hundred thousand of these silver coins, courtesy of the crown prince.
"WHAT?! HEY!" tcf Alberu just called tcf Cale out loud without any care about his surroundings.
"ARE YOU INSANE? HA? EVEN IF I AM THE CROWN PRINCE I DID NOT HAVE UNLIMITED MONEY FROM MY TREASURY!!" tcf Alberu said to tcf Cale.
"That is not my problem your highness and it is not my fault if you give me those things because of my deeds." Tcf Cale shamelessly said to tcf Alberu.
"You are truly shameless. Forget about the prime minister position because one day my treasury might be drained because of you!" tcf Alberu said.
"Young Highness the sun of the Roan Kingdom the sun that will shine even the depth of the nights. How I could I a merely noble to do that thing to you your highness?" tcf Cale said.
"Shut. Up." Tcf Alberu said while glaring at tcf Cale.
"As you say, your highness." Tcf Cale happily obliged to tcf Alberu.
"Wow, you are so shameless. Is that how the transmigration affects you?" Jung Soo ask tcf Cale which made tcf Cale ignore him.
"Here."
Cale looked like a very benevolent person right now.
< Most importantly, that Elf was not able to take control of the full, 'Fire of Destruction,' and considered it to be a useless power. However, the Elf would have regretted it later if he knew that he would have been able to get closer and closer to the full power of the, 'Fire of Destruction,' if he was willing to spend a lot of money. >
The warrior who was the former owner of the, 'Fire of Destruction,' was said to be very greedy for money. He didn't want power or fame, living in poverty during his childhood made him want money above all else.
– I wanted to be able to throw money away like trash like this too! But those damn bastards stole it all! My money, as well as my friends' money! Those sons of bitches! You cruel bastards that treated us like slaves!
The golden pig started to swear profusely. Cale did not pay any attention to it as he started to walk toward the golden pig.
"Haa, so annoying."
Cale was now taking out entire bags of money and just pouring it in front of him as he walked.
Many of them are still shocked by the events that are currently unfolding on there that made them speechless.
– Y, you wonderful human being!
The voice of the former owner was shaking.
Ooooooong- ooooooooong-
Cale started to smile. The golden pig sculpture was shining even brighter now.
Siiiiiizle-
A red vapor started to rise from the lava. Raon flew up higher in order to avoid the vapor. It was vapor that had fire inside of it.
Paaaaat.
The Indestructible Shield and its wings covered Cale's body.
'This is no better than manual labor.'
"Haa... I am now done dealing with you." Tcf Alberu said that he will now give up understanding tcf Cale from now on.
'What is he talking about?' tcf Cale while looking back at the screen.
Cale was getting tired of this repetitive procedure. Even throwing money around got boring after a while.
Cale clicked his tongue and started to pour the money even faster. He was able to soon arrive in front of the golden pig sculpture in the middle of the lava pit, as the pit was not very wide.
"Mm."
The voice started to speak again once Cale was in front of the sculpture.
– I approve of you! You have the right attitude to gain this power! If it is you, if it is someone like you who is willing to throw money away like this, you will be able to overcome every obstacle in your way!
The owner of the ancient power had approved of him and was telling Cale to grab the pig sculpture. However, the owner of the ancient power could only speak in disbelief after seeing Cale's next actions.
– Hmm?
Claaaaaang. Claaaaaang.
Cale took out even more silver coins.
"So many."
He was still far away from using all two hundred thousand silver coins.
"Oh my god PLEASE! Stop! The ancient power already acknowledges you!" {It is now in your imagination who said this line hahahahaha}
"What?! You are planning to dump all the two hundred thousand silver coins on that pit?" tcf Bud asks tcf Cale.
"Umm Yes why?" tcf Cale said without knowing what is wrong with that.
"Crazy bastard" tcf Alberu said.
Even the other royalties is shocked about his action. Yes, they are royalties from different tribes and nations but they will not waste that large sum of money. On the other hand, there are some people felt that they are poorer than before after watching this even though most of them are nobles.
– M, my goodness! I've never seen such a crazy person before! You must be an angel!
"No, he is not an angel HE IS A DEVIL." Tcf Alberu refuted the statement of the ancient power. While the other people especially on side b just laugh at the current situation of tcf Alberu.
"Devil me? What do you mean by that your highness?" tcf Cale asks tcf Alberu.
That statement just made tcf Alberu sigh as he realize that there will be no cure to the obliviousness of his commander.
"Tsk tsk you are truly Unlucky Bastard." Tcf Eruhaben said to tcf Cale.
The owner of the ancient power could not hide his admiration. The pig sculpture started to vibrate even stronger the more the owner shouted with joy.
Ooooooooong.
The entire peak started to shake.
Siiiiiiizle. Siiiiiiiiiizle.
More of the red vapor started to rise into the air and headed toward the pig sculpture. Cale did not care about any of this, as he continued to pour out all two hundred thousand silver coins with indifference.
– ......
The owner of the ancient power was now at a loss for words.
"See even the ancient power is lost at words on your actions," tcf Bud said.
Cale straightened his back after finally pouring out all of the silver coins. He was sweating.
"This is hard work."
"Young master your hard work really has a different meaning," tcf Rosalyn said.
"That is not hard work you just poured out the money." Tcf Alberu angrily said.
"Your highness that is hard work," tcf Cale said.
"Your highness that kind of hard work is the hard work that you will never understand." Said by tcf Choi Han.
"Yeah you are right uncle," Jung Soo said.
"I feel kind of pity to the crown prince handling my troublemaker dongsaeng." Soo Hyuk said while looking pitifully to tcf Alberu.
"Haaaaa. Thanks for the sympathy but what done is done I will just think about some countermeasure if he does it again in the future." Tcf Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale. On the other hand, Tcf Cale felt shivers from his spine and he thinks that he will just ignore those stares that are focused on him.
"Eruhaben-nim is right, you are truly an unlucky bastard," Rok Soo said.
"What?" tcf Cale replied.
Cale looked toward the shining pig sculpture as he said that. The red vapors were surrounding the golden pig sculpture.
– I approve of you. I debated it for a while, since I felt my friend's power on you.
'Friend's power? Was he friends with the thief that was the owner of the Sound of the Wind?'
Cale felt like he learned something useless again. He then started to frown at the owner's next words.
– There really are no normal people who own ancient powers. Here you go! Take it! It is the power to destroy everything! Of course, the money is mine.
"Hey I am normal though!" both Bud shouted to tcf Cale after hearing that statement.
"You are the Mercenary King and you are claiming to be normal?" tcf Alberu said.
"Oh."
The ancient power started to float toward Cale. The golden pig sculpture that was surrounded by red vapor was now in front of Cale's nose.
'He's cheaper than I expected.'
"CHEAPER??!! So how much is expensive to you ha?" tcf Alberu said.
"Haaaa. I felt that I was so poor even though I am royalty." Tcf and tboah Witira said that most of the nobility in the room easily agreed.
He didn't know that this would happen with only 2 billion gallons.
"Hahahahahaha only 2 Billion gallons he said hahaha," tcf Bud said.
"Human I think that person does have some loose screw like crazy Clopeh and I worry about the state of the crown prince."
"Dragon-nim I did not have loose screws. I am completely normal though." Tcf Bud said while the other looked at him with unsure gazes.
"Thank you for your worry Raon-nim but I am okay I just need more time to calm down though." Tcf Alberu said to lessen the worry Raon.
Cale slowly reached his hand out toward the golden pig sculpture. He would have powers for defending, regenerating, escaping, and attacking once he got this power.
At that moment, the owner started to speak again.
– It's interesting that you are in the land of boulders but do not have the corresponding ancient power.
'Boulder?'
Cale flinched.
– To be honest with you, money isn't the only thing that I couldn't destroy. There is a boulder that I could not destroy as well. I will share this information with you since you helped me resolve my resentment.
It was a hint about another ancient power.
'...But I don't need it.'
"I highly doubt it young master," tcf Rosalyn said while smirking.
"I agree to the words of noona young master-nim" tcf Lock said.
Cale was fine with what he had already. He also had the Fire Suppressing Water and the Dominating Aura. There were probably no other human beings who had so many ancient powers.
"Yeah and that was the reason you are currently writing a history right now young master" tcf Litana said.
'What a vicious thought and writing history? That was a threat to my dream to become a rich slacker.' Tcf Cale thought.
"Yes, she is right Cale-nim is truly a legend and I am happy to walk with the legend with me." Tcf Clopeh said. While his counterpart thinks why he is like that and legend did he just say that tcf Cale is a legend?
'I need to watch how he ends up in that kind of situation and how he will assess the actions of tcf Cale to the path of being a legend.
Most of the people from side b looked at Clopeh with a sneer on their faces while listening to his talks about tcf Cale being a legend.
(Uncle is tcf Clopeh Sekka is really necessary here?) tcf Cale ask Reid which made Reid nod as a response to the question of his nephew.
– The king of rocks, the Giant Cobblestone that is known as the, 'Super Rock,' is in the land of boulders.
Cale's expression did not seem to be good as he heard about the land of boulders, the Roan Kingdom.
Why did it have to be a Giant Cobblestone? Cale had a bad feeling about this. Cale did not respond to the ancient power who did not say anything else, and just touched the golden pig sculpture.
Siiizzle.
Cale's hand touched the vapor, but he did not get hurt.
Ooooooooo-
The tips of his fingers touched the pig sculpture. A mix of gold and red light rushed toward Cale.
– Use it to melt anything in your way. You will survive through the pain.
The voice of the ancient power's owner slowly disappeared. Cale lifted up his shirt to see that there was now a rose gold thunderbolt on the silver shield on his chest.
Cale was relieved.
'It's not a pig.'
"It was really your worry at that time?" tcf Alberu ask tcf Cale with a tired look and tone.
"Yes, your highness it is not nice to see if there is a pig tattoo on my chest." Tcf Cale said with his stoic face.
The pig sculpture earlier was cute, but he didn't want such a tattoo. Cale reached his hand out.
"Ooh!"
Raon was amazed at what was happening.
Siiiiiiizle-
A loud sizzle noise appeared as the silver coins disappeared into silver vapor.
At the same time, the red lava sizzled and formed into an orb in front of Cale's hand. Cale clenched his hand into a fist, as if he was trying to grab the orb.
Paaat.
The lava orb disappeared with a quiet noise. Only a wide pit was left on top of the third peak.
"Human, is that power from earlier yours now?"
"I guess so?"
"You are as strong as half of my pinky toe now! You are now a very extremely tiny amount stronger."
Cale smiled after receiving Raon's approval. A cool breeze swept past him. Now that the heat from the lava was gone, the top of this peak was returning to being cold.
<" And that's it! Now I will give you time to rest yourself physically and mentally especially you tcf Alberu."> Reid said to tcf Alberu.\
"Thank you for your concern and I think I really need to process these things. Also, I need to rest because I know that there will be more of these.
<" Ok if you say so then I will all leave you first and when I come back we will return the show"> Reid said and after it he immediately leaves to take out some important matters.
Author's Note:
Hi! And shit 5500+ words??? Really?? Hahahahahaha. Sorry again for the grammars and such. The suggestion may be a specific chapter or Arc. So yeah! See you again Next Time!!!!!
Chapter 3: RECORD HERE, RECORD THERE, RECORD EVERYWHERE!
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD - TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CHAPTER 3: SPENDING LIKE A MAD MAN 2 (A BEAUTIFUL NIGHT 3-5)
<" I am back, so let's continue the program?"> Reid asks.
<" Oh! I almost forgot this chapter is also not safe for weak-hearted"> Reid said. Most of them flinched while remembering what they witness in the last chapter.
"Is there any "Safe for weak-hearted chapter there?" tcf Taylor Cautiously asks.
"Wait how many chapters are there and is there no safe for weak-hearted chapter there?" tcf Bud added.
<" Well there are 776 Chapters here but don't worry we will not react to all of them."> Reid said while looking at their flabbergasted expressions.
"776 Chapters? That many?" tcf Cale asks while looking at his uncle to say that it is not true gaze.
<" Well you are the person who we are talking about here Cale and to answer the question of tcf Taylor I think there are some but it depends on what chapter you will pick. So is there any more question?"> Reid said while waiting for them to ask a question before resuming the program.
<" I think there is none so let's continue."> Reid excitedly said.
'Why uncle suddenly felt excited about this' tcf Cale said while looking at his uncle who is truly excited about this.
CHAPTER 3: SPENDING LIKE A MAD MAN 2 (CHAPTER 274 - 276 A BEAUTIFUL NIGHT 3-5)
"Wait! Wait! Wait! Sorry for my impudence Sir Reid but is this true that there will be part of that event or my eyes are joking with me right now?" tcf Alberu asks. While the others silently agreed to tcf Alberu because most of us are still processing or cannot get over on the previous chapter and here we are watching to unfold the second part of it?
<" Yes tcf Alberu that is why is there anything wrong?"> Reid calmly asked tcf Alberu who is currently thinking if it is alright to change the current chapter and just get to it after watching a light one when suddenly tcf Cale speak.
"Uncle, my beloved and respected Uncle the one who truly cherishes us his nephew will you allow us if I make some suggestion?" tcf Cale said to his Uncle Reid.
<" Cale doesn't use that glib tongue of yours to me because there will be no effect that on me okay? But I will let hear your suggestion, my dear nephew."> Reid said to Cale while smiling.
"Human, your Uncle is smiling like how you are smiling when you are trying to scam someone," Raon said.
'I guess we are truly relatives' tcf Cale thought.
"I know that there is a reason why you are excited about this but can we watch first some light stuffs for them to process a little more what they witness earlier?" Tcf Cale ask while the other people of both sides looked at him with some sparkle in their eyes.
<" Okay I will be considerate but only this once okay?"> Reid said while looking at tcf Cale because how can he refuse his nephew right?
"Thank you for accepting my request uncle," tcf Cale said.
<" Okay so now wait for me here and relax there is food at your respective corners and you can ask Lee Soo Hyuk, tcf Cale, Kim Rok Soo, Choi Han, and Choi Jung Soo about the foods from Korea. Glutton ask Cale for some recommendation and you will not regret it." Reid said to everyone while leaving them to the Koreans.
15 minutes have passed and there is still no sign of Reid returning they are all full even the villains after hearing the suggestions of the Koreans. As they continuously eating they did not sense that Reid is back with some cups in both of his hands.
<" Well how was it?"> Reid asks while looking at everyone who can only nod their heads as a response.
<" Well I am happy to see that you are enjoying so Soo hyuk here is Coffee as a token of your hard work while I am gone."> Reid said.
"Oh! Thank you but don't mention it." Soo Hyuk Replied.
<" Then here is the Chocolate drink for Rok Soo because I know that you develop your sweet tooth after transmigrating and for tcf Cale, Jung Soo, tboah Cale, and Choi Han."> Reid happily said.
"How about the other-self of mine he also helps us don't worry I also protect tboah Cale to avoid some fight between them," tcf Choi Han said with his pleading gaze. That looked made Reid click his tongue and give another chocolate drink to tboah Choi han.
"Thanks..." tboah Choi Han said.
<" Before we proceed I made some little game anyone can join even the villains I am not that bad to leave them right?"> Reid said while showing his innocent smile.
'Ha...' They are truly the same tcf Alberu thought while looking at Reid and tcf Cale.
<" There rules are easy if someone gets the closest number to the correct answer on their guess will take the prize. The prize is I will let you eat some much foreign food from the dimension the Koreans came from. Also, Rok Soo, Tcf Cale, Soo Hyuk, and Jung Soo are banned for this game. Any questions? So let's start."
"Wait Sir Reid why are we also banned from this game we also want to join!" Jung Soo whined at Reid.
"Jung Soo, I know you want to join I also want to join but reading the instruction I think there will be no more winners if we join them okay?" Soo Hyuk said to the whine of Jung Soo.
<" So here is the question "How many books of record in the Mercenary directory can tcf Cale read in a week?"> Reid said as he looked at the shocked faces of both Bud.
"Wait the directory? There are many records there and it is impossible to read and remember the things that are recorded there." Bud said.
"Ah! So that is the reason why" Soo Hyuk said while looking at tcf Cale, Rok Soo, and Jung Soo. Knowing that they also already know the reason.
"Huh? What is it can share with me?" tboah Cale asks.
"Later and you will know why," Rok soo said.
<" before I forgot the directory contains 45, 000+ records so Good luck, and let's start!"
"What that many?" most of them exclaimed as well as tboah Cale while looking at tcf Cale.
During the commotion, tcf white star started to think if his identity will be revealed or not and if tcf Cale found any clues about the true reason for the directory.
RECORD HERE RECORD THERE RECORD EVERYWHERE! (CHAPTER 359-361 NO THEN WHATEVER PART 1-3)
"I'm going to turn the lights on."
Cale then heard a click and slowly started to see a large area.
Flash. Flash. Flash.
The lights started to turn on one by one.
They had crawled through a small tunnel in order to get to this large area.
Cale stood up.
He then looked around.
"...A library."
"Wow it is so huge right Oraboeni?" tcf and tboah Lily said while looking at the screen with amazement in her eyes.
"Yeah you are right, I could not also imagine how much information is stored there," tcf Basen said while tboah Basen nodded at the statement of his parallel self.
He could hear Choi Han's voice behind him.
"Amazing."
Beacrox who was mumbling to himself had even forgotten to brush the dust off himself.
"...Ho."
The ancient Dragon sounded amazed.
Cale left those reactions behind him as he started to walk.
Tap. Tap.
The ground was made of stone.
Bud Illis started to speak once Cale got a good look around the area.
"I believe that this is the Mercenaries Guild's greatest pride and joy."
"Yes of course it is!" tboah Bud shouted with pride in his voice.
He laughed as he introduced the area to the group.
"This is the Eastern continent's first and greatest record library."
This area looked large enough to fit multiple houses.
This whole place was filled with books.
Preservation magic was cast on them so that they were maintained in the best condition.
These books all recorded just one thing.
"This is the record of strong individuals the Mercenaries Guild has collected for hundreds of years."
Strong individuals.
The first Mercenary King and the first Mercenaries Guild started to record information about strong individuals in order to survive.
Bud Illis approached Cale and continued to speak.
"I did call it the records of strong individuals, however."
The Directory.
The reason these records were important was not just because of the information on strong individuals.
"You can actually call it the history of the Eastern continent for the past 1,000 years."
This area was filled with tens of thousands of books.
Humidity, temperature, preservation, and security. All of these spells were cast on the books in this records library.
The Mercenary King smiled and asked Cale a question.
"What do you think? Do you think you can find the information you are looking for here?"
Tens of thousands of books.
The group looked at Cale and the Mercenary King.
Their expressions did not look good. Even the ancient Dragon seemed a bit upset.
Tens of thousands of books.
They needed to find information about that reincarnator, the White Star, in these books.
It was at that moment.
"It's been a while."
"What did he mean it's been a while?" tboah Cale asks Rok Soo.
"Just watched and you will know how amazing our dongsaeng is" Soo proudly says while looking at tcf Cale.
'I am not that amazing it is you and Jung Soo are amazing' tcf Cale thought while watching on the screen.
The Mercenary King could see a bitter smile appearing on Cale's face.
Cale started to laugh as he continued to speak.
"It really has been a while."
His cold gaze was slowly looking through the numerous amounts of books in front of him.
"What's been a while?"
Cale responded to the Mercenary King's question.
"I expected this. 1,000 years' worth of records should at least be this much."
The area with the Directory.
Cale thought it was obvious that a significant amount of information would be present.
Cale brushed his hand past his eyes.
"I'll need to record for the first time in a long while."
"Record?" tcf Choi Han asks while looking at tcf Cale.
"Based on your reaction it seems that you are excited about recording all of that?" Soo Hyuk said to tcf Cale with amusement in his eyes.
"No! I'm not!" tcf Cale immediately refuted.
Small laughter is easily heard throughout the theater especially on the side of the TCF world.
"Young Master Cale did not change." Tcf Rosalyn said while tcf Cale not noticing his ears are turning red because of embarrassment.
"Um... Did I hear it wrong or "recording all of that?" is what you said? Is there any human capable of doing that?" tboah Rosalyn asks.
"Yes, there is but Just watch. I do not want to spoil any spoilers" Jung Soo said.
"Wow team leader Jung Soo is growing up!" tcf Cale said.
"Yeah, he is" Soo Hyuk immediately replied.
"Hey!" Jung Soo immediately chimed in.
"Now now nephew let's return on watching him?" tcf Choi Han said.
Kim Rok Soo had noticed something odd when he had first woken up as Cale Henituse.
He remembered.
Even though Kim Rok Soo had transmigrated into Cale Henituse's body...
For some reason...
Kim Rok Soo remembered all of the contents of < The Birth of a Hero > until volume 5, as well as the rest of the information he had recorded.
Those records had not been erased even as time went by.
Even the conversations he had with everybody since living as Cale had not disappeared from his mind.
These memories that a normal person would have long forgotten about...
He remembered everything he wanted to remember.
No, to be more specific, they had been recorded.
Kim Rok Soo had realized it when he realized that fact.
'My brain has come here too.
No, a portion of my ability has come here.'
"What? No wonder I remember all of it" tcf Cale said.
"What is ability is he talking about?" tboah Eruhaben asks.
"Abilities is like a superpower of each individual have since the start of cataclysm.
"I and Jung Soo have an offensive ability while Rok Soo and tcf Cale has a support Ability." Soo Hyuk gently explained to them.
Cale brushed his eyes once again.
Cale Henituse's eyes were reddish-brown.
Kim Rok Soo's eyes were reddish-brown as well.
Kim Rok Soo, Grade 1 Ability User.
First brain-related special ability, 'record.'
Medium to use ability, 'eyes.'
His eyes slowly took in the large number of records. He started to walk toward the tens of thousands of books as well.
Cale faced a familiar sight for the first time in a long while as he unbuttoned the first button of his shirt.
His mind always heated up when he recorded things.
He had unbuttoned the top button in order to help with the stuffiness.
That was Kim Rok Soo's habit whenever he worked.
"...You're going to go through all of these?"
The Mercenary King urgently chased behind Cale, who was heading toward the center of the area that was full of thousands of books. He seemed to be nervous.
"Cale, I remember what you told me when you made me the offer."
Bud Illis recalled the things Cale told him the first time they met.
"You asked me to show you the Directory."
The Directory was not a file that even the Mercenary King could easily show others. However, he still brought Cale here, even acting stealthily in the process.
There was a simple reason for it.
"You said you needed to know the White Star's history."
"My History?" tcf White said in low voice.
Cale turned his head and looked toward the Mercenary King.
The Mercenary King flinched.
It was because Cale's eyes did not look human for a moment.
"I miss those eyes looking at me every time you are working," Jung Soo said.
"Weird" tcf Cale said with a disgusted face towards Jung Soo.
They were cold and emotionless. It was as if he was looking at an object.
However, those thoughts quickly disappeared once Cale started to speak.
Cale had not told the Mercenary King much information about the White Star. However, it was time to share some details.
"The White Star is a reincarnator who has gone through many lives for approximately 1,000 years."
"Hmmm, so he is a reincarnator" tcf Cale said.
That was enough.
"No it was not we are not good as you to deduce such things you know?" tcf Bud said.
Cale confirmed the Mercenary King's expression changing before turning back around and heading toward the records.
Bud just blankly stared at Cale's back.
Pat. Pat.
He only returned to his senses and started to speak after the ancient Dragon patted his shoulders before walking past him. The ancient Dragon was approaching Cale.
"...Eruhaben-nim, are you saying the White Star is someone who repeatedly died and was born again?"
"Yes. He reincarnated over and over."
Eruhaben looked toward Cale who stopped in front of a desk and was looking around before continuing to speak.
"That is why we came here to look for records about him. He should have left traces throughout the Eastern and Western continents during his reincarnations."
Bud quickly responded back.
"...There's no way that we have no records on such a strong individual."
However, Bud's lips opened and closed a few times without saying anything before he stopped hesitating and continued to speak.
"However, it is close to impossible to find traces of him in these tens of thousands of books."
"Ha! Your efforts will be just wasted hahaha" tcf White said while laughing.
As the current Mercenary King, he had the most knowledge about these records than any other living being.
"Each book has hundreds of people listed in it. It is ... Almost not realistic to go through hundreds of thousands of individuals."
He peeked toward Ron Molan before continuing to speak.
"Of course, I have a good knowledge of all of the strong individuals in the past fifty years. Those are considered the, 'currently recording,' information."
Ron Molan was an example of a strong individual from the Eastern continent whose traces had disappeared.
That was why the Mercenaries Guild was keeping his record under the, 'currently recording,' status.
"...Around two hundred years might be doable, but a thousand years is just-"
"Bud."
Someone cut him off.
It was Cale.
"Where is the first-ever record?"
"There is no way to stop him?" tcf Alberu said.
"There is no way especially if he set it the things already." Soo Hyuk said while looking at tcf Alberu with pity on his eyes.
"Crazy Bastard" tboah Alberu said.
"Haaaaaaaaa."
Bud sighed at Cale who seemed ready to start looking from the first-ever record. He quickly walked over to Cale.
"Cale, are you planning on spending the next few years in here? Hmm?"
Bud was getting frustrated.
He didn't understand why such a smart person would pick such a method.
"I'm sure it will be helpful to look up his past since the White Star is a reincarnator. However, there are 1,000 years worth of records."
Bud picked up a book from the bookshelf and opened it up.
"It has each strong individual's birth, date, and general information about their lives. Furthermore, we also record the powers they use. Each book has hundreds of such records."
Bud had felt like he was going to suffocate when he first became the Mercenary King and came in here.
He was overwhelmed by the information.
At the same time, it helped him understand how the Mercenaries Guild was able to remain a strong force in the Eastern continent without having any land of their own.
They had records that were just as valuable as land.
In some aspects, this was the scariest power.
That was the overwhelming nature of these records.
Bud started to point out the issues in Cale's plans one by one.
"Even if you start reading from the first record, it would be difficult to remember the first strong individual in the book by the time you are only a third of the way through it."
Even a person with a good memory would find it difficult to remember over thirty people's information.
Just looking through three of the books would make it confusing to remember which information belonged to whom.
"Furthermore, how do you plan on finding traces of the White Star? How will you be able to tell which strong individual was the White Star's first incarnation?"
Bud had smelled quite a number of scents coming from the White Star.
He had a variety of ancient powers like Cale such that it was difficult to accurately pinpoint everything.
"Plus, Cale, don't you need to quickly capture the White Star? What you are trying to do will require a bunch of people working nonstop for months, no, years to achieve."
"Capture me? HA! In your dreams!" tcf white star said.
It was impossible to just read and remember all of these records.
You had to divide up the task with others.
Bud then said the thing that confused him the most.
"I'm sure you know about this fact more than anybody else. So why are you doing this?"
Cale picked up the book that Bud pulled out and turned the pages.
Shhh.
The pages that were stiff like new books thanks to the preservation magic quickly turned one by one.
Bud who was watching this could not help but speak again.
"Cale Henituse, this-"
"It's fine for me."
"How it fine for you bastard," tcf Bud said.
"Cale-nim please rely on us as well," tcf Choi Han said.
"Ha! Ok ok I got it," tcf Cale said.
Bud flinched.
He was not the only one.
The rest of the group who were busy looking around at the area focused on Cale.
Bud asked the calm Cale a question.
"...What?"
'What did he just say?
He is capable of doing what I just talked about?
But how?
...I don't smell such an ability on him.'
Bud looked at Cale smile as Cale stopped looking at the book and turned back toward him.
"First, one week."
Cale did not plan on staying here for a long time either.
"I will find the first within that time."
"That is too short," tcf Valentino said.
"It is an impossible feat to do." Tcf Adin said.
The strong individual he believed to be the first incarnation of the White Star.
If he finds that person's birth and death, then he just needed to look for the next information based on the time of death.
Cale's group knew about the White Star's Dragon Slayer powers and ancient powers. Of course, Bud did not know the details because none of them had told him yet.
Cale's group had a decent amount of knowledge on the White Star's powers.
That was why it was possible to find the first incarnation.
"...How? How will you find the first incarnation?"
Cale chuckled while looking at Bud who was standing there with a blank expression on his face.
It was similar to the expressions people had when Kim Rok Soo had first awakened.
Kill or be killed.
Live or let live.
The war between monsters and humans.
The war between humans and humans.
It was a world full of destruction because of all of that.
Kim Rok Soo had been determined to have awakened an ability that was useless in such a world, an ability that would only help him in a peaceful world.
Many of them are shocked while looking at the monsters and the ruins of the other world. They saw how much they are fighting against those monsters. They also think that their Young Master Cale did not have an easy life even if in his previous life as Kim Rok Soo. Because of that, they noted to themselves that they will become stronger to protect Cale and for him to rely on them more.
Tcf Cale without knowing that these scenes will only fire up his allies and a sudden cold breeze brush on his back that makes him shiver.
However, that power allowed Kim Rok Soo to keep living without dying.
He confidently answered the confused Bud's question.
"Take a look."
He then asked.
"Where is it?"
Bud stood there quietly for a while before pointing to a location.
"The innermost shelf. The first book on the bottom left."
Cale walked toward the location Bud had pointed out.
"That book is the first record."
He heard Bud's voice coming from behind him as he pulled out the first book from the bookshelf. He then started to turn the pages.
Flip, flip.
Only the sound of pages turning could be heard.
Cale just stood there reading.
"...Ho."
Bud let out a gasp at Cale's actions. However, he made eye contact with the others before walking toward the innermost bookshelf as well.
He needed to help Cale.
He couldn't just stand there and do nothing.
However, the group of people heading toward Cale had to stop.
Bud was the first to stop.
Next were Eruhaben, Choi Han, Ron, and Beacrox.
Even the children averaging nine-years-old flinched.
Flip, flip, flip.
They just heard the sound of pages turning.
That was why they felt that something was off.
Flip, flip, flip.
It was quiet around Cale.
He was just quietly turning the pages.
That was the weird part.
Bud had no choice but to ask.
"...What is up with his speed?"
Flip. Flip.
At first, it didn't seem very odd.
Cale was turning pages at a reasonable pace.
'...It was as if he was reading a novel.'
Bud then realized that it had been weird from the beginning.
Flip. Flip. Flip.
"He flipped the pages of the book at such speed, are you reading it or just skimming it?" Tcf Eruhaben ask tcf Cale.
"I am reading it of course Eruhaben-nim." Tcf Cale immediately said.
Cale was slowly turning the pages faster and faster. It seemed as if he was just taking a peek before turning the page.
Bud even had this kind of thought.
'Is he not thoroughly going through and remembering the details about each strong individual?
Is he just quickly skimming through?'
However, the feeling Cale was giving off did not seem that way.
He seemed to be thoroughly reading.
"Cale."
Cale raised his head after hearing someone calling his name.
The ancient Dragon observed Cale's eyes with an odd expression on his face. Cale's expression was same, but his eyes felt cold.
The ancient Dragon could not ask many questions. He used his memory of everything Cale had done as the basis to ask.
"You're remembering all of it, right?"
'You're not just skimming it, you actually remember the information, right?'
Cale answered the ancient Dragon's question.
"Of course."
Cale answered in his usual nonchalant way before resuming reading. His reddish brown eyes looked at the text inside the book.
Flip.
He turned a page.
The information on the page became recorded in his mind. The speed continued to increase.
Bud could only quietly watch Cale.
'...What a scary ability.'
"A very useful and scary ability," tboah Alberu said.
"It also a curse." Tcf Cale muttered as he did not know that most of the people here have an enhanced hearing. As soon as they heard it from tcf Cale they turn their heads towards him. Tcf Cale turn around to know why they are so quite suddenly
'Why are they looking at me like that? What did I do wrong?' tcf Cale thought while returning his gaze on the screen.
"Unlucky bastard" tcf Eruhaben said to his child.
He thought that this ability was scary.
It was different than the fancy magic, destructive aura, and even the different types of ancient powers. This ability was something that was not visible.
It was so unnoticeable that you would not even realize that he was using an ability if you did not look closely.
It was not an ability that could kill someone, but Bud thought that this ability was really the one that would make it easy to kill or control someone.
Everything would be recorded in the user's mind.
Bud could only gulp and watch.
However, he soon heard someone walking.
"Cale-nim."
Cale raised his head after hearing the cautious calling. Choi Han was looking at him.
"What is it?"
"I wish to help."
Choi Han smiled awkwardly at Cale who was looking at him and continued to speak.
"Of course, I am a slow reader and my memory is not that good, but I thought I could still help."
Cale recalled some memories of his past.
'Team leader-nim, shall I help?'
'Isn't it time to go home?'
'Nah, it's okay.'
'Like hell it's okay. Isn't your kid waiting for you at home? Go home.'
'But...'
'It's fastest and most accurate for me to do it. You don't need to do this part.'
"Hey, rely on them and don't do anything by yourself. I know they are capable individuals and don't be shy asking for help sometimes." Soo Hyuk said while looking at comrades of tcf Cale.
"Okay, I will try," tcf Cale said.
The people of Side B are happy that tcf Cale will rely on them in the future.
He moved the conversation he had with one of his subordinates to a corner of his mind as he raised his hand.
He then pointed to the second bookshelf.
"I think it would be good to look through there."
It was rare for Cale to not give detailed orders.
However, Choi Han smiled and walked over to the second bookshelf. Eruhaben and Beacrox followed behind him.
Ron stood next to Cale and just looked at him.
Ron's gaze made Cale subconsciously start to speak.
"...What is it? Are you shocked that I have an ability like this?"
Cale closed his mouth after saying that. He was thinking that he said something he should not have said.
He heard Ron responding to him.
"Well, I'm sure you just hid it, young master-nim."
Ron had a benign smile on his face as he continued to speak.
"It's not like you told us how you gathered all of those ancient powers either."
The shield, the fiery thunderbolt, the Super Rock, etc.
Cale had never explained to the group how he had gained all of these ancient powers. He always just disappeared before returning with extra ancient power.
Cale had a random thought that it would be frustrating to have a group member like himself. The old man continued to speak as Cale found it even harder to say anything after having that thought.
"Looking at the books like the others is not my task."
Ron continued to speak to the twenty years old Cale who was quietly looking at him.
"I am your servant, young master-nim. Tending to your needs by your side is my role."
'But why did you leave me?' tboah Cale thought while reminiscing the moment his father figure left him for rascal who beat him up. Rok Soo and tcf Cale immediately notice how tboah Cale dropped his mood. The two immediately comfort him in their way knowing that soon he will be together with his mother.
Ron then just quietly stood next to Cale.
Cale quietly looked at Ron for a moment before turning back to the book.
"...I guess that is your role."
Cale also realized what his role was as well.
Flip. Flip.
He was quickly turning pages as he heard another voice.
"I, the great and mighty Raon Miru can read quickly! My memory is good as well! I am smart, great, and mighty! That is why I will do it too!"
"...I...I learned how to read from Hans and grandpa Ron! I'm going to do it too!"
"I'm already reading one!"
"Noona, you are amazing!"
"The children are so cute" tboah Tasha said while others just nodded as they are agree on the statement of tboah Tasha.
Cale chuckled while listening to the children averaging nine-years-old.
However, the large records library soon became quiet.
Flip. Flip.
Only the sound of pages being turned could be heard.
Cale then heard Beacrox ask a question.
"What exactly are we looking for?"
Cale thought about the White Star.
"Gather any record on strong individuals who use the Dragon Slayer's powers or ancient powers."
A response came from someone else.
"Is that power the Dragon Slayer's power?"
It was Bud. He touched his nose as he walked over to the second bookshelf.
"The White Star had a unique scent along with the scent of ancient powers. Then I should help as well."
Bud thought about the information he gathered on the White Star through his scent and turned a page.
However, there was a unique sound through the process.
Flip, flip, flip.
It was the sound of pages turning extremely quickly.
Bud imagined Cale becoming a living record as he focused on reading the record in front of him.
* * *
'Mm.'
Ron groaned internally.
This was an area where the temperature was maintained all the time.
There should be no reason for someone to sweat.
He moved his hand.
The handkerchief in his hand landed on someone's forehead.
'...Why is he sweating so much?'
"You are overusing it again." Soo Hyuk said to his idiot donsaeng.
"It is normal though." Tcf Cale said.
"Cale-nim..." tcf Choi Han said while looking at tcf Cale with his dejected puppy look. As tcf Rosalyn and tcf Lock see this they just soothed him knowing that tcf Cale is oblivious to his actions.
"Haaaa..." Soo Hyuk just sighs knowing that tcf Cale did not change his habit.
< "Okay so we are almost near for you to know the answer so now please write your answer on the paper in front of you and just drop it in the box that you can see on your left side. I give so many clues so I am expecting some possible winners.">
Most of them are already list their guesses and drop them in the box. While tcf Cale said to his three kids his guess and Rok Soo said his guess to tboah Cale knowing that tcf Cale said his guess to his children.
After a few moments, Reid will now announce the winner.
<" The winner is the Three Kids!!!"> Reid said while looking at three happily.
"Noona we won nya~!!" said Hong
"Hey, human we won!" Raon said while looking at tcf Cale.
"Yes, Yes but share your rewards ok? You don't stomach right?" tcf Cale said while patting their heads.
"Yes of course human! We will share it also with other humans!" Raon said while looking at tboah Cale and Rok Soo.
"Aww thank you Raon," Rok soo said while giving Raon some pats.
"How about us?" Jung Soo chimed in.
"Yes, Yes!" Raon said to Jung Soo. That made Jung Soo hug Raon.
"Hey! That's Cheating they ask tcf Cale for the answers!" tcf White Star shouted showing his displeasure to the children.
"Oh My Goodness! The reincarnator and the god want to be is only at this level. He even drop his pride just for food and he even accused the kids. He is so childish if I must say." Rok Soo said while pitying tcf White Star.
"What did you say!" tcf White star said while glaring and Rok Soo.
<" STOP! OR ELSE I WILL KILL YOU HERE IN MY DOMAIN."> Reid said while using his aura.
He immediately chained down tcf white star and make him immobilize immediately. Most of them even the dragons react to his Aura, some collapsed already because of too much pressure except for his nephews, the kids, Soo Hyuk and Jung Soo. They find Reid ruthless if you will be made anything that is not to his liking.
<" Yes, you are reincarnator but I can kill you here. Also, no one will be able to get out of my domain unless I give them my permission or I said it to them. So, even your physical body dies your soul will remain here who knows when. Don't forget that! I am not like you who just make childish threats so don't challenge my patience again."> Reid said while glaring at tcf White Star.
<" The children's guess is 9500! And the answer will be shown later so don't miss it out. Then shall we proceed?"> Reid said after removing his aura to relax the tense atmosphere that most of the experience.
"That many?!" tcf Bud shouted.
"I expect it would be hundreds but I would not think it will almost ten thousand." Tcf Bud continued while looking at tcf Cale with disbelief.
"He is a crazy bastard." Tcf Bud said before seeing his best friend calming him down.
'What is he talking about and that is normal for me I think.' Tcf Cale thought.
Ron Molan could see Cale who was sweating profusely.
Cale's face had become extremely red as well.
The records storage area was chilly, but Cale was heating up as if he was sick.
However, he did not stop and continued to record the information.
There were close to ten thousand record books behind his back as if they were his footprints.
Ron turned his head.
He could see the rest of the group laying down on the ground.
Beacrox, Choi Han, and the children averaging nine-years-old looked especially tired.
Only Eruhaben was still by Cale's side and looking through a book.
It was at that moment.
Someone entered through the library door.
"...It's almost been a week."
"What?! Did you not rest?" tcf alberu asks.
"Little cutie take care of yourself your family will be disheartened if you continue to harm yourself." Jour said to tcf Cale.
"Yes, I will" tcf Cale to assure his mother.
The tcf side is happy to hear that from tcf Cale and they also make sure to give him time to rest even if we are in the middle of the war.
It was Bud Illis.
One week.
That was how long Cale had been in this area.
Cale had been reading through the books here while saving the smallest amounts of time for necessities.
"How about you take a break?"
Bud could see that Cale was reading even as he was talking. It would be exactly one week in about two or three hours.
Bud had no choice but to be brutally honest.
"You couldn't find the first in the end."
The first incarnation.
Everyone started to frown.
Even the ancient Dragon stopped reading the book.
The White Star was said to have reincarnated for about 1,000 years.
That was how he was able to create the Dragon half-blood who had lived for 900 years.
'That means that the first incarnation should have appeared on the Eastern continent about 1,000 years ago.'
Eruhaben had already heard from Cale that the Dragon Slayer village was supposedly located in the Eastern continent's Castle of Light.
"Hmm... it seems I will see him in the future with my child." Tcf Sherrit said while glancing to the direction of tcf Cale and Raon.
Eruhaben who heard the reaction of lord sherrit immediately recognize her.
"You are the Last dragon lord!" tcf Eruhaben said. While tboah Eruhaben was shocked that the last dragon lord is still alive in the parallel world.
"F*ck! It is true" tcf Rasheel said while tcf and tboah Mila covered the ears of their respective child.
"Are you saying that this little one is your child?" tcf Eruhaben ask to confirm what he heard last time.
"Yes and it seems that in the future I will also be able to see him," tcf sherrit said while looking at Raon.
"Mo..m?" raon said while glancing to his mother at the back of tcf Cale.
'It seems she is the mother Raon especially the world tree said to me that I must find Raon's parents.' Tcf Cale thought while looking at this situation.
"Raon you can go and have fun at your mom first," tcf Cale said to Raon while patting his head.
"Are you sure human? Is it ok?" Raon asks Cale.
"Yes and don't worry Choi Han is here, also my uncle so there will be no way that someone or something can harm me." Tcf Cale said to assure Raon. Raon just nods as a response fly immediately to his mother.
In that case, there was an extremely high chance that the first White Star would have been recorded in the Eastern continent's strong individuals directory.
'We also looked two hundred years after that, just in case.'
However, there was nobody they suspected of being the first incarnation.
Of course, they looked at records of people who used ancient powers or earned them, but there was nobody in possession of any ancient powers with enough destructive powers like the White Star.
"Cale, think about it."
Bud approached Cale.
"The White Star must have hidden his powers. He survived for 1,000 years by pretending to be weak. That is how he avoided the Directory."
That was what Bud had proposed three days after they arrived here.
"Don't you agree? We only just learned about how he is a reincarnator or even his appearance for the first time in 1,000 years. I don't think looking through the Directory would help us learn about his past."
However, what Bud heard back was not Cale's voice.
Shhhh. Shhh.
All he heard was the sound of pages turning.
The Mercenary King could also see Cale's red face and the sweat on Cale's forehead and back.
"...Crazy bastard."
He ended up sharing his honest sentiments.
It could not be helped.
The Mercenary King had rubbed his arms that were covered in goosebumps quite often these past few days.
He could see the path that the quiet bastard had walked as he read.
He could see the large number of bookshelves behind Cale.
All of the books on these bookshelves had been read by Cale.
One week.
Cale had read 10,000 books while the others had managed to read two or three at max.
In fact, it looked more like turning the page was the thing taking the most toll on Cale.
'Is he human?'
This was not a human's level of memory.
Nobody could have expected that Cale Henituse had such an ability.
However, Bud could not understand why Cale was using such an ability for such a useless task.
It was at that moment.
"Human-"
He could see others slowly approaching Cale.
It was On, Hong, and Raon.
"Human, isn't it tiring? Should I give you an apple pie?"
"He's sweating so much."
"He can't faint again."
"Again? What is the meaning of this little cutie?"Jour ask.
"Cale-nim..." tcf Choi Han said.
"Okay, I will try not to faint again." Tcf Cale immediately answer.
The children averaging nine-years-old roamed around Cale with concerned expressions. However, they could not get right up next to Cale.
They could not easily approach Cale, who was reading even as he sweated so much.
"Huh?! Human!"
However, Raon suddenly charged toward Cale.
Cale had stumbled as he reached his hand toward the next book.
His body started to fall forward.
Cale was about to faint as his entire body was burning up.
"Human, human!"
"Young master-nim."
Ron supported the stumbling Cale. Everybody was shocked to see Cale stumble for the first time since they arrived here. Bud did the same as well.
Bud could see Cale looking at him as he stood there being supported by Ron.
That gaze made him subconsciously stop walking.
It was a chilling gaze.
It was an extremely cold gaze that was contrary to Cale's face that was red from heat and full of fatigue.
Those eyes looked at Bud as he started to speak.
"There are records of the past Mercenary Kings as well."
Bud nodded his head and answered back.
"Of course. We are strong individuals as well."
Bud could see Cale start to smile at that moment.
"It looks like there is nobody here that is suspected of being the White Star."
"I already told you that!"
"Ha! You just your time on Directory." Tcf Adin said while mocking tcf Cale.
"Useless effort," tcf White star said.
Bud thought that Cale had given up and continued on in a concerned tone.
"So get some rest now. You need to think about the future! Why would a smart person like you do such a usele-"
"Mercenary King."
Cale cut Bud off.
"Mercenary King? What about it?"
Bud asked back.
'What about the Mercenary King?'
"It's not there."
"Huh?"
Cale's smile started to grow wider as he looked at Bud.
He thought he figured out the identity of this Directory.
The Directory had a record of the majority of strong individuals on the Eastern continent.
However, the person who should have been on this Directory the most was not here.
"The first Mercenary King."
Tcf White star flinched after hearing the first Mercenary King from tcf Cale.
'There is no way that he found it already right?' tcf white star while looking at the screen.
"It seems I found it," tcf Cale said with amusement.
Cale thought about the person that should have been the easiest for the Mercenaries Guild to record when they created the Directory, but was not included.
"There's no record of the first Mercenary King."
"F*ck! How can I not notice that! Argghh I need some booze." Tcf Bud said while tboah Bud still looking at the screen with a shock.
Bud turned grim after hearing that.
He felt as if he had been smacked on the back of the head.
It was not something he had thought about until now.
"...Perhaps?"
There were records of Bud and the other Mercenary Kings.
Cale quickly responded back.
"The first Mercenary King. Who was he? What powers did he use?"
Cale's smile became bright.
"I feel like he is the White Star. Why is my intuition telling me that?"
The White Star would have come out into the world after destroying his village and killing his family and friends.
No matter how strong that bastard was, he would have been alone.
He would have needed some sort of foundation.
He would also have needed a job that he could easily start in his situation.
Being a mercenary.
That was a job that anybody could do.
It was especially easy for a strong individual to build a foundation through it.
Most importantly, there was no need to bring up his past or for it to be discovered.
And this Directory had no record whatsoever of the first Mercenary King.
The White Star.
If that bastard tried to hide himself...
"Where are the records of the first Mercenary King?"
Cale's gaze was focused on the current Mercenary King and the books behind him.
"...It is not here."
Bud could not hide his shock.
"It's not there. It's really not here."
Bud's pupils started to shake as he looked at Cale.
"There's absolutely no information. The title of first Mercenary King and his name are here, but that's the only thing here when the Mercenaries Guild system he created is still here after 1,000 years!"
Bud finally realized the odd situation.
A fact so obvious that he had not even thought much about it resurfaced in his mind.
He had looked for this information before.
"When I first became the Mercenary King... I found it odd. The first Mercenary King was the only one whose powers and details of his life were not recorded here!"
Bud brushed back his hair after feeling both frustration and a sense of clarity.
"That is why, that is why... That is why I! I contacted the city's library and libraries around the Eastern continent and asked for information on the first Mercenary King."
Cale, who was calm unlike the frazzled Bud, asked back.
"You asked, and...?"
"Ha!"
Bud let out a gasp-like laugh.
"Do you know what information I got?"
Although he was a sword master and the Mercenary King, Bud had always liked books since he was young and enjoyed searching for and thinking about things.
This was the information such a person had found about the first Mercenary King.
"The Great Mercenary King who created the large faction that managed to survive on the Eastern continent while many kingdoms rose and fell for 1,000 years. He was the role model for all mercenaries and the mercenaries did not hesitate to act on his behalf."
Bud scoffed as he continued on.
"That's all I found."
That was all of the information on the first Mercenary King throughout the entire Eastern continent.
Yet they had all of the other records of the beginning of the Mercenaries Guild.
"...I thought it was like this because he was a hero of legends..."
He looked at Cale who was smiling with a tired expression and continued to speak.
"He did it on purpose?"
"Who knows?"
Cale gave a short response back.
"I don't know. I don't know whether the first Mercenary King is the White Star or not. I don't have any definite proof yet. However..."
Choi Han chimed in at that moment.
"It is enough to be suspicious. The first Mercenary King is someone who suddenly appeared in the world."
"F*ck he did find out," tcf White star said while glaring in the direction of tcf Cale.
Choi Han had an odd smile on his face. Bud had a feeling that there was some sorrow in that smile.
Pat. Pat.
Cale patted Choi Han on the shoulder and responded back.
"It doesn't matter whether someone just suddenly appears in the world. Something like that can happen."
Choi Han's smile disappeared as he looked toward Cale. However, Cale was looking at Bud and the others as he continued to speak.
"However, the fact that there is absolutely no information on that person's history from that moment is definitely suspicious."
Choi Han could see Cale turn his head to look at him.
He recalled what Cale had told him before.
It was during the Henituse territory battle against the Paerun Kingdom.
'It's your turn.'
'...There was something for me to do?'
'Use all of your strength.'
'...Is this the new history you were talking about?'
"Umm... Sir Reid can I ask if we will also watch the Henituse battle?" tboah Alberu asks with worry.
<" Yes, of course, why not, I already arranged the arc or events that you will be reacting to but not in chronological order though but don't worry I will explain it to you. I am not evil you know."> Reid said while wearing his benevolent smile while looking at tboah Alberu.
Choi Han suddenly remembered Cale's response to his question. He clearly remembered it.
'Yes. It is your history that you will write here.'
Choi Han slowly started to smile.
Cale's eyes then naturally moved toward Bud.
"In addition."
The Mercenary King's mind was a mess because of the story about the White Star and the first Mercenary King.
He felt an odd chill after seeing Cale trying to say something else. That is why he said something first.
"I don't think you would have spent all week to figure this out about the first Mercenary King."
Bud gulped before continuing on.
"Right? That is something you could have figured out within 100 years worth of records, but you spent all week reading thousands of the record books. Why did you do that?"
The others agreed with the question and looked toward Cale.
They could see that Cale was still smiling.
"I think what I was about to say will answer that question."
Cale had continued to read through the records even while having this suspicion about the first Mercenary King.
It was because he found it to be weird.
He felt as if something was fishy.
"Do you really think this is just a space to hold the records of strong individuals?"
"Shit! Even the purpose of the Directory? He is good at deducing things." Tcf White star said.
A space with records on the Eastern continent's strong individuals.
"If, just if, the White Star really was the one to start this Directory..."
Then why did that bastard need to leave a record of the Eastern continent's strong individuals?
Why was this necessary even if he had the desire to make the Mercenaries Guild stronger?
The final Dragon Slayer.
Would the strongest human fear other strong individuals?
That question was what made Cale look through the records all week.
"I started to look at these records and the entire Directory in a different light."
The White Star.
One of the things he had done until now.
And a record of the Eastern continent's many strong individuals.
These two facts came together in Cale's mind to create a narrative.
"Humans are said to have heavenly luck if they manage to find just one ancient power. Apparently, that is how hard it is to find ancient powers."
"Ah."
Eruhaben let out a gasp.
He seemed to have realized something as well.
"There are records of the strong individuals who revealed the ancient powers they had."
Cale closed his eyes. The recorded information flew through his mind.
It was something that could be missed while hearing that it was a record of strong individuals.
Ancient powers were not most people's main source of strength.
However, information about them was included in this 1,000 years worth of records.
Cale had not read through all of them, however, this would be the only place with that much information about ancient powers throughout both the Western and Eastern continents.
"In addition..."
He slowly opened his eyes.
"The easiest way to gain an ancient power."
Bud suddenly felt his hair standing up.
"Is to kill the user and collect it before it disappears."
Bud repeatedly clenched and unclenched his fists. His hands were about to go numb from having them clenched for too long.
Cale then asked him a question.
"The first Mercenary King would be able to sneak in here if he was alive today, right?"
Cale smiled as he pointed at Bud.
"Just like you did."
If the White Star was the first Mercenary King, he would have sneaked in here in order to check the information.
He did not need to come often.
He just needed to come maybe once every ten years, or maybe even twenty years.
He would just need to come find information on the people who possessed the ancient powers he needed.
"Ha, haha."
Bud thought he could tell why Cale was smiling.
He had the chills, but oddly, he continued to laugh.
He seemed to finally understand.
Bud quickly responded back.
"The White Star is trying to get my ancient power."
"Ha, hahahahahaha I need some booze I can't watch this while I am sober." Tcf Bud said.
"Me too! Hahahahahha" tboah Bud said and a short moment bottle of high-class wine is now in front of both of them. They just look at Reid and they see that he just smiling towards them They are grateful at that time.
The White Star is currently lacking only the Earth attribute of the five natural attributes.
"If he had my ancient power and these records, it would be much easier for the White Star to find that earth attribute ancient power."
'That is why...'
"That is why he tried to kill me. That is also why he is trying to have Arm gobble up the Mercenaries Guild."
The White Star who had not appeared for 1,000 years was not hiding anymore.
He was slowly showing himself.
"Because he is feeling a sense of urgency as well."
This time, it was Bud who pointed toward Cale.
"Because you appeared."
The White Star would have never seen someone like Cale before.
You needed heavenly luck to obtain ancient powers. It would be amazing if someone had two powers, but this bastard had over five.
He also had the Earth attribute ancient power that the White Star wanted.
"That bastard is probably thinking that he only has two options. Kill you and gain the Earth attribute ancient power, or be killed by you."
Bud thought he could tell why Cale was smiling. He opened his mouth to speak.
"He's panicking. You made the bastard become anxious."
Cale was smiling even though his entire body was covered in goosebumps.
Riding the line of life and death was something that Kim Rok Soo and Cale had been doing for over fifteen years now.
He opened his mouth to speak. His calm voice flowed out.
"Yes. Just like us."
The White Star was in a state of urgency just like them.
They each needed to kill the other.
Silence filled the library.
None of them could easily start to speak.
One thousand years.
Just thinking about the flow of events for that long period of time was giving them headaches.
Bud and Cale were looking at each other.
"Heh."
Bud let out a short laugh.
"I need some booze."
He then plopped down on the ground.
He was feeling frustrated.
It was a hypothesis.
It was a hypothesis that the White Star might be the first Mercenary King.
He needed to verify if this hypothesis was true.
However, he had an odd feeling that this was indeed the case.
"...Damn it."
Bud grabbed his hair with both hands. It was hard for him to suppress the anger and frustration building up inside him.
"Damn it!"
Nobody could say anything while watching him.
It was at that moment.
"...Haaaa."
Someone was breathing heavily.
"Young master-nim."
Ron, who was supporting Cale, looked at Cale's face.
Cale's face was red from overheating, his body was covered in sweat, and his breathing was heavy.
Ron looked at how Cale's wet red hair was stuck on Cale's face and handed him over to his son, Beacrox.
Beacrox helped Cale slowly sit down on the ground.
He then leaned his back toward a bookshelf.
"...Human."
"No..."
Raon and Hong approached Cale. On was already near Cale's leg and looking up at him.
Cale's eyes were half-closed as he breathed in and out. He looked extremely weak.
"...This is driving me nuts."
"I think we need some chat after this Young Master. This Ron is always worried about your health and just always intended that give the best as possible." Tcf Ron said with his benign smile.
"I also agree we truly need some talking while taking the break later." Tcf Eruhaben said.
'Sh*t that old man terrifies me then now Eruhaben-nim joined? Haaa... I hope I can survive.' Tcf Cale thought after hearing those vicious words.
Bud brushed his face with both hands after seeing Cale's condition.
He had not checked on Cale's condition because he was so shocked by the hypothesis.
No, he could have just ignored Cale's condition because the story he shared was so important.
Eruhaben wet a towel and handed it to Ron, who carefully wiped the sweat off of Cale's forehead.
"...Haaa, haaa."
Cale continued to breathe while feeling the cool towel on his cheek.
It was hot.
'Damn it.'
Kim Rok Soo, Grade 1 Ability User. 'Record' was the most well-known of his abilities.
His entire body, starting from his head, heated up every time he used this ability.
However, his mind was clear.
The side effects were mild compared to the other abilities that clouded a person's mind from overuse.
He closed his eyes.
He needed to organize the information gathered in his mind.
"...Cale-nim, I will take you outside."
Choi Han approached Cale, who had his eyes closed.
"Yes, let's finish the rest outside."
Eruhaben agreed with Choi Han. Choi Han tried to carry Cale who was quietly sitting there. Beacrox grabbed Cale's shoulders to help Choi Han.
"...Shit."
Bud who was watching this had a smile on his face as he cursed. He had no choice because these people who were most definitely more frustrated than he was were moving with the next steps in mind.
Bud stood back up as well.
He could not just sit here right now.
He approached Cale's group and started to speak.
"Let's just use magic to leave since it is fine if we get caught."
It was important to use this facility without being noticed, however, a person's life was more important.
"Then I, the great and mighty Dragon, will use teleportation magic! I'll help too!"
Raon seemed to agree with Bud as he moved his front paws forward as if he was getting ready to cast a spell.
Bud walked up next to him.
"Raon-nim, I will give you the coordinates."
"Alright, go ahead! Tell me the coordinates, alcohol-loving Mercenary King!"
"Yes sir, the coordinates are-"
It was at that moment.
"There's no need."
"You know I am you need to rely on them also right? They want to lessen your burdens and just accept their help ok? Also, you, rely on your team members as well ok?" Soo Hyuk said while ruffling the hair of tcf Cale and Rok Soo.
Some of them just looked at the three while enjoying their adorable moments.
It was a low voice that came along with a quiet breathing sound.
It was Cale. Bud subconsciously started to raise his voice.
"Hey, look at your condition before-"
"It's hot."
Cale ignored Bud and continued to speak.
Cale's actions that followed made Bud anxious.
"...What are you doing?"
Bud asked but Cale ignored him. It was annoying to respond.
Cale's shaking hands slowly started to move.
He then started to undo the buttons of his shirt one by one.
He needed to get rid of this heat in his body.
"It's hot."
"Yeah! You're Hot" some of the bystanders said while admiring the physique of tcf Cale.
'What the f*ck?' tcf Cale thought while watching at the screen.
Cale was mumbling that it was hot as he continued to undo his buttons.
Beeeeep- Beeeeeep-
A sharp alarm rang inside the library at that moment. Bud turned away from Cale.
"Human!"
The black Dragon's paws that looked ready to cast teleportation magic suddenly had a video communication device instead.
It was glowing red.
"Human! It's the crown prince!"
Cale's personal video communication device only glowed red when crown prince Alberu Crossman was calling.
Raon peeked at Cale's condition before continuing to speak.
"Human! The crown prince is calling! Should I tell him to call back later?"
Bud also peeked toward Cale before starting to speak.
"I'm fine even if you connect the call. We already decided to use magic anyway. But your condition is, mm."
Cale did not seem to be in a condition to accept a call right now.
However, Cale petted Raon, On and Hong on the head before starting to speak.
"Connect him."
Cale actually had something to say to the crown prince as well.
"Young master-nim."
"I will help you, Cale-nim."
"There's no need. I'm almost done."
Cale shook his head toward Ron and Choi Han.
'Damn it.'
He was getting annoyed because he was hot.
However, Cale was quite relieved as he undid his buttons.
He could not undo his buttons nor pull up his sleeves in front of his subordinates when he was Kim Rok Soo, no matter how hot and sweaty he became.
He didn't want to show them the scars on his body.
It's not like they were anything to be proud about. It would just scare the people who were doing the same jobs as him.
Cale looked down at his body that was now visible and started to think.
'...This is nice.'
This body did not have any scars.
Even if it did, the Vitality of the Heart would quickly get rid of them.
That was good.
Scars were records as well.
Terrible records.
"Well for me, I like these scars well I can see them as the result of my work and my tenacity to survive. Rok Soo suddenly said while looking at his scars.
It was better if those disappeared.
It would only cause pain to those watching and those nearby as well.
"Human, I connected him!"
Cale, who was undoing his buttons, looked forward after hearing Raon's voice.
He could see the video communication device and the screen floating above it.
A familiar face appeared on the screen.
Naturally, it was crown prince, Alberu Crossman.
Alberu, who was wearing a more majestic outfit than usual, started to speak.
- ...What are you doing?
His tone was extremely casual.
Alberu's majestic-looking face started to frown.
- ...Have you been drinking?
His expression seemed to be saying that Cale was doing all sorts of crap now.
It could not be helped.
The crown prince had never had anybody answer his call with a red face while unbuttoning their shirt.
That was only possible for someone who was so drunk that they didn't care about respect or etiquette.
- Did you just decide to return to your old alcoholic trash days? Hmm? How much did you drink that your face turned so red and your head is full of swea-
He suddenly stopped talking.
He then started to frown for a different reason.
- ...What did you do this time?
"Wow! I can see that you truly trust to the point that you know what he might be doing." Tboah Alberu said to his parallel self.
"Yes, I can truly agree with you nephew." Tcf Tasha said to tboah Alberu.
"Aunt!" tcf Alberu shouted as his response to the tease of his aunt.
Alberu could see all of Cale's group members.
They looked fine. He could see that only Cale was extremely red.
-...Did you use an ancient power? And who is that person wearing glasses? Is that the Mercenary King?
Bud and Alberu made eye contact through the screen.
Bud immediately understood who this was as soon as Raon said, 'It's the crown prince!'
"Pleasure to make your acquaintance, your highness. My name is Bud Illis. I am the Mercenary King."
His tone was respectful, but he was standing tall.
Although he did not have any territory of his own, he was the representative of one of the top factions on the Eastern continent.
The Mercenary King did not easily bow toward the kings of the Eastern continent either.
"Well yes, because I am also a king" tboah Bud said with a smile on his face.
- Nice to meet you. I am Alberu Crossman.
Alberu's self-introduction was short.
He believed that it was enough to just reveal his name.
His name should be known by the power players in both the Eastern and Western continents.
He heard Cale's voice at that moment.
"I am currently going through the Mercenaries Guild's Directory."
- The Directory? Why?
Alberu was confused for a moment before his eyes clouded over. He saw Eruhaben's better complexion and immediately answered his own question.
- Looks like you went to find information on the White Star.
This was why Cale found it easy to deal with Alberu.
There was no need to explain things in detail to him.
"You are correct, your highness. I went through the records in the Directory."
Cale then calmly explained everything he learned by going through the records.
"...And that is it."
The hypothesis that the White Star might be the first Mercenary King.
The hypothesis that the Directory might really be a record of ancient powers.
Alberu's expression looked heavy after hearing all of that.
- ...Cale Henituse.
His eyes headed toward the tired Cale.
- So, what is it that you need?
The corners of Cale's lips slowly went up.
This was why it was fun to work with the crown prince.
"Seven days and approximately 9,889 record books."
"What?! Even if they already said the approximate amount of books this is still f*cking insane. Are you truly a human?" tcf Archie said with a shock while looking at tcf Cale.
"Young Master truly exceeds always our expectations to him." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"Even I a dragon still have goosebumps because of this revelation." Tcf rasheel said.
Cale closed his eyes.
His eyelids were shaking.
- What is that?
"That is how many books I read."
- ...What?
Alberu finally managed to see the bookshelf Cale was leaning against, as well as the numerous bookshelves behind him.
He continued in a cold and emotionless voice.
"I acquired information from 9,889 of 45,788 total books."
Cale still had his eyes closed.
However, numerous records were going through his mind like pages in a book.
"There were a total of 31 people with ancient powers in those 9,889 records. 29 of them are determined to have passed away. Four of them had water attributes, nine had wind attributes, six had fire attributes, one had wood attribute and 11 had other attributes."
Mercenary King Bud subconsciously gulped.
Like tcf Bud who gulped in the screen most of the audience gulped and just shook the goosebumps that they currently feel.
Cale was the only one who could talk right now.
"The first record of someone using an ancient power was about Lisetter, an archer. Born approximately 962 years ago in the northern part of the Eastern continent. Died 901 years ago at the age of 61. He had a wind attribute ancient power."
'It's hot.'
Cale was feeling hot. However, he did not stop talking.
"Second, Chaaru, a swordsman. Born 954 years ago on a southern island. Died 930 years ago at the age of 24. She had a water attribute ancient power. And the third......"
Bud brushed the back of his hand.
"The seventeenth person, Elsren, a spearman. Born 781 years ago in a free city. Died 740 years ago at the age of 41. He had a fire attribute ancient power. The eighteenth......"
He had goosebumps all over his body.
Cale was bringing up every person within the 9,889 books he read who had an ancient power.
Cale's confident voice that continued without any hesitation made him believe Cale was not bluffing.
"The thirty-first person, Inkter, a fighter... Year of death, unknown. Water attribute ancient power."
Cale looked toward Alberu after mentioning the final ancient power wielder before seeing Alberu start to speak without any hesitation.
- I will gather records of people with ancient powers on the Western continent.
The corners of Cale's lips started to go up again.
The crown prince looked full of disbelief. However, he too had goosebumps all over his body like Bud.
"Hyung memorized all of it. Hyung you are amazing!" tcf Basen said while admiring the actions of his Hyung.
'He read 9,889 books and memorized all of the information?
Crazy bastard.'
A totally crazy bastard was in front of him.
That was why the crown prince bluntly added on.
- What's so funny?
The crown prince also felt that it was easy to work with Cale.
- I need to gather information on ancient powers, but it looks like you guys need to do the opposite.
Bud's body flinched at that moment.
Cale looked toward Bud.
"Sigh."
Bud let out a sigh before starting to speak.
"It looks like."
If the White Star was the first Mercenary King, it was very likely that he had stealthily infiltrated this place many times.
That was why he needed to make up his mind.
"Damn it!"
Alberu flinched.
It was not because the Mercenary King suddenly shouted.
He understood why Bud would feel that frustrated. There was a different reason he flinched.
"Damn it! I can't say it while I'm sober!"
Click!
He opened a bottle of alcohol. The Mercenary King then started to chug.
Cale understood the look Alberu was giving him.
'Where did you find such a person......?'
That seemed to be what Alberu's gaze was saying.
"Kaaaa!"
Bud one shotted a whole bottle before starting to speak.
"This place, this place! Yes, this place!"
He seemed to be shouting to himself.
"We will blow it up!"
"Shit! Now they want to blow up the Directory!" tcf White star said.
"Barrow calm down." Tcf Sayeru calms down his liege every moment he feels that this person would snap because of rage.
"Yeah they are right we need to blow it up!" tcf Bud said while finishing his fourth bottle.
Bud looked toward Cale and continued to shout.
"We'll make it so the White Star can't come here! We will move the Directory and blow this place up! Kahahahahah! Then he won't be able to find the Directory in the future even if he wants to do so! Kahahahahah!"
He was laughing in a refreshing manner.
"Kahahahah! Blow it up! Destroy everything!"
Cale looked away from Bud with a stoic expression.
Bud was not wrong.
If the White Star really was the first Mercenary King, then it was a good direction to move the Directory and blow this place up.
"Soob, it doesn't make sense that I, the Mercenary King, am going to destroy the first Mercenaries Guild building and this records storage place, sob, but I have to do it."
Bud then looked toward Cale and continued to speak.
"Who will do it if I don't?"
The White Star knew about the powers of Cale's group.
He especially knew about Cale's ancient powers, as well as the strengths of the main strong individuals such as Choi Han and Eruhaben who showed themselves in the past war. He would quickly realize that Cale was in the Eastern continent if he saw the slightest traces of their group.
He needed to avoid that.
Bud had mixed feelings about destroying this Mercenaries Guild building with his own hands, but he had no choice.
It was at that moment.
"I will destroy it."
Cale flinched.
There was a person putting a cold towel in Cale's hand and looking at him.
Cale wiped the sweat off of his arms with the towel before starting to speak.
"...Ron?"
Ron, his servant. Ron was the one who was stepping up to destroy the Mercenaries Guild building and this records storage place.
"Young master-nim."
He smiled toward Cale.
"I've never been in the front lines. Would there be anybody who knows of me?"
Ron and Beacrox had never fought in the front lines during the Western continent's war.
"Plus, aren't all of the Arm members who realized I was a servant dead?"
The members of Arm who realized his identity and made him lose his arm had all died during the combined battle with the Whales.
He was only known as Cale's servant to those who do not know Cale well.
"Young master-nim."
Ron had not just been playing around in the Eastern continent during this time.
He trained himself over and over during this time. He didn't just sharpen his sword, instead, he had sharpened and trained himself to strike his enemies' hearts.
"I think this is a good time to do it."
It was finally time.
It was time for him to step into the front lines and help Cale.
In addition.
"I think it is a good time to reveal the return of the Molan household."
"Hoho~ it seems that we will restore our house in the eastern continent right son?" tcf Ron said with excitement.
"Yes, you are right father." Tcf Beacrox immediately said to his father that is also excited about their actions in the future.
It was time to use the fire inside of him that Cale had helped reignite.
Most of the Eastern continent knew about Arm's battle against the Mercenaries Guild.
But what if an unexpected variable appeared?
There didn't need to be many variables.
All that was needed was a small but sharp dagger that nobody expected.
"Molan, Arm, and the Mercenaries Guild."
The Molan household would be the dagger.
"Let's make this a three-way battle."
They would help shake up the balance of power in the Eastern continent.
Ron continued to look at Cale as he added on.
"Son, am I right?"
Beacrox responded back with a stoic expression.
"Yes you are, father."
Cale could see that the benign smile had disappeared from the old man's face to reveal a cold smile.
The eyes on the face that was full of wrinkles and the head full of white hair was burning passionately.
"He agrees with me, young master-nim."
His voice was warm.
Cale smiled back.
'This vicious but smart old man.'
He could clearly tell that one of the reasons that Ron had stepped up was for Cale and the others.
Ron was the one who Cale could trust more than anybody else right now.
"Ron, wasn't your duty to remain next to me?"
"That is what I am doing."
Cale started to laugh at Ron's response.
- Similar people have gathered together.
Alberu started to grumble.
"Crown prince, you're smiling like that again! You have a wicked smile on your face! Let's show it to the White Star!"
Alberu slowly stopped smiling after hearing Raon's shout.
<" So that is the end of this Arc I hope you take down some information that you can use to prevent your doom."> Reid said while looking at the world of TBOAH.
<" Children the prize will arrive during the break so just wait okay? So enjoy your break because we will start now the true program."> Reid happily said while taking down the craving of his three nephews, Soo hyuk at Jung Soo.
"Wait so what are the past videos for?" tcf Rasheel asks.
<" Well it is just for my entertainment."> Reid said while shrugging.
<" We will start the Arc in Chapter 201 up to Chapter 212. It covers the event of the Ubarr Sea War until the Grand Nobles Meeting. For those who already know what would happen NO SPOILERS. Okay?"> Reid said while leaving them on the theater.
Most of the people who are involved in the event will just shut their mouths because of who is brave enough to defy the orders. While the other people shiver at the thought of what would happen if they did obey Reid's word, Reid is just confirming his list that he will give to his nephews later.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Well, that is the 12, 816 words for all of you. I just realize that some words are missing in my work but don't worry I will fix them sorry again for the grammatical errors that you may notice.
As you can see earlier I choose to start at the Ubar Sea war Arc until the Grand Noble's meeting.
That's all, for now, see you in the next update!! Don't forget to vote and comment. Bye Bye!!!
Chapter 4: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 1
Chapter Text
{This Arc you may notice that most of the people that may react are from tboah because the tcf world already experienced it. Maybe I will put some reaction and it may see as reminiscing the past war. That's all! Enjoy!!}
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CHAPTER 4: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 1
After the break, most of the people from TBOAH are currently anxious about what would happen on the Ubarr Shore. They did not have any idea what would be the Ubarr Sea War would on their world. While looking at the reaction of the people from TCF they seem to be calm even if they are a war that is coming at Seashore of Ubarr.
<" So are ready are guys now ready for the first Arc that you will be reacting to?"> Reid said while handling the things that he gets for his guests and nephews.
<" If you are curious as to why the TCF world seems to be calm because they already faced the war with an overwhelming advantage that led them to their victories that tcf Cale conduct as his duty being the North Eastern Region Commander. So if there so more questions we will now start."> Reid said as the screen turns in and projects the events that will give them information about the incoming war.
CHAPTER 4: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 1 (CHAPTER 202: THE OCEAN IS ...)
"Ahhh!! I think I will see myself again being tormented by Cale-nim, I am so excited." Tcf Clopeh said with a crazed look on his face. Meanwhile, his other self is now thinking if the alliance that they made was lost and how? Also, how did his parallel self end up like that?
Tap, tap.
Cale was quickly walking down the stone steps. His brother, Basen Henituse, was walking next to him while continuing his report.
"The Whale tribe discovered the enemy ships at the first boundary of the Northeastern Ocean."
"Oho~ so we are involved in this War." Tboah Shickler said with amusement.
"Of course father, It is just how we return our gratitude to young master Cale after of what he all done to us." Tcf Witira said to his parallel world father.
The northeast region's sea route's first boundary.
This location was the border between the Norland Kingdom and the Forest of Darkness.
"They are moving pretty quickly and should arrive at the Roan Kingdom in two to three days."
Basen continued to observe his Hyung-nim as he reported out.
'He hasn't even wiped away the blood......!'
"Blood?!" tboah Basen said while looking at his other self to see if it is true. As he see tcf Basen he only received a nod that confirmed that it is indeed blood.
Cale was walking while being covered in blood. Basen clenched his teeth after seeing Cale moving around without rest even though the battle had just ended as he quickly continued his report.
"The Ubarr liege and the representative of the Gilbert liege are currently requesting reinforcements."
Cale listened to Basen's report before starting to speak.
"Your highness."
– ...Yes.
Basen still had the video communication device in his arms.
It was directly connected to crown prince Alberu Crossman.
His father, Count Deruth Henituse, was currently dealing with the nobles of the northeast region and the rest of the kingdom.
Alberu looked toward Cale, whose tired and dirty face expressed that he had been at the center of the battle, with a stiff expression. Cale did not care about any of this as he only had one thought in his head as he started to speak.
'I'm hungry.'
"Why are hungry? Is it because all of your craziness emptied your stomach?" tboah Bud said while remembering the videos that they watch.
This gluttonous shield wanted even more food after fusing with the Vitality of the Heart. Cale was quickly taking care of business so that he could go eat something.
"Please send the First Mage Brigade and the First Brigade of the Royal Knights to the Ubarr shores."
"Mage Brigade? You have a Mage Brigade?" tboah Alberu asks his other-self.
"Yes I made them 2 years before the war with help of tcf Cale." Tcf Alberu said while looking at his other-self.
"But how you will deal to it. There are no sufficient ships in that territory moreover they did not have a ship for military use" tboah Alberu said.
"Just watch and take notes of the information" tcf Alberu said to assure his parallel self.
– Again?
"What are you thinking about doing with the Whale tribe?"
– I am still debating whether to have them fight with us or to still hide their identity.
"So we are really like a trump card of sorts at that time?" tcf Archie said as he remembered the past war from the shores of the Paerun Kingdom.
"Basically Yes," tcf Cale said with his relaxed tone a s he continue to watch the video.
Tap.
Cale stopped walking.
"Your highness, I know you probably have a lot of things you are curious about, but I will contact you later."
– Alright, I understand.
"It seems like you trust tcf Cale that you even made him your commander." Tboah Alberu said.
"Well, you can say that". Tcf Alberu said while shrugging his shoulders.
"Basen, you go help father."
Shouldn't Basen learn a lot of things now if he was to become the future lord of the territory?
"Seems like you are also uninterested in the lord's seat" tboah Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale.
"Well yes, of course, your highness that was a big threat to my dreams." Tcf Cale immediately said.
"Don't even ask what his dream is because you will never comprehend it." Tcf Alberu said while looking at his other self with pity on how much he tried to understand the way of thinking of tcf Cale.
Tcf Cale just remained quiet even though he wants to refute his highness statement he find it troublesome so he let it as is.
Cale looked toward Basen, who was not moving, with an odd expression. Basen looked at where they had arrived as he started to speak.
"...Hyung-nim, why are you trying to do all of the difficult and strenuous tasks?"
This area had been closed off for tens of years.
It was the underground prison.
He could see a faint light inside. Basen found it hard to understand this hyung-nim of his that was trying to send him away.
'Why, why does he always try to do all of the hard things on his own......!'
He found it hard to understand.
However, Cale was having the opposite thought and found it difficult to understand Basen's point of view.
'Difficult and strenuous tasks?
"It seems like there is a misunderstanding," tboah Eruhaben said.
{Well you cannot say that it was TCF if there is no misunderstanding right?}
I didn't want to deal with the other territories or the temples so I came here to do the easy task.'
Cale just said whatever came to mind as he could not understand Basen's point of view.
"It is not hard. This type of task is more suited for me. You should head back up."
"Another misunderstanding again," tcf Bud said while drinking his new set of wine courtesy of Reid.
Basen opened and closed his mouth a few times without being able to say anything.
'What kind of person is suited for torture?!'
"Torture?! You?!!" tboah Choi Han said while gritting his teeth in anger.
Reid will ready to step up for his nephew but he suddenly stops. He sense a strong bloodlust and fear that even he did not experience in his lifetime. As he searched who is the one releasing that kind of aura he only find his nephew Tcf Cale standing while giving tboah Choi Han a cold stare as if he was a corpse. Reid was shocked at his nephew's action as he notice that the kids, Koreans and tboah Cale are not affected by his aura. Most of the people at the theater collapse, some are busy catching their breath and some are just shocked at how is this scene started. Even the dragons were shocked at the aura that tcf Cale emitted when suddenly he spoke.
"Oi! I will never repeat myself but stop your useless ramblings and keep quiet do you understand?" tcf Cale while still looking at tboah Choi Han who is currently trembling because of the fear he feels while looking at tcf Cale. As tcf Cale said it he immediately withdraw his Dominating Aura with the mix that Blood-Drenched Rock gave. As soon as the terrifying aura withdraws most of them catch their breath and clutch their hearts for what they felt. Meanwhile, Tcf Cale just returned to his seat and comfortably position himself as if nothing is happening.
Cale was currently going to interrogate and torture someone.
Basen was thinking that this warm-hearted Hyung-nim of his, the man who worked so hard to save the citizens of the territory, could not like nor be suited for such a task.
"... I will do so if that is your will."
Basen turned around.
Thought was going through his mind.
He understood why his hyung-nim would choose to personally handle this kind of task when both he and his father were available.
At least he thought he understood.
'I am still young.'
Basen Henituse, the seventeen-year-old young man. He realized that he still had a long way to go in order to be like the people surrounding his brother. He needed to grow in order to not become baggage.
Basen did not look back even once as he headed up and out of the underground prison.
Cale started to speak once Basen was no longer visible.
"Apple pie."
A small paw appeared in the air, along with a piece of apple pie. Cale started to frown once he received the apple pie.
"What the? Why is the apple pie so moist?"
The apple pie felt as if it had been wetted by water. Cale heard mumbling as he started to frown.
"... I did not cry."
"Haaaa."
Cale let out a sigh at Raon's response.
"...I will go get you a new one if you do not like it. Human, don't eat it if you don't want to. An apple pie from a not great and mighty Dragon like me is not great."
"Dragon?!" Most of the tboah people were shocked because of this sudden news.
<" Ah! I forgot to inform you that tcf Cale has three children one is a dragon named Raon Miru and two cats from cat tribe that is On the oldest one Hong the second youngest."> Reid said as he still fixing his composure because of what happened.
'Aigoo.'
Cale let out a sigh and took a bite of the apple pie. He couldn't just throw away something given by a child.
Furthermore, he was too hungry.
His stomach felt completely empty.
'I could even pick up the dirt and eat it at this point.'
He really meant it.
The hunger became worse after the Vitality of the Heart and the Indestructible Shield fused together.
The two ancient powers didn't necessarily, 'fuse,' together. They were still separate powers. However, there was now a connection between the two powers. If the Indestructible Shield was a person, the Vitality of the Heart had become that person's heart.
Munch munch.
Cale ate the apple pie as he opened the door to the underground prison.
Screeeeeeeech-
He then stopped eating. He heard the sound of a whip.
Fliiiiiiick!
"Ahhhhhhh!"
"There is truly someone being tortured there." Tboah Rosalyn said.
Blood was being splattered onto the walls. A lot of blood must have been on the walls already, as you could not even tell that the new blood had landed on it.
"Ah, young master-nim, you're here."
Ron gently greeted Cale, however, he had a cold gaze as he looked at Cale from head to toe.
'Why is this old man's gaze so cold?'
Cale felt small as Ron looked at him that way. He then became anxious.
Ron took out a dagger and then threw it.
Stab!
"Aaaaaah!"
The dagger stabbed the man being tortured in the shoulder as blood splattered once again.
Cale avoided Ron's gaze and looked toward Beacrox. The chef and torture expert Beacrox was wearing four pairs of white gloves as he flicked the whip with a stoic expression.
The father-son duo, who did not have a drop of blood on them, introduced Cale to someone.
"We are chatting with him, as you instructed."
"Ugh, gasp."
The sound of someone gasping for air could be heard as Cale saw that the man's white hair had turned dark red from dry blood.
The Guardian Knight Clopeh Sekka.
"What?! How?!" tboah Clopeh said while looking at his other self that was clasping his hands together as if he was praying to the gods?
He had fallen into Cale's hands.
The father-son duo had immediately captured him and moved him to the underground prison when Choi Han had defeated him on the battlefield.
Ron continued to speak with a benign smile.
"...We kept him alive."
'Yes... As long as he is alive.'
"How cruel, he is just barely alive you know?" tcf Bud said while looking at how vicious tcf Cale is.
"What cruel? He dared to touch the Henituse territory and its citizen especially me people why would I must be lenient towards him hmm?" tcf Cale said ignoring the different types of gazes he received.
'Vicious' tcf Bud thought.
Most of the people from the theater came up to only one conclusion and that is 'Don't mess up with him and his people if you still want to live.
"Also torture is much more satisfying than easy death right?" tcf Cale simply added.
The people of both sides flinched at his statement even the dragons.
Cale heard Raon's voice in his head.
– Good job! Ron and Beacrox really are smart!
Cale could not respond.
Clopeh Sekka's legs were finely minced. Yes, they were minced like meat. He also had no arms. He was just alive.
"No reason why his limbs are like that." Tboah Bud said.
This was a scary sight that looked to come straight out of a nightmare. It was probably better to be dead.
Ron casually continued after approaching Cale.
"Young master-nim, seeing as how he does not even know how to control the wyverns, I didn't think we had much use for him, so I just left him alive enough to chat with. Did I do well?"
Cale answered honestly.
"Good job."
Ron had done a good job.
"He's still conscious, right?"
"Yes sir."
Cale nodded his head at Beacrox's stoic answer and approached Clopeh Sekka.
"Huff, huff."
Clopeh Sekka was having trouble breathing. He felt pain throughout his body every time he took a breath. However, the pain was slowly disappearing as well.
That was why a different fear was filling his mind.
'I'm going to die. I might actually die like this.'
On the other hand tboah Clopeh starts to quiver in fear as he might experience this in the future. This sudden thought was not easily brushed off from his mind until he start fidgeting.
It did not matter to him anymore why this rural territory had a torture expert and an assassin. All that he could think about was getting away from this scary place.
It was at that moment.
"Guardian Knight-nim."
It was a very gentle voice.
However, Clopeh did not dare to raise his head.
This bastard. The owner of this gentle voice. This bastard was the true head of this territory.
Cale Henituse, the man who had used the shield.
He would have never expected a young master whom he considered to be good and just to do such a thing. Clopeh could not say anything.
At that moment, his body that had lost all sensation suddenly felt a different type of sensation.
His cheeks started to shake.
Fear and suppression.
It was as if someone was suppressing him.
He had not felt this from anyone other than that person.
He heard the gentle voice once more.
"Please lift your head."
Clopeh slowly raised his shaking head.
He was dominated by Cale after being hit by the Dominating Aura.
However, he saw a smiling Cale Henituse when he raised his head.
"That smile surely haunt me every night knowing his true nature." Tcf Rasheel said while the others are just agreeing on his statement.
"It's been a while, hasn't it?"
'Is he talking about meeting at the castle wall earlier?'
Clopeh Sekka nodded his head subconsciously in fear.
However, he had to stop nodding his head. His entire body froze as if time had stopped.
The red hair of the man in front of him was slowly turning white.
Then his reddish-brown eyes turned blue.
"Ah, ah-"
"It seems you have done some entertaining stuff while in that disguised" Rok Soo said.
"But why this disguised there was an option but why you pick this holy appearance as a disguised?" Rok Soo added as he thought why tcf Cale does that.
"Well I think it is more effective and if you want to make chaos you must do it right." Tcf Cale while focusing his eyes on the screen.
'I think he is also in the level of Beacrox in terms of viciousness.' Rok Soo thought while tboah Cale slightly tugged the shirt of Rok Soo as he looked at tcf Cale with some scared expression. How cute! Rok Soo thought.
Clopeh's mouth opened and closed multiple times without being able to say anything.
It was a familiar face.
It was a face that was distinct in his mind.
That face and Cale's current face overlapped perfectly.
The priest.
The magical priest he had met in January.
The smile on the priest's face disappeared. Clopeh could not breathe again as the pressure suppressed him once more. The white-haired priest slowly started to ask.
"Has it been fun running around on top of my palm?"
'Did you have fun thinking you were going to be a legend?'
"You are evil" tboah Alberu said.
"Well thank you because of that my act still seems flawless as always." Tcf Cale said while the others are shuddering in fear.
"You, how long did plan to target Clopeh?" tcf Alberu asks.
"Well, I think it was January as Clopeh said in the video and before. I even don't know if he truly fell from my disguised but it looks like it was effective. Also, I am enjoying the fact that he thinks that he will become a legend." Tcf Cale said as he reply to the question of tcf Alberu.
"You truly plan thoroughly." Tcf Alberu said followed by a long sigh.
"Well of course your highness winning with an overwhelming advantage is always the best. Tcf Cale said.
"It seems like it and it is not like it was bothering I was curious about how he became like that." Tcf Alberu said while remembering the rambles of tcf Clopeh as if tcf Cale was a god.
That was what Clopeh heard in his head. He then thought about the past month.
He had met a magical priest at the beginning of the year and then a pillar of fire shot up in the God's Tears lake. He had believed he would be the main character of the legend based on the priest's words.
But all of those things were lies?
The man who had wanted to become a legend slowly started to break down.
"I will give you another prophecy right now."
Cale had a lot of things to hear from Clopeh Sekka.
That was why he was being honest with Clopeh.
"I will tell you what will happen to you."
Clopeh could not stop his chin from shaking as he looked up at Cale.
He had believed the priest was there to present the will of a god. That priest, Cale, now acted as the god for Clopeh's life as he started to speak.
"I will tell you what will happen to you.
Everything is on the top of my palm."
Clopeh could feel it in his bones.
This person in front of him held his life in his hands.
"So, tell me everything."
That was what Cale said as he looked toward the shaking Clopeh.
Of course, there was something that Cale had left out.
Clopeh had two options in front of him.
One was to die peacefully.
The other was to die after being tortured some more.
Those were his only options.
Being able to live was not one of them.
Cale sat down on the chair in front of Clopeh and looked down at him. Clopeh continued to shake and avoided Cale's gaze, however, he could not lower his head.
All he could do was look under Cale's eyes around the chin area as he continued to shake.
Cale remembered what Choi Han had said before he went off to be treated.
"The Sekka household is a white snake household."
Cale opened his mouth to speak.
"Ahh! This esteemed s-sir knows everything!" tboah Clopeh said while quivering in fear. Thinking that even the fake legend that only a few people know but tcf Cale manages to know it.
"White Snake."
Clopeh was the white snake. This white snake that was covered in blood gasped at Cale's words.
"What is the legend that you were trying to fabricate this time?"
"H-He! truly knows everything! Tboah Clopeh said
Clopeh realized something.
There really is nothing this person, this esteemed sir, did not know.
He knew everything, including the fabricated legend.
"Fabricated legend?" tboah Alberu while questioning if the Sekka Household does things underhanded.
Fear started to fill his body.
He then slowly started to speak. The man who had been silent throughout Beacrox and Ron's torturing finally started to speak.
Cale then heard everything.
"Is there any chance that we may know what they talk?" tboah Alberu asks Reid who's sipping his coffee.
<" Yes, there is a chance that you may know."> Reid said as he answer the inquiry of tboah Alberu.
* * *
– You are smiling.
Cale touched the corners of his lips after hearing the comment Alberu made as soon as the call connected. He could feel the smile on his face.
'I guess it makes sense, since I learned about a lot of things.'
Cale had learned a lot of information from Clopeh. Some of that information included why a strong bastard like the helmeted knight had not revealed himself until now on the western continent, as well as why Arm had gone to the western continent.
He also realized the problem that was assigned to him.
There was only one conclusion.
'I changed the story.'
"Well, I will be shocked if your shenanigans will not change the story as it intended." Tcf Alberu said.
All of this had happened because the war and, 'Arm,' had been revealed too early. However, it was not time to think about that problem right now.
There was one more thing.
'I feel like I'm a pretty lucky person.'
Cale thought about the crown in his bag as he leaned on the couch and casually responded back to Alberu.
"I seem to have gone crazy from fatigue."
"Yeah you are right you are truly crazy at that time." Tcf Alberu said while looking at the situation that the screen flashes.
He thought that the crown prince would scoff at him. However, Alberu started to frown while remaining silent, making Cale think this was an odd situation and continuing to speak.
"I plan to go to the Ubarr territory tonight."
– ...With that body?
'What's wrong with my body?'
Tcf Alberu just made a long sigh that you can feel his disappointment behind it.
"You! You need to watch out also your health okay? Even if you have a healing ancient power it is still not changing the fact that you are weak." Tcf Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale. Tcf Alberu notices that Soo Hyuk is looking at him with a sign of a good job from his hand. Tcf Alberu felt amused after seeing the praise from the hyung of tcf Cale.
He felt full and fine after eating a couple of apple pies. The regeneration abilities of the Vitality of the Heart had gotten even stronger. He may be covered in blood right now, but his skin had become smoother and he felt as if he would be fine even if he did not sleep for about three days.
Cale responded to the crown prince without a moment of hesitation.
"Yes sir, I will be going with this body."
"Haaaa."
He could hear the crown prince sighing. Cale felt upset for some reason.
However, he needed to move quickly.
The mark Raon left continued to send signals to them. The helmeted knight was coming back with the ships.
They needed to kill that bastard this time.
That was the reason he was taking Ron and Beacrox with him.
He had no plans on letting the knight die a peaceful death.
He also left a message with the ancient Dragon Eruhaben through the video communication device. Eruhaben would probably call him back soon. Cale had quite a lot of things to do, so he was in a rush.
That was why he got right down to business.
"Your highness."
– What is it?
"The Whale tribe."
Alberu was still debating whether to have the Whales fight with them or to hide their existence.
– What about the Whales?
"Let's hit the Paerun Kingdom."
"What?! Why are you also attacking our Kingdom did you not have enough from me? Tboah Clopeh said while looking at tcf Cale with terror in his eyes.
"Well, you are the first one who attack the Henituse territory so it is just common sense that I will return it the pleasure but in ten folds," tcf Cale said while looking at tboah Clopeh as he remember how he deal with the Duke Sekka.
"Crazy Bastard," both Alberu said.
"Oh well thank you for the compliment, your highness." Tcf Cale shamelessly answered.
"It was not a compliment bastard." Tcf Alberu immediately replied to him back.
Silence filled the room.
Alberu started to laugh after a while.
– Ha, haha-
He laughed for a long time.
Alberu then looked at Cale Henituse's mess of a face. He could also see Cale's sharp gaze.
'This punk really is amazing.'
The crown prince started to smile.
– I like it. I like it very much.
He then said one last thing before hanging out.
– Take care of your body.
Click.
He hung up without even waiting to hear Cale's response. Cale just called for Ron with an expression that seemed to be saying this was normal behavior for Alberu.
"Ron."
"Yes sir."
He pointed to the corner of the room as he gave Ron the order.
"Go bring Mueller. On and Hong as well."
"...You want the Cats to come up from the training ground as well?"
"Training ground? You take the kids in the battlefield as their training ground only?" tboah Archie said. While tcf Archie understands what his parallel self is thinking he just looks at him with pity.
"Yes."
Cale had thought that this battle would not be difficult, and as such had On and Hong continue training instead of taking part in the battle. There was something for the two of them to do now, however.
Ron soon brought the three over to Cale.
The mixed-blood Dwarf Rat Mueller was shaking while keeping a distance from the Cats, while On and Hong immediately rushed toward Cale. However, they flinched at his blood-soaked appearance and just roamed around him.
Cale asked the two of them a question.
"Are you ready?"
"Ready!"
"We're good to go!"
Cale got up after hearing those responses.
He was heading toward the Ubarr territory.
The ocean was somewhere that Cale had nothing to protect.
On and Hong.
The ocean would soon be covered in a poisonous fog.
The name of this operation was, 'Ghost.'
They will all die without realizing what happened.
That was most suited for the quiet night ocean.
"That was good khakhakhakhakha! I cannot wait anymore to see my friend dealing with them?" tcf Toonka said hysterically.
Tboah Alberu is somewhat satisfied after getting information from their future enemy. Meanwhile, the tcf White Star is currently on the Rage Mode (but he cannot do so) because of the loss of his people reported before.
<" Okay, you have another break and we will proceed immediately got it?"> Reid said to his viewers. While indulging himself on his type of break.
Author's Note:
That's it for today!! The next stop is 202!!!! Enjoy reading, don't forget to vote and comment your feelings towards the chapter!! See you in the next update.
Chapter 5: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 2
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CHAPTER 5: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 2
"< Does everyone already settled on their sits? Then let's proceed. "> Reid said after taking the break.
CHAPTER 5: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 2 (CHAPTER 202: THE OCEAN IS...)
The Ubarr territory that is located on the Roan Kingdom's northeastern shoreline.
The liege of the Ubarr territory, Popelina Ubarr, looked around while taking in the cold ocean breeze.
Young lady Amiru, her future successor, was cautiously watching her.
Splash, splash.
This was the spot where they could best hear the waves that were crashing against the naval base.
"Naval Base?" tboah Alberu asks because it seems that anticipating this to what happens to see that they have Naval Base capable use for war.
"Since when did you start planning for war?" tboah Alberu added while looking at his parallel self.
"Two years ago." Tcf Alberu said with a serious tone.
"It is the Young Lady Amiru proposed to build a Naval Base at their territory after the plaza attack happens." Tcf Alberu added.
"What?! Since that day?" tboah Alberu said while looking at tcf Amiru with a questionable gaze.
"It is not me but it is Young Master Cale idea at that time, Your Highness. Even the Henituse County help for the construction of the naval base and ships." Tcf Amiru said while looking at tboah and tcf Alberu.
"He really does prepare everything since then." Tboah Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale with admiration.
'What prepared? I just give them an idea but here I am right now their commander' tcf Cale thought while sighing.
"Unlucky Bastard." Tcf Eruhaben said knowing what would be his soon-to-be troubled that he will make after this attack.
This usually dark and quiet port was still dark, but not quiet today.
Paaaaat!
The teleportation magic circle flashed once more.
Popelina reached her hand out in order to ask for a handshake.
"Welcome, Viscount."
"Ahem, nice to see you again, Ubarr liege."
The person awkwardly shaking the Ubarr liege's hand was a Viscount who used to be a part of the southeast region's Marquis Ailan's faction.
He was currently trying to blend in with the rest of the group while wearing his armor.
"Ha! Pathetic, they really that hungry for fame and power?" tboah Cale said with a disgusted face.
He left Popelina's side and moved to where the other nobles were standing. None of them had bright expressions on their faces. The Viscount didn't even greet the other nobles from the southeast faction as he looked around the naval base.
He then put his hand over his shaking heart.
A person's voice was still echoing in his mind.
'The shield did not break.'
"The shield did not break? What does it mean?" tboah Rosalyn asks.
<" That was some kind of saying made by Vice Captain Hillsman since who knows"> Reid said while focusing on the three kids. {I don't really know if he is the one who made or the citizens but i will just say that he did it.}
He recalled that intense battle. The Viscount who had watched that battle from his castle office could not help but run over here right away.
That person would come here.
The northeast region's Military Commander, Cale Henituse.
He would be coming here tonight.
The Viscount recalled what Cale Henituse had said as he walked away from the oval table the last time they had met.
'If it is the noble's way to attach themselves to the strong, then you will soon have to decide who you need to attach yourselves to in order to survive.'
"They truly only care for their power and reputation. They are like leeches for those who are in power. Tcf Cale nonchantly said to the nobles that he saw in the naval base.
He needed to stick to Cale if he wanted to survive. This was his only chance to do that.
His, as well as the other nobles, eyes were all continuously looking around.
They could not hide their shock.
They could barely make things out in the darkness. However, the numerous ships and the soldiers standing in perfect formation let them know just how long they had been training for this battle.
'We've been left behind.'
"Wow, they are really prepared and you can see that they absolutely trained for the war." Tboah Eric said.
The nobles realized that they had been left behind and that their strengths were puny in comparison. They also realized that they were not even in that person's eyes. That was why they were here, waiting for the strong to arrive.
The video communication device in young lady Amiru's arms flashed at that moment. She turned toward her mother and started to speak.
"He's coming."
The nobles all became nervous at her statement.
'Is it Cale?'
The teleportation magic circle started to activate.
Ooooooong-
It seemed to be larger than any other time it had been activated. This meant that it was transporting a large number of people.
The nobles standing around could not help but gulp.
Paaaaa- at.
The teleportation magic circle flashed before silhouettes of people appeared on top of it. The Ubarr liege started to speak once they completed their transportation.
"Welcome, Knight Captain-nim and Mage Captain-nim."
The First Brigade of the Royal Knights could be identified by the royal crest on their armors.
And then there was the other group that was being revealed to the world for the first time.
The nobles had heard what the Ubarr liege had said.
Mage Captain.
They could see tens of people wearing robes that were covering their faces.
Mage Brigade 1 was composed of the best of the best mages that crown prince Alberu Crossman had gathered.
The Mage Brigade was revealed for the first time since its creation.
The Mage Captain shook the Ubarr liege's hand.
"Nice to meet you."
The face that was covered by the hood was that of Alberu's aunt, the Dark Elf Tasha, in her human form. She was an Elementalist and not a mage, however, she was still leading the Mage Brigade. However, the Mage Brigade's true leader was Rosalyn.
"Your Highness you are a Dark Elf?" tcf Amiru asks.
"Yes, His Highness is a Dark Elf, If you have any problem about that just talk to me and I will entertain you very well. Tcf Cale said while leaking some of Dominating Aura with a smile that you will not wish in your dreams. Most of the nobles from both sides flinched about the statement of tcf Cale / Their Commander. Tboah Alberu also wishes that there will also be a person that will stand beside him without prejudice about his identity other than his aunt and the dark elves.
Tasha was taking the captain's spot instead of Rosalyn because Rosalyn was currently at the Breck Kingdom.
"Will he come soon?"
The Ubarr liege nodded her head at Tasha's question.
Tasha then silently led the Mage Brigade to a side of the room. The Royal Knights stood next to them.
The First Brigade of the Royal Knights was not very talkative. Tasha understood why they were almost speechless right now.
The Mage Brigade naturally had a video communication device on them. She had shown the mages and the knights the battle at the Henituse territory as she led them here.
They had seen that electrifying battle.
It was a battle of existences that even Tasha had never expected to see. That battle between the Dragon Slayer and Cale's group had shaken her up.
"Dragon Slayer?" tboah Eruhaben asks.
"Yes Eruhaben-nim there is a dragon slayer but he is just a fake one." Tcf Cale said to tboah Eruhaben.
"And you are saying that you manage to deal with him?" tboah Eruahben said.
"Yes we are Eruhaben-nim." Tcf Cale said while putting his hand on the shoulder of tcf Choi Han and his gaze towards tcf Mary.
Tasha was so worried about the necromancer Mary and the rest of Cale's group that she almost went crazy.
"Necromancer?!" some bystander said.
"Why? Do you have any problem with my people?" tcf Cale said while using his dominating aura.
"Ah! No no, I have no problem" the bystander said.
"Good to hear." Tcf Cale said while withdrawing his aura. All of the people at the theater think that tcf Cale is a person that you must not mess with.
'Although it seems that the knights went crazy for a different reason.'
Tasha peeked toward the Knight Captain. He had a face that looked like he was a stubborn man with a strong sense of responsibility. The Knight Captain who seemed to be in his forties was quietly observing the teleportation magic circle.
The rest of the knights were doing the same thing.
They had seen a sword master.
It had been a long time since the Roan Kingdom last had a sword master. However, a new sword master had suddenly appeared.
He had also been riding on a Bone Dragon.
"Bone dragon?" tboah Rosalyn asks.
"Yes! Smart Rosalyn that is the work of good Mary and she is excellent controlling those bones." Raon said to tboah Rosalyn.
Tboah Rosalyn is quite happy after Raon called him smart Rosalyn meanwhile, tboah Mary wonders if she also can explore the world freely like his parallel self.
Tasha understood their, no actually, she understood the thoughts going through the minds of every person who had watched the battle. That was why she quietly waited as well.
Splash, splash.
The teleportation magic circle started to vibrate once more through the noise of the splashing of the waves.
Oooooooooong-
They had been waiting for this.
The nobles turned their gazes that had been on the Royal Knights and the Mage Brigade back toward the teleportation magic circle. The white light flashed as people started to appear one by one.
"Ah."
Someone let out a gasp.
The first person who became visible had one of his shoulders bandaged up. Someone from the crowd let out his identity.
"...Sword master."
"You have a swordmaster, dragon, whales, cats, dwarf rat, and necromancer at your disposal?" tboah Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale with admiration.
'How he gathered all of those people and races with ease?' tboah Alberu thought.
"That was not all his disposal." Tcf Alberu nonchalantly added.
Tboah Alberu is still shocked at how tcf Cale managed to do that.
They did not even know his name. They saw someone wearing a black robe next to him. People could guess who she was even though she had been invisible throughout the entirety of the last battle.
'That person must be the necromancer.'
They were followed by Ron, who was wearing an assassin's outfit including a mask, Beacrox in a swordsman outfit with a greatsword, and the mixed-blood Dwarf Rat Mueller, who was surrounded by two kittens.
Cale's group was appearing one by one.
And the last to appear was Cale Henituse.
He appeared on top of the magic circle and the crowd gulped.
One of the nobles could not help but mumble.
"... Blood, the blood."
Cale still looked the same as he did at the end of the battle.
Cale was standing there in the same bloodied outfit that he was wearing during the battle earlier in the day. His gaze was looking around at the group.
However, the nobles did not think that Cale looked dirty or shabby. In fact, they felt the pressure of someone who had survived on the battlefield. Furthermore, it helped them realize that the war was just beginning.
It was at that moment.
The Ubarr liege started to speak.
"Salute."
The nobles flinched at her statement.
However, loud voices started to shout from behind them.
The soldiers who had been standing at attention this whole time shouted in unison.
"Choong!"
The entire Navy saluted Cale so loudly that the entire shore seemed to shake.
Their salute was toward the northeast region's Military Commander, Cale Henituse.
Their voices shocked the nobles until they heard a different noise.
Click, click.
Sword that shined under the moonlight started to be drawn one by one.
The Knight Captain took out his sword and lifted it up.
The rest of the knights soon followed his actions.
They had moved their swords instead of speaking.
Clang.
The swords pierced the air in a salute.
This was the Knight's Salute.
This was the way they greeted the people they needed to obey.
The mages then started to create small orbs of light and sent them above the nobles and the soldiers.
The dark shores slowly started to light up.
Cale silently watched all of this before slowly starting to speak.
"Now I can see."
"You really looking down on them huh." Tcf Alberu said to tcf Cale while tcf Cale decide to ignore it because it is troublesome.
He was not using the respectful way of speaking right now.
However, nobody thought that this was awkward. It was so natural that nobody even realized it.
No, they did not have the time to realize it.
"There's a lot of people."
Cale said just one thing while looking at the nobles.
The nobles could clearly see the way Cale was looking at them. They could tell that Cale was looking down on them.
"He really is." Tcf Tasha said remembering how tcf Cale acted around them.
However, the nobles still did not dare to speak.
The strength of Cale's forces was at the level of the crown. In some aspects, it was even stronger than the crown. Furthermore, he was currently a hero.
"I was not a hero." Tcf Cale said while the other is cannot on what this man is saying.
"Aigoo! It seems like I will have a headache again" tcf Alberu said ignoring the gaze of tcf Cale after hearing his words.
The entire Roan Kingdom was still buzzing about the battle from earlier in the day. Cale's name was on everyone's lips.
But, most importantly, Cale was giving off a different vibe.
They could feel the aura of a ruler that was worlds apart from what they had felt in the banquet hall. These nobles, who were the most sensitive to who was strong, bowed their heads.
'Funny punks.'
Cale did not pay much attention to the people trying to suck up to him in order to survive as he turned in order to look at the soldiers. Their faces showed nervousness and concern, but also hope.
Cale started to speak.
His low voice reached the hundreds of people standing there.
"Prepare to leave."
That was the beginning.
The atmosphere around the shore quickly changed. They had been expecting this order. Nervousness was on the minds of everyone here. However, Cale was not done speaking.
"Tomorrow night."
He spoke in a calm voice without any hesitation.
"We will obliterate the enemy."
Obliterate.
Kill them all.
That word was etched deep into the minds of the soldiers.
Someone shouted in a loud voice at that moment.
"We will follow your order!"
It was the Knight Captain of the Royal Knights. He raised his sword and placed it over his chest as he shouted. His voice seemed to be full of confidence in his ability to carry out the order. The Ubarr liege motioned as if to respond to his shout, and the soldiers started to shout as well.
"We will follow your order!"
The people on the shore started to quickly move during this dark night. There was a sense of thrill and excitement along with the nervousness.
Obliterate.
They would carry out that order.
Cale's order was echoing in all of their minds.
* * *
Cale was standing on the deck of a ship in a clean outfit the next night as he listened to Ron's report.
His hair was fluttering in the ocean breeze.
"The ships are mainly mid-sized ships, with a total over 300 ships."
"That is too much!!" tboah Amiru said.
The information sent by the Whales were finally reaching Cale's ears. He paid attention to each piece of information.
He would not let his guard down anymore. This battle would be the expression of his will not to do that.
"Originally, there were some ships in shapes that have never been seen before. We suspect that those ships were what they used in order to break through the ice up north."
'They are probably something made by the Dwarves.'
Cale lowered his head.
"Explain."
Mueller seemed so shocked to the point that he would faint before he quickly starting to speak.
"I believe it is a ship made by the Flame Dwarves. I've heard that they are weak when it comes to magic devices, but quite famous for their mechanical devices."
"Weak?"
"To be honest with you, it is closer to that they cannot make them at all."
A Dwarf that could not make magic devices was like an Elf that could not handle an Elemental. That was why Mueller did not look very good as he explained about the Flame Dwarf Tribe. He felt a bit sorry for them. However, Cale was thinking that their sorrows were none of his business.
'I can blast them away with magic.'
"Even the flame dwarves are involved in this war." Tboah Alberu said while planning on how he would deal with this in the future.
"You are right human we can just blast them off" Raon cheerfully said.
If they are terrible with magic, the Magic Brigade could kill them.
However, he thought about the magic scrolls that the helmeted knight and the Bears had in their possession during the battle.
"It is not just dwarves but also the bears? It is amazing that you win the battle." Tboah Alberu said.
Also, who is that helmeted knight you are talking about?" tboah Alberu added.
"That was the fake dragon slayer that I am talking about earlier." Tcf Cale said.
The fact that they had such magic scrolls meant that the enemy's level of magic was strong as well. The reason that the helmeted knight was teleported to the ship was almost certainly because mages and healers were on board.
In that case, he needed to get rid of them too.
Beeeeeep- Beeeeeeep-
"Commander-nim!"
Young lady Amiru ran over to Cale while wearing leather armor. A video communication device was shining red in her arms.
Cale saw a small boat approaching their ship at that moment.
He heard the following noises coming from the boat.
Meeeeeeeow.
Meeeow.
Cale started to smile at the sounds that he had been waiting for.
On and Hong were in Choi Han and Beacrox's arms. The small boat that they were on was heading toward Cale's ship.
Shhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh-
The eerie noise of the wind brushed by Cale's ear.
However, he managed to hear young lady Amiru's report as well.
"The enemy ships have passed the third boundary."
This was the third of four total boundaries.
The enemy would soon approach the fourth boundary.
Cale looked down from the deck of this ship that was currently located at the fourth boundary.
– All done.
The masterpiece made by the children averaging nine-years-old.
"Vicious kids..." tboah Archie said while looking at the direction of the kids.
Shhhhhhh-
The sound of leaves rustling in the air, something that was difficult to hear out in the ocean, could be heard.
That noise started to surround the ocean around the fourth boundary.
Fog.
Fog was covering the ocean.
The only boundary with an actual mark could no longer be seen because of the fog.
This fourth boundary would be an invisible boundary of death for the enemy.
Cale gave the order.
"Get rid of all noise."
The name of this operation was, 'Ghost.'
The entire fleet of the Roan Kingdom's navy started to go quiet, starting from Cale's ship.
Silence filled the ocean.
The ghosts were waiting for the arrival of their enemies.
"Wow, that is amazing!" most of the people admires the scenes that they are watching even tboah Alberu and the other royalties of different nation and tribe can't hide their amazement at how tcf Cale starting his plan.
< "Ok! That all as usual you will have a break and we will resume. I will be right back immediately I will just get some things done."> Reid said to his guests.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
I AM BACK HERE AGAIN TODAY!!!! Well, that's all for this chapter I hope you enjoy it. Sorry again for some typo and grammar. Don't forget to vote and comment on your feelings about this chapter. Goodbye and see you in the next update!!
Chapter 6: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 3
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CHAPTER 6: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 3
<" It seems that everybody is ready to continue without further ado let's continue."> Reid said after he gets back after finishing the important things that need to be done.
CHAPTER 6: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 3 (CHAPTER 203: THE OCEAN IS ...)
It looked like the migration of seasonal birds.
The approximately three hundred ships cutting through the water were moving in a triangle formation.
This fleet of ships had started from the Indomitable Alliance's Norland Naval Base.
At the center of the formation was the largest of the icebreaker ships that broke through the frozen northern shores. The helmeted knight was currently being healed at the highest cabin on this ship.
"How pitiful."
The Dragon Slayer started to frown after hearing the healer's comment, however, he could not speak properly right now. The healer sighed before casting a healing spell onto the Dragon Catcher's heart.
Approximately ⅔ of the heart was destroyed.
"It is shocking that he is still not died after receiving that kind of damage." Tboah Eruhaben said.
"Damn it! So useless." Tcf White star said in a low voice while looking at the position of the helmeted knight Syrem. Meanwhile, Syrem is gritting his teeth out of anger at the black dragon.
It would take at least a week to restore this damage. Even after that, it would take at least another month for it to heal back to normal.
He also came back without an arm.
However, the arm should be easy to restore once they informed the organization. The healer scoffed at the Dragon Slayer and started to speak in a mocking tone.
"Looks like you need to be locked up for a while like old man tamer."
"Shut, ugh!"
The Dragon Catcher could not finish speaking. The magic claw that had clenched his heart at the end of the fight was still causing him a lot of pain.
A third person who had been watching the helmeted knight and the healer started to speak.
The aged mage's voice was cold.
"A sword master just below your level, a necromancer, and someone with an ancient power that can block your sword once all exist in that small territory?"
"Yes."
The helmeted knight's attitude was slightly rude, however, the mage did not care as he continued on.
"And there is also a mage who is stronger than you?"
"Mage? I am Raon Miru and I am a great and mighty dragon, not a mage." Raon shouted at the screen.
The helmeted knight flinched internally, but did not let it show on his face.
"Yes, it is a mage who was able to imitate my Sword of Disasters and almost destroy my heart."
The helmeted knight had seen a Dragon's eyes.
However, he did not mention that.
'I need to take that for myself.'
'I really need to kill him immediately after we are done with this.' Tcf Cale thought while patting his kids.
"The audacity of that human, I will make sure that he will not be receiving a peaceful death." Tcf Eruhaben said while leaking some of his dragon fear.
These bastards would take the Dragon for themselves if he mentioned it. They'll give him the Dragon's snood while taking the rest of the Dragon. That was the original deal that fell through when the Dragon they had in mind suddenly disappeared.
The helmeted knight recalled the pair of Dragon eyes that had looked at him.
'It wasn't an ancient Dragon based on the size of the eyes.'
He was certain that it was a young Dragon that had not even had its first growth phase yet.
The helmeted knight suppressed his heart that was beating wildly.
It was not that the Dragon didn't use Dragon's Breath, it was that it could not use it.
That fact brought the helmeted knight some bliss. If he worked this properly, he might get the opportunity to get stronger without the head of this organization, that crazy bastard, knowing about it.
'I will eat the second Dragon.'
The helmeted knight was thinking about this beautiful future. He heard the mage's voice once again as he did that.
"The sword master that is not at your level. How is his plate?"
Plate referred to a body that could hold ancient powers.
Ancient powers were known to be weak, however, that was just something that the stupid people who did not know anything had determined.
Ancient powers that were created in nature and have natural affinities that came directly from nature and not from humans. How could these powers be weak?
They just thought that they were weak because they did not know how to use them. Of course, the human-generated ancient powers were weaker than the ones with natural affinities.
The helmeted knight flinched at the mage's question, but answered with a calm expression.
"Not much. He didn't have a big plate."
"His greediness does not know any limit." Tcf Litana said.
The helmeted knight lied without any issues.
The sword master with the black aura actually had a plate that was about the same as his own.
That was why he could not tell them the truth.
If he did, they wouldn't have a reason to heal him. They would just go find another person with a similar plate instead.
"Hmm."
The old mage started to frown as if he was contemplating things.
"We will need to head for the Henituse territory as soon as we conquer the Roan Kingdom's shores. We need to get rid of them."
The helmeted knight clenched his hurting body as he urgently added on.
"That damn noble! I will kill that red-haired bastard!"
'He's the one with the Dragon's protection. I can take the Dragon if I get rid of him.'
"Don't expect some peaceful and painless death especially you are in my hands." Tcf Cale said while releasing some aura and looking at Syrem with a cold gaze. Most of the people of the two sides that did not truly know tcf Cale flinched at his declaration of the helmeted knight.
{I don't know if Syrem is already dead because the time the tcf teleported in the domain of Reid is right after he recover from the place where he got the sky-eating water.}
It was possible to take that noble down with just one arm. He was someone who only had a shield and human regeneration powers.
The mage answered back to the Dragon Catcher who seemed to be getting angry at the person who had multiple ancient powers, just like he did.
"Whatever. It shouldn't be difficult if you, the healer, and I go together."
The Dragon Catcher did not disagree. The old mage and the healer were both useful, even though they were both also weaker than him.
The mage looked at the healer and Dragon Catcher for a moment before opening the cabin door. There was someone bowing to greet him outside.
"Sir, we are almost at the Roan Kingdom's northeastern shoreline."
It was the magic spearman, the same enemy that Cale's group had faced the most in the past. This was also the person who had used magic and spear arts together in order to betray the sword master and fake Holy Maiden, Hannah.
"I will make sure that shit head will die in my hands." Tcf Hannah said while gritting her teeth with anger while tcf Jack try to calm down his sibling.
"No worries about that you can do whatever you want," tcf Cale said with a grin on his face.
"Thank you, master Cale." Tcf Hannah said while planning what will he do to the spearman.
He bowed while looking at the three people inside the cabin. They all held a rank higher than him. These three were pretty much part of the organization's core.
That was easily visible through the red star on the mage's robe.
Unlike the white star and five red stars on the magic spearman's outfit, they all only had a single red star on their outfits.
Only five people had these outfits with just a red star.
These were the five that served the white star.
"We'll head out soon. I'll be heading to the front ship."
"Yes sir, I will escort you there."
The mage bowed his head at the old mage as the healer started to grumble.
"Didn't you say that the Roan Kingdom's naval base was shabby? Why do we need so many ships when they barely have any?"
"We're trying to conquer the Whipper Kingdom's shores at the same time. Plus, it's good that we did since the Roan Kingdom was stronger than we expected."
"That bastard!!" both Toonka was
The old man casually brushed it off as he headed toward the door.
"More importantly, shouldn't we get them back since they landed the first hit?"
The healer smiled in a twisted manner as he nodded his head.
"I suppose so. The Roan Kingdom is probably only expecting the Indomitable Alliance. They probably have no idea that we are on the ship. This should be fun."
They were all used to the healer licking his lips as if this was extremely exciting. None of them argued against the young child's words.
However, there was actually someone else who was having the most fun right now.
Deep in the waters underneath the three hundred ships.
A Humpback Whale was swimming very deep in the ocean.
This Humpback Whale with an X shaped scar on her back, Witira, the future Whale Queen, looked toward the south.
'They are almost at the fourth boundary.'
The Humpback Whale started to smile.
She recalled what Cale had said last night.
'WItira, please take the Whales and destroy the Paerun Kingdom's shores.'
He then continued to speak.
'In return, we will obliterate the enemy fleet.'
'This is going to be fun.'
"It is was truly fun indeed. Thank you young master Cale for giving me some fun." Tcf Witira said with gratitude while the other people who remembered how the whales destroy the shore's shivered.
Witira became certain after seeing Cale's confident expression.
He was someone who kept his word. That was why she didn't need to see it with her own eyes to know what was going to happen.
Her large tail moved in order to change her direction.
Toward the north.
The Humpback Whale turned away from the fleet of ships and started swimming in the opposite direction.
Many Whales and whales started to move toward the north along with her.
These forgotten creatures quietly moved up to the north.
* * *
At that same time, a very quiet noise reached Cale's ear.
Click.
It was a signal sent by a mage.
It was the signal that the enemy had arrived.
Cale started to smile.
The fog covered the enemy's sight, but it had done the same for their allies.
Cale had no reason to hide any of his cards anymore.
The rest of the Roan Kingdom's people other than Cale's group all thought that Cale only had the shield.
Cale did not try very hard to correct that mistake. It was easier that way. You did not need to show your strength in order to live a peaceful life.
However, there was no need to hide it within the fog.
Wind started to blow over the ocean that was quiet once more.
Shhhhhh-
The fog started to spread farther as Cale started to move.
* * *
The fog stealthily spread like a cat's footsteps.
"Huh? Fog?"
The old mage who had left the ship with the cabin and moved onto the deck of the ship at the front of the fleet started to frown.
The white fog was almost covering the entire ocean.
'Did the Roan Kingdom's shores usually get foggy?'
"Maybe yes? Maybe No?! Why don't you all try to use shitheads just for once ha?! Tcf White star said sarcastically while tcf Sayeru slowly calmed his liege.
The magic spearman next to the old man started to get an ominous feeling.
The mage started to speak at that moment.
"It is not magic."
"Ah, is that so, sir?"
"Yes, this fog was not made with magic."
"Oh? Is that so? Then let's wait until they use magic? Shitheads?" tcf White star shouted again while tcf Cale was amused hearing the rants of tcf White star.
Since the fog was not magic, it must be a natural occurrence.
What else other than magic could create such a fog?
"I know! Some beast tribe! Especially cat tribe!" tcf White start added while tcf Sayeru is still trying to calm his liege.
The magic spearman was relieved and gave the order as the ships started to enter the fog.
"The waters are calm, but we are entering a foggy region, so raise the warning level to 1 to be cautious."
"Yes sir!"
A Norland soldier bowed and followed the magic spearman's command.
This ship mainly had Arm's people, while the two ships behind this one had people from the Indomitable Alliance.
The Norland soldier picked up a horn flute and took a breath in order to announce the magic spearman's orders to the rest of the fleet.
Yes, he took a breath.
He saw the fog in front of his face as he took this breath.
'I thought it was farther away, but are we already in the foggy region?'
That was his thought as he put his mouth on the horn flute. All he needed to do now was to blow.
It was at that moment.
Shhhhhh-
The wind made the fog start to spread. The mage started to speak loudly in order to be heard over the wind.
"This wind is made by magic!"
They heard a different noise on the deck at the same time.
Clang!
The horn flute fell.
The magic spearman urgently turned his head.
"Argh, ugh!"
The soldier who had taken the breath was bleeding from his mouth. The magic spearman who was still breathing in the fog as he watched this suddenly flinched as his body started to shake.
'Poison. Enemies.'
"No! They are your allies' dumbass!" tcf white star said as he continue his rant. Meanwhile, Reid is currently amused about the reaction of tcf white star.
He quickly covered his mouth with his hand. However, the wind was already roaring around them.
Shaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa-
The wind rushed the fog toward them. Their surroundings were covered by the white fog in an instant. The magic spearman subconsciously opened his eyes wide as he started to shout.
"...What the......!"
Red fog. The fog was starting to turn red.
It gave off an ominous feeling.
This fog that was the color of blood slowly covered the ocean.
Raon, On, and Hong.
The red fog that was the combination of the three of them working together started to seep into everywhere that air was present.
"Vicious kids," tcf Archie said while looking in the direction of the children. Seeing his parallel self tboah Archie can't still help that the children are vicious despite their cute appearance.
"...Kek!"
"What kind of fog ... ugh!"
Unfortunately, the fog hit the weakest people first.
The soldiers of Norland and the Paerun Kingdom all had their hands at their necks. All they could see out of their eyes was the color red.
The magic spearman quickly created a magic shield and picked up the horn flute.
Boooooooooooo- Booooooooooooooo-
War.
The noise that signaled for war instead of a warning echoed across the ocean.
That noise reached the middle of the fleet.
"What the hell?"
The healer, the young child who was at the central ship, jumped up and looked out the window.
He could see the red fog, as well as Arm's foot soldiers falling down while coughing blood.
"...Poison?"
"AArrggghhh!!!" tcf White star shouted while watching the stupidity of his people.
The child's eyes changed. This was the healer's forte.
"I'm heading out for a bit."
The healer reached for the cabin door, but the Dragon Catcher grabbed the child's wrist.
"Stay here."
"What?"
"Here, ugh, stay here because I'm not healed yet!"
The healer was in disbelief.
The emergency healing was completed and all he needed to do now was rest. How could someone be so selfish? The people coughing up blood outside and dying were all a part of the same organization.
However, the Dragon Catcher's condition was a bit different.
"... I have a bad feeling about this."
"Oh? I thought I was only one" tcf white star continued but at this time tcf Sayeru just let his liege rant while tcf Dorph was silently laughing at tcf Sayeru.
The Dragon Slayer had an ominous feeling.
He had rested a bit, but his body was still not back to normal. It was still injured and he still did not have his other arm back.
That was why he felt better having the healer next to him, even if this healer was the weakest fighter.
"Haaa, I'll be back after taking a look at the situation outside."
The healer sighed and pushed the Dragon Catcher's hand away.
"Come back in 1 minute!"
The healer nodded his head at the shouting person as he turned the doorknob.
Click.
The door opened and the healer immediately left the room.
The Dragon Catcher peeked out the window once the door closed.
It was his intuition.
His intuition after being defeated at the Roan Kingdom's Henituse territory once already was telling him something.
The kingdom that had hidden a sword master, necromancer, and a Dragon probably had something else up their sleeves.
"He really does have," tboah white star said calmly as he watched his parallel self that was in agony.
He tried to focus in order to be able to fight even though his body was not healed yet.
It was at that moment.
Click.
He heard the sound of the door, as well as the healer's hair.
The Dragon Catcher started to smile.
This middle-aged healer who looked like a child was sly but listened well.
"Hey, hurry back in!"
It didn't matter to him if the foot soldiers died.
He urged the healer who could be of some assistance during battles to hurry back in.
Screeeeeech-
The door opened.
Plop.
The healer who looked like a child fell to the ground.
The Dragon Catcher could see something red.
'Fog?'
The healer was covered by red fog. It then registered in his head.
"Shit!"
The Dragon Catcher immediately stood up from the bed.
Bang!
However, his body was soon stabbed into the wall by a black aura.
"Ugh!"
The Dragon Catcher let out a groan.
He heard a very quiet noise at that moment. He then saw a white glove. The Dragon Catcher had no choice but to take out the Sword of Disasters once again.
'This is the last time I can use it right now!'
It was difficult to maintain the Sword of Disasters for a long duration with his current injuries. A loud noise boomed in front of helmeted knight again.
Boom!
The black aura. The sword master who had challenged him at the Henituse territory.
He had appeared again.
Choi Han was quietly launching his black aura at the Dragon Catcher.
The Dragon Catcher barely managed to dodge it. However, he needed to step back once more after barely managing to dodge the first one.
Something suddenly appeared at his back as he did that.
A white glove.
The white glove that the person next to the sword master had put on had appeared behind him.
This person had the stealthiness of an assassin and skills at the level of a sword master.
Choi Han was in front and the assassin was in the back.
The moment the Dragon Catcher started to frown, the white glove immediately grabbed his neck.
"Ugh!"
A dagger was stabbed and twisted into the stub that was left by his shoulder. It was an extremely painful attack. Choi Han stabbed the Dragon Catcher in the stomach with his black aura before jumping up into the air.
Baaaaang!
The ceiling of the cabin was destroyed and the sky that was covered by red fog became visible.
"Ugh!"
The Dragon Catcher was dragged up above the ceiling while still being held by the neck. His mind was currently in a mess.
'How did they suddenly appear like this?! How did they also know that I was here if they appeared just now?'
Although Cale knew this thanks to the Whale tribe's information and Raon's magic, the Dragon Catcher and the old mage who were not at Raon's level of magic had no way of knowing this.
"Ugh, ugh!"
He glared at the man who was slowly choking him tighter and tighter.
It was an old man in his sixties.
Ron smiled back at the Dragon Catcher.
"Vicious" both Cale and Rok soo said in a low voice while both Ron just smile at them with his signature benign smile.
He, who had borrowed his son's white gloves, stood in front of his young master.
They were currently at the top of the ship at the center of the enemy fleet.
Cale looked toward Choi Han and Ron, who had dragged the Dragon Catcher here, and started to speak. This was the first time the Dragon Catcher heard any of them say something.
"Let's get started."
Oooooooooo-
The silence was broken by what sounded like the cries of a ghost.
Something that sounded like hundreds of souls crying started to rise up from the ocean.
The Dragon Catcher had no choice but to see everything because he was at the highest spot. No, he could feel it.
Tap.
The Dragon Catcher turned his head after feeling someone tapping on his cheek.
Cale Henituse was smiling brightly at him.
"That smile, that damn smile, why does every time I see it is either you do some crazy shits or when you are always demanding for golden plaque." Tcf Alberu said.
The helmeted knight started to speak.
"...Y, you had another ancient power?"
Tap, tap.
Cale tapped on the Dragon Catcher's cheek and started to speak.
"Take a good look."
Ooooooooo-
The noise that sounded like ghosts crying was coming up from the bottom of the ocean.
Cale whispered to the Dragon Catcher.
"The cries of the ghosts are scary."
"You are also scary." Tcf Bud said while the other just nodded indicating that tcf Cale is indeed scary while the others are just silent but still agreeing on the statement.
The bottom of the ocean started to roar.
Ooooooooo-
The noise stopped and a tornado shot up.
Baaaaang!
Baaaaang!
Cale's ancient power and Raon's magic worked together in order to create this tornado in the middle of the red fog.
Cale's eyes that were no longer smiling were focused on the Dragon Slayer.
He remembered his promise to everyone.
Obliterate the enemy.
Cale Henituse, no, Kim Rok Soo, was someone who kept his word.
Now he just needed to keep that promise.
Most of the people from tcf and the Koreans smiled as they know that this is true and that tcf Cale always fulfilled his promises to them.
<" Ok that's it for this chapter as usual relax on your break and calm yourself."> Reid said while looking at tcf White star.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hello again!! Sorry for the late update everyone it's just that I deal with some things first. Forgive me also for the short update and Errors. I still will continue the Arc as I promise and don't worry I will not forget some of the requests from the previous chapter. Anyways, see you again next time. Remember to vote and comment on your opinion about this chapter. Goodbye!!1
Chapter 7: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 4
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
CHAPTER 7: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 4
Reid came back and notice the air in the theater change. It looks like they are starting to be comfortable here.
'It seems that tcf White Star is starting to calm himself but I have no intention of calming him' Reid thought as he smiled at tcf White star. Meanwhile, tcf White star slightly scoffed off the unpleasant feeling that he felt after off many years.
"So let's resume on how tcf Cale OBLITERATE the enemy shall we?" Reid said while emphasizing the word OBLITERATE. The innocent and weak-hearted people start to shiver while the villains especially tcf white star starts to show some grim or displeasure on his face.
CHAPTER 7: UBARR SEA WAR ARC (CHAPTER 204: THE OCEAN IS... 4)
Of course, this method of keeping his word was Cale's personal philosophy.
Baaaaaang!
The tornado shot up and crashed into the ship. The mast started to shake and tilted to the side.
And then.
"Aaaaaah!"
It broke.
The Indomitable Alliance was being attacked on two sides from the sky and the ocean, however, there was no visible enemy attacking them. Only one person, the Dragon Catcher, had enemies in front of him.
The Dragon Slayer, the helmeted knight, looked toward the ocean and became at a loss for words.
He heard continuous noises of things breaking. He also heard people screaming.
There were people using magic against the red fog and the tornado even though no enemies were there. There were also some knights blankly slashing their swords at the air.
Some people from both sides were also lost of words and looked at the screen with pity. Even though they are the enemies is a pity that they died without knowing the faces of their enemies. Meanwhile the other is terrified that how tcf Cale plans to obliterate the enemies without sparing a single life.
'It is a one-sided war.' Tcf Bud thought while looking at the screen watching the enemy die without knowing their enemies.
"You truly like to win battles with great advantages," Rok Soo said.
"Well, can you blame him though, and also that was true nature of tcf Cale. He will always go to a fight that he knows he will have a great advantage and win. Also, if he encounters a fight that he thinks he can't win, he will retreat and come back again with a great advantage on his hand." Soo Hyuk said.
'Crazy bastard, at this point of manpower he can even invade and take down a kingdom.' Tcf Bud shivered while thinking about that idea.
"Turn the ships! We need to get away from the fog and the tornadoes!"
The few people who managed to come to their senses avoided the fog and started to shout from inside magic shields. The Dragon Catcher who was watching this suddenly thought about someone.
'Why isn't the old mage doing anything?
Why isn't he coming to save me?'
He didn't like the damn bastard, but the old mage was good at differentiating people based on their rank. It was weird that such a person was still quiet. He should have done something by now.
'Perhaps?'
The Dragon Catcher heard someone's voice in his ear.
"Looks like you have time to think about other things even when someone is choking you."
"Cale-nim you are acting as a villain here." Tcf Choi Han said while the other people agreed to tcf Choi Han even tboah Choi Han. While he just ignore tcf Choi Han because it is troublesome to deal with it.
'It is was my normal approach though' tcf Cale thought. Meanwhile On just look at his father and just shake her head.
It was Cale.
Of course, Cale had intentionally given the Dragon Slayer an opening to think about other things.
Only then would he truly understand his present situation.
They were out on the open sea.
For Cale, the ocean had to be somewhere that the enemy had nothing to rely on.
Cale explained the situation to the helmeted knight in a friendly manner.
"What is it? Is it weird that the mage has not responded?"
"...How do you know about the mage-?"
It was before the knight could even finish his sentence.
Boooooooom!
There was an explosion that was much stronger than the others. The Dragon Catcher's face turned toward it. He saw a pillar of water and a bright light clashing at the ship at the front of the fleet.
It was not that the mage had not done anything.
He could not do anything.
He was currently under attack.
Cale whispered into the Dragon Slayer's ear once more.
"You know that I have a Dragon."
Cale's voice sounded happy. On the other hand, the helmeted knight felt chills on the back of his neck. His eyes turned toward Cale.
'Who would think of this guy as a just hero?
And how could this person have three different ancient powers in his body?'
"Hero?! Me?! Why the heck does he thinks I am a hero, I am trash okay?" tcf Cale said.
"Haaaa... I did not know how I will deal with you anymore." Tcf Alberu said.
Cale's plate was the worst that he had ever seen. It was maybe as big as a fly's plate.
So how was this possible?
Even if he had regeneration abilities, the wood and wind would clash in a few years and he would eventually die in pain.
'...Perhaps?'
Extraordinary.
An unbelievable thought crossed through the Dragon Slayer's mind. There was a sensation suddenly surrounding him.
Boom, boom!
An ancient power inside his body was reacting to something. The Sword of Disasters was sending him a warning.
"...W, what the-"
His gaze headed downward. To be specific, it headed toward Cale's hand. He could see the small red thunderbolt crackling on top of Cale's palm.
Fire.
It was a fire that was even stronger than the volcano within the Sword of Disasters. Such a power could be felt coming from this small red thunderbolt. The strongest destructive power could be felt in it as well.
Fire and thunder. These were the strongest powers that could shoot up from the ground and strike down from the sky. The two gathered together in order to amplify the strength of the fire.
"What?" tcf White star shouted. While tcf Sayeru just let him his liege do his thing again.
The helmeted knight's mouth started to shake.
Extraordinary.
An unbelievable situation had become a reality.
"...No, no way-"
'Did he gather all five elements?
Is that why his body is not exploding?
Are the regeneration power and a balance of five elements keeping this glass egg of a plate stable?'
He could see that Cale was looking down at him.
"How could you gather so many ancient powers-"
"Because I am different than you."
Cale's calm voice asked in response.
"You are an artificial Dragon Slayer. Am I right?"
"He knows..." tcf White star said.
"Oh! Cale-nim!!! You the prophet of the gods know everything. It could be that you are not a prophet but a go-." Tcf Clopeh said while Reid put a soundproof barrier around him for them not to his nonsense again.
Tcf cale just mouthed to his uncle "Thank you" for the action that he do for tcf Clopeh.
The Dragon Slayer's pupils started to shake.
On the other hand, Cale was calm. He recalled one of the facts that Guardian Knight Clopeh Sekka had told him.
'Cough, he is supposedly a fake Dragon Slayer. Ugh, furthermore, the rest of Arm's high ranking members that are accompanying the Indomitable Alliance are a mage and a healer.'
'He is said to have grown after eating the latest ancient Dragon that died about two hundred years ago.'
Ancient Dragons right before their death were said to be better to eat than adult Dragons. Especially for this knight who had the Sword of Disasters, Dragon corpses were said to be the best medicine.
"That human!! The audacity of this bastard to us dragons like this!!!" tcf Rasheel said while gritting his teeth because of anger.
However, this fake Dragon Slayer needed the Sword of Disasters and something else to become a complete Dragon Slayer.
He needed a relic that had been passed down through generations.
A crown.
The Dragon Slayer needed the crown that drinks Dragon blood in order to have a Dragon-like body.
Cale remembered how Clopeh had snitched to him in anger.
'But some bastards, sigh, ended up stealing it- ugh!'
Beacrox had struck Clopeh's head with the whip once more when he said that.
'Because I'm the bastard who stole it.'
"Ho! The way you conduct your plans impresses me" tcf Eruhaben said
"Well, thank you Eruhaben-nim" tcf Cale said.
Cale had held back his laughter.
Boom.
Boom!
Something inside his body was currently going wild. The glutton priestess started to speak to Cale.
– Am I eating this too?
The ancient power that was currently the most active in Cale's body right now.
The Sound of the Wind.
The shield was lusting after that power right now. She continuously showed her greed and gluttony to Cale.
Unfortunately, Cale could not help but shake his head, 'no,' at the priestess's question.
Why?
'My greed is pretty strong as well.'
Ancient powers move themselves to a special spot or an item once the owner of the power dies.
The Indestructible Shield landed in a tree.
The Vitality of the Heart was in the rock tower.
The Fire of Destruction was in the pig sculpture.
The Sound of the Wind was in the spinning top that was underneath a boulder.
They quietly wait there until the next owner comes around.
You didn't automatically gain the ancient power by killing the current owner.
If that was the case, there would be no reason for ancient powers to disappear for long periods of time.
The glutton priestess started to speak inside of Cale's mind again.
– I really can't eat this?
The Sound of the Wind. Another ability. The shield's greed for other powers was endless.
However, Cale shook his head internally.
'No.
Not today.
My plate is still lacking. I can't overdo it anymore.'
"Lacking?!" tcf alberu said.
"Yes, your highness, at that time I was still lacking the water ancient power." Tcf Cale casually said.
"So are you saying that the day you said that your life is currently on the line you venture out to the eastern continent for the water ancient power?!" tcf Alberu shouted.
"Yes, your highness" tcf Cale casually said.
"You! Crazy bastard focus on your goddamn health! Ok?!" tcf Alberu said to his commander.
Most importantly, although he did not have anything to give to the shield today,
there was something to give himself.
If ancient powers don't get transferred and move to a special place or item, it was simple.
'All I have to do is pick it up.'
"It seems the way you collect ancient powers is like just picking up an apple that fell on the tree. As easy as that." Tcf Bud said.
'What the hell! While me I took a thousand of years for me to able collect information about ancient powers on the hand this bastard only took two years to balance his plate?!' tcf White star thought.
Then it would be mine.
Cale's eyes focused on the Dragon Slayer. The hunter who had found his prey started to speak.
He recalled what he had planned on doing with this prey.
'Beat him to death.'
Unfortunately, Cale lacked the strength to do that. This body had become even weaker and less muscular than originally. These were the times he thought about the muscles he had when he was still Kim Rok Soo.
After reading this some people took a glance in the direction of Kim Rok Soo and made sure that they will not get caught admiring his body.
'What the hell?! Why are these people staring at me like this?' Rok soo thought while tapping the shoulder of tcf Cale with a gaze of
'Hey! Help me to get out of this!' Rok Soo said based on his gaze
'Deal it with yourself' tcf Clae just look at him stoically with this thought.
Rok Soo just sighs at the look that tcf Cale gives him after he asks for help.
However, wasn't the reason he looked for ancient powers so that he didn't have to do such difficult physical training?'
Cale's finger pointed at the Dragon Slayer. That action made the Dragon Slayer flinch.
Cale started to speak at that moment.
"Throw him."
'What?'
The Dragon Slayer felt his body being lifted up before he could even question what was going on.
"Yes, young master-nim."
The Dragon Catcher was thrown into the air along with Ron's response. His eyes opened wide.
"N, no!"
Ruuuumble.
Something was beyond the red fog.
He could hear the sky rumbling.
The Dragon Slayer's eyes opened wide.
Flash!
It was the moment he had thought the night sky flashed in the color of blood.
Baaaaang!
"Ahhhhh!"
He had no choice but to be hit by the red thunderbolt striking down at him. He activated the Sword of Disasters' volcano attribute, but it was useless.
An even stronger power had gulped up his body.
'How does that bastard have such a power......!'
His body started to burn black.
The thunderbolt had accurately attacked only him.
Boom!
His body fell back down to the ship.
"Ugh......!"
The Dragon Catcher's body started to twitch. He looked like a worm, or maybe a snake, as he twitched on the ground.
Siiiiiiizle-
The remains of the red thunderbolt were not going out, instead, they continued to dig into his body. Just as he was twitching on the ground, the thunderbolt became like a snake and slithered through his body.
"That was a destructive power." Tboah Dodori said.
However, the Dragon Catcher who had eaten an ancient Dragon that someone had gotten for him still had a strong body.
He still had his sight, his hearing, and his sense of smell. He could also speak.
Tap.
The Dragon Catcher could see a shoe in front of him. His twitching body suddenly stopped moving. He could hear someone's voice through his ears that were still able to hear.
It was Cale.
Cale thought about the ancient powers that the Dragon Catcher had in his body.
One, the Sword of Disasters. Two, the power to control wyverns.
Furthermore, he remembered what the World Tree had told him.
'The person who is collecting ancient powers has collected a total of three ancient powers.'
The Dragon Catcher could hear Cale's voice.
"Why aren't you using your last ancient power? You have one more."
The helmeted knight felt a sense of fear.
'...How much does he know?'
"He already knows all of it, you dumb shit!" tcf White star said as he back again at his rants to his people.
The Dragon Catcher's body twitched for a different reason.
He had thought that the Guardian Knight bastard Clopeh Sekka had snitched about everything. However, the fact that he had three ancient powers was something that only he and that crazy bastard knew about.
'How does he know?'
"Well, I don't know? I think by torturing someone? Figure it out yourself dumbass!!" tcf white star shouted again.
His face that was burnt black slowly looked toward the sky, however, the only thing that he could see was the smiling Cale's face.
"Hurry up and show me."
Cale was speaking quite gently.
"So I can have that too."
"The way Cale-nim say it, it was like he was a villain. Sorry, Cale-nim." Tcf Choi Han said.
"There is no need to apologize to trivial things." Tcf Cale said.
Since his eyes were still fine, the Dragon Catcher could clearly see the way that Cale was looking at him. He shouted out in astonishment at the same time.
"...How could I ... to you!"
The burns made his mouth rip and bleed every time he opened his mouth; however, he could not keep his mouth shut.
He felt something suddenly overwhelming him. It was an aura that seemed to only belong to someone who rules over everything.
The person who dreamed of becoming a complete Dragon Slayer immediately realized the true identity of this aura.
The Dominating Aura.
The useless scam of a power.
"If he thinks that it was useless for me it was very useful." Tcf Cale said.
"Yeah, I agree with you with that especially when you use it at the Grand Nobles Meeting." Tcf Alberu said.
"Grand nobles Meeting what is he doing there?" tboah Alberu asks.
<" Don't worry I will allow you to see how those shitheads are being dominated by my nephew later."> Reid said.
However, that power was currently making it difficult for him to breathe. His body that was currently crawling on the ground could not even handle such a hallucination.
'...This is something I cannot keep to myself.'
That was the thought going through his mind.
The Dominating Aura.
There was also the regeneration ability and the ancient powers of five different elements.
This was someone who ignored the fact that his plate was weak.
This was something that broke all of the rules.
However, the Dragon Catcher knew that it was possible because he too was someone who had overcome the limits of the human body.
There were always existences that were an exception to the rules of nature in the world. Furthermore, nobody knew what those exceptions were capable of doing.
He was thinking that he needed to share this information with Arm, however, that thought quickly disappeared as he started to think about something else.
'Will I even be able to survive?'
The crazy Cale Henituse. This person had hidden his ancient powers from other people and acted like a good and just noble, hiding the fact that he could do such a vicious attack.
Could he survive and escape the hands of such a person?
"Good and Just?! What the hell is this idiot saying? I am trash okay?" tcf Cale said while the Koreans just shake their heads because of the denseness of their dongsaeng even tboah Cale join them.
"You dense bastard" tcf Eruhaben said.
"They just notice the good and just by they did not notice how this knight called tcf Cale vicious?" tcf Bud said into his best friend tcf Glenn in low voice.
"Just shut your mouth bud." Tcf Glenn said.
Since he was a smart person whose mind moved quite well when it came to doing bad things, the Dragon Slayer could accurately identify Cale's personality.
'I've been tricked.'
He had been tricked by Cale.
He didn't know how he had been tricked, but his instincts were telling him that the reason everything had gone awry was because he had been tricked by this bastard.
"I, I'll tell you everything!"
That was why he was quickly trying to find a way to survive.
"This will be useful to you! The crown will be beneficial to you if you have the Dominating Aura. You know about the crown, right? I will bring that to you! I will also tell you all of the secrets about Arm as well! I swear!"
"He is desperate hahahahahaha" tcf rasheel said.
He could not even feel the pain in his body as he urgently shouted out. At the same time, he felt relief after seeing Cale's reaction to his statements.
It was at that moment.
"Whether you speak or not..."
Cale slowly took the crown out of his magic bag.
Whether the Dragon Catcher talked or not...
"...I'm the one who will decide that."
The Dragon Catcher's eyes opened wide as he looked at the crown. He was shocked and had a blank expression on his face. His mind turned white as fear filled his body.
'...He's worse than that bastard!'
People think that if tcf Cale will become a villain, he will be the one who will always have the upper hand in any situation. He works and plans meticulously unlike the typical villains. The way his brain works is how he handles every situation. The more they think the capabilities of tcf Cale to become a villain destroy the frightened them. Some got goosebumps just imagining tcf Cale if he is a villain not a hero or commander but a villain that will just give them destruction.
Arm's white star. He had met him only once, but Cale was even worse than him.
Why?
"Syrem, you've seen the face of the head of the organization, right?"
That bastard did not know about Cale Henituse's existence.
However, Cale knew about him. That difference was huge.
The Dragon Catcher quickly nodded his head to show Cale, who called him by his name, that he had indeed seen the head before.
"H, he was wearing a mask so I don't know his face, but I, I've seen him!"
"Your body is too weak right now to show me the final ancient power, right?"
"R, right! But I'll show you if you want!"
"How dare he to inform the enemy about me!! That bastard!!" tcf White star said.
The Dragon Catcher Syrem tried to continue to conversation with a smile as it seemed to be going well. However, the burns on his face, as well as the fact that they were still burning, made it impossible to see the smile.
Aaaaaaah!
Baaaaang!
He could still hear the sound of people screaming and things breaking.
However, there was no noise of the Roan Kingdom, the enemy, within those noises.
The only noises were those of his poisoned allies and their ships breaking.
Syrem looked toward Cale with desperation. Cale opened his mouth to speak.
"I don't need it."
"'...What?"
"I don't really need to see your ancient power."
Cale turned away from Syrem.
'I'm going to pick it up anyway, I just need to go figure it out at that point.'
Cale walked over to the people behind him.
"It seems that his world not just turns upside down but immediately collapses after hearing that." Tboah Lock said.
"Ron, make it so he is only capable of talking."
Ron touched his son's white glove as he started to smile. Cale had no plan on letting the Dragon Catcher Syrem die peacefully since he dared to harm his people.
He was not the only one who felt this way.
Cale then added on.
"Leave something for Raon, Choi Han, and Mary as well. I'll be there after them."
"I understand, young master-nim."
Ron walked past Cale toward the Dragon Catcher.
Cale walked over to Choi Han's side and observed the night ocean.
He started to speak.
"We're here."
The right moment had arrived. Cale started to move using the Sound of the Wind.
"Ahhhhh!"
"Move the ship just a little more! We're almost at the end!"
"Oho~ they are still some survivors despite those poisons." Tcf Ron said with his usual smile.
A mage from the Indomitable Alliance used a magic shield in order to defend against the poisonous fog as he shouted toward the navigator. The navigator heard the mage's voice, as well as the sounds of soldiers falling off the broken ships.
"Ugh, ugh!"
He also heard his fellow shipmate dying next to him. His hand started to shake as he continued to navigate the ship.
'I need to survive.'
That was the only thought in his head as he avoided the roaring whirlpools and barely managed to steer through the poisonous fog.
"Yes, just a little more!"
The mage was protecting the navigator, the elite knights, and himself as he continued to urge them onward. There was the slightest chance of hope if they could get out of this poisonous fog.
He could see the red poisonous fog started to turn fainter.
"Just a little more!"
There was a smile of relief on his face.
However, he could not help but speak in shock in a moment.
"...Huh?"
There was something dark red in the distance beyond the red fog.
"W, we avoided the whirlpool!"
The navigator shouted with joy.
However, he had to soon greet the red ship at the other side of the whirlpool.
There were numerous ships surrounding the area at the end of the poison fog.
These red ships resembled the red fog.
They could also see a golden ship at the front of these red ships.
Cale, who had returned to his original location at some point, was standing on the golden ship's deck as he touched the sculpture of the Henituse family crest, the golden turtle, and started to speak to these people who barely managed to escape from hell.
"I was waiting for you."
"The joy on their faces immediately died after seeing young master Cale waiting for them. The smile was turned into despair as soon they see their enemies just waiting for them passing after passing the poison and fog." Tcf Jack said.
"The s-ship! Is this true that the Henituse family owned that ship?" tboah Deruth said while his parallel self just nodded at him.
'How much did they spend to build such a ship like this? The wealth of the Henituse does no bounds.' Most of the people thought while looking at the ship where tcf Cale staying.
The enemy who had barely managed to get past the poisonous fog had to now meet a real ghost. The people who wanted them dead were the ghosts.
Cale gave the order.
"Obliterate the enemy."
Numerous arrows and spells flew over the night ocean.
"Wow! Those spells, you can say that they are expecting this to happen. The way they cast and attack." Tboah Rosalyn admired how those mages attack and cast spells.
"Well, that is because of the leadership of the Future Magic Tower Master." Tcf Cale said while looking at tcf Rosalyn.
"Thank you, young master Cale for the compliment." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"No need to thank me, you deserve it and it is also for the future magic tower that I will be sponsoring." Tcf Cale said.
Tboah Rosalyn some quite jealous of his counterpart because he has people who will help her to become the tower master and also he received the help of the dragons.
'I wish I can learn things from her' tboah Rosalyn said.
<" Okay as usual you will take your break and come back to watch. Also, I will remove the walls that divide all of you but I will remain the walls that divide the good people from bad people. You can enjoy some of the amenities as well. If you think they are will be some amenities that will not be available don't worry I have the same amenities for all of you can use. The mages who want to share their knowledge can go with me and I am only on the mages of the good side. If there are no problems then goodbye."> Reid said while looking at tboah Rosalyn. Tboah Rosalyn thinks that Reid read his mind on how she wants to learn magic from his parallel self and the dragons. She just mouthed 'Thank you' to Reid and just nodded and smile at her.
AUTHOR'S NOTE!
HELLO!!! Here is the update for today. Sorry for the errors especially in grammar. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update bye!!
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
I just noticed that there is a fanfic that has a same title as mine so i decided to change it. Hahahhahaha so that's it. See you again next update.
Chapter 8: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 5
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
CHAPTER 8: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 5
After the break, most of them are satisfied with what they experience during their break. Tboah Rosalyn seems the happiest out of them. She was happy to the fact that he still what to learn more instead of watching but due to the information that they needed she decided to just continue it later.
<" Seems everyone is in good mood, we will now proceed to the next part immediately."> Reid said. Seeing they are all in the good mood even the tcf white star that he even forget the stupidity of his subordinates so Reid decided that after this they will have a day off it is also been 5 days since they start so he thinks that they all need to lay low and enjoy.
'I will tell them about it after we finish this.' Reid thought while fixing the chapter that he will show.
CHAPTER 8: UBARR SEA WAR ARC 5 (THE OCEAN IS...5)
It was not easy to cross through the rough winter ocean.
That was why the navigators who sailed through the Northern Ocean were all experts. The Northern Alliance had only recruited the best of the best of these experts.
However, none of that mattered.
"Tch, I am starting to be annoyed again." Tcf White star said.
Baaaaaang!
The true ocean of death revealed itself to the navigators who had barely managed to wade through the whirlpools in order to get out of the red fog.
"Maintain your formation! Launch the cannons!"
The soldiers of the Indomitable Alliance finally got back to their senses and started to move. There was fear in their faces.
Tap, tap.
Their comrades' corpses got in their way as they tried to quickly move around, however, they did not have time to notice this issue.
Some of them barf on what they see especially those who do have not a strong stomach. Some weak-hearted fainted and for the children, they are censored for them not to be traumatized on the scene.
"Uggggggggh-"
There was a soldier on the ground who was poisoned, but not yet dead. His body was stepped on by another soldier, however, the soldier just glanced toward this poisoned soldier before moving on.
He was thinking that he too would die if he took the time to stop to help.
The soldier just continued to move while stepping on corpses.
Some of them had been paying attention to where they were walking until just a moment ago. However, they could no longer do that.
"Move quickly if you don't want to be buried at sea!"
One of the knights shouted toward the soldiers.
"Start rowing if you want to be able to take your friends' corpses back home!"
They needed to survive in order to care for their friends' bodies.
Otherwise, they would all die out here and nobody would be able to find any of their bodies.
It had not been like this when they had first headed out with a fleet of three hundred ships. They thought that they could destroy anything and everything at that point.
However, the result was the opposite. It was their enemy who seemed ready to destroy anything and everything.
"Refill the gunpowder!"
"Where are the archers?!"
The deck was chaotic.
The knights got in formation while the mages started to fire off spells.
"They are just like lost lambs without their shepherd." Tcf Cale said while smiling.
For those who hear and see tcf Cale shuddered in fear.
Bang. Bang!
Many of the arrows bounced off of the mages' magic shields and knights' shields. One mage from the Paerun Kingdom could not help but swear after seeing the rain of arrows.
"Damn it! When did they prepare such a thing?!"
"Seeing this you and tcf Cale really plan this for a long time." Tboah Alberu said.
"We could say it that way, but we truly plan all of this for a long time to let our enemies run around into that person's hands," tcf Alberu said while pointing at tcf Cale. The one who has been the subject of the conversation did not react as he knows that his highness will do it for him.
They could see a fleet of red ships almost comparable to their own in number.
"How could the Roan Kingdom...!"
The Roan Kingdom's proclamation in response to their own was full of confidence, however, the majority of the western continent's kingdoms did not put much attention on the Roan Kingdom.
This was because there had been nothing special about them for decades.
So how could they suddenly have such strong forces?
How could they possess such powerful naval capabilities?
If a single Kingdom had such a immense naval presence, why didn't they dominate the sea?
"Even if we have the power we don't want to," tcf Alberu said.
Meanwhile, both Eruahaben at Duke Fredo see tcf Alberu as a capable King in the future.
This mage from the Paerun Kingdom created an even bigger shield with magic as he ordered his subordinates.
"Immediately activate fire or lightning atta-!"
He wanted to tell them to do that.
However, he had to urgently change his command.
He could see fire orbs in the distance.
Tens of magic orbs flew up into the sky at the same time.
'How could the Roan Kingdom put forth such a magic attack?'
The navy, the magic.
The mage used magic on his eyes in order to broaden his viewpoint as he urgently shouted.
"Shields-!"
Tens of fire orbs attacked the ships that had just escaped from the whirlpools.
"Ugh!"
The mage who barely managed to defend with shield magic looked toward the front of the fleet of red ships with his magnified viewpoint. He could see a large number of red ships. Some members of the Mage Brigade were on each of the ships.
The Paerun Kingdom's mage looked toward the robed individuals and was unable to close his dropped jaw.
"...Crazy."
'How does the Roan Kingdom have so many mages? What is going on?'
"Now that they mention it, your highness where the mages came from?" tboah Rosalyn asks.
"Ah! They are from whipper kingdom, I accept them, and then some things happen" tcf Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale.
"Then here we are now, they are now the mages of the Roan Kingdom under the leadership of Miss Rosalyn." Tcf Alberu said.
"What?! Those bastards are still alive?!" tboah Toonka shouted.
"And you! Why are you not angry that those bastards are still alive." Tboah toonka added while looking at tcf toonka.
"For me, it is a thing that I will not think about anymore. If my friend sees them useful fine for me and they are also not in my reach to hunt them." Tcf Toonka said calmly to his parallel self.
Tboah Toonka just clicked his tongue because of annoyance, meanwhile, both Harol is glad that their Toonka did not cause a ruckus.
The mage's gaze shifted.
He could see a robed mage floating up into the air.
However, he was wrong in his assumption, as this was not a mage.
This was someone floating up using a wind Elemental.
The Dark Elf Tasha focused her attention on the voice coming from below her.
"One more time."
Cale gave the order.
Tasha raised up both of her arms. The tens of mages in Mage Brigade 1 cast their magic at the same time.
Crackle, crackle.
Orbs infused with lightning power shot up into the sky. Tasha used the wind to amplify her voice in order to deliver the Military Commander's order.
"Attack."
The orbs shot toward the ships once again.
Cale watched the attack before starting to speak.
"Move the ships."
"Hyung looks cool while giving them commands." Both Basen said while both lily agreed.
That order was shared with a few of the red ships via a magic communication device. The Knight Captain who was on one of those red ships took out his sword.
Clang.
The moment the rest of the knights took out their swords in response, the ship moved to stop in front of a mid-sized military ship belonging to the enemy.
Cale's voice reached the Knight Captain's ear through the communication device.
– Slash the enemies' necks.
Tap.
The Knight Captain heard the sound of someone charging forward before him.
He could not stand still after hearing that. He started to speak.
"Follow."
The Knight Captain started to move.
He only needed to give a simple order.
They just had to follow the person in front of them.
The Knight Captain jumped up and landed on the deck of the enemy ship. The other knights followed behind him, some using their physical abilities to jump while others used ladders to climb onto the enemy ship.
They were all moving without any hesitation while looking at a single person's back.
They could see the injured shoulder that was wrapped in bandages.
However, the Roan Kingdom's Royal Knights could see the black aura in the person's other hand.
The first sword master of the Roan Kingdom in a long time.
Choi Han was taking action even though Cale had told him to rest. His blood was boiling. He could not sit still. In the end, Cale ended up giving him permission to act.
'... Do whatever you want. I'm sure you'll take care of yourself. However, just know that I will not take you around with me if you get any more injuries.'
"Awww~ Look Hyung our dongsaeng is worried to my uncle. How cute~~" Jung Soo cooed while tcf Cale just glared at him.
"Shut up Jung Soo," tcf Cale said without knowing that his ears are turning red.
Rok Soo just mouthed 'Tsundere' to his hyungs and dongsaeng tboah Cale. They felt that they need to laugh but seeing tcf Cale mad they did not dare to do so.
Choi Han knew that Cale meant what he had said.
That was why he remembered this order as he continued to move.
The First Brigade of the Royal Knights followed behind him. Sword masters were known to have reached the apex of the sword. There was nothing for the Roan Kingdom's knights to fear as long as that black aura was in front of them.
Baaaaang!
The black aura destroyed a cabin on the enemy ship.
Cale was standing on the strongest and safest golden ship at a distance as he watched Choi Han destroy the enemy ship.
'That guy really is amazing.'
Cale was thinking that Choi Han definitely deserved to be the main character as he leisurely looked around the battlefield. Choi Han was starting to develop his identity as a hero.
'I can relax a bit now.'
The large golden turtle sculpture was next to him. Cale's red hair stood out on the golden ship, drawing everyone's attention toward him.
There were many nobles on this ship that was the largest and strongest ship in the fleet. The nobles, who needed to get on Cale's good side, could not hide in the cabins, so they put on their strong armors and stood behind him on the deck.
"Those noble bastards," Rok Soo said.
"Yeah, I know that they are pathetic right there but don't be so pumped up to them. Also as today those bastards already know their places" tcf Cale said.
These were the northeast region's nobles who had once followed the southeast region and central region's powers.
They could not say anything while watching what was going on in front of them.
Ships were getting destroyed.
People were dying.
But it was not their ships or their people.
The nobles sighed in relief as their minds became complicated at these new facts that they had just learned about. One of the nobles who had been pushing for the southeast region to take control touched the back of his neck.
"The audacity of this people!" tcf Witira and tcf Litana said.
"They truly just want to take control of everything for power, those power-hungry old mans" tcf Cage said while tcf Taylor calming her down.
'The Roan Kingdom had such a strong navy?!'
The crown prince was said to have prepared the naval base.
Seeing the size and strength of the navy, as well as the Mage Brigade that was sent to assist them, this noble quickly realized why the crown prince would be succeeding the throne.
But there was also another piece of information that shocked them all.
'I didn't know that the Henituse family contributed 1/3 of the funds required to build the naval base!'
The Ubarr territory by the Roan Kingdom's shoreline.
The Roan Kingdom's crown prince.
And the wealthy Henituse territory.
The nobles feared the Henituse territory the most after the partnership was revealed.
"Well money is also another form of power," tcf Cale said while the others can't help to agree to tcf Cale they all know that fact.
"Cough."
The noble heard a quiet voice at that moment. He looked back toward the front.
The person standing in front of him was Cale Henituse.
The northeast region's military commander was wiping his mouth with his sleeve. He could see a bit of blood on the sleeve.
However, the noble could not say anything.
At first, he had felt fear about the Henituse territory.
He was scared of this territory in the corner that had quietly been growing their strength. However, a different emotion other than fear had taken over.
"Those old geezers all concern is their power and influence, that's all." Tcf Taylor said.
He could hear Cale giving the Mage Brigade an order.
"Activate the shields. Protect the soldiers."
The mages immediately created magic shields in order to protect the soldiers from the enemy mages' attacks.
The enemy was being obliterated without hurting their allies. It was a one-sided battle.
Nobody would have expected that the Roan Kingdom would have dominated the Indomitable Alliance like this.
The nobles who had personally experienced this unexpected situation had a different emotion stirring in their minds. The nobles heard one of the nobles speaking at that moment.
"...The Henituse household was originally the northeast region's Guardian household."
"Oh! Seems like some people read some history books." Tboah Cale said.
They had forgotten about it because they had been at a time of peace for a long time.
Although the Henituse household was now known as a wealthy household, they were originally known as a martial arts household.
Ever since the Roan Kingdom had been founded in this land, the Henituse household had guarded the entrance to the Forest of Darkness, defending the northeast region and the entire Roan Kingdom underneath.
Marquis Ailan's household was currently known as the greatest martial arts household in the Roan Kingdom.
While the Ailan household had chosen the best land in the Roan Kingdom's southeast region, the Henituse household had chosen to go to this remote corner even though they were a famed household at that time.
They had chosen to go to toward the Forest of Darkness where the strongest monsters were known to roam.
The nobles seemed to realize something at this point.
Their gazes all headed toward Cale's back.
Their hearts were filled with thrill and anticipation now that their fear was gone.
The nobles could see Cale Henituse frowning in the front. He could not even properly clean the blood on his sleeve as he focused on the battlefield in front of him.
However, there was no hesitation as he gave the orders to the soldiers and mages.
"Cale-nim, please.." tcf Choi Han said while making a puppy face.
He seemed reliable.
At the same time, they felt a sense of regret.
They had gotten on this ship, but it was too late.
The, 'real,' people were not on this strong ship, but on the battlefield. The people who had the qualifications to go down in history were already making history on their own.
This one noble bit down on his lips. He wanted to say something to Cale, but he could only frown as he did not dare to approach Cale.
That was why the noble was suppressing his excitement and remaining quiet. All of the nobles were almost staring at Cale's back.
"Not bad, that those things from the past" tcf Cale casually said.
However, Cale did not feel any of their gazes right now. He started to frown even more.
'I'm hungry.'
He was not bleeding much because he had controlled the Fire of Destruction's fiery thunderbolt, however, he was still hungry. It wasn't like he could just sit down and eat a steak in the middle of the battle. This was making him annoyed.
Cale heard a voice in his mind at that moment.
– Not-as-weak human, we caught the mage.
Cale started to smile.
Raon had captured the old mage.
The healer and the Dragon Catcher were already captured by the father-son duo of Ron and Beacrox.
Raon's voice continued on in his mind.
– But I'm sorry.
'Sorry?'
The corners of Cale's lips that had been going up stopped moving. Raon explained himself in Cale's mind.
– Not-as-weak human, you told me to bring him alive, but he is barely hanging on. He's right about to die. He is still alive. I fed him a potion, but he will still die in about two days.
'Ah, doesn't matter then.'
Cale started to smile again.
"Ah! That smile! That damn smile again! Please stop smiling like that? Because I can't handle it anymore!" Some bystander said while admiring the smiling face of tcf Cale on the screen.
"What the f*ck? What is now the problem of those people nowadays." Tcf said while shaking the goosebumps that he feel.
– We also captured the magic spearman. He is fine. Let's throw him to sword master Hannah.
Cale was very satisfied.
"He looks truly satisfied," tcf Witira said.
The magic spearman was the one who had been close to the sword master and fake Holy Maiden, Hannah, when Cale's group had clashed against Arm during the Whales' battle with the mermaids.
The fake Holy Maiden was itching to get her hands on the people who had stabbed her in the back, so she would be very happy if they handed the magic spearman to her.
Cale raised his hand with satisfaction.
The nobles all flinched after seeing him suddenly raise his hand.
However, young lady Amiru, as well as the Dark Elf Tasha, the two people right next to Cale, understood his order. Cale started to speak.
"Prepare for a full assault."
The order for the final attack was delivered to all of the ships.
At that moment, the nobles felt the atmosphere starting to change.
Shaaaaaaaaaaa-
The wind started to blow.
The wind was gathering inside the red fog.
The Mage captain shouted out an order.
"Larocque 7!"
Ooooooong-
The mages all raised their hands up in the air. Numerous smaller strands of mana gathered together into seven orbs.
One of the formations for the former Whipper Kingdom's mages with Rosalyn at the center slowly revealed itself over the ocean.
Furthermore, the royal knights that had been running rampant on enemy ships returned to their own red ship at that moment.
"Fire! Do not give them any openings!"
The soldiers were still shooting endless volleys of arrows at the Indomitable Alliance.
Splash, splash.
The red ships slowly started to retreat.
Ubarr territory's coast.
The Roan Kingdom's navy that had trained alongside the whirlpools that Cale had left behind was much more talented than the northern navigators.
Splash, splash.
The rowing soldiers put more strength into each row.
The ships slowly retreated in formation.
Hundreds of ships all retreated from the poisonous fog at once. It was a grand spectacle to watch. The nobles watching this did not find it odd that they could see all of this clearly even though it was night time.
They did not have time to focus on the fact that it was starting to get brighter.
Cale looked toward the retreated knights and the mages who had prepared their attack. He then heard Raon's voice.
– Finished.
Cale started to speak.
"Attack."
Cale's hand was lowered.
The red fog changed at that moment.
"He really does not spared anyone" tcf Bud said
"Why would I spare them? They start it so I will finish it." Tcf Cale said while a small grin on his face.
'Vicious' tcf Bud thought as he asks himself why he had a connection to this kind of person.
Swooooooosh-
The calm fog started to change.
The red poisonous fog started to roar.
It resembled the snowstorm that covered the lake surrounding the World Tree.
"Ugh!"
The harsh wind made the nobles and soldiers cover their eyes. It felt as if they would be swept up by the poisonous fog at any moment.
It was at that moment. The Mage Captain's quiet voice could be heard through the wind.
"Fire!"
Fire.
It was as if they were firing weapons. The seven orbs of mana in the mages' hands, these orbs of seven different attributes flew toward the red fog and the enemy.
It was the moment the seven orbs touched the poisonous fog tornado.
Boooooooom!
A large explosion occurred.
The entire ocean roared. Even the nobles and soldiers on the golden ship had to hold on because of the shock from the explosion.
"Ugh!"
"Eek! So strong!"
Already unable to see because of the blast, they struggled to stand still once the waves started to roar. They heard people screaming and ships breaking as the explosion continued on.
The enemies were dying.
They all sensed it in their hearts.
The noises started to disappear as the water calmed back down.
"C, commander-nim!"
The nobles slowly raised their heads after hearing young lady Amiru, who was in charge of communications on her mother's behalf, calling for the commander.
The commander.
Did something happen to the commander?
The shocked nobles urgently raised their heads.
They could then see the calm ocean.
At the same time, they could also see Cale, who was looking at young lady Amiru.
"Looks like I kept my promise."
"Young master Cale truly always did his promise." Tcf Litana said.
"Well, that is tcf Cale for you." Rok Soo said.
One of the nobles stood up as if he had been possessed after hearing that statement. He staggered a bit because he could had not yet regained his balance, however, he could soon see Cale and the ocean beyond the ship.
Something he had not realized until now finally clicked.
The ocean was getting brighter.
The sun was rising.
The red fog was no longer covering the ocean. All he could see were dead bodies and broken debris. Something caught the soldiers' and nobles' eyes at that moment.
They all looked toward the direction of the rising sun. It was the spot that the rays of the sun were currently focused on.
The archers lowered their bows. The navigators let go of their ropes and the rowers let go of their rows.
Clang.
An archer's arrow fell to the ground.
They heard their leader's voice at that moment.
"Inform the kingdom."
The soldiers slowly started to raise their arms.
They heard their leader, Cale's voice. Cale was looking into the video communication device in young lady Amiru's arms as he continued to speak.
"We are victorious. Inform the kingdom."
We are victorious.
There are no more enemies on the ocean.
The soldiers raised their arms into the air and started to cheer!
"Ahhhhh!"
"Wooooooooooo!"
Relief, joy, and excitement. These shouts that were full of all three of these emotions echoed across the ocean.
We survived and were victorious.
We kept our promise.
The soldiers started to shout these things as well.
The sun rose up in order to welcome the day for the Roan Kingdom.
The red ships started to move once again. They were heading toward the golden ship, they were heading toward Cale Henituse. They all cheered as they gathered around their leader.
"Haaa..... That was breathtaking" tboah Alberu said.
"You are right your highness," tboah Rosalyn said.
"I must get stronger than before." Tboah Choi Han said.
<" Oaky everyone that was the last chapter for the Sea War but we continue to watch until the Grand Nobles Meeting. As I know it is been 5 or 6 days since we start this so I will give you a chance to take an off tomorrow and enjoy relaxing. Like I said the good and bad people are still divided but the amenities are still the same for both sides. I will not bother you unless there are some things that you behind my back and if you do, I will not think twice to punish you. If you want some room for experiments and training just tell me okay? So that concludes all then I will now leave you all. See you!"> Reid said while exiting the theater. As soon as Reid leaves all of them start to plan on how will they manage the time that was given to them. Some leave for some food, some for indoor activities, some of them just stay as they just watch movies from where the Koreans came from. Meanwhile, there is an individual that is now starting to enjoy his sleep but it is now disturbed by his Hyungs and kids as they pull him to join them on their plans. All of them just mind their own business as they leave the theater for a while.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
HELLOOOO!!! It is a double update today!!! Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts about today's chapter. See you in the next update, everyone!!!!
Chapter 9: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 1
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
CHAPTER 9: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 1
<" Hello again, how is your day off yesterday? Is it fun? If yes I am glad that you all enjoy it. This time we will watch how the tcf World win their first battle between the alliances. It is just that the file that I will show you all first was been corrupted then I made a choice that you will see the sea war before the Henituse war. Right after we finish this we will go back to the right track again. Also, this part is the one that I've been doing every break if you notice my leave. So, sit tight, and let's watch."> Reid said.
All of them seem to be fine about it. As soon as they settle down the screen flashes and start the program.
{You will see some reaction of both clopeh sometimes because of the fluctuation of the soundproof barrier.}
'So I will witness now how I fight my soon-to-be legend.' Tboah Clopeh thought while clasping his hands.
CHAPTER 9: HENITUSE WAR 1 (CHAPTER 196: THERE'S A DRAGON? 1)
'It is truly important on how the other side deals with the first attack. It is also important to win this boost the morale of the soldiers who will be involved in this war. Tboah Alberu thought while waiting for the program to start.
The clouds of war covered the Henituse territory.
The Western continent was quiet on the outside ever since the Roan Kingdom's proclamation. However, that was just the calm before the storm.
Rain City, the location of the Henituse Castle.
The shoulders of all of the citizens inside the city were curled up in fear.
The citizens who were walking alone or in groups of three or four all had odd expressions on their faces. Fear, worry, and even some other emotion were all visible on their faces.
One of the citizens who had been walking with a friend pulled his jacket tighter because of the cold weather as he slowly looked around.
He could see the newly fortified castle wall. It was a tall and thick wall.
He could also see soldiers and knights walking around on top of the wall.
The citizen's gaze then headed up to the sky.
"...Someone with such a weak body is doing so much."
His friend stopped walking and looked up at the sky as well after hearing him speak.
The tall castle wall surrounded the entire Rain City. However, even that wall could not reach the sky.
The citizens could see the cloudy gray winter sky.
'Wyverns are going to invade through the sky?'
"Wyverns?!" tboah Alberu said.
"Yes, because it may be the only way that they can invade the Roan Kingdom is through skies." Tcf Alberu said.
They couldn't help but feel fear.
However, there was a silver light that caught their attention even more than the cloudy sky.
Rain City. This city could be considered to be small in size. A faint silver shield was currently surrounding the city. The other emotion that was visible on the faces of the citizens along with the fear and worry was relief.
"...Didn't they say that he coughs up blood whenever he uses the shield?"
"That is the case."
His friend answered back with a calm expression. The citizen fixed his gaze up at the sky and started to speak.
"It's already been three days."
"Three days? It is not tiring if you keep using it?" tboah Rosalyn asks.
"It is slightly tiring but I have the vitality of the heart no worries." Tcf Cale said while the crybaby cried because he overwork himself at that time. The others look at tcf Cale in disbelief as he ignores his health at all.
The Roan Kingdom's northern territories became the most dangerous locations after crown prince Alberu showed the video of the wyverns and claimed that the Roan Kingdom would not lose.
The northeast region was the region with the highest risk of attack.
The enemy kingdom of Norland. The Henituse territory in the northeast region was the closest territory to Norland that was across the Forest of Darkness.
That was why the citizens could not help but be in a state of chaos.
However, Rain City had been covered by a silver light starting from the night of the proclamation.
They had no idea when the war would begin.
The silver shield had not lost its light for even a moment during these past three days.
"Won't he faint if he uses such a large shield? Why doesn't he just activate it when those northern bastards come?"
His friend shook his head and responded back.
"Can't you tell? He doesn't want to see us or the territory getting hurt at all."
He could not say anything to his friend's response.
Looking up at the sky told him that this was true. Even the tall castle walls could not stop the wyverns. There were also only a few mages in the Roan Kingdom who could attack something in the sky.
That was why the weak young master Cale was overusing his ancient power.
The citizen's heart was running wild. At that moment, one of his other friends casually added on.
"I thought he was trash."
"Cale-nim is not trash," tcf Choi Han said.
"How dare he to call my legend a trash!!!" tcf Clopeh shouted.
The citizen could not help but shout toward his friend.
"Bad! How could you!"
A third friend added on.
"I looked into it, and they said that he was someone who threw bottles at gangsters! How is that being trash?"
"Didn't he also break stuff? I heard he even broke down some store doors."
"Ahem, well."
He could not retort his friend's statement.
To be honest, young master Cale really was trash. You could not erase or change your past. However, it was not enough to look down on his current sacrifice.
"He must have come to his senses. He is our young master-nim now."
"You are right. Our Lord-nim is a good person, so his son the young master-nim must have learned something from him as well."
Tcf Eruaben snorted after hearing that tcf Deruth is a good person.
'Yes, you can say he is a good person but not a father to Cale' tcf Eruhaben thought.
The citizen nodded to agree with his friend as he looked at the notices placed around Rain City. He was one of the few people who knew how to read.
This was the message on the notices.
< The Henituse Castle will be providing the citizens with food until the territory returns to peace. >
The Henituse Estate had opened its warehouse doors.
The amount of food they had stored was plentiful enough to give such a proclamation without having a certain end date.
"They are prepared for the worse" tboah Alberu said.
While tboah Deruth just nodded at his parallel self-actions.
The citizen looked toward the castle gate.
There were crowds of citizens who had come after hearing about the silver shield. This was the case even though the Wyvern Knights Brigade would definitely focus their attacks on Rain City and not the rural villages.
They still chose to gather together underneath the lord of the territory.
Furthermore, there were many wheelbarrows filled with food from the Henituse warehouse heading toward different spots in the territory. There were also farming tools in some of the wheelbarrows.
'We need to start farming in the spring.'
The words Count Deruth had said while handing some farming tools to the citizens were spreading like wildfire.
Those words symbolized a message in the minds of the citizens.
After the war.
During the springtime that would come after this late winter.
They would be able to return to their lives at that moment.
The citizen looked back up at the sky.
"I heard that he was working hard even though he is in pain."
'I pray that he is doing well.'
Cale Henituse.
The man who was currently the Military Commander of the northeast region was said to be struggling but continuing to keep up the shield.
And this rumor had spread past the Henituse territory and the northeast region to the rest of the Roan Kingdom.
* * *
Of course.
"So annoying."
Cale Henituse had spread this rumor himself.
Cale was currently using his bedroom in the castle as his office.
He leaned back on a comfortable couch and started to speak.
"Young master Eric Wheelsman should be doing well, right?"
"I'm sure he is."
Cale looked toward the smiling Ron and couldn't help but think that he was a scary old man. As for himself, he was a bad person.
He had the military command and yet he only gave orders.
Once he did so, young master Eric and the Ubarr liege followed his orders to create detailed guidelines to send to the territories.
"He knows that each of his allies will do excellent work. The trust that put on each is amazing" tboah Alberu said.
Furthermore, Ron was the first check for those guidelines, while crown prince Alberu was the second.
Ron had once been the head of one of the top five assassin households in the Eastern continent. He was more experienced in military knowledge than Cale. Furthermore, crown prince Alberu was focusing everything on the northeast region, which had the highest chances of being invaded first.
'It really is nice when other people do things for you.'
"Ha... you still not change Cale" Soo Hyuk said while sighing on his dongsaeng action.
Cale was currently relaxed.
Ron's smile became cold as soon as Cale's gaze moved away from him. His gaze was focused on Cale, who seemed to be drowning in documents as he thoroughly read through the guidelines and properly gave orders that matched the big picture.
He could see Cale's pale expression.
Tap. Tap. Tap.
It had been three days. Raon was hitting the floor with his tail from the corner of the room. On and Hong were doing the same thing. The Black Dragon was currently full of complaints.
"...You stupidly good human!"
"He's right. You're stupid."
"...It's frustrating."
"Yeah, human my past self is right. You are stupid." Raon said.
"Stupid nya~" hong followed.
Meanwhile On just look at tcf Cale with a disappointed look. Tcf Cale was shocked at how his children called him stupid but he just smiled at them and patted their heads. The others that see this interaction squeal quietly because of the cuteness of the three children.
On and Hong chimed in as well while Raon continued to stare at Cale's back.
Raon had said that he would step up to destroy the enemies.
However, this was Cale's response.
'No. You could be in danger if you show yourself.'
Cale had sounded very stern.
Raon had responded back to that.
'Who and what would put a great and mighty Dragon in danger?'
However, Cale had no plans on revealing Raon when he still did not know much about the crown that drank Dragon blood. He had not had any time to meet the ancient Dragon Eruhaben.
Furthermore, he needed to create heroes this time.
That would give those people a way to live a peaceful life.
That would also help the Roan Kingdom become stronger.
Dark Elf.
Necromancer.
The Tiger tribe.
And the Henituse territory.
Those were the names of the heroes Cale was planning on creating.
He wanted to shake the hearts of the kingdom and the continent. An emotional story was necessary in order to do such a thing.
Cale quickly looked through the final document before leaning back on the couch.
Tboah Alberu flinched at the goal of tcf Cale even he had already witnessed how his aunt help them in the battle at Ubarr territory. He is also jealous if he can also experience a world without any prejudice against them. Seeing this tcf Alberu just assure him that he can do it too.
The Indestructible Shield had definitely gotten stronger than before.
Maybe it was because it did not need to block anything right now, but just keeping it up like this was not that hard.
Of course, this was all thanks to the Vitality of the Heart. He was fine even without getting much sleep these days. Just one or two hours was enough to feel refreshed.
Cale looked out the window with a satisfied expression. He could see the cloudy sky and the faint shield.
It was at that moment.
"Cale-nim, isn't it tiring?"
"I cannot still believe that he called that punk with such respect" tboah Choi Han said. While hearing this tcf Choi Han and the Koreans just glared at him.
It was Choi Han.
Cale turned his gaze to the side.
'Why doesn't this punk ever age?'
He questioned how Choi Han still looked like a high school student, but decided that it was annoying to think about and brushed it aside as he answered Choi Han's question.
"It is not that hard. I am currently writing a new history of the kingdom."
'Yes, yes indeed.'
The original novel had been completely changed. That was why it was a new history.
"Hyung does not age?" tboah Lock asks.
"You can say that I age slowly." Tboah Choi Han said.
"I can say that maybe my life span is like for a dragon." Tcf Choi Han continued.
"Well, I think it is because I came from another world, just like where Cale-nim came from." Tcf Choi Han. He decides to tell to his family his secret because tcf Cale already says his. Aside from that, he also wants to free himself from that baggage that he carry for years. Tboah Choi han was shocked as his parallel self casually said his secret to everyone.
'It seems that we are truly different' tboah Choi Han tought while looking to his new family. The kids jump to ttcf choi Han and comfort him. Most of the people are shocked about the fact that tcf Choi Han dropped. Meanwhile tboah Alberu think of something that can change this subject.
"Wait, Novel? What does it mean?" tboah Alberu asks while looking at Reid.
<" I will just explain it later during the break."> Reid said while all of them just nodded at the response that they receive.
Usually, doing such a thing would be cumbersome.
Although it was cumbersome, it wasn't that hard on his body.
Cale looked back out the window.
Choi Han started to frown while looking at Cale, who was leaning on the couch with a pale expression and looking out the window.
'How could a person be like this?'
Choi Han could not understand. He touched his scabbard as he started to think. A new history. Choi Han focused on those words. Cale did not care as he casually lifted up the warm cup of tea that Ron brought over for him.
'Hmm?'
It was a sweet tea that he actually liked. Cale peeked toward Ron, who had his usually benign smile. Cale started to think.
'I guess the old man is tired as well. He forgot to bring me bitter tea.'
Cale looked toward Ron with concern before turning his gaze away and drinking the tea. He took a large gulp since it was sweet.
"Pffff-!"
He then spat it all out.
"Oho~" both Ron was amused about the reaction of their young master while smiling. Rok Soo and tboah Cale just prayed for tcf Cale.
The Black Dragon stomped one of his short paws and flew up into the air.
A black spot could be seen in the distance.
And soon enough.
Baaaaang!
The sky roared.
Cale stood up while wiping away the tea from his face.
The black dot almost instantaneously flew over and crashed into the sky.
It was the wyverns.
One, two. More black dots started to fly over to them.
Boom, boom!
The sky was becoming filled with these noises.
Wiiiiiiiiing- Wiiiiiiing-
An emergency alarm went out throughout Rain City.
The enemy was here.
This casual afternoon would be the start of the war.
"Everybody, calm down! Move according to the guide knight's instructions!"
The knight shouted out loud as he directed the scared citizens to safety. The soldiers helped the citizens move to safety, just as they had practiced in advance.
"Practice?" tboah Alberu said.
"So you really prepared this and trained them?" tcf Alberu said.
"Yes, young highness but I am not the one who trained them but him." Tcf Cale said while looking at tcf Choi Han.
Tap. Tap. Tap.
All of the houses throughout the city closed their doors. They were expecting to hear the citizens locking their doors. However, no sound of doors being locked could be heard.
Tap. Tap. Tap.
The armored knights and equipped soldiers moved from the castle walls and throughout the city.
However, none of this could be heard as well.
Boom- boom!
The noise of the wyverns ramming into the shield was too loud to hear anything else.
Rooooooooooar!
The roars of the wyverns were the only other thing that could be heard in Rain City. The citizens of the city all had pale expressions.
This was the first time they had personally seen a wyvern.
Even the smallest one was at least 5 meters long. The knight on top who was controlling the large monster looked like a small dot.
However, the knights who were wearing armor as white as snow seemed experienced in controlling these violent wyverns, making the soldiers and knights all gulp.
Click. Click.
The citizens started to peek out their windows.
Will the shield break?
Does that mean we will all die?
They were looking toward the castle walls with fear.
It was at that moment.
"...It is the young master-nim!"
One of the citizens who was looking out the window subconsciously shouted.
Cale had appeared on the castle wall.
A bright silver light was coming out of both of his hands. Cale walked over to the center of the castle wall and reached his hands up to the sky.
The knights and soldiers were watching him from the closest distance.
This was their first ever war.
A loud and firm voice soon reached their ears.
"The shield will not break!"
It was an armored Count Deruth.
The usually mellow and average looking Count's face was scary looking today.
"Everybody focus!"
The pounding on the shield and the wyverns' roars were not as loud as the Count's voice.
Cale listened to Count Deruth's voice and started to smile.
'He is surprisingly talented.'
"Uhhh? Thank you?" tcf Deruth said.
It was the moment that he was evaluating his father's abilities.
Baaaaang-!
A noise that was louder than before echoed inside the shield.
Cale started to frown.
15 meters.
An extremely large wyvern looked down at Cale who was inside the shield and opened its mouth.
It was impossible for normal wyverns to be 15 meters long.
This white wyvern seemed to be a mutant.
Cale started to speak.
"You're here."
"You are really waiting for him to come to your territory based on the first chapter that we see." Tboah Bud said.
Meanwhile, Tcf Clopeh did not regret coming to the Henituse territory because that is the place where he met his legend. It is like destiny to meet his legend there.
He knew this person would come.
He was waiting for this person on top of the white wyvern. The Paerun Kingdom's Guardian Knight.
The white-haired Clopeh Sekka.
He pulled the wyvern back and looked down toward Cale.
The two of them made eye contact.
Clopeh Sekka looked down at Cale and started to speak.
"Everything will crumble once we destroy the shield."
"Oh!! Cale-nim!! I wish you can forgive me for those words that I said to you before." Tcf Clopeh said while the other shivered on the behavior of the guardian knight.
He too had seen the Roan Kingdom's video.
Clopeh had decided to destroy this longest surviving kingdom without any power first after watching the video. His pride would take a hit if he started anywhere else.
It would seem as if he had been scared by the Roan Kingdom's proclamation if started anywhere else.
That was why the Indomitable Alliance had selected the Roan Kingdom as their target.
Furthermore, he had known about the slightly famous person in the Roan Kingdom.
It was the son of a noble who used a silver shield.
"How interesting."
Clopeh Sekka looked at the shield that was giving off a faint silver light.
Getting rid of this shield and that red-haired punk would start them off on a good note. That was why Clopeh had personally come.
He was the one who would use his overwhelming strength in order to write a new legend.
He blew into a flute.
Beeeeeeep-
Tens of wyverns quickly flew toward him from a distance.
The Henituse soldiers all clenched onto their spears in fear.
There were more wyverns than they had seen in the video, and they were all covering the sky above the Henituse territory right now. The Guardian Knight looked down at the red-haired man.
'Did they say his name was Cale Henituse?'
He would soon die.
"Ho~~, he wishes the death of our young master. I think we need to talk to him a bit more right son?" tcf Ron said.
"Yes, father," tcf Beacrox said. While tcf Cale shivered on the two.
'Vicious' tcf Cale thought.
There was a limit to ancient powers.
The Guardian Knight raised his hand.
"Descend."
It was at that moment.
Large-bodied individuals jumped off the wyverns behind him. They soon opened up parachutes that had never been seen before and safely landed on the ground.
Boom! Boom! Boom!
These large-bodied individuals started to line up outside of Rain City's castle walls.
Their numbers were easily over 100.
One of the soldiers let out a gasp.
"...The Bear tribe."
"What? Even the bear tribe is involved here?" tbaoah Alberu said.
"Well duh? I make sure to destroy that territory so I use them but knowing what happen based on the video that was shown before they are all useless." Tcf white star said.
"How did they survive this battle?" tboah Alberu said.
"We just play our cards right and persists, your Highness." Tcf Cale said.
'Crazy bastard, he is definitely playing the enemies on top of his hand.' Tcf Alberu thought.
The Bear Tribe was one of the strongest Beast people tribes and had the largest numbers.
These large Bears entered their berserk transformation and started to surround the castle walls. They were able to arrive here using the parachutes that the Dwarves had made for them.
Clopeh watched them land before lowering his hand and giving an order.
"Attack."
The wyverns immediately headed toward the silver shield.
The white wyvern headed down as well.
Guardian Knight Clopeh could see the expressions on the faces of the people standing on the castle wall.
The soldiers had pale expressions. He knew that the citizens must have the same expressions on their faces as well.
He was certain that this would be an easy victory.
This attack was stronger than any magic bomb or crumbling palace.
Even this weak attack should be enough to destroy a small territory.
He then made eye contact with Cale again.
This was the end.
Baaaaang! Baaaaang!
The banging noises were so loud it felt as if it could shatter their eardrums.
"...How could we..."
One of the more cowardly soldiers plopped to the ground.
'The shield will break.'
That was what he was thinking.
Some close their eyes while others just watch this scene while holding their breaths. It is breathtaking to know what would happen if the shield will break or not after that attack.
The soldier's gaze headed toward Cale. He could see the young master who was completely pale and looked as if he could fall at any moment.
In fact, many of the gazes were focused on Cale right now.
Cale started to think at that moment.
'The North really is a munchkin too.'
They were very strong.
However.
– Human, the wyverns are large, but they are weak. These puny things are kind of cute.
'There's a Dragon here?'
All of them know that tcf Cale has a dragon on his side, so they choose to relax for a bit and continue to see what would happen.
The shield would not break.
This was because it was covered by a Dragon's shield.
Something like a wyvern would not be able to break a Dragon's shield.
'I can't reveal Raon, but I can still put him to use.'
Cale continued to keep his shield up through the noise.
Boom, boom!
The wyverns rammed into the shield tens of times. It almost sounded as if they were beating on it like a drum.
"...Ah."
The fallen soldier let out a gasp.
One time, ten times, almost a hundred times. The shield did not break no matter how many times they rammed into it.
In fact, it only started to shine even brighter.
The soldier repeated what the Count had said earlier.
"...The shield will not break."
The young master who looked as if he could fall over at any moment did not fall.
"Ha!"
Guardian Knight Clopeh let out a shocked laugh. It was stronger than he had expected. Contrary to his feeble-looking appearance, that young master's ancient power was stronger than he had expected.
However, nothing had changed in his mind.
A shield would eventually break. Furthermore, there were other places that they could hit other than the shield.
Clopeh Sekka. The Guardian Knight maintained his calm as he looked down at Cale.
It was at that moment.
Cale Henituse.
He was smiling.
"That vicious smile again!" tboah Bud said.
'It is my smile there is that vicious?' tcf Cale thought while looking at Rok Soo, tboah Cale, and his hyungs. These people just nodded their heads as approval that this smile is really vicious.
Even tboah Clopeh shivered to the scene even though he know that he is not the one who received it.
Clopeh felt chills on the back of his neck at that moment.
'Behind me.'
The white wyvern urgently turned around.
He had thought it was a white cloud at first.
He thought a white cloud was descending from the sky.
However, he was wrong.
"...Bones?"
They were skeletons.
Hundreds of skeletons.
The skeletons of monsters were descending from the sky. These corpses were starting to fill the air.
"Huh? Bones?" tboah Lock asks.
Cale started to smile.
"Too bad, this is just the beginning."
He looked up at the sky and could not hide his smile.
The Forest of Darkness.
An existence started to rise up from the Black Swamp.
It was the only skeleton with black bones.
The bones without any hide started to flap its wings.
Hundreds of skeletons were in the air.
A large existence revealed itself through the skeletons in the air.
"...That!"
The Guardian Knight's eyes opened wide.
It was a Dragon.
"Dragon??!!" Most of the elves were shocked about this. A dead dragon, a body of a dead dragon.
Although it was just a collection of black bones, it was close to 20 meters in length.
Just looking at it made it hard to breathe. The black wings that were multiple meters in length opened up in the sky.
It was an overlord, even after death.
Cale watched the dragon skeleton open up its wings.
A battle with an overwhelming advantage was bound to be entertaining.
"It is where I made my first appearance in the world again?" tboah Mary asks her parallel self.
"Yes, that was time but they did not know where I am." Tcf Mary said.
<" Now that this is finished, you may enjoy your break."> Reid said.
As their break started Reid also start explaining what their worlds all about is.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
HELLO!! THIS IS THE FIRST CHAPTER FOR THIS ARC I HOPE YOU ALL ENJOY THIS. DON'T FORGET TO VOTE AND COMMENT YOUR THOUGHTS ABOUT THE CHAPTER. SEE YOU LATER!!!
Chapter 10: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 2
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
CHAPTER 10: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 2
After Reid explains about the whole novel thing, most of them can't hide their anger because who will not be angered if your life was not true or there is another entity controlling you. After the people side A settle down they are thankful to Reid that they give them a chance to avoid the destruction of their world as to how side B avoid it. Even if there is no presence of a transmigrator in their world they will at least do what they can do to survive the upcoming war. People from side B agreed that side A needed help to become stronger and to overcome those difficulties. As they also did not want the otherworld the same as theirs to destroy just like that. After the break, the people from side A and side B start to settle down on their respective places as they continue to watch the events from the world of side B.
<" As all are now settled down we will now proceed on the next part of the Henituse Territory Battle."> Reid said.
CHAPTER 10: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 2 (CHAPTER 197: THERE'S A DRAGON?)
Beeeeeeep- Beeeeeeep-
All of the video communication devices were consistently shining red.
Basen Henituse, the second son of the Henituse family, looked out of the window of the information monitoring room.
This room was located in the tallest tower of the castle.
Although this should be the busiest room in the Henituse estate right now, everybody was just standing there with blank expressions.
This was especially true for Basen, who was holding a video communication device in his hand as he stood there with his jaws dropped. Someone's voice could be heard through the video communication device.
– Hahaha, my goodness.
Alberu Crossman. It was the voice of the crown prince.
He was currently observing Rain City through the video communication device.
He had seen Cale's shield, as well as the higher than expected number of wyverns.
He also saw the hundreds of monster skeletons, as well as the Dragon skeleton.
'That crazy bastard.'
"He is indeed a crazy bastard." Tboah Alberu said while pitying his parallel self as he deal with this kind of idiot.
He was thinking that Cale was a crazy bastard.
However, Alberu felt the tips of his fingers going numb as he watched that crazy bastard through the screen.
'We can do it. It's possible.'
'The entire Roan Kingdom will become heroes.'
'We can also do it.' Tboah Alberu thought while looking at the party of tboah Choi Han and from the other people that allied with them from the break earlier. This was also thanks to tcf Alberu and tcf Cale that gave them some advice. He also remembered how tcf Cale talk to tboah Litana that he must get the Fire suppressing water at the Roan Kingdom at any cost to pull out the fire that the empire made. Also, he reminds her that never trust a woman named Elisneh as she will be the one who will bring destruction to her territory.
This crazy bastard had never said anything that he could not deliver. That was the reason Alberu had chosen to believe him, and the sight in front of his eyes was beyond his expectations.
'Your highness, the Henituse territory will ignore all communication from the temples starting this moment.'
"It seems like he decided to ignore the bullshits of the temples during the war." Tboah Bud said.
"Yeah, he decided to ignore all of them but I am the one who suffered at that time as well." Tcf Alberu said.
"Also I can't deny that because of his actions the dark beings are starting to show themselves to the world without any prejudice. It just I hope it will continue for the sake of everyone." Tcf Alberu Added.
"Don't worry about that your highness I will gladly TALK to them for those people who will slander my people and the future king of the Roan kingdom." Tcf Cale said.
Some of them felt a shiver from their back as tcf Cale emphasize the Word Talk. They know that his Talk is not in the normal way of dealing with things, unlike the others.
That was what Cale had said as he called forth the necromancer. Alberu had immediately responded back.
'I will take responsibility for it.'
Alberu mumbled to himself as he watched the large Flying Skeleton Brigade heading toward the wyverns.
– Looks like I have no choice but to take responsibility.
"It really looks like it". Tboah Alberu said as he gaze at the place where his parallel was self-settled.
He then started to smile.
However, there was someone else who could not smile at the current moment.
It was Clopeh Sekka, the Guardian Knight who was dreaming of creating the legend of the Sky Conqueror. He had a stiff expression on his face.
'...Skeletons?'
He had never seen such a sight in his life.
"Captain-nim!"
One of the knights on a wyvern quickly approached Clopeh. The knight was staring at him through the helmet, however, Clopeh only saw the wyvern that the knight was riding.
Screeeech-
The wyvern let out a screech as it shook its head left and right. It seemed as if it was afraid.
Fear.
That word made Clopeh look past the approaching skeletons. He was looking at the large black Bone Dragon. This dead Dragon was making the wyverns afraid.
Clopeh lowered his head.
"Grrrrr."
He looked at the mutant wyvern he was riding on. This one was baring its fangs toward the Bone Dragon. It was acting as if it was looking at a prey.
Clopeh tightly clenched on the reins around the wyvern's neck.
"Captain-nim!"
Clopeh started to speak as the knight called out to him once more.
"It is a necromancer."
The long-lost necromancers were the only ones who could do such a thing.
"...A necromancer? Such a cursed existence......!"
After hearing the statement of tcf Clopeh, the dark elves who sheltered both Mary were mad at them. They cannot deal with him because he is still the prisoner of war, the tcf Dark elves thought. They just hope that he will receive a heavy punishment from the young master.
The subordinate was shocked, but Clopeh quickly turned around. The subordinate stared at Clopeh before stepping back.
Clopeh could see the smiling red-haired man. That smile angered Clopeh.
'That bitch is not a hero.'
"How dare he call Cale-nim a bitch!!" tcf Choi Han shouted at tcf Clopeh. Meanwhile, tcf Clopeh was repenting for what he all said to his dearest legend. He is afraid that his legend will be angry at him because of his thoughts from the past.
'Ahh!!! What will I do after Cale-nim hears my thoughts? I think I cannot my face my dear legend again after this.' Tcf Clopeh thought while repenting his sins to his beloved legend.
A hero would never draw in a necromancer that uses dead mana.
'Aaaaarrggghhh!!! Why did I say that!!! Now I am sure that my legend will never accept me {clopeh you are not accepted in the first place remember?} ever again after I, Clopeh, his loyal follower slander his people.' Tcf Clopeh thought while his parallel self know what his other self thinking.
Clang.
Clopeh took his sword out of the scabbard. Aura began to flow out of his sword.
Sword master Clopeh.
He used his aura as he started to shout.
"Snap out of it!"
Ooooooooong-
His aura vibrated in the air.
Flap, flap.
His voice could be heard in between the flapping of the skeletons' wings. The knights tightly clenched onto the reins of their wyverns in response.
Clopeh then blew into the flute once more.
Beeeeeeep-
The wyverns' expressions quickly changed. The fear in their eyes had disappeared.
Clopeh looked down and quietly mumbled to himself.
"...The Bears will find the necromancer for us."
He then started to speak loudly. His voice that was amplified with aura could be heard even inside of the Henituse castle.
"They are just corpses that are being controlled."
It definitely seemed to be a group of weak bones. Although there was a Bone Dragon, it was just like a puppet. Clopeh thought that Cale might have prepared the necromancer as a secret weapon, however, the Wyvern Knights Brigade was an existence beyond their expectations.
'In that case!'
Clopeh thought to himself as he started to speak even louder.
'What a great opportunity.
It is a chance for me to become a holy hero!
I can become a legendary hero, a god among men.'
"That's ridiculous! A mere human called himself a god?!" tboah Rasheel shouted.
"Cale-nim I think it is good to just kill him right now." Tcf Choi Han said while gritting his teeth at the repenting tcf Clopeh at the corner.
"No." tcf Cale sternly said.
'No, not right now. He is still a good pawn on the current war.' Tcf Cale thought while looking at tcf Clopeh.
A necromancer, a being that uses dead mana, was the perfect prey.
"They do not have any wills of their own! The Henituse territory dared to call forth a dirty and evil necromancer!"
As tcf Clopeh hears what his past self saying he start to say his self-made prayer for his legend. Thankfully others can't hear him because of the soundproof barrier around him.
'If my nephew hears his prayer I am sure that he will not hesitate to kill him.' Reid thought after he listen to what tcf Clopeh currently saying with his hands clasped together, which was followed with a sigh.
"Gasp."
The soldiers on the castle wall, especially the knights, gasped at Clopeh's comment. As learned individuals, they knew about the fear and loathing people had for necromancers.
They could not help but look toward Cale.
However, they soon had to turn their gazes away.
Ooooooo-
The Guardian Knight's white aura endlessly shot up to the sky. The knights of the Henituse territory could not help but become aware of the existence of this sword master once again as their expressions turned grim.
Clopeh moved the reins.
"Our Indomitable Alliance will show you what justice is!"
"Oh? Really? So the justice that you show is how you all lose to him?" tcf white star shouted with anger as he pointed where tcf Cale sitting. {White ash is back again.}
'Ha.... He is at his rant again.' Tcf Sayeru thought while sipping his drink ignoring the actions. Meanwhile, Tboah Sayeru is slightly glad that his liege is still sane and not raging like the other one.
Tboah White star just looks at his parallel self with a smug on his face while eating some snacks.
Roooooar!
The white wyvern rushed toward the Flying Skeleton Brigade. Clopeh swung his sword and the white aura cut through the sky.
Slice-
The skeletons that could not dodge disappeared without a trace. The skeletons disappeared almost instantly, as if any resistance was futile.
Even if there were hundreds of these skeletons, tens of them disappeared from a single attack from Clopeh.
The other knights jerked their reins as well. The wyverns started to roar once more. They definitely looked as if they deserved the title of being the conquerors of the sky.
Clopeh, who was thinking that they had seized the momentum, looked back toward the red-haired man for a moment.
He could see Cale's indifferent expression. Clopeh was about to start to smile.
It was at that moment.
Boom! Boom! Boom!
The Bears started to stomp the ground. A Bear with reddish brown fur started to shout.
"Half of you go find the necromancer! Find them and rip them to shreds!"
Boom! Boom!
The large Bear stomped and started to laugh.
"The other half will destroy the castle walls!"
"Oh no! Young master Cale does not have any forces in the land." Tcf Litana said.
Most of the people had a grim on their faces as they realize that those soldiers will not be enough in any means to fight those bears.
The knights could hear the Bear's shouts. Clopeh finally started to smile.
There was Clopeh who was smiling while the people of the Henituse territory had grim expressions on their faces. There was a drastic difference in their expressions.
However, the people on top of the castle walls heard some odd noises at that moment.
"•••Huh?"
It was a roar.
The Henituse territory was a territory that was surrounded by hills and stone mounds. Even Rain City, the central city of the territory, was surrounded by mountains.
The roars were coming from the mountains.
They were the roar of animals.
"What?! How many forces do you have?" tboah Alberu asks.
"Based on the roar it seems that tcf Cale has also beast tribe among his people." Tboah Eruhaben said.
"What?!" most people were shocked while hearing this.
"Are you planning to make a zoo or what?" Rok Soo asks. While most people think what the hell is a zoo?
Koreans sees that it may look uncomfortable to both sides to explain the concept of a zoo. After of few moments the people who are interested in what a zoo is now settled down.
Shhhhhhhhhhhhhh-
The trees started to shake and the wind started to roar. One of the soldiers who was clutching onto his spear heard someone comment on the roars.
"They're late."
'Late?'
The soldier tried to look toward young master Cale before he stopped moving. Large animals were headed toward them.
No, they were people, but also animals at the same time.
The Tiger tribe.
The Tigers were all coming down from their mountains and preventing the Bears from approaching.
"What? Tiger tribe?" tboah Rosalyn said.
"Tiger tribe is a tribe from the eastern continent right? Then why are they in the Henituse territory?" tboah Alberu said while looking at his parallel self as if he is looking for an answer from him.
"Tiger tribe was saved by my people from the attack of the secret organization or arm." Tcf Cale said.
"Up until now, we are still thankful for the deeds that the young master showed to us." Tcf Gashan said with a tone of gratitude.
"Your connections even reached the lands of the eastern continent at this point." Tboah Bud said.
"So you are the one who hinders my plans!! Cale Henituse remember that I will deal you with myself after this."
"Ok, no problem but it can only be possible if you still have the memories of what happened here after we finished this." Tcf Cale said.
Unfortunately, most of them did not understand what tcf Cale said. Only the Koreans and both Choi Han can understand as he said it Korean.
During the break Reid said to tcf Cale and Rok Soo that the enemies of both sides will not gain in these events, only the good side will be the one who will remember this.
As tcf Cale thought about what they do in their little meeting he felt amused that the enemies will not gain any and that they are just here for entertainment.
The soldiers could hear the knights starting to speak behind them.
Many of the knights across the castle wall were shouting the same thing.
"They are the Tiger tribe that moved into Harris Village this winter! They are our fellow residents!"
"Harris Village?" tbaoh Choi Han said as he flinched when a knight said Harris village.
"Yes, Cale-nim rebuilds the village and that is where mostly our allies live." Tcf Choi Han said.
The knights then took out their swords.
"The enemy will not get past this castle wall! We will not let them get past us!"
It was the moment that the knights holding their swords looked toward Count Deruth. Count Deruth looked toward Countess Violan, who had come out with armor as well. He looked down at the person who was being held in place by the Countess and asked.
"We can get started, right?"
"O, of course, Count-nim. I, I prepared everything! Hehe."
The mix-blooded Dwarf Rat Mueller. The sole successor of the household that developed the Magic Tower nodded his head.
The knights lowered their swords as the Count gave them the signal.
"Commence defensive formation!"
The knights started to shout and the few soldiers who had been training since last year quickly proceeded to move. The soldiers with spears and bows followed them into the formation as well.
"They really prepared for this." Tboah Alberu said while admiring the braveness of those soldiers.
Boooooooooooom.
Something was appearing on top of the thick castle walls. It soon became visible that there were catapults appearing on the castle walls. The large catapults started to aim toward the Bears.
These catapults that were equipped were all sorts of magic devices were Mueller's masterpiece.
The knights started to shout.
"We are stronger on the ground!"
The atmosphere on the castle wall quickly changed.
This scene made Clopeh start to frown.
'Just what the hell?'
What the hell was going on?
His sword, no, the aura around his sword, swung forward to destroy even more skeletons. The Bone Dragon behind the Flying Skeleton Brigade was just floating there without doing anything.
"Well, I don't know. I think it is just a decoy or just waiting for a command. F*ck use your goddamn heads okay?!" tcf white star shouted while munching on the cookies that he request.
'These stupid bones aren't the problem!
There are Tigers that don't exist in the Western continent, and what the fuck is up with those catapults?
Why does a rural territory, a stupid territory with nothing but rocks, have all of these things?!'
"Well, I think it is because of a certain young master." Tboah Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale. The person involve just looked back at tboah Alberu while smiling at him brightly.
Although it wasn't the capital of any kingdom, it seemed better equipped than most capitals.
Clack, clack.
One of the smaller skeletons that had lost one wing was flapping its other wing as it roamed around Clopeh.
Clopeh started to get angry.
He couldn't let it continue like this.
Clopeh looked at the still numerous skeletons as he turned his wyvern around.
He could see Cale smiling once again.
'I need to get rid of that bastard first.'
It was a matter of momentum.
"He is right, that was a matter of momentum." Tboah Alberu said.
Beep, beeeeeeeep-
The white wyvern's black pupils started to change color. They became as red as fire.
The wyvern then started to increase its speed as it charged toward Cale. Clopeh lowered his head in order to stick close to the wyvern.
They were moving at an extremely fast speed.
However, he was still smiling.
Cale was still smiling at them.
He looked toward the approaching white wyvern and started to speak.
"Come."
The Bone Dragon that had been still this whole time finally started to move.
The person behind Cale started to move as well.
The invisible Mary was moving her hands. Her face was pale as she controlled the Bone Dragon. However, there wasn't even an ounce of hesitation in her movements.
'My other self did not hesitate as he fight those wyverns.' Tboah Mary thought.
These bones were all just decoys.
The Flying Skeleton Brigade suddenly screeched and started to run.
However, 'that,' started to move without making any noise.
The Bone Dragon's empty eye sockets suddenly lit up with black glow. It then quickly started to fly toward the shield.
The Bone Dragon opened its mouth as it aimed for the white wyvern's neck.
"Shit!"
Roooooar!
The white wyvern revealed its fangs as it tried to fight back.
However, the black-eyed Bone Dragon did not get pushed back even though it was just a pile of bones.
"Ugh!"
Clopeh urgently pulled on the reins.
Flap, flap.
The Bone Dragon opened up its wings in front of the Henituse Castle wall. Anybody would think that this sack of bones was guarding the Henituse Castle.
Bang, bang!
The white aura clashed with the black light.
The white wyvern's claws and teeth rushed toward the Bone Dragon at the same time.
However, the dead mana just shook rather than disappear. The Bone Dragon did not even have a scratch on it.
Kiiiiiiiii-
The shield began to shake once more as the wyverns started to ram into it again. They seemed focused on destroying the shield. The wyverns that now all had red eyes even tried to rip the shield apart with their claws.
However, Cale still remained calm.
"Choi Han."
Cale started the last step of his plan.
"Yes, Cale-nim."
Choi Han did not say anything else as he stood next to Cale. Cale got rid of the silver light connected to the shield from one hand as he continued to speak.
"It's your turn."
"...There was something for me to do?"
Cale had not told Choi Han what he needed to do. That was why Choi Han had been standing by Cale's side like a shadow in order to protect him.
However, Cale had determined what Choi Han would do a long time ago.
"Use all of your strength."
"...Is this the new history that you were talking about?"
"History? What does he mean?" tboah Lock asks.
Choi Han could see Cale smiling with a pale expression at his question. However, Cale's calm voice answered Choi Han's question.
"Yes. It is your history that you will write in this place."
'My history that I would write in this place, my second hometown.'
"Home town...." Tboah Choi Han said.
His life in this world he does not have any place that he could call home anymore. He is grateful to Rosalyn and lock as they stayed beside him but he can't be called his home. He did not know why but he thinks that something is missing from him and he can't figure out what it is.
Those words were echoing in Choi Han's mind.
The soldiers around them looked toward the pair in confusion. They were wondering what the two of them were doing during this emergency situation.
Cale took a sword out of a magic bag at that moment and pointed the handle toward Choi Han. It was a sword that Mueller had forged.
"It's yours."
"Thank you again Cale-nim for the sword. I will cherish this forever." Tcf Choi Han said while holding his sword.
"No worries about that. Do you know that you can ask me if there is something that you need right? All of you know that right?" tcf Cale said to his family.
"Awwww you are so very thoughtful" Jung soo tease tcf Cale.
Tcf Cale just let Jung soo run his mouth. He did not know that he is slightly smiling and had a tint of red on his ears.
Cale was planning on giving Choi Han his original role in the novel.
This would be when Choi Han becomes a hero.
The Birth of a Hero.
The fifth volume may have ended, but all he had to do was create a new opportunity for the birth of a hero.
"I'm sure you know best what you have to do."
Cale looked toward Choi Han and gave him an order.
"Come back soon."
Choi Han received the sword from Cale. He did not debate it much before taking it out of the scabbard. The blade was shiny, unlike the scabbard.
Choi Han smiled brightly toward Cale.
"I like this sword."
The sword started to rumble at that moment. Black hair and black eyes. An aura the same color as the teenager-looking man's eyes and hair started to cover the sword.
"S, sword master......!"
"What they did not know Hyung is a swordsman?" tboah Lock asks.
"If no then who save them from the plaza incident because it was when they know that Choi Han is a swordsman." Tboah Rosalyn said.
"Young master is the one who saves the citizen on the attack. He do it by tracking the bombs and shielding the citizens at the plaza. Tcf Rosalyn said.
The soldier gasped before covering his mouth.
The black aura was shooting up into the sky.
Sword master.
The young man who was known as Cale's guard was actually a sword master.
Necromancer, sword master, and the Tiger tribe.
Then there was Cale who was giving them orders.
A different emotion other than fear was giving the soldier the chills. It was at that moment.
"Well even I will be terrified at tcf Cale at this point because of how he commands those strong beings but seeing the war on Ubarr territory I doubt that this is the extent of young master Cale connections. Tcf bud said. Most of the people from the theater agreed to his statement and went back their gazes immediately at the screen as they continue to watch.
"I will kill him and return."
"So vicious uncle." Jung soo said while looking at his both uncles.
Choi Han calmly stated what he needed to do. His role was to kill Guardian Knight Clopeh. Kill Clopeh, or at least the white wyvern that he is riding on.
However, Choi Han suddenly saw Cale motioning toward him. Cale was even stuttering a bit.
"L, let's hug before you go fight!"
"Aaawwww I did not know that my dongsaeng has this kind of side." Soo Hyuk said with a teasing gaze towards tcf Cale. Meanwhile, most of them were shocked on this especially tboah Choi Han, Rok Soo, and tboah Cale.
"S-shut up!" tcf Cale said as he hide his embarrassment on his face with his hands.
'Hug? In the middle of a battle?'
Choi Han wondered if Cale even had such an affectionate side.
He gave a light hug to Cale, who was still keeping the shield up with one hand.
Cale shouted in a loud voice in order for the others to hear.
"I trust you!"
Choi Han suppressed his emotions as he answered back.
"...Thank you very much. I will definitely return with his head."
'Why is this punk saying such a thing?!'
Cale whispered in a quiet voice so that others could not hear.
"Don't kill him."
Why waste such a useful pawn and kill him right away?
Cale looked toward Choi Han, who was still so innocent albeit hanging out with him for so long, as he continued to speak. His voice sounded wicked.
"Pick up both of those white things."
"Ah."
Choi Han let out a gasp.
Cale's expression seemed to be saying that it was obvious.
It would be a waste to kill him right now. Shouldn't he at least figure out how to control the wyverns before killing Clopeh?
Furthermore, there was so much money to be made if he caught that bastard.
"Haaa.... This bastard is really something else." Tcf Alberu said.
"I will successfully complete this mission."
Choi Han jumped off the wall through the gap that Cale opened up in the shield for him. His feet then landed on the black bones of the Bone Dragon.
Tap.
Choi Han lightly jumped on top of the Bone Dragon.
He stood up straight and looked toward the two white things.
Choi Han, whose senses were beyond the limits of normal human hearing, heard Cale's faint but firm voice.
"Start."
Cale gave the order.
The still anonymous sword master and the Dragon, an existence that had been forgotten about in the world.
The two beings who would soon be recorded in the continent's history started to move following Cale's order.
<" That's it for now. As we continue it again later. Enjoy your break."> Reid said while getting some coffees.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
I am here again today. I hope you enjoy this. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts in this chapter. Goodbye!! See you in the next update.
Chapter 11: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 3
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD - TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A - TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B - TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
CHAPTER 11: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 3
As Reid back from the pantry to get another batch of coffee felt the atmosphere at the theater is quite tense even before he left. As he returns to his spot he immediately looks at them.
<" Seems most of you are quite tense, so let's continue to lessen that as we will see the result of the battle."> Reid said.
Right after he said it the screen in front of them immediately started without any interruptions unlike before. Meanwhile, tcf White star is right now impatient because he wants to know already why his idiot people lost to someone like tcf Cale Henituse. On the other hand, tcf Sayeru just looks at his liege and shakes his head on how his liege acting lately.
CHAPTER 11: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 3 (CHAPTER 198: THERE'S A DRAGON? 3)
Guardian Knight Clopeh Sekka could not believe it.
There was a Black Bone Dragon and a black-haired sword master standing in front of him as if they were guarding the Henituse castle.
'Now there is even a sword master?!
How could there be such a crazy territory?!'
The fact that they did not have the Roan Kingdom's royal crest made it seem as if all of these forces belonged to the Henituse household. Clopeh's expression stiffened up.
Knowing this all of them flinched at their seats especially to the tcf world. They already know those people are the subordinates of tcf Cale, it gives them a different feeling especially if the other person confirmed it and does not them realize this. Seeing the connections of tcf Cale throughout the continent made them realize that they need stick to tcf Cale for more power most of the noble thought. Some people think that they need to stop tcf Cale because it can shake their power or reputations.
It was at that moment.
"Captain-nim."
One of his subordinate knights approached him.
It was the same one that had come up when the Flying Skeleton Brigade had first appeared. He was the only one who was allowed to come to talk to Clopeh.
"What is it?"
Clopeh kept his gaze locked on Choi Han as he answered back. The subordinate started to speak. It was a voice that was full of trust.
"It seems like someone like you, who will become a legend, will always have tall walls to climb."
Clopeh's expression became odd. Fear and greed both filled his face. He then gave an order to his subordinate.
"Put all of our strength into destroying the shield."
"Yes, I understand."
"Oh!! My god Cale-nim! the one who shows me the truth. Let this lowly subject of yours repent his sins and acknowledge his worth as he will help you to make a path to become a legend." Tcf Clopeh said.
Several people shivered at the words that tcf Clopeh saying. Meanwhile, Duke Sekka is now questioning his parenting if there is something wrong he made to his son become this. Some people just confirmed one thing from tcf Clopeh and that is.
'He is crazy than before and it is creepy' most people thought.
The knight stepped back as Clopeh raised his sword into the air. The white aura shot up to the sky even farther and brighter than the black aura.
An aura was the sword master's identity.
It followed the owner's personality. That was why the Guardian Knight trusted his strength over that black-haired punk.
It was at that moment.
Grrrrr.
The white wyvern roared as well. Choi Han shouted in order to be heard through that roar.
"Come."
"Ha. What an arrogant kid!"
The white light turned into a ball and charged toward Choi Han. The Black Bone Dragon started to move as well.
It felt as if the entire heaven and earth was shaking.
The black light clashed against the white light and let out a screeching noise.
Rooooooooooar!
The white wyvern's claws scratched at the Bone Dragon's bones. It then tried to bite down on one of the dragon's wings as well.
However, it was futile.
"So, strong" tboah Mary said.
"Yes you are right another good mary, good mary is strong. Don't worry this great and might Raon Miru and good Mary will teach you to become strong." Raon said while tcf Mary nodded at the statement of Raon.
Scraaaaaaatch!
The claw could not scratch the bones of the Bone Dragon.
The wing bones also did not break.
This was an existence that stood above all other existences in the world.
Both the Whale tribe, the rulers of the ocean, and the Bear tribe and Lion tribe that aimed to be the rulers on land, were called tribes. Only Dragons were called, 'Dragons,' and not the Dragon tribe.
"Well duh? We are Great and mighty beings." Tboah Rasheel said.
It was not because they were large or strong.
They were a different class of existence.
The white wyvern screeched.
It started to bleed as one of its claws broke off. This white wyvern was a mutant that was stronger than the other wyverns.
That was why it believed that it could destroy this Bone Dragon. Although a living Dragon might be difficult, this was a dead Dragon that only had its bones remaining.
Unfortunately, there were no monsters that could break a Dragon's bones.
An existence at a lower class. That was not only the case for the wyvern.
Choi Han's sword easily blocked the white aura. He then observed Clopeh Sekka's face.
Baaaaang!
The white wyvern did not give up as it slammed into the Bone Dragon with its whole body. It was doing its best to turn the bones into rubble. The two swordsmen clashed once more as the wyvern crashed into the Bone Dragon.
Shhhhhh-
Clopeh was wily.
The white aura slithered like a snake and charged toward Choi Han.
In contrast, Choi Han's black aura went straight forward.
It instantly cut the neck off of the snaking white aura.
"You're not too bad!"
Clopeh still believed in his longer and brighter aura as he mocked Choi Han. However, there was no change in Choi Han's expression.
This lack of response made Clopeh start to frown.
"I guess someone like me needs obstacles like you in order to create my legend!"
"Legend my ass, what kind of a legend become a war prisoner and lunatic?" tcf White star said.
"Moreover I don't such a lame legend in my world when I became the ruler of this world." Tcf White star. Some people shivered at the plan of the tcf white star while tboah White star does not have any interest in his childish parallel self.
Twitch.
Choi Han's eyebrows twitched at that comment.
The Bone Dragon and the white wyvern moved away after ramming into each other.
It was the moment that Clopeh started to smirk after seeing the change in Choi Han's expression.
"I was going to quietly take care of you since you were so annoying, but you are speaking such nonsense."
"'...What?"
"Right Choi Han shut him up!" Raon shouted at tcf Choi Han.
"Right shut him up nya~!" Hong said.
"I already did Raon-nim but I will do it also in the future if he hinders the plans of Cale-nim." Tcf Choi Han said.
While hearing the conversation tcf Cale shudder in fear about the viciousness that tcf Choi Han and his kids emitted.
The Guardian Knight was at a loss for words after seeing Choi Han's gaze that looked as if he was looking down at him. Choi Han was indeed looking down at him for being an arrogant bastard.
Choi Han's black aura started to grow dimmer. It continued to grow dim until it became a lightless darkness.
The aura matched the personality of the user.
A lightless darkness.
That was the true nature of darkness, as well as the true nature of Choi Han that he developed in the Forest of Darkness. Choi Han had now chosen to accept that nature thanks to a certain someone.
His aura continued to grow dimmer.
Choi Han could not sit still after hearing the things this clueless person was saying.
'He thinks he will create a legend?'
Choi Han pointed the darkness toward Clopeh and started to speak.
"You are not the one who will create a legend. That role is already reserved for someone else."
Some of them stare at tcf Choi Han with intrigued stare with a question of who is the person pertaining to. As the people who know tcf Choi Han he is just talking about young master Cale.
Legend.
A new history.
'The history I will make in my second hometown with my second family.'
"Second family huh...." Tboah Choi Han said.
There was already an owner for that new history. Only that person had the qualifications to do such a thing.
"What?"
Clopeh asked in disbelief. However, he suddenly felt the back of his neck becoming cold. Choi Han's blade now had only a small amount of light left on it.
This was his current limit. He knew that he would walk a new path of the sword the day that he could make his sword go completely dark.
Choi Han shared the future he was going to make to Clopeh.
"I will create the path for him to get there."
"He is so loyal to that person." Tcf Valentino said while admiring tcf Choi Han.
The path for that person to become a legend.
He would be the one to create that path.
That was Choi Han's determination.
Mary was the only one who could hear this conversation.
The necromancer who was controlling this Bone Dragon that was a higher class of existence was pale.
A Dragon's bones change colors based on their attributes. That was why it was difficult for her to control these special bones. However, Mary's dead mana had dyed the area where the White Crown, the one that gave Cale the Dominating Aura ancient power, used to rest.
She had managed to do it.
She was the only one who was connected to that Bone Dragon right now. That was why she became the Dragon's ears and listened to the conversation.
She could clearly hear Choi Han's voice.
'The legend, I will create the path for him to get there.'
Mary's gaze headed to the front.
It was focused on Cale, who continued to keep the shield activated. She could even hear his quiet mumbling.
"What the hell are they talking about instead of fighting?"
"Haaa... you dense bastard." Tcf Eruhaben said.
It was said quietly so that others could not hear. However, Mary was able to hear it. Although his comment made him sound unreliable, Mary could clearly see what Cale was going through.
His back was drenched in sweat.
His shoulders were slightly shaking.
She knew that young master Cale was the one who was struggling the most right now. He was always like this.
"Young master please don't push yourself too hard. This old man will be quite concerned if there is something wrong happen to you. Tcf Ron said while caressing his dagger.
'This vicious old man why does he hold like that his dagger while saying those things?' tcf Cale thought. Seeing the reaction of tcf Cale made Rok soo and tboah Cale chuckle lightly at the current situation of tcf Cale.
"Lemon gramps is right human. This great and might dragon will protect you." Raon followed.
"Our youngest right!! We will protect you right noona?" Hong said while On just nodded with a smile on her face.
For Cale, it was hard to maintain this posture of keeping his arms out to pretend that he was forcing himself to keep the shield active.
He felt as if he was being punished, and his arms that were weaker than before were shaking in pain.
However, Mary looked at Cale's shaking hands as she remembered what Cale had told her three days ago when he activated the shield.
'Don't leave our side.
The number of people who want to harm you will increase the moment you use your powers for our territory.'
But Mary had already made up her mind.
She was more than willing to do this much for the people who showed her a beautiful world outside of the underground. Shielding her presence and hiding away was her specialty.
However, her thoughts had changed after hearing what Cale had said.
'But you do not need to worry.
You are not someone who should live in hiding.
I will let you live as you want.'
Tcf Obante cannot hide his gratefulness towards tcf Cale that he will protect tcf Mary from the people that may hurt her.
"He is a great leader to all of them," tboah Valentino said while admiring the sides of tcf Cale being a leader.
Cale's words had shaken her heart. Mary's hands that were covered in black blood veins started to move again.
Swooooooosh-
A strong winter breeze blew by them.
Mary's black robe was fluttering. It felt as if her hood would fall off from the wind, however, Mary did not push her hood back down with her hands.
There was something more important to do.
Nobody else could see her because she was currently invisible.
However, one person could feel it.
Choi Han looked down at his feet.
Black balls of light started to gather together in the Bone Dragon's bones. It was dead mana.
It was Mary's power.
The black lights that had only been at the Bone Dragon's pupils beforehand started to expand to cover the Bone Dragon's entire body. They then converged at the Bone Dragon's heart.
That made Choi Han instantly realize it.
He could understand what Mary was trying to say.
'You feel the same way.
You and I are trying to walk the same path.'
It was times like these that made Choi Han truly feel that he was not alone. How could he fear anything in such a situation?
'Yes, even though I am different from him I am not also alone anymore' tboah Choi Han thought while looking at tboah Rosalyn and lock.
Choi Han reached his hand out. The Bone Dragon started to move in rhythm with him, as if it had become his feet.
The swordsman and the Dragon.
Both were moving as one.
Boom.
The pair were not very loud.
Rooooooooooar!
The Dragon's fangs bit down on the white wyvern's neck.
Slash.
The white aura was instantly cut at the same time. Clopeh's eyes turned wide. The lightless darkness soon covered his sight.
Kiiiiiiiii-!
Blood started to spurt out of the white wyvern's neck. The Bone Dragon's claws stabbed through the blood. Its claws were clenching onto the white wyvern's neck.
Choi Han grabbed onto the Bone Dragon's neck bone.
"Mary, let's go up."
Mary responded to his statement.
Flap, flap.
Her dead mana spread like spiderwebs in order to create wings for the Bone Dragon.
Mary's eyes started to become covered in black thread-like blood veins. However, she did not stop.
She was currently growing.
She was about to overcome a wall.
Her hands clasped around the neck she could not see.
Grrrrr-!
The white wyvern's neck started to become dyed black.
"Ugh!"
Clopeh pulled on the reins in order to regain his balance. His white aura then shot out toward the Bone Dragon's front paw. However, the Bone Dragon started to flap its wings.
It was going up.
The Bone Dragon continued to keep the white wyvern in its paw as it shot up farther and farther into the sky.
Choi Han was stationed at the Bone Dragon's head as it flew up.
One of the knights standing on top of the wall could not help but comment.
"...Dragon Knight."
The knight's heart was going wild as he said that. It was a title that held a significant weight that was incomparable to that of a Wyvern Knight.
The knight's gaze was focused on the sky. The direction of this battle would turn based on the result of the battle between the Bone Dragon and the white wyvern.
It was at that moment.
Baaaaang!
A loud noise made the knight open his eyes wide.
Cale, who was watching, could not do anything as his jaws dropped.
One of the stone mountains lost its peak.
The Bone Dragon had slammed the white wyvern into the mountain.
- Dragons really are strong! Wyverns are as weak as a tiny tree branch! But I, the great and mighty Dragon, Raon Miru, am even more amazing than that Bone Dragon!
"Tch, to think that bastard to betray me and let think dragon live." Tcf White star said with annoyance in his tone of voice.
For those, he hears it look at tcf White star with a furious look at their faces, especially both Sheritt.
Cale listened to Raon's excited voice as if it was background music as he nervously chuckled.
'...I hope they didn't kill him.'
Cale nervously looked toward the stone mountain while hoping that he did not lose out on a pile of gold.
"Wow, that was your concern during that time?" tcf ALberu said before letting out a sigh.
Grrrrr, grr!
There was blood coming out of the wyvern's mouth, however, the wyvern could only flail around. It could not get up. The thing that had slammed it into the mountain, that stupid Bone Dragon, was stepping on its head and looking down at it.
"Ugh......!"
However, Clopeh was still fine. He had jumped away from the wyvern the moment it was thrown and managed to land safely.
However, he continued to grow his aura.
Slash.
It happened again.
His white aura was slashed again.
No matter how hard he tried to wrap around Choi Han like a snake, his sword could not cut him.
That person had followed him right after he had landed on the ground.
"It looks like your sword is a white snake. It suits you better than the wyvern."
Clopeh started to shiver after hearing Choi Han's calm voice.
A white snake.
That was the true symbol of the Sekka household. The qualifications for becoming a Guardian Knight rested with such snake-like characters.
"Y, you nameless bastard dares to go against a Guardian Knight like myself......!"
They look at tcf Clopeh's direction but what they see is only a bastard kneeling on the floor while his are holding together and saying some words that seem like a ..... Prayer? After seeing these they are thankful there is a barrier around him so that they cannot his ramblings at all.
Clopeh's sword charged toward Choi Han once again, however, Choi Han only had two words to say.
"So annoying."
That was it.
Clopeh could see the darkness approaching him once again. The white snake's body was gobbled up by the darkness.
Clang-!
Clopeh's sword fell to the ground.
"M, my arm......! Ugh!"
There was no longer an arm attached to Clopeh's right shoulder. His neck was then choked by the black-haired man just as the Bone Dragon had done to the white wyvern.
He could not breathe. The pain from being unable to breathe made it so that he could not feel the pain from losing his arm. He heard a cold voice at that moment.
"Tell the wyverns to stop."
Choi Han was giving him an order.
He took out the flute from Clopeh's pocket and motioned to him with his eyes.
All he had left to do was to return after successfully fulfilling Cale's order.
He had caught both the white wyvern and the Guardian Knight alive. He did not kill either of them.
"Ugh, ugh!"
He could hear the Guardian Knight gasping for breath.
Choi Han's expression changed.
The Guardian Knight was shaking his head.
Maybe it was because he could not breathe, but he was crying like a baby as he shook his head.
This suddenly made Choi Han question the details.
'How, how could a white snake control a wyvern?'
An aura was the user's identity.
A white snake could not control a wyvern.
Choi Han turned his head. He immediately jumped back on the Bone Dragon and shouted to Mary.
"We need to go back!"
"He seems to notice it immediately," tcf White star said while munching on cookies to relieve some stress.
There was more.
This was not it.
The Bone Dragon flew back up into the sky. Choi Han then heard a noise.
He heard a whistle.
Someone was quietly whistling.
It was the helmet-wearing knight, the only one that was allowed to talk to Clopeh Sekka. He was the one that was whistling.
Caaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaw!
The wyvern underneath the Bone Dragon's feet started to run wild. The wyvern struggled so much that its veins started to pop out. It was moving as if it had forgotten about fear and death. The wyvern that had no energy to move tried to slowly crawl through the ground.
"Damn it......!"
Choi Han and the Bone Dragon started to fly toward the helmeted knight.
However, the knight moved first.
The other wyverns all charged toward the shield.
Baaaaang! Baaaaang!
They could see the wyverns' wings, claws, and arms breaking apart.
However, the wyverns did not stop. They were trying to cut through the shield as if they had gone crazy.
The silver shield started to become drenched in red blood.
- Human, the wyverns seem to have gone nuts! How cute!
But Cale could not hear Raon's voice.
'...The Guardian Knight is not the one that controls the wyverns?
It was the Guardian Knight in the novel!'
Cale realized that there were things that had not been revealed in the first five volumes.
The helmeted knight.
He had no knowledge about this person.
That knight got on a wyvern and headed toward Cale.
However, there was nothing in the knight's hand.
It was at that moment.
- Human, something is weird. I can feel the power of nature on him.
'What?
Power of nature?
...An ancient power?'
Cale could see a sword starting to appear in the helmeted knight's hand. He could easily tell what it was.
That was a sword.
It was an ancient power in the shape of a sword.
That sword continued to get longer and wider.
It almost looked like a spear now.
"What?! There some ancient powers that are like that?" some bystander said.
It was at that moment.
Boom.
Cale could feel his heart start to beat wildly.
He then heard the voice of the glutton priestess.
- You will block it.
The shield started to shrink.
"What the hel......!"
Cale could not speak properly. His entire body was heating up. He was not in pain, however, it was getting hard to breathe.
The ancient powers were roaring inside of his body.
The tattoos around his body felt as if they were on fire.
The shield continued to shrink as that happened.
The silver wings disappeared as well.
No could react as they process the events that were happening right in front of their eyes. As they focus their eyes on the current situation of the battle and think if they can handle that kind of power.
They continued to shrink until it became a tiny shield. However, Raon's shield continued to prevent the wyverns from coming in.
At that moment, Cale could see the helmeted knight starting to smile.
"Try blocking this."
"I am sure that he can't block it." Tcf White Star confidently said.
The helmeted knight slowly threw the sword.
The large sword that had become a spear shot down toward Cale.
- ...Human, something is weird about it! I will create more shields!
Raon created more layers of shields until there were four total layers.
However, something still felt off.
It felt as if magic would not work on that sword.
A natural disaster.
This was the term for the most dangerous things in nature.
Hurricanes, volcanic eruptions, hail.
These were all natural disasters.
"Sword of Disasters," tcf Cale said in a low voice.
Looking at that sword made Raon think about that term.
It was something that had the destructive forces of nature in it.
The six-year-old Dragon's instincts were telling him something.
It was saying it was not possible to block the sword with magic.
The only thing that could block that sword was a Dragon.
A Dragon's Breath or a Dragon's body.
It had to be the sturdy body of a creature that was in a class of its own.
There were only a few seconds before the sword would hit Cale.
Raon's eyes were focused on Cale during those few seconds.
His body subconsciously started to move forward.
It was at that moment.
He could hear Cale's voice.
"Fuck!"
That shout made Raon return to his senses. He then started to shout.
- Mary! Call the Dragon!
Raon increased the number of shields.
Five layers, six layers.
The Black Dragon that had yet to go through his first growth phase and could not use Dragon's Breath was reaching his limit.
Crack.
However, the natural disaster easily destroyed the shields the moment it touched them. A shield like this was a child's toy to this destructive natural disaster.
One, two. The shields quietly started to disappear.
'I just need to resist.
I just need to resist until Mary's Dragon gets here.'
"Cale-nim I am sorry that we did not figure it out immediately." Tcf Choi Han said while looking at tcf Cale.
"No need to apologize for, past is past." Tcf Cale said.
Raon created new shields whenever a layer was destroyed.
He then heard Cale's voice.
"Enough."
Raon flinched.
He then looked toward Cale.
It was at that moment.
Baaaaaang!
The people on the wall could not do anything as they heard the loud noise and a flash of light.
The last thing they saw was the Black Bone Dragon ramming into the large sword.
Once their vision returned, they could see that the Dragon's bones were breaking, although it had caused a crack in the sword.
However, these lifeless old Dragon bones were not enough. They were not enough to destroy the sword.
Raon could see that this was the case.
This six-year-old baby Dragon that lacked experience sensed danger for the first time. Raon's body started to move.
"He, hehe-"
He heard Cale laughing at that moment.
Raon turned his head. He could see Cale coughing up a large amount of blood. Cale was bleeding from his mouth, nose, and ears as he continued to laugh.
A voice was going off inside of Cale's mind.
- Isn't that my sword?
It was the previous owner of the Dominating Aura.
He was the one that was speaking.
"What?! That is the sword of the former owner of ancient power?" tcf Bud said.
- That's the Dragon Slaying Sword.
Cale realized it at that moment.
'Dragon Slayer. That helmet's sword is the Dragon Slaying Sword.'
That was the reason it had managed to destroy the Bone Dragon.
He then thought about the crown he had stolen from the North.
It was the white crown that looked similar to the crown that had disappeared when he gained the Dominating Aura.
It was the crown in his magic bag that was said to like Dragon's blood.
The sword and the crown. Cale realized that they must be a pair.
That was the reason the crown had been in the North.
There was one more thing.
He realized this fact, as if his instincts were telling him.
It was the faint vision of the future that the World Tree had seen.
It was one of the three things the World Tree had told him. This was the third thing, aside from Raon's parents and the Water of Judgment.
"The world tree?!" Most of the people were shocked at this information. They thought that it was only a legend but as they hear that young master Cale meet the world tree it can proof that the world tree really does exist.
"Hmm? So the world tree is the one who says they must find me." Tcf Sheritt said while tboah Sheritt is silent as he will never meet again his son in this timeline.
'The person who is collecting ancient powers has collected a total of three ancient powers.'
'It must have been talking about this helmeted bastard.'
'It may be Syrem, the one that the world tree talking about but I feel that the world tree is talking about White star which is also collecting ancient power for his goal.' Tcf Cale thought.
"Haa.... Why I need to deal with these things to achieve my slacker-life!!" tcf Cale said while the others looked at him with pity on their eyes that tcf Cale can't achieve his dream unless this war and the fight against the tcf White star ended.
"...You son of a bitch."
Cale clenched his fists.
His whole body was shaking.
"Raon, don't move!"
Cale shouted toward the invisible baby Dragon as he focused on the words in his mind.
- Are you trying to sacrifice yourself?
'No! I will never hurt myself for others.'
Cale ignored the Super Rock's question.
Instead, he focused his thoughts on the words of his fellow glutton.
The glutton priestess.
He could hear her voice.
- This is enough.
The tattoo on Cale's heart had changed.
The silver shield tattoo had received a heart in it when he had received the Vitality of the Heart. That red heart was slowly turning silver.
The shield had eaten up the first power.
Cale poured out as much of the shield as possible.
A natural disaster.
And the Vitality of the Heart. It was the restoration power of the human who did not want to live.
The power of a human to overcome natural disasters came from their vitality and their desire to live.
Baaaaaang!
Although there were cracks on the still large sword, the tip of it still ran into the tiny shield.
A light brighter than the one earlier covered the entire Henituse territory.
Cale could see Choi Han jumping behind the helmeted knight like a devil before he lost his sight. He could also feel Raon supporting his back with his paws as he heard the priestess's voice.
- Good job.
Cale quickly realized it.
He had blocked it.
The power of restoration and the will to live.
It was the power of humans, who managed to survive through all sorts of nature's attacks.
The shield did not break.
"Cale-nim...." Tcf Choi Han said.
"Cutie you need to take care of yourself." Jour followed.
"Your Mother is right human you must take care of yourself," Raon said.
"Stop being a suicidal idiot okay?! We did not switch places for you to die immediately!" Rok soo said.
"Suicidal? Wow coming from you?!" tcf Cale retorted while tboah Cale just silently look at them back and forth. As the two continue Soo Hyuk decided to interfere in their small fight. Most of the people from side B are glad to see another side of Cale and wish that they can see more in the future.
<" So that's it! The last 2 chapters only and we will return to the aftermath of the sea war where those old geezers do something on tcf Cale. Then I will be leaving you all again see you later"> Reid said before leaving them again.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone as Reid said 2 chapters only then we will proceed to the right track of this story. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter and see you in the update!!
Chapter 12: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 4
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
CHAPTER 12: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 4
<" Are you all still good?"> Reid asks.
Everyone nodded and was still satisfied at their stay in the domain of Reid. Reid seems also satisfied as he thinks he needs to invite more people even they are not from this parallel world. He remembered his friend Secretive Plotter said something to him that there is an interesting nebula right now. He is thinking if he would make a sub scenario for them to join here and use his last win from Chronos to request if he can also stop that dimension. Reid is now contemplating if he will do it or not but he choose the latter.
<' It is just there will never get any benefits doing that here.'> Reid thought.
"Uncle?" Rok soo called his uncle that seems on the deep thought.
<" Ah! Yes yes, we will now proceed. Sorry for the delay."> Reid said while focusing again on the clips that he will now show.
CHAPTER 12: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 4 (CHAPTER 199 THERE'S A DRAGON? 4)
The highest point of the Henituse territory.
Basen was still in the highest room of the castle tower.
"Hyu, hyung-nim!"
"Hyung/Orabouni!!" both Lily and Basen shouted while watching the scene.
Basen's shout echoed out. He was holding onto the rails with one hand as if he was about to jump off the tower to rush toward Cale.
Even tcf Choi Han wants to go immediately at tcf Cale that time but he thinks that tcf Cale will say that he must focus on his task and he is ok. He tightens his grip on the hilt of his sword and swears that he will get stronger.
He was looking at the origin of the flash of light.
Basen Henituse heard a noise just as his sights returned.
Craaaaaaack.
The large sword that had received a crack prior to the attack.
That sword slowly cracked completely before disappearing into the air. A few of the wyverns that touched the specks of the disappearing sword instantly turned into ash. However, something else caught his attention before he could feel fear about what he had just seen.
He saw the shield.
The extremely small shield did not break. However, there was a crack where the sword had hit it, as if it was going to instantly break. In fact, the shield had cracks all over it.
It looked ready to break at any moment.
He then saw his hyung-nim, Cale Henituse.
Beeeeeep- Beeeeeeep-
The information communication room.
All sorts of emergency calls were flooding in.
There were especially a lot of calls from all over the northeast region.
Many video communication devices were currently connected to the Henituse territory.
They had seen the battlefield through the screen.
However, Basen could not hear any of those loud noises. All he could see was his hyung-nim who was barely managing to stand.
Tcf Alberu just clicked his tongue out of annoyance because he can't do anything at that time. He felt powerless after seeing the condition of tcf Cale at that time.
He could also see the black blood Cale was coughing up. The seventeen-year-old Basen felt the pain of war for the first time in his life.
It was at that moment.
– Basen Henituse.
He heard crown prince Alberu's voice.
He had not heard it properly the first time, however, the significantly dry voice quickly brought Basen back to his senses.
– What did your hyung-nim order you to do?
Basen raised his head.
He recalled what his Cale had told him.
He turned his head and looked around the information communication room. This was currently the center of information for the entire Roan Kingdom. Information was the most important factor in a war.
"Yes, it is important that the flow of information will not stop especially during times like that." Tboah Alberu said.
– If you do not want to be embarrassed, no, if you do not want to regret this in the future, do not forget your task.
Although Alberu was saying this to Basen, he was saying it to himself as well.
Alberu's face that was visible through the screen was bloodshot as he focused on what was going on in the Henituse territory.
"It is good that they are prepared and it is also good that they are still not complacent on the battle that is currently happening even though they have the advantage" tcf bud said while waiting for the events to unfold more.
He said one more thing to Basen.
– The First Brigade of the Royal Knights and the Mage Brigade are currently heading toward the Henituse territory.
Cale Henituse had told him to wait.
However, the crown prince started to play his part in order to not be embarrassed or regret things in the future.
"He is a good leader," tboah Eruhaben said.
"Yes, that is true," tcf Eruhaben said.
Tcf Alberu is glad that the ancient dragons praised him but this is not the right time for him to react to it as he continues to watch the video on the screen.
The Roan Kingdom's Mage Brigade took their first step to show themselves to the world for the first time.
Basen also started to order the knights responsible for the video communication devices.
"...We are going to start accurately relaying the information about the enemies to the entire Roan Kingdom."
His brother had told him something three days ago, the same night as the crown prince's proclamation.
'We are the first line.'
His brother's voice was clearly reappearing in his mind.
'He said that the first line was extremely important. If people hear about how we survived and protected the castle, the morale of the Roan Kingdom would change.'
Most of the people nodded at the statement of tcf Cale it is important to boost the morale of the soldiers by winning at the first battle.
'We need to etch the image of victory in the minds of the citizens.
That is the way for us to win the war.'
His hyung-nim had been his usual calm self as he said this.
'That is the way for all of us to survive.'
The person who had said that was barely hanging on right now.
Basen gave an order to the mages.
"Let's accurately relay how we win this battle."
The morale of the Roan Kingdom will change positively from here onward.
Basen firmly believed that to be the case. He lowered his head to look toward the castle wall.
The mixed-blood Dwarf Rat Mueller was currently on top of the wall. He had opened his eyes after hearing a noise as well.
Craaaaaaack.
The castle walls.
There were cracks appearing on the castle wall.
'The walls that I developed......!'
This cowardly yet prideful mixed-blood Dwarf Rat had an emotion other than fear in his eyes. However, he could only gasp as the Countess still had her hand on his neck.
"Gasp!"
He was flung aside. Mueller felt his body being flung to the side. He then heard a scream.
"Cale!"
Countess Violan was screaming. He also heard Count Deruth's shout as well.
"Everybody focus!"
Mueller raised his head. The always calm and gentle Count's expression was extremely ugly.
The Count had veins popping out of his forehead as he gave the order.
"Activate the catapults right away!"
The Count took out his sword and approached the edge of the wall and looked down as he continued to speak. There was anger, sorrow, and uncertainty mixed in his voice.
"Don't let even a single one live!"
"It is right that you must not give any chances the enemies to attack before you." Tcf Fredo said while thinking about his plan to have a deal with tcf Cale.
Mueller heard something else at the same time.
Baaaaang!
The first thing he saw was a silver light.
It was not Cale's shield. This silver light that looked like the milky way continued to appear above Rain City.
It was a shield.
This shield that seemed to be imitating Cale's silver shield was continuing to appear in the air.
One, two, three, four. More silver shields continued to appear as they covered the sky over and over again.
Although he was mixed-blood, the fact that he was a Dwarf allowed Mueller to know the source of that shield right away.
'A Dragon.'
He knew only a Dragon could do this.
He thought about the young Dragon that lived in this territory.
The young Dragon had created these shields.
There was also someone Mueller was very familiar with standing by the shields.
Choi Han.
Choi Han was currently fighting against the helmeted knight. His black aura was viciously shaking as he fought. Although it was still dark with just a small speck of light, this aura was raging more angrily than ever before.
"Ha, haha-"
And then there was the sword that was easily blocking against that aura.
The helmeted knight was laughing as he used the sword-shaped ancient power to block Choi Han's attacks. He did not look to be struggling even though the sword had been destroyed once already.
Baaaaang!
Their weapons clashed against each other.
Choi Han took a step back and stumbled.
Tap.
There were things helping to support Choi Han in the air.
It was the Flying Skeleton Brigade that had been running away.
They had come back, no, Mary had brought them back in order to create a path for Choi Han to walk in the air. Choi Han and the numerous white skeletons were fighting against the wyvern-riding helmeted knight. It was hard to see the two of them because of the number of flying skeletons.
However, there was someone who had a good view of all of this.
Mary.
She had dead mana covering her body as her hands continued to shake. Her problem was that she could see things too clearly.
"Cale!"
The Countess arrived to support Cale, who was just barely standing up. She held back another scream.
Cale had plopped down as soon as she supported him.
Black blood was seeping out of Cale's eyes, ears, nose, and mouth. Cale was coughing up so much blood that it looked as if he would have trouble breathing.
<" No need to worry these scenes like this will be censored to the eyes of the children."> Reid said as he assured them that it will not traumatize the children.
The Countess could feel Cale's body starting to turn cold. Her son's body was starting to turn cold.
She could see a doctor and a priest heading toward them from the distance.
"Cale, just a bit, hold on just a bit longer."
She started to massage Cale's body and arms. There was so much blood coming out of him that she was worried that he would have no blood left.
She heard Cale's quiet voice at that moment.
"... I ... I'm okay."
"What do you mean you are okay? Even if you have an ancient power of healing it will still not be a reason to push yourself hard. I don't your children to lose you and your new family. Also, it is not hard to ask for help you know? Your family is composed of strong people so trust them and ask them for help okay?" Soo Hyuk said.
Tcf Cale just nodded at his Hyung as a response. Soo Hyuk just made a sigh after seeing the response of his dongsaeng and immediately hugged him. Jung soo, Rok Soo and tboah Cale joined the hug. After a few moments, they return their attention to the condition of tcf Cale at the screen.
'What?'
Her pupils started to shake as she looked at Cale. The priest and the doctor that approached him flinched.
There was a voice crying in Cale's mind right now.
– Human, you are bleeding too much. Human, this is different than normal. Human, please, human. Please stop bleeding. I will not let him survive! I will kill him even if I have to die as well.
"Stay here."
Cale's hand moved to grab the air.
The Countess started to frown after seeing trying to grab the air. She thought that Cale was hallucinating. His mind must be damaged as well.
She finally calmed down after seeing the Count looking as if he was going to go crazy while looking at Cale. At least one of them had to think straight.
However, it was hard for her to control her emotions after hearing what Cale said next.
"...You'll get hurt if you go......"
The words he barely managed to say made it difficult for her to hold back her tears. The things that he was saying while coughing up blood, the things that he was saying even though his mind must be a mess.
Even during this moment!
It made her feel as if her heart was breaking.
Cale finally managed to speak again.
"... Stay by my side- cough!"
"Damn it I can't watch this if I am sober." Both Bud shouted as Reid heard their wishes he immediately gave them some wine to drink.
"Even if he is in that kind of condition, he still cares for his children to not get hurt." Tboah Litana said.
'What a good parent.' Tboah Litana added but he decided not to say as the atmosphere is too much right now.
Cale coughed up blood again. He then started to bleed out once more.
Cale did not manage to say the remaining words out loud.
'Kill him.'
Stay by my side and kill him.
Only one being understood his words. The bottom of Cale's pants was getting wet by something other than blood even though it was not raining.
The existence that was wetting Cale's pants with his tears had understood Cale's words.
– I will kill him.
"They really understand each other well." Tboah Rosalyn said.
Ruuuumble.
The cloudy sky started to roar again.
The sword that was like a natural disaster.
Although Raon could not recreate that sword, Dragon could do something similar.
It was not hard to imitate it.
That was why he was a Dragon.
A storm.
Hail.
The Dragon started to use his powers to sweep everything away. The sky was starting to turn black.
At the same time, Raon, the young Dragon, recalled something he had heard from the ancient Dragon. He finally seemed to figure out why Cale was acting like this.
The ancient Dragon, Eruhaben, had casually said something while teaching Raon.
'Little kid, have you heard about the Dragon Slayers? They're called Dragon Catchers sometimes too.'
Raon had not liked that word at all. How dare they capture the great and mighty Dragons?
'Well, you will probably never have to deal with a Dragon Slayer trying to kill you. In fact, the Dragon Slayer would probably do all sorts of things to keep you alive.'
The ancient Dragon Eruhaben had thought that Cale had been a descendant of the Dragon Slayer household. He had not said that while imagining a day like today.
It was just common knowledge that he was sharing with Raon.
"Again, Eruhaben-nim I am not a dragon slayer and I did not have any connection about them." Tcf Cale said while Rok Soo and tboah Cale agreed immediately.
"Yes, Yes I know unlucky bastard." Tcf Eruhaben said.
'Dragon Slayers are unique individuals. They have overcome the limits of human beings. They are similar to nature.'
Humans who were similar to nature. Those words had made Raon respond back to Eruhaben.
'Our weak human is similar to nature as well!'
'That is why I'm saying that your weak human punk is a Dragon-! Well, I guess I should pretend not to know since he is trying to hide it.'
'What are you saying?'
'Nothing. Anyways, listen to me, little kid. If a Dragon Slayer comes after you, run.'
Raon had snorted at that warning, however, Eruhaben continued to speak in a serious tone.
'Those bastards are humans who grow by eating Dragons.'
Each Dragon had different colors and attributes. Dragons were said to be the closest existences to nature. They needed to eat Dragons in order to become more like nature.
'Young Dragons like you have to be especially careful. Your body has not grown up and you can't use Dragon's Breath. Well, you have the unlucky punk by your side, so you'll probably be fine growing up slowly.'
'There is no way the great and mighty me will get hurt!'
Eruhaben chuckled as he responded back.
'Little kid, there are no great and mighty existences in the world.'
Raon, the Black Dragon, finally realized that today.
'I am not great and mighty.
I am still far from it.'
Raon and the children keep on snuggling tcf Cale, Rok Soo, and tboah Cale as they did not what to see that condition of their father.
"That is right human I am still far away from being a great and mighty dragon," Raon said with a sad tone.
"Don't say that everyone is great and mighty at their own and don't belittle yourself Raon it is not good." Tcf Cale said while comforting Raon.
'Says the one who belittles himself and his health condition every time.' Tcf Alberu thought while looking at Raon and tcf Cale.
Raon looked at the hand that was holding onto his invisible paw. There was blood dripping from that hand. Raon put his emotions into his magic.
Drip, drip.
It started to rain.
The remaining wyverns continued to rush toward the silver shield. The Bears dodged the catapults and arrows as they charged toward the cracked castle walls.
The Tigers tried to hit the Bears from the back, however, there were at least ten Bears for each Tiger.
It was at that moment.
Rumble-
The rain started to change.
The rain turned into a storm and then into a hail storm as it started to roar.
Then a thunderbolt struck down from the sky.
Kiiiiiiiii-!
Tens, no, hundreds of thunderbolts fell toward the wyvern knights and the Bears. The thunderbolts aimed at the enemies without even a tiny bit of error.
These thunderbolts were like that sword from earlier, sharply trying to slash everything in their way.
However, there was a person who was able to easily slash away that storm and hail.
"This place is really fun. Is it a mage that is trying to copy me? Who is it?"
"You idiot! Mage really?! That is your guess? Now I see why you lost you useless piece of shit!" tcf White star shouted again.
"That is not a war between humans anymore or a war that can humans easily win with." Tboah Lock said.
"There no humans can handle this kind of fight at any rate." Tboah Rosalyn said.
The helmeted knight.
He licked his lips as he cut through the hail and thunderbolts and looked around. The ancient powers that Raon had felt earlier.
The power that reminded him of natural disasters.
The knight's sword that consisted of storms, hail, and volcanic eruptions easily handled the fake imitations.
The helmeted knight's gaze turned toward Choi Han. He chuckled while watching Choi Han spit out some blood. The black aura was rumbling in accordance with its owner's emotions.
The helmeted knight made eye contact with Choi Han.
"Maybe you'd have a chance if you had achieved pure darkness, but you are still far from it."
'What did he mean? It must be good if I ask my parallel self about this.' Tboah Choi Han thought while thinking about how he will approach his parallel self.
The knight lightly swung his sword. The back of his hand was slightly bleeding.
The black aura had caused this injury.
However, the helmeted knight showed no fear. The Dwarves' armor was protecting his body.
It was the creation of the Dwarves that wanted to kill Dragons.
After hearing this all of the dragons glared towards the direction of both White stars and start to emit their dragon fear. It is also disappeared immediately as Reid removed it.
It was good enough to be a Dragon Catcher's armor.
'I still can't lower my guard around him.'
Clang!
The two swords clashed again.
The black aura that suddenly appeared in front of him made a small cut on his left cheek. At the same time, his volcanic ancient power slammed down onto the black aura.
Baaaaang!
The noise was loud enough to drown out the thunderbolts.
"I told you, you can't win."
"Says the one who is now barely breathing," tcf White star said while looking at the separate space of Syrem like tcf Clopeh that has a different barrier around it.
The knight laughed and Choi Han clenched his teeth. Even Choi Han knew what the knight was trying to say.
'If I managed to complete it......!'
The black aura. It would have been a better battle if he had completed the darkness.
'Just what the hell is that sword?'
His aura could not win against the sword. It seemed to be at a completely different level. Choi Han stood on top of one of the few skeletons remaining as he tried to catch his breath.
He was having trouble breathing.
'He is strong.
He is stronger than me.
Tboah Choi Han grips his sword tightly as he heard that this knight is stronger than his other self that seems stronger than himself.
Just one step.
I could have defeated him if I took just one more step forward!'
"Huff, huff."
How long had it been since he had trouble breathing like this? He had not experienced this for over ten years.
Choi Han could not wipe away the blood that came out every time he took a breath.
After coughing up blood for the first time in a long time, it felt odd to him. He realized something at that moment.
Cale had always coughed up even more blood each time.
Most of the people from side B frowned at this statement even the Koreans knowing the nature of tcf Cale.
Choi Han started to frown.
This person is strong.
However, Choi Han did not have the thought of losing in his mind. Choi Han started to frown even more as the helmeted knight mockingly continued to speak.
"I came because they said that there was someone with ancient powers, but I didn't think he would cough up blood like they said he would. His body is weak. He doesn't have the plate to support it, but he still gathered ancient powers?" The knight's comments were making Choi Han angry.
"Nature allowed that punk to gain access to ancient powers?"
"He dares to mock my legend?!" tcf Clopeh suddenly shouted as a result some of the people jolted in shock. Tcf Clopeh is keeping himself quiet while repenting his sins by praying his own made prayer to his legend and suddenly shouted that everyone in the theater can hear.
The knight was speaking as if Cale had taken things that he should not have been allowed to take.
That was why Choi Han's mind was in a mess right now.
Honestly speaking, Cale Henituse was the one that the helmeted knight found to be the most interesting.
Only people who had nature's permission, the people with the plate to support them, could earn ancient powers.
Although the people of the world thought that you needed heaven's mandate to be lucky enough to find ancient powers, it was actually calculated by nature about who would get access to them.
That was why the knight could not believe that someone like Cale could have two ancient powers.
'Why someone with such a small plate?'
The power of wood and regeneration.
Those were the powers that the helmeted knight realized as he clashed against Cale's shield.
Choi Han was the person he found to be the second most interesting.
This was someone whose plate was almost as large as his own. He found it weird that nature did not bestow any ancient power onto Choi Han.
Choi Han charged toward the knight who seemed to be thinking about something else. The two of their swords clashed once again.
Baaaaang!
The vibrations from the clash destroyed the surrounding skeletons and shook the air.
The half-transparent sword and black aura were pushing against each other as the two men stared at one another. Choi Han could see the brown eyes behind the helmet. The helmeted knight started to smile.
'Danger.'
Choi Han tried to step back.
It had been a while since he had felt such a feeling.
It was something that reminded him of Eruhaben, the ancient Dragon. The helmeted knight's eyes looked deep into Choi Han's eyes. The knight then whispered to Choi Han.
"...You've also lived a long time."
"What?!" tboah Choi Han shouted while looking at tcf Choi Han that give him a nod.
Those words made Choi Han flinch.
'You too?'
That slight hesitation made the knight start to smile.
His arm started to move.
"Ugh!"
He had caught Choi Han by the neck. However, that was just the beginning. Mary's monsters quickly bit into the wyvern that the helmeted knight was riding on in order to help Choi Han out.
However, the knight stabbed his sword into Choi Han's shoulder.
It dug into the wound like hail, rushed at it like a storm, and burned at it like a volcano.
The helmeted knight started to smile while continuing to choke Choi Han. Choi Han looked pitiful as the knight continued to choke him.
"This was fun. It was worth coming out for the first time in a long time. I'm sure I'll see you again."
The knight chuckled while looking at Choi Han's frowning face. His face was full of anger and pain. The knight slowly let go while continuing to look at Choi Han.
However, he saw the emotion disappearing from Choi Han's face at that moment.
Grab.
The hand at the bottom of the stabbed shoulder grabbed the helmeted knight's hand. Choi Han's other hand then grabbed onto the sword stabbed in his shoulder.
It all happened in a moment.
Siiiiiizzle-
Choi Han's palm started to burn, as if he was touching lava.
Choi Han observed the helmeted knight with an emotionless expression for a split second.
This was Choi Han's real face.
Choi Han, who had flinched on purpose, showed his true expression.
His true expression was one of no expression. His face had stiffened up after living for so long, such that it showed no emotion.
"Vicious," Tcf Cale said without knowing that the others hear him.
"Cale-nim..." tcf Choi Han said with a look that is look like an abandoned puppy.
"Why he is staring at me like that?" tcf Cale said. Rok soo and tboah Cale that were near to him just shake their heads because of the denseness of their brother.
Kick.
Choi Han's foot kicked at the wyvern's neck.
He then jumped down with the helmeted knight and the sword in each of his hands.
The skeletons hesitated before quickly moving away. The wyvern that no longer had the knight was immediately hit with a thunderbolt.
Screeeech-! Boom!
The final wyvern fell to the ground.
The Dragon had killed the last wyvern. He then headed outside of the silver shield that he had created. The Dragon was the only one left in the air.
Choi Han was currently falling down together with the helmeted knight.
"Are you crazy?"
The helmeted knight kicked Choi Han and tried to move away. He then brought out even more of his ancient powers.
However, Choi Han's hand that was covered in black aura had no intentions of letting the ancient power sword go.
The helmeted knight was not worried about the fall. That wasn't the issue.
However, there was something that he was worried about.
Dead mana.
The antithesis of nature was gathering together in order to create a large orb.
There was a small monster skeleton at the center.
The helmeted knight started to frown at the power that was weaker than him but still continuing to gather together.
He felt it behind his back.
He felt a small arrow aiming for his back.
The necromancer was gathering her strength.
The dead mana surrounding the small monster was turning sharp like a sword.
There was also a power that was supporting the dead mana. It was the fake magic that was imitating his hail, storm, and volcano ancient powers.
The young Dragon remained invisible as he sent his powers to support the dead mana. The dead mana that had gathered together like a small sword had turned into an arrowhead, while Raon's powers turned it into a large arrow.
The helmeted knight could see the veins on Choi Han's hands that were holding onto him. He saw the will to never let go in Choi Han's eyes.
'I'll really get hurt like this.'
"What hurt?! Hahahahaha you are only breathing right now bastard! Hahahahahaha!!" tcf White star said while letting his frustration out by laughing.
The knight started to shout as he frowned.
"Are you crazy? I will not die if I get hit by that. Only you will die!"
The arrow was accurately aiming for the helmeted knight's back. It was slowly forming into a full arrow. That arrow looked as if it could easily pierce both the helmeted knight and Choi Han.
Choi Han, who was looking at the arrow, looked back toward the helmeted knight.
"I've been crazy for a long time."
He had already been crazy.
It happened a long long time ago.
He had gone crazy inside the Forest of Darkness. How could you not go crazy after living for tens of years on your own?
"Hyung..." tboah Lock looked at tboah Choi Han and hugged him and tboah Rosalyn immediately joined them.
"Don't worry Choi Han, I and Human will be by your side," Raon said.
"Us too! Right noona?" Hong said.
"My dongsaengs are right Choi han nya~" On said.
"Thank you," tcf Choi Han said to the children.
Choi Han did not like how relaxed this knight was. He needed to see this knight getting hurt in order to suppress some of his anger.
A smile slowly formed on his emotionless face.
It was because he was thankful that Mary had understood his intentions.
People definitely were stronger together.
Raon started to speak in Choi Han's mind at that moment.
– You will definitely not die. Stupid Choi Han.
The arrow then flew forward.
"...Son of a...!"
Another loud noise could be heard outside the Henituse territory along with the helmeted knight's shout.
Baaaaaang!
Cale snorted once more after seeing a blinding explosion occur once more.
"You unbelievable fools."
The Vitality of the Heart.
The ancient power was working to get rid of all the blood on his body.
Cale slowly started to stand up. He had not fallen just yet.
"Haa.... I can't understand you anymore Cale." Tcf Alberu said with a sigh of disappointment.
"What a cliffhanger." Tboah Bud said.
<" What? Do you want to continue?"> Reid asks.
"No, I think we need some break to process things and relax our mind a bit." Tboah Alberu said while his parallel self agreed to his statement.
<" Okay if you say so, Anyway, enjoy your break"> Reid said as he continue to leave to the pantry to get some new kinds of foods that he will eat later with his nephews.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Thank you for the concern everyone but I am okay. It is just that every update I release gave me a sense of accomplishment as I finish and update the new chapter. Sorry for the errors especially in terms of grammatical errors. Anyway, don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on the chapter. See you in the next update.
Chapter 13: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 5
Chapter Text
{ Hi guys! I just want to share that the story that made my heart pound so hard and give me some trauma is now updated!!! Cale freed himself finally and I just want to rant to those 2 motherf*ckung gods that did not even help Cale in his situation. Try it was so good that made you regret reading. Anyways enjoy today's update!!!}
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
CHAPTER 13: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 5
<" Let's immediately proceed to the last chapter of this battle and after that, we will react some light chapters for you to relax your mind. It can be also a chance to prepare yourself for the upcoming chapters. So, enjoy!"> Reid said. All of the people just nodded as if they can do anything about it, at least they can relax for a while after watching those battles back to back.
'It seems that they forget that I will return the part of the Fire of destruction. Oh, well it is not my fault if they did not remember anything.' Reid thought while staring at them.
Meanwhile, tcf Alberu sense something will definitely happen after this.
"I have a bad feeling about the next chapters that we will watch," tcf Alberu said to tboah Alberu that is now seating beside him as they talk about the plans for the future.
"Seems like your body automatically builds some danger sensor or something." Tboah Alberu jokingly said.
"Ha... I don't it is just I really had a bad feeling and I think tcf Cale is involved." Tcf Alberu while brushing the goosebumps that he has.
"Ha... I hope that you will survive handling him." Tboah Alberu said as he pats the shoulder of tcf Alberu.
"I also hope so," tcf Alberu said with a wary on his tone.
CHAPTER 13: HENITUSE TERRITORY WAR 5 (CHAPTER 200 THERE'S A DRAGON? 5)
"Grab onto the castle wall!"
The soldiers immediately grabbed onto the wall or flattened themselves against the floor after hearing the Count's shout.
The explosion shook the entire territory. Although the explosion took place in the sky, the aftershock was directly felt by the castle wall. Count Henituse subconsciously made a comment.
"...This is not a battle for humans."
"That was really not a battle for humans" tcf Bud while drinking his seventh bottle.
This war was not just for humans.
It had already gone beyond that level.
He then turned his head toward his son and his wife. He couldn't help but let out a gasp.
"...Ha-"
This gasp almost sounded like a laugh.
His son, who had gotten back up at some point, had created a small shield in order to protect the Countess, the doctor, and the priest. Count Henituse realized something at this moment.
'This is a war that is beyond the level of humans, and my son is at the center of this battle.'
Most of them did not know what they would feel hearing this. If they need to be happy, sad, grateful, fearful, and relieved at the scene that they seeing right now. Many emotions filled the theater as they don't know what would be the right expression or reaction at that time.
Seeing his son standing up and looking better made the Count's mind become complicated. He pushed off the wall in order to slowly get back up.
On the other hand, Cale had no idea what Count Henituse was thinking as he looked toward the burning darkness that flashed for a moment within the explosion.
"...What the hell is that?"
Cale, like most people with no martial arts training, did not have enhanced vision so he could not see anything properly.
What he saw was Choi Han's power.
It was his extremely slightly imperfect darkness.
It was absorbing the dead mana in order to explode.
Light and darkness had combined in order to cause that explosion. And then, remaining at the sight of that explosion...
Drip, drip.
Rain continued to fall.
The rain fell, not on the ground, but onto the bodies of the dead wyverns and Bears as it mixed with the blood.
Some of the people barf and some of them fainted already after seeing the current situation in the territory. Meanwhile, tcf White Star clicked his tongue as he remembered the idiotic actions of his subordinates.
Drip.
The dust that was in the air after the explosion was erased by the wind and the rain. Things finally became visible.
Crack, crack.
The helmeted knight's armor started to crack as pieces started to fall to the ground.
This was a set of armor made by a Dwarf that was trying to catch a Dragon.
That armor cracked before falling into the mud below.
"... You bastards......!"
The helmeted knight clenched his teeth and started to swear.
"...Ugh!"
He coughed up some blood as he stood back up. His red bloodshot eyes looked forward.
The White Tiger.
The White Tiger Gashan had used his incantations in order to protect someone.
He had protected Choi Han.
Choi Han was looking at the Dragon Slayer while holding on to the shoulder that was pierced by the ancient power sword. However, the Dragon Slayer was not looking back at him.
"Ha, haha-"
Choi Han could see that the helmeted knight was not injured even though he was coughing up blood.
That knight's armor was amazing.
However, Raon had destroyed that armor.
The knight's gaze turned extremely chilling. There were all sorts of natural disasters roaring inside of his body. They were starting to surround him, as if he had turned into the Dragon Slayer sword.
The knight started to laugh as he started to speak.
"...There is a Dragon here. There was a Dragon here."
"You only realize now? Do you use your brain or what? Oh! I forgot do you have any brain to use at all?!" tcf White star ranted.
Only a Dragon could destroy a Flame Dwarf tribe's item.
He had thought that it was just a talented mage who was imitating him.
"You are really an idiot" tcf White star added.
But now, he knew that a Dragon must be raising its arrogant head and looking at him from somewhere. It probably decided to lend its powers once in order to kill him.
The Dwarf had said the following before giving him the armor.
'This cannot defend against a Dragon's Breath, but it should be able to guard against an average adult Dragon's magic.'
'Even a Dragon Lord?'
'Why are you talking about something that does not exist? The Dragon Lord is the Emperor of Magic. It cannot defend against it. If there was a, 'real,' Dragon Lord, would we be doing this? This armor should manage to defend against an ancient Dragon's magic at least once as well. That is our limit.'
"What do you mean real dragon lord? I am still here you mere humans." Tcf Sherrit said.
The Dragon Slayer's instincts were telling him something.
An ancient Dragon or one that was beyond that level.
A Dragon with at least that level of magic was here.
'But isn't there only one ancient Dragon?'
He only knew about the ancient Dragon that was close to death.
Some people who knew the real situation of tcf Eruheben just glance at him and even some people from side A also glance in the direction of tboah Eruhaben.
'I will find a way to live Eruhaben-nim much longer. My children still need his guidance.' Tcf Cale though while smiling at tcf Eruhaben with his not usual scammer smile. At that moment tcf Eruhaben feels some goosebumps while looking at tcf Cale.
'That unlucky Bastard, what is he thinking right now that requires him to look at me with that smile.' Tcf Eruhaben thought.
'There is another ancient Dragon?'
"He, hehe."
He started to laugh.
'Those trash Dragon bastards.'
All of the Dragons from the theater release their dragon fear as soon as they see hear it. All of the people aside from tcf Cale trembled at the heavy atmosphere. Reid immediately removes the heavy atmosphere as soon as he sees that all of the people can't breathe normally anymore.
<" I know that you are all mad right now but in the tcf world he is now only barely living in the hands of tcf Cale so don't worry. Meanwhile, in the tboah he is still alive and you can all rage on him. Understand?"> Reid said while smiling with a gentle smile that you made think that he is angry right now.
The ancient Dragon probably watched these existences of nature fighting as it stood there with a haughty expression. Otherwise, there was no reason for it to step in right now.
If it had stepped in from the beginning, it would have used Dragon Fear and Dragon Breath in order to kill him.
It would have been easy since he was not complete yet.
"...Ugh."
The knight coughed up blood once again.
He had pulled the ancient power sword out of Choi Han in order to guard himself the moment the armor started to break, however, his internal organs were still shocked by Choi Han's aura and the dead mana explosion.
It felt as if all of his organs were twisting inside of his body.
He had not felt this for a long time.
'...Only if I had the crown!
That was the reason I had bowed my head to that crazy bastard in the first place!'
The knight thought about the reason he was not complete yet and started to grind his teeth. He felt a sense of disappointment. He could not be complete because some damn bastards had stolen the crown.
"And that bastard is me!" tcf Cale happily said.
While tcf white star gritted his teeth in frustration.
His body was close to its limit as the Sword of Disasters had been destroyed a couple of times as well. He could only use it once more in this battle.
His body, his plate, would not be able to support anything more.
Although he had one more power of the Dragon Catcher, that was a pitiful power that he did not need.
The Dominating Aura.
That laughable power that only a scammer would use did not meet the dignity of a Dragon Slayer.
The aura was an illusion without any real strength.
"If he sees it useless well for me that was so useful especially when I am talking to those old bastards." Tcf Cale said while some nobles in the room shivered at the statement of tcf Cale.
"So you are admitting you are a scammer?" tboah Alberu asks.
"Your Highness the Sun of Roan Kingdom this lowly subject of yours just admitting the fact that power is very useful to me but I did not admit that I did scam anyone." Tcf Cale said while smiling with his usual smile.
'He really scams people here and there' Tboah Alberu thought while his parallel self just nod at him thinking that tcf Alberu knows what is he thinking about. Tboah Alberu just sighs and is glad that he will not deal with this walking headache.
The helmeted knight made up his mind to definitely capture the bastards who had stolen the crown as he looked around.
"Vicious bastards."
Another arrow that was imitating his power was flying through the air. There was also the black aura.
And finally.
Plop, plop.
There were the dead wyvern and Bear corpses that were standing back up in the mud.
Behind them were the Tiger tribe with the White Tiger at the center, as well as the humans aiming their arrows and catapults at him.
The knight closed his eyes.
"...Looks like we lost."
Anybody could see that they had lost.
"Those f*cking Bastards!" tcf White star shouted that everyone just ignores.
Choi Han clenched his right hand even after seeing the knight smiling in pity. His left shoulder still had the wound from the Sword of Disasters. His left arm would have become useless if the knight had not pulled back the power in order to defend himself.
That was why Choi Han remained alert.
It was at that moment.
Plop.
The final piece of the armor fell to the ground.
The helmet finally fell.
The knight started to move just as his face was revealed to the world.
The powers that had been surrounding his body changed into the shape of a sharp blade. That blade was directed in a single location.
"Block it!"
The Tigers started to rush toward the knight at Gashan's command. Choi Han was already charging forward as well.
Kiiiiiiiii-!
The dead wyverns slowly started to move in order to block the knight's attack and hold him back. Even the dead Bears stepped through the mud as they charged against the knight.
They were chasing after the knight as if they had never been allies.
The dead wyverns and dead Bears frantically chased after the knight.
However, these dead creatures disappeared the moment they touched the ancient power surrounding the helmeted knight.
Nothing could stop the knight.
He continued to run without stopping.
He was heading for the castle wall.
To be more specific, he was heading toward Cale.
He then started to laugh.
"Pwahahaha, Hahaha! I knew it would be like this!"
The arrow in the air did not move.
The arrow that was imitating his natural disasters did not fly toward the castle wall.
Cale and the helmeted knight made eye contact.
The knight started to shout.
"You seem to be receiving a Dragon's protection!"
He already did not like how Cale was using ancient powers, but now, this human was even receiving a Dragon's protection!
He deserved to die.
"You are the one who will die. The one who dare to harm my children." Tcf Eruhaben said while tboah Eruhaben was shocked at the action of his parallel self that he is calling tcf Cale, and Raon as his children.
A deep hatred filled the helmeted knight's eyes. A power that was stronger than ever before surrounded his body.
"I will destroy you and this castle!"
The arrow that had been shining in the air suddenly disappeared.
Instead, Cale felt a small body grabbing his body.
Grab.
The invisible Raon stuck to Cale as if he was a shield. He opened his wings and hugged Cale, as if he was saying that he would receive the power of the disasters.
– I will not let go.
Cale felt Raon's body heat as he looked around. He then raised his hand to pat Raon's back.
Choi Han, who had been rushing toward them, suddenly flinched.
'Something is weird.
The fact that Cale-nim is this calm should mean that it is not very dangerous.'
"The fact that he is completely calm during this can really give some relief to your people." Tboah Litana said.
It was at that moment.
It was the moment that the helmeted knight jumped up in the air. It was the moment that the Sword of Disasters looked as if it would pierce through the castle wall.
The helmeted knight, Raon, and everybody else running toward him could hear the laughter.
Cale was laughing.
"He even has the time to laugh?!" Tcf White star shouted.
A calm voice started to come out of his mouth.
"I knew that those damn Bears were shrewd."
The knight's eyes slightly shook.
Cale had heard Mary's voice just a moment ago. Mary, who had been quietly standing there in her invisible state, had urgently spoken for the first time.
"The Bears I am not controlling are moving!"
Cale started to laugh.
He looked at the Bear corpses that were running toward them as if they were trying to stop the knight.
There were some alive Bears in the mix.
'A Bear pretended to be dead?'
Cale then moved his gaze toward the knight who was pretending to rush at him.
"That bastard is shrewd too."
He was pretending to charge at Cale as if he had given everything up. Yes, he was just pretending.
"...Oh, you knew about it?"
The knight started to smile.
The hatred disappeared from his eyes as if it had all been an act as he took a magic scroll out of his pocket.
The Bears also jumped up into the air and took out magic scrolls.
These were most likely teleportation scrolls.
The White Tiger Gashan started to shout.
"Catch them!"
Catch the Bears.
The Count shouted as well.
"Fire!"
The catapults and archers started to shoot toward the Bears.
"I may have lost, but I'm not ready to die just yet."
His snake-like face started to smile.
His face that was revealed after the helmet was destroyed looked like a snake. It looked like an imugi that had yet to become a Dragon.
"Imugi? Sir Reid what is an Imugi?" tcf Alberu asks.
<" Ah! The imugi is a creature from Korean legends. It is said that it can become a Dragon after living for 1,000 years and grabbing a cintamani. (A wish-fulfilling jewel in both Hindu and Buddhist traditions.). Those are from the world where the Koreans came from. Did it answer your question?"> Reid said.
"Yes, thank you." Tcf Alberu said.
Cale continued to laugh as he looked toward the one person who had understood his actions.
Choi Han.
He was the only one who realized something was weird while everybody else rushed toward Cale.
He was stepping onto the dead wyverns as he was rushing up into the air. It was almost in line with the knight's movements. He would be at the helmeted knight's level if he stepped on just one more dead wyvern.
Cale could feel Raon moving away from his body.
Raon's front paw started to create magic once again.
Choi Han jumped off the wyvern's head and flew toward the knight. The helmeted knight was still looking at Cale.
He did not waste these few seconds of time.
"You bastard who has received a Dragon's protection."
Riiiiiip-
The teleportation scroll was ripped and the knight's body started to disappear.
True anger could be seen through his smile.
A human who had received a Dragon's protection. This was someone who deserved to die.
The knight swung his Sword of Disasters toward Choi Han, who was flying toward him, as he continued to speak to Cale.
His body had almost disappeared.
"I will soon return to kill you, ugh!"
However, something got him before he could disappear.
The knight let out a moan and slowly lowered his head.
He could see what had hit him.
"...My sword?"
No. It was not his sword.
However, it was something that was similar to the Sword of Disasters.
He could feel storms, hail, and volcanoes in this sword.
It was fake, but it was very similar to his own.
The knight heard a young voice in his ear.
"You will die first."
He could not see anything.
Suddenly, two eyes appeared from out of nowhere.
They were dark blue eyes.
They had the distinct shape of Dragon's eyes and shone brightly.
Only these eyes appeared to greet the knight.
"Good job little kid" tcf Eruhaben said.
"Well I am a great and mighty dragon Goldie gramps and I will harm any humans that will try to harm my human," Raon said while snuggling to tcf Cale.
Crackle-
There was a spark and the knight's body started to teleport.
However, the sword that stabbed him was continuing to spin inside of his body.
The dark blue eyes were opened wide and did not let the enemy go.
"Ugh! Cough!"
The knight coughed up blood once again. Choi Han did not miss that moment. He used the moment that the Sword of Disasters weakened in order to cut the knight's arm off with his black aura.
Slash!
The removed arm became visible again and moved away from the influence of the magic. However, the knight did not have any time to focus on this.
The Sword of Disasters.
It returned and surrounded the knight's body.
It was able to destroy the fake sword made from magic.
However, Raon's magic had reached his heart.
The imitation magic sword turned into the shape of a Dragon's paw and clenched onto his heart.
"Oho~" tcf Rasheel was amused at how the young dragon tormented the knight.
Crackle.
The knight clenched the top of his heart. However, the power that was most similar to Dragons, the power that could only be handled by a Dragon's Breath or Dragon's body, the ancient power of disasters destroyed Raon's magic sword at that moment.
Clang-
The magic broke and a snake-like power came from the knight's stomach, around the spot where his dantian would be.
It was his other ancient power.
That finally started to move.
Cale suddenly got the chills.
"Ah?"
He heard Mary's shocked gasp at that moment.
At the same time, Cale could see the helmeted knight silently whistling.
'Perhaps?'
He heard Mary starting to shout.
"I, I can't control them!"
Cale could read the helmeted knight's lips.
'I told you I can't die yet.'
Choi Han lowered his head to see what was grabbing onto his ankles.
It was a wyvern corpse.
The wyverns were slaves to the Dragon Slayer even after death.
It could not get away at all.
The wyvern corpse started to shake and seemed to resemble boiling water. Cale immediately started to speak.
"Dodge it!"
'It's going to explode.'
"What?!" All of them was shocked except to the people who already witness it.
It looked as if it was about to explode. The wyverns had chased the helmeted knight to the castle wall. The castle wall and the Tigers would be in danger if they exploded.
He could not spread his shield all the way to the catapult and the archers. They would be unable to attack the Bears if he did so. There were many soldiers currently standing there on the castle wall as well.
Cale started to frown. This was the reason he hated wars.
"Who even loves wars, huh? Only a lunatic that enjoys killing people will enjoy and love wars. You know?" tcf Bud said meanwhile his friend tcf Glenn just smack the back of his head and said.
"Shut Up Bud!"
"Hahaha!"
The helmeted knight could not hold back his laughter. He found Cale's frown to be entertaining.
Crackle-
His body started to disappear.
He was aiming for this moment when Choi Han was being held back, Mary could not control the wyverns, and Cale had no energy left to use his ancient powers.
The Dragon also simply continued to use magic.
The helmeted knight was aiming for all of this.
Baaaaang!
One of the wyvern corpses exploded. That was the beginning. The people closest to the helmeted knight who were trying to escape with him were caught up in the explosion.
"Ahhh! Why are you doing this to us?!"
The dead wyvern's explosion did not differentiate between allies and enemies.
The Bears were getting killed by the explosions.
"Ahhhhh! Why is this happening?!"
"N, no! Ahhh!"
The Tigers retreated while looking at the Bears in shock.
'He's killing his own allies?'
"Oh my god!!" Most of them were shocked at the actions of the helmeted knight.
The knight was killing the wyverns and Bears in order to create an opening for him to escape.
Tens of wyverns started to explode at the same time. Cale urgently activated his shield to cover the soldiers.
The helmeted knight laughed while watching all of this.
He didn't know why nature allowed someone with such a weak plate to have ancient powers, however, ancient powers usually picked people like him as masters. That was why most average humans could only handle one ancient power.
'Weak bastard.'
There had to be a reason a shield ancient power had picked this punk as its master.
Everything in the world had a reason behind it.
The knight scoffed at the idiot who was overusing his power in order to save the soldiers rather than to catch him.
He raised his head one last time.
Screeeech-!
A shadow covered the ground near the castle wall.
Everyone had forgotten about this thing.
The 15 meter long white wyvern.
Even it could not go against it's master's orders as it dragged its injured body all the way to the wall.
The master then gave the order to the wyvern.
"Die."
Screeeech-
The wyvern screeched.
However, the animal that had lost its freedom had no choice but to obey.
The 15 meters long monster rushed toward the wall, to be more specific, toward Choi Han.
Boooooooom!
This wyvern was almost the size of a Dragon.
That large being charged at Choi Han, who had the highest chance of getting in it's master's way.
Cale finally started to speak. Choi Han's shoulder was already injured. Raon had no more methods to fight against the Dragon Slayer.
However, if it was against a Dragon Slayer that was trying to run away...
"Raon, help Choi Han."
Cale heard Gashan shouting next to him.
"Duck!"
Cale closed his eyes. A gust of wind brushed past him. It was the aftershock of the explosion.
* * *
All of them were shocked at how these scenes happened. They are all speechless at the battle that is currently happening in the Henituse territory that made them freeze at their seats.
Cale opened his eyes once the wind died down.
He could see the mess outside of the castle wall.
The trees, boulders, and everything else were destroyed.
All he could see in the muddy area were the corpses of the dead Bears and dead wyverns.
The Dragon Slayer was not there.
The ground started to move and the Tigers started to get back up. A transparent orb surrounding Choi Han slowly approached the castle wall.
Cale lifted his head up.
The clouds had disappeared, leaving behind a clear sky. A ray of light started to shine down on them.
"Cale-nim."
Cale looked toward Choi Han and started to speak.
"Did you leave a mark?"
It was the invisible Dragon, and not Choi Han, who responded to him.
– I did.
Cale started to walk. He was staggering after overusing his ancient power.
However, there was still something he had to do. Cale walked over until he was standing next to Count Deruth Henituse.
"Father."
Cale helped Count Deruth Henituse stand back up.
That action made the soldiers stand up as well. They all looked up at the sky.
The sky was clear without a single cloud.
The silver shield that had been protecting the soldiers was still there.
'I survived.'
That was the thought that was going through all of the soldiers' minds.
"Hu.... Thank goodness that they all survived." Tcf Litana said.
"I am sure that it does not take a day or two to spread the victory in the battle of Ubarr and Henituse territory." Tboah Alberu said.
"It really is. It was spreading along the western kingdom like a wildfire." Tcf Alberu said.
Click, click.
The citizens started to open their doors. They did not see the enemies anymore.
'They did it.'
The citizens realized that they had won.
"Father."
The Count knew that this was just the beginning.
He could see the fatigue on Cale's face.
Beeeeeeep-
His second son, Basen, was running toward them. There was a video communication device in his arms.
Basen started to shout.
"Enemy ships have been discovered at the first boundary of the northeastern ocean!"
Some of them are still in shock even though they already know what would be the result of that battle.
"They immediately move after that bastard get back to them." Tboah Choi Han said.
The Count's expression stiffened up.
The Indomitable Alliance was cutting through the still frozen shores in order to head southward.
They were aiming for the Roan Kingdom in a two-pronged attack by sea and air.
They probably had a much larger force coming via ships than via wyverns.
The Count subconsciously turned to look at Cale. He then flinched.
The Count could see that his son was smiling. Cale was hearing Raon's voice in his head.
"Who would never flinch if you see him smiling like that." Tcf Archie said while having an idea while tcf Cale is smiling.
– The trace of my magic headed to the northeastern ocean.
Raon had left his mark on the Dragon Slayer's heart.
Cale looked toward Choi Han and started to speak.
"Time to go hunting."
There were no citizens nor soldiers to protect over at the ocean.
Who cares if he was a Dragon Catcher?
It wouldn't matter if they beat him to death.
Cale calmly looked back toward Count Henituse and made an observation.
"The shield did not break."
The concerned expression on the Count's face slowly changed. The hand that was holding his son's hand was shaking. He just held his son's hand tighter instead of responding back.
Although Cale had not meant for it to happen, his words had still been conveyed to the entire kingdom through the video communication device in Basen's arms.
<" And that's it! Do you all enjoy those two battles? If yes then I am glad. For the next chapters, we will just react some light stuff to have a little more break from those events. After those videos will we proceed in the aftermath of the Ubarr Sea War. So, enjoy your break don't forget that the pantry is always open. I will leave you all for a moment and when I came back we will start immediately."> Reid said while smiling that can reach his ears.
'I will now prepare the video that was canceled last time, and I can't wait!' Reid thought while happily leaving the theater.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
HI!!!! I am here again, I finish now the Henituse battle, and based on what Reid said earlier you will now have an idea of what chapter they will be reacting to. For those who request some chapters, I think I will do it after finishing chapter 212. Just sit tight and enjoy!! Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on the chapter!! See you in the next update, everyone!!
Chapter 14: SPENDING MONEY LIKE A MADMAN 2
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yoosung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 14: SPENDING MONEY LIKE A MADMAN 2
As the Main scenario ended and giving the rewards to the incarnation whose participate Kim Dokja and company is now having a small meeting as always.
"Dokja-ssi, so what will we do now as the dokkaebi said we will wait for some days for the new scenario to start." Sang Ah said.
'How strange, this never happened in the novel, and what is the dokkaebi planning right now.' Dokja thought while thinking if bihyung can answer his question regarding to the current situation.
"Bihyung" Dokja said but their no response from the said dokkaebi.
"Bihyung" Dokja called him again but still no response.
"Bihyung?" Dokja called him again for the last time but unfortunately, there was still no answer.
Dokja said that they must because it is the only thing that they can do right now. As the moment he stands a bright light suddenly wrap and disappear.
"Dokja-ssi/Dokja/Hyung! /Oppa!" his companions shouted.
Not even a minute pass they also notice that the bright light that warps Dokja warp them also and drop at the unknown place.
Inside the theater, while both sides enjoying their break from the back-to-back war that they watch they notice that sudden bright light flash and drop some people. The Koreans notice their appearance, tcf Cale looks at Rok Soo if he knows them but Rok soo immediately shakes his head as a response.
Dokja looks around the place where the bright light drooped them, he notices that this room is full of strong intuition as his feelings tell them. He immediately starts to activate his status as The Demon King of Salvation.
All of them were shocked at the transformation that Dokja does Tcf Cale felt something weird he immediately protect his children, and both worlds of tcf and Tboah by activating the Dominating Aura and Blood drenched Rock. He is grateful to his uncle that he gives the item where the blood-drenched rock and annual rings of life are located. The atmosphere was already heavy as Dokja activated his skill but it immediately became heavier even for the dragons and both white stars to handle after tcf Cale activate his ancient powers.
Dokja felt fear even though he activate his skill even Joonghyuk also felt that. He felt that the person in front of him is now covered by blood even if it is not visible. As soon as he realizes their situation he is now concerned with his children as they cannot handle this pressure anymore. They did not realize that tcf Cale already made the whole theater dominated by his aura. Dokja felt that the atmosphere became heavier than before when he hear the person talk.
"Who are you?" tcf Cale said in a cold voice.
No one responds to his question.
"I don't like repeating myself. Who are you?" tcf Cale repeated his question while making his Aura a little heavier.
"K-kim Dokja" Dokja answered as he notice that the person in front of him made the atmosphere heavier again.
"Who brings all here, where you from are and what is your purpose doing here." Tcf Cale asks again in a cold voice.
"First, we did not who bring us here, it is just a bright light flashes to us and ended up us here. Second, we are from Korea and I think you have an idea where it is."Dokja said while looking at the Koreans in the room.
"Lastly, we don't know and we want also to know," Dokja said while looking at the person standing in front of him.
'Bright light? It seems it is doing of my uncle' tcf Cale thought. As soon as he realize it he immediately deactivate his ancient powers that allowed all of the affected may breathe normally again.
As Dokja feels that the atmosphere is light now he also removes his status. As he removes it he will now approach the man when suddenly.
<"My nephews!! Are you all okay?"> Reid asks.
"We are okay Uncle," tcf Cale said then Rok Soo and tboah Cale just nodded.
"Right, Human is right he protects us all even them," Raon said while pointing at the direction of side A.
"D-dragon?!" Jihye said.
<"Haaa..... That bastard I said that I will do it soon but he decide to bring them now."> Reid said.
"Uncle, does Chronos do this? It seems you no knowledge about this." Tcf Cale said.
<"Haaa.... Yes that bastard do it even though I know that this will happen but I have no idea that he bring them here already."> Reid said while massaging his temples while pointing to the direction of Dokja.
Dokja silently listened to the conversation of the two until a name suddenly caught his attention.
'Chronos? The God of Time? He is true?' Dokja thought. He thinks that he must ask Sooyoung or the sunfish about this. As he try to activate the midday tryst he notice that it cannot be activated.
<"Ah! If you notice the skill Midday Tryst cannot be activated inside my domain."> Reid casually said.
'His, domain?' Dokja thought.
Joonghyuk was now holding on to his sword and now ready to attack but he was stopped by the stare of the ancient dragons. He is starting to hesitate to move unlike before. While dokja asks why are they here.
"Um, Excuse me, But who are you? Where are we? Why are we here?" Dokja asks.
<" Ok, now let me explain the situation. You are all brought here by Chronos, The god of time." Reid said.
"God?!" Sooyoung said.
<" Now, now let me continue, I know that you know Secretive plotter right?" Reid said as he look at the newcomers.
'Secretive Plotter?' Dokja and Joonghyuk thought.
<" He is my friend and doesn't ask me how I even connected to that bastard. Moving on, he recommends your nebula participate in our activity. I already plan to include you all but I did not expect that Chronos will bring you all now here. He also inform me just know that made me back to this place as soon as I can because I don't want to imagine if you fight with my nephew and his people. That is the explanation for all this."> Reid said as he position himself on the sofa where his nephews are now sitting.
"So what will be doing here?" Joonghyuk asks.
'Wow, finally that sunfish speak Dokja thought.
"You see we are from different universes. I am from a universe where Korea also exists and they are from the fantasy world. They are just the same but they have a different fate. Side A has a tragic end but side B has a good end." Rok Soo said as he continue to story of their side with the help of tcf Cale also.
'It now explains everything.' Dokja thought.
"Ah! I forgot to introduce myself, I am Kim Rok Soo, that one who has a deal with the god." Rok Soo said while the faces of the companions of Dokja were still shocked that it was possible to make a deal with a god itself.
"He is Cale Henituse, the one who I dragged on my situation. He is also Cale Henituse but from the world, I came from, or let's say from my past." Rok Soo said while pointing in the direction of the two.
"Now Cale introduce your family, all of them okay?" Rok Soo said while smiling as he pass the responsibilities to tcf Cale.
"Haaa...... As you know I am Cale Henituse from side B and he is from side A. I will now introduce my people to all of you. You may notice that they have parallel self right? So now I will just introduce my people as they all the same." Tcf Cale said as he introduce all.
"Next is Eruhaben-nim, Mila-nim, Rasheel-nim, Dodori-nim, and Sherrit-nim the mother of my adopted child Raon. This is Raon, On, and Hong my children. Ah! These people are all dragons even Raon and these two are cats." Casually said.
"D-dragons?!" Sooyoung shouted.
'Damn they are different from the dragons that we all fought even the summoned of Yoosung and they can even slap Joonghyuk 100 times by their beauty even tcf Cale can slap him even more.' Dokja thought while admiring the dragons.
All of his companions are shocked at how tcf Cale casually dropping bombs here and there. They need to process things slowly for them to absorb them completely.
"Then the person who has a mask on his face is the one who wants to become a god that fights us, the White star," tcf Cale said pointing in the direction of the white star that did not notice it as he enjoy his time to relax.
"Ah! I already forget they are my ancient powers or the former owners of my powers. The indestructible Shield, Vitality of the Heart, sound of the wind, Dominating aura, Super rock, Sky eating water, Blood-Drenched Rock, and lastly my mother, Jour Thames the former owner of Annual rings of life." Tcf Cale said.
'What the! Who is he really? He can be a myth-grade constellation at this rate.' Dokja thought.
"Seems that all of your power is connected to nature," Joonghyuk said.
<" Now shall we continue what we are doing while explaining some things?"> Reid asks as the Cale's nodded and Dokja.
<" Now everyone I would like you to know the newcomers. Kim Dokja may do the honors?"> Reid said while smiling.
"I am Kim Dokja, Yoo Joonghyuk, Han Sooyoung, Yoo Sang Ah, Lee Jihye, Lee Hyunsung, Jung Heewon, Lee Gilyoung, and Shin Yoosung. We are from Korea and I know that the Korea that some of you know may be different from where we came." Dokja said.
Both Choi Han flinched as soon as they heard Korean and they thought if they are from the same but it was immediately clear that they are not from the same world.
<" As you know that Secretive Plotter has taken interest in you and thought that you need help."> Reid said.
"Help? We don't need it." Joonghyuk said.
'This bastard!' Dokja thought.
"What kind of help is that constellation will do?" Sooyoung said.
<" Well, you need to react to the world where Tcf Cale came from it is from their future. It is also possible that you may encounter what they will encounter there. Also, every time you finish a react you will receive coins. You receive information and coins and I receive your reaction. Win-win right? So what do you think?"> Reid said.
"That's all? The-" Dokja said but cut off by Joonghyuk.
"We said we don't!" Joonghyuk said.
<" Are you sure? It is just I don't want to know some people die again uselessly. I know who Kim Dokja is and his tendencies, I am sure you all did not want to experience it again do you?"> Reid said.
"Oho~ another unlucky bastard again I see," tcf Eruhaben said while thinking that this Dokja has some similarities to tcf Cale.
"Kim Dokja" Joonghyuk said while looking at Dokja for the final decision.
"Okay we will stay but what about our world?" Dokja said.
<" Don't worry about that, Chronos is the one who is responsible for that and he has already stopped the time of two worlds another one will not make any difference."> Reid said.
'As I thought' Dokja thought.
<" Now that we all know clear let's continue now. The newcomers may rest all you want there are some here and also in the pantry. You may sit behind my nephew and his friends."> Reid said while pointing where Dokja and his company will seat. They comfortably seat and enjoy the soft chairs that the theater has.
"Ahh!! I miss this kind of feeling." Sooyoung said.
As all of the people now back to their seats they immediately continue what they are doing.
<" Okay is everyone ready? I know that you are all still tired after watching the back-to-back battle so I prepared some good ones for all of us to enjoy."> Reid happily said as he prepare his newly cooked popcorn.
"Um, Sir Reid? What do you mean back to back battle?" Sang Ah asks.
<" Ah! They all watch the back-to-back war from tcf world that was led by tcf Cale and as result, they win those two."> Reid said.
"Can we also watch it?" Gilyoung asks.
<" It is fine for me but I will just give a copy for you all to see during the break. Is it okay?"> Reid said while looking at Gilyoung.
"It is okay for us Sir Reid," Dokja answered instead of Gilyoung.
<" If there are no other questions so let's continue what we canceled before."> Reid said while smiling.
Right after Reid talk the screen immediately flash the words that they never think that they will see ever again.
SPENDING LIKE A MAD MAN 2 (CHAPTER 274 – 276 A BEAUTIFUL NIGHT 3-5)
"Oh my god! There is a part 2? I hope that it was not my money anymore or else I will make you my prime minister." Tcf Alberu said while his parallel self look at him with pity.
While tcf Cale shivered at the thought of him becoming the prime minister and just pray for definitely not to gods maybe to the dragons that it was his highness money.
"Seeing the title it seems like it is fun," Sooyoung said.
"I feel that the money of our treasury will not be even compared to the young master Cale's wealth at all" tcf Valentino said as the other royalty also agreed to him.
There was someone raising his hand and calling him over.
– It is Goldie gramps! Our Goldie gramps really is good at being on time!
"It seems you will make some fun that night." Tcf Eruhaben said.
"It seems so Eruhaben-nim."
Eruhaben was in his human form while showing off his explosively handsome appearance. There was someone wearing a robe next to him.
"Yeah I agree, you are truly handsome Eruhaben-nim." Sang Ah said.
'That look can really make me look a squid and can slap Joonghyuk's face multiple times.' Dokja thought.
"Cale-nim."
Choi Han who had approached Cale at some point looked at the table and called out to Cale with concern.
"Choi Han, it's fine."
However, Cale calmly continued to speak.
"He's just in the process of dying. He's currently in pain as well."
"Who is he referring to?" tboah Alberu asks.
"...I understand."
Choi Han looked at the person next to Eruhaben after hearing Cale's response.
The Dragon half-blood.
"What dragon half-blood?!" All of the dragons in the room were enraged by the being that both white stars made.
Dokja Comp. was shocked at the actions of the dragons while the others is terrified at the current state of the dragons.
"Don't worry we defeat him and now he is now dying slowly." Tcf Cale said.
"What?! you manage to defeat that thing?" tboah Rasheel asks,
"Yes, we are with the help of the whales." Tcf Cale said.
'Whales?' Dokja said while looking at the good-looking people that dress in all blue.
'Damn the beauty of the fantasy world is no joke' Dokja thought.
"Crazy bastard" tcf Alberu said.
He was now human and had black hair and black eyes like Choi Han.
He seemed to be in pain from the clashing of darkness attribute and light attribute as his face was pale and his fingertips were shaking, but Choi Han was still not going to let his guard down just because of that.
"He is right and he will die slowly but painful." Tcf Sherrit said.
However, he still felt a bit sorry for the Dragon half-blood who was cautiously looking around the inn.
Anybody would be able to tell that he seemed to be amazed.
It was similar to how he had been when he first found Harris Village.
However, Choi Han erased that sorrow from his mind and did not forget about his most important mission as he coldly looked down at the Dragon half-blood.
On the other hand, there was someone looking at Cale with a shocked expression.
"You unlucky bastard."
"It's been a while, Eruhaben-nim."
"It seems that you miss him." Tboah Eruhaben said.
"Shut Up" tcf Eruhaben said.
'Ho!'
Eruhaben suppressed his flabbergastion as he petted On and Hong who were both on the table. How shocked had he been after the children had told him about what happened last night as well as from overhearing the people chatting at the tables?
'Does this bastard want to take over the world or does he just find joy in causing trouble?'
"What do you mean Eruhaben-nim I did not want to take over the world like some idiot." Tcf Cale said.
"What did you say?!" both white stars is raged after tcf Cale calling them an idiot.
'Does he really capable of doing it?' Dokja thought.
At this point, he could not tell whether Cale was unlucky or just enjoyed doing things like this.
Cale didn't care as he started to eat the soup and salad that Ron had brought over as he looked at the Dragon half-blood.
"Is it bearable?"
The Dragon half-blood responded to Cale's question.
"Yes."
"You are thoughtful about him young master after of what happened." Tcf Witira said while tcf Cale decide to just keep silent as he did not want to deal with them.
That was the end of their discussion.
Eruhaben clicked his tongue after seeing Cale seeing so uninterested after asking him to bring the Dragon half-blood here. It was hard to figure out what this unlucky bastard was thinking.
He felt that the words he used to describe Cale were continuing to grow, however, that didn't matter as asking the questions he had came first.
"What are you going to do with the money?"
"Haaa.... Please not do what I am thinking" tcf Alberu said.
The Cat children had proudly told Eruhaben about how Cale had become a thief of justice and looted the underworld.
Of course, Raon was babbling on in Eruhaben's mind right now as well.
– Goldie, did you hear? We took the first step to save Leeb-An City's underworld yesterday. My piggy bank is already half full! Let's go buy some apple pies later!
"What?! Why you conquer the underworld of the eastern continent?" tcf Bud said.
"Well, I think it seems fun so I think that it is the reason that I do it." Tcf Cale casually said.
"You are really a crazy bastard." Tcf Bud said while drinking his new batch of wine that no one knows where came from.
Raon was excited at how he was going to use that money.
Gathering money was fun, but spending money was great too.
– I'll buy you some too! I feel bad for you because they destroyed your home!
The ancient Dragon was flabbergasted, but it was obvious that he was enjoying it as the corners of his lips were twitching and going up.
Cale slowly responded to the ancient Dragon's question.
'What are you going to do with the money?'
The answer to that question had already been determined.
"I plan to strengthen it a bit."
"What will you strengthen?" Hyunsung asks.
"Just watch it seems fun I can feel it," Sooyoung said.
'I feel that he will strengthen me!' cheapskate thought.
The ancient Dragon, Dragon half-blood, sword master, and two Cats at the table all seemed confused at this answer. This was the same for the invisible Black Dragon as well.
Choi Han asked for everyone.
"What are you planning on strengthening?"
What did Cale have to strengthen?
'I heard that his current glass plate was the best that it would ever be.'
Cale continued to speak as the ancient Dragon and Choi Han had serious expressions on their faces.
"Ah, there's something. Throwing money away like last time."
"WHAT?!" All of them were shocked at what tcf Cale said.
'Throwing money like last time? Does he think money like some easy to dispose of thing?' Dokja thought.
All of them were flabbergasted at the thought of tcf Cale throwing money again and still can't process the things that they hear. Even the kids of Dokja were still shocked by what they heard.
"...Excuse me?"
"Meeeeeow?"
"Meeow?"
On and Hong were included in the confused individuals.
However, the pupils of the invisible six-years-old Dragon that nobody could see right now was shaking.
Raon recalled that shocking moment.
He remembered how Cale Henituse had laughed while throwing the silver coins into the lava.
"What?! Silver coins into the lava?" Dokja shouted.
"He is crazy!" Sooyoung said.
While Joonghyuk just keeping his composure even he is shocked at what tcf Cale do.
"Does silver is easy to get at their world that tcf Cale just throw them in the lava?" Yoosung asks.
As she asks he sees some people looking at her while shaking their heads.
As the others watched their reaction they just all thought
'We feel you all' all of the people inside the theater thought.
Raon was so shocked that he forgot to speak in Cale's mind and mumbled on top of the table.
It was quiet enough that nobody else could hear, however, the others at the table could still hear him.
The invisible Dragon took his piggy bank out of his spatial dimension and started to speak.
"...That-"
Throwing money away, that.
"...Is very exciting, but also extremely shocking."
"Even Raon-nim is shocked in the action of his guardian." Tcf Tasha said.
Raon had not forgotten the shock he received when he was just five-years-old.
As for Cale, the cheapskate Fire of Destruction was currently cheering loudly in his mind.
"Why would throwing money away be...?"
The ancient Dragon Eruhaben casually responded back to Raon.
"I threw away a lot of money when I was curious about the world too. It's a good experience to use as much money as you want as well."
"But now I think the money that I throw is just like some pocket change to him." Tboah Eruhaben said while tcf Eruhaben just nodded.
Cale was thinking that this calm ancient Dragon was probably no joke when he was younger as well.
Raon seemed to have snapped out of it as he started to speak in Cale's mind again.
– ...Oh Goldie, that's not it. Human! Goldie gramps doesn't seem to understand your shockingly exciting action!
Eruhaben then asked Cale a question.
"When will you do it?"
"Tonight."
"Tonight?"
Eruhaben thought Cale was going to spend a ton of money when he said that he was going to throw it away.
'Using money at night... Is he going to drink some expensive alcohol? I thought he was going to go buy a couple mountains or something.
I guess his scale is quite small when it comes to money.'
"Why would I buy a mountain that I will not use?" tcf Cale said.
"Well, I have no idea where you will use your money, unlucky bastard." Tcf Eruhaben said.
Eruhaben looked toward Cale as if this was unexpected. Cale touched his inner pocket as the others all stared at him. There was a bag inside that pocket.
– ...Hehe...It was two billion last time...This time it is five billion......!
"What?! 2 Billion Last time but now 5 Billion?! Why are you wasting such money?! Both Alberu shouted.
"Oh my god! That is a lot of money right master?" Jihye said.
"Is that the new hobby of extremely rich people in your world?" Heewon asks.
"No! Definitely No! He is the only one who will do that kind of thing." Tcf Bud said.
The cheapskate fiery thunderbolt remembered Cale talking to the crown prince about five million gallons last time. He recalled something else at the same time.
The Fire of Destruction asked Cale a question.
– But can you use the golden plaque in the Eastern continent?
"If you use again my money I swear I will make you my prime minister without any payment." Tcf Alberu said.
While tcf Cale just close his eyes and pray to the dragons that it was not his highness money.
"I think the eastern continent doesn't accept the golden plaque." Tcf Harold said.
"Huu... safe." Tcf Cale sighed in relief.
Cale had not yet used the golden plaque he had received from crown prince Alberu for his personal use. That was why the crown prince's five billion gallons was pretty much nonexistent right now.
The fiery thunderbolt who realized that slowly quieted down.
– ...I guess five billion gallons is not possible......
"Awww the cheapskate is now sad," Thief said.
He did not say anything else after that. It felt as if he was probably curled up in a corner somewhere.
However, Cale didn't care about that. He started to speak to the ancient Dragon and the others who were still looking at him.
"I plan to do it somewhere quiet."
Choi Han and On's expressions turned odd.
Eruhaben's expression started to turn weird as well.
At night and somewhere quiet.
This was a weird combination to throw away money.
"It was really weird right dokja-ssi?" Hyungsung said.
"Yeah, it is," Dokja said.
However, Cale did not give them any more time to ask questions. He finished the sausage Ron brought for him before getting up and looking toward someone.
"Let's talk for a bit."
Screeeech.
A chair pushed back and the Dragon half-blood got up from the seat.
He didn't look too good while standing up either. He was now weaker than the average human, however, the traces of his light attribute and Choi Han's darkness were still clashing in his body and causing him significant amounts of pain.
"Follow me."
Cale said that before heading to the third floor of the inn and the Dragon half-blood quietly followed behind. Raon was with the two of them.
* * *
"Sit."
Cale pointed to the chair across from him and the Dragon half-blood with an indifferent expression on his face.
It was a neat but luxurious room. This room at the end of the third-floor hallway was for Cale's personal use.
Cale nonchalantly commented to the Dragon half-blood who was looking at him.
"How many of Arm's battle brigades are left in the Eastern continent?"
The enemies just groan at what tcf Cale and the half-dragon bastard talking.
He got right down to business.
That action made the Dragon half-blood chuckle as he started to speak. Although his limbs were still shaking in pain, there was no such shaking in his speech.
"The second and third brigades are left. There were originally three brigades, but didn't you all destroy the first brigade?"
"You!!..... Haaa......After watching you obliterate the 300 ships in Open Ocean." Tcf Alberu said.
"What? You are capable of doing it?" Jihye asks.
"Yes, he is without damaging his forces." Tboah Alberu said.
"It seems that is a one-sided battle," Heewon said.
"Yes, it is." Tboah Rosalyn said.
"You should watch it I recommend it," tcf Alberu said.
The first brigade that was the strongest in Arm was destroyed by Cale's group when they were coming from the Eastern continent to the Western continent.
"What? They all lost?!" tcf White Star shouted in anger while tboah white star is happy that he will not deal with tcf Cale.
That was only possible because they were out in the ocean and had the Whale tribe helping them.
"Whale tribe?" Joonghyuk said.
<" There is some tribe in their world. The side of tcf Cale has Elves, dark elves, Whale tribe, Blue wolf tribe, 2 fog cat tribe, Tiger tribe, another type of dwarf tribe, and 1 dwarf rat tribe. As for the side of the white star, he has Lion tribe, bear tribe, dark elves, vampires, and fog cat tribe."> Reid said.
"That many?" Sooyoung asks.
"Yes that many and the center of those are tcf White star and young master Cale." Tcf Alberu said.
"If it is okay may I know who really tcf Cale is?" Sang Ah asks.
<" He is the current commander of the allied forces of the western continent and northeastern region of Roan Kingdom."> Reid said.
"Wow, he is a commander," Jihye said.
Now that they know this they also notice how tcf Cale dresses and seems it was his commander uniform.
"Did he make all the kingdom and tribes in the western continent cooperate? That was no easy feat." Dokja honestly said.
"Yes, he just do that." Tcf Alberu said.
"I did not do it intentionally thought it is just happening." Tcf Cale said as he try to correct them but failed.
The Dragon half-blood now knew that the ones who did that were Cale's group, however, Arm still did not know the people behind the attack.
"They are at the disadvantage side it seems," Sooyoung said.
Cale did not respond to the Dragon half-blood's question as he tapped on the armrest of the chair.
Tap. Tap. Tap.
The finger that was tapping in rhythm stopped at the Dragon half-blood's question.
"Will you kill the second and third brigades as well?"
Everyone is now quiet as they wait for the response of tcf Cale.
Although he had an indifferent expression on his face, the Dragon half-blood was quite curious about Cale's plans. Cale indifferently responded back.
"Who knows?"
"Haaa... saying like that is like you will do it," Dokja said.
Cale sat up a bit and leaned his body forward. He then looked at the Dragon half-blood on the other side of the table and continued to speak.
"Hypothetically speaking..."
Cale started to imagine a situation.
"...It'll be really difficult even with a lot of people if you don't have money or a home, right?"
If Arm lost their base and their money there disappeared...Then how and where would all those battle brigades and regular members eat and sleep?
"And if the mercenaries are chasing them around...It'll be really hard, especially if they don't have any money or a base right?"
The corners of Cale's lips were slowly going up.
"The way he plans all of this is ridiculous even it is still hypothetical because we know that he is capable of doing it." Tcf Bud said while some of them just agree with him.
"Then the Eastern continent's Arm would want to ask the Western continent for help. But as you know, the Western continent's Empire, Arm, and the Alchemists' Bell Tower are all in the middle of a war and unable to help. Then it'll be really hard for the Eastern continent's Arm. Don't you agree?"
"I think that it is also this bastard doing," tcf White star said. While everyone is shocked at how tcf Cale controlled every possible situation.
"He seems the type of person that always plans ahead of time with the advantages on his hand," Joonghyuk said.
Cale frowned as if he felt sorry for Arm as he continued to speak.
"And then if people are going around saying, 'we are the 'Real Arm!' and destroying the Mercenaries Guilds around the continent that are said to be corrupt, as well as rotten thugs in the underworld, they'll be really angry, right?"
"You! While doing some shits in the western you also targeting the eastern continent?" tcf White star said.
Everyone shuddered at how strong tcf Cale's people were that they have time-making troubles on the eastern continent.
"Your forces are large enough to make those troubles huh," Joonghyuk said.
The Dragon half-blood's expression turned odd.
He tried to piece together what Cale had just said. Wasn't he just saying that he was going to get rid of Arm as well as the corrupt Mercenaries Guild and the underworld?
The Dragon half-blood honestly answered back.
"...Are you trying to do something good?"
"What nonsense are you saying now?"
"What good? I was trash remember?" tcf Cale said while the others just sighed at the reaction of the oblivious tcf Cale. While Dokja and Comp. were just dumbfounded on what they heard from tcf Cale.
Cale was honestly shocked. He looked at the Dragon half-blood who still had an odd expression on his face and continued to speak as if he was frustrated.
"Do you know what bad guys hate the most? That's what I'm trying to do."
'What bad guys hate the most?'
The Dragon half-blood tried to think about what the opposite of bad was. The only thing he could come up with was, 'good.' Wouldn't bad guys hate something that was the opposite of them?
"Is that why you are trying to do something good?"
"Haaaaa."
Cale let out a sigh. He thought that the Dragon half-blood was kind of airheaded as he started to speak again.
"Bad guys don't care whether other people are good or bad, nor if they do charity work or not."
'Look at the world.
Bad guys don't care what other people do.'
"They just get angry if they get things stolen from them."
"Aaaahhhh... it is truly made bad people hate but will make young master happy." Tcf Rosalyn said while looking at tcf Cale.
The more they loot corrupt Mercenaries Guilds, there will be an increasing number of corrupt people getting angry. That was the case for the underworld and Arm as well.
They will get angrier as they lose things one by one to the point where they are afraid by the end.
That was why Cale created a plan like this.
The, 'Real Arm,' will start to take things that belong to Arm one by one.
"F*ck!" tcf White star can't help to just swear at what he currently sees.
Although Cale did not say this out loud, the Dragon half-blood who had a decent idea asked Cale a question. His expression was serious to the point that his pain was not showing. That was similar to how his mind was right now.
"...What do you need me to do?"
Six months.
What did he need to do for these next six months?
That was the most important question for the Dragon half-blood. He was waiting for Cale's response. The response came almost immediately.
"Rest."
"What?"
The Dragon half-blood wondered what Cale was talking about. However, Cale continued to speak.
"Do whatever it is you want to do. Of course, it will be under supervision. You will not have complete freedom."
Cale was planning on keeping the Dragon half-blood under thorough watch.
This punk was different than the sword master Hannah.
Hannah had become enemies with Arm and the Empire and they wanted to kill her, however, that was not the case for the Dragon half-blood. In fact, he was someone that Arm would want to look for, that was why he had somewhere to return to even if he didn't stay in Cale's territory like this. That was why Cale had to restrict his freedom more than he did for Hannah.
"Ahhh so that is the reason why you keep him, young master." Tcf Rosalyn said.
Cale did not know about the chaos that was going on in the Dragon half-blood's mind right now as he said what came to his mind to the person blankly staring at him.
"Ah, and there is no such thing as free."
"Right especially from that person," Soo-hyuk said.
"I agree he is the most grumpy person when doing some free things but most happy when he received free things." Jung Soo added which made tcf Alberu agree.
Why would Cale take care of him for free?
"I know you are in pain. You can still work here."
"...Work?"
The Dragon half-blood was honestly confused.
He was thinking about what he could do for work here. He recalled the first floor of the inn he was just at. It was a space full of regular people and busy workers.
It was a place that was always loud and where the fragrance of delicious food that was made for breakfast brushed past his nostrils. It was extremely bright compared to the dark cave.
But nobody had looked at him even though he was sitting there.
He slowly opened his mouth to speak and looked at Cale.
"Do you mean working at the inn?"
"Yes. Nothing in life is free."
Of course, Cale was planning on telling Ron to give the Dragon half-blood a task he could complete even with his painful body.
'Ron will give him the right tasks.'
He'll probably hand him a task like folding napkins. You can't have someone who feels pain every few seconds clean or serve dishes.
It'll also be annoying if he suddenly fainted in front of a guest.
"You're an adult as well, so you need to pay for your meals."
'...Pay for your meals.'
"Ahh!" Choi Han reacted after remembering how he and tcf Cale met. As he remembered it made him smile slightly.
The Dragon half-blood thought about that statement. It sounded weird to him for some reason.
'I'm going to work in that inn? I'm going to work with other people?'
He felt that it was extremely weird.
He was already in pain every few seconds because of Choi Han's attack, but Cale was now saying that he was going to work. Why did he have such complicated thoughts right now?
He recalled the sight of the peaceful inn.
Cale just continued to say what he needed to say as the Dragon half-blood was going through all of that. He didn't see a reason to carefully explain things to the Dragon half-blood as he did for Choi Han, Raon, and the others.
"Ah, I'm also going to ask Eruhaben-nim to dye your hair. We can't let you be spotted by Arm. Is there a color you want?"
"A color I want?"
"Yes."
The Dragon half-blood's gaze headed toward Cale's red hair.
The White Star that he had called father. Cale Henituse, whom he had thought was a half-blood like himself. The Dragon half-blood thought about the two of them as he sat there in silence. Cale had no intentions of waiting for him as he continued to speak.
"Let Eruhaben-nim know once you have decided."
He then got down to the most important business.
"Rest a bit and then we will go attack Arm when I call you again."
There was no smile on Cale's face. The Dragon half-blood's expression stiffened as well. Cale asked him another question.
"How many central bases does Arm have?"
There was no need to know about all of Arm's numerous branches.
All of that information was gathered at the center. He just needed to know where those were. The place where information gathers is where the flow of the organization could be found as well.
The Dragon half-blood knew where those locations were.
"There are two places."
Cale was waiting for the Dragon half-blood to continue, and the Dragon half-blood continued with an odd expression on his face.
"Your subordinate will know a lot about one of those places."
"...My subordinate?"
"Yes. Your subordinate, Ron Molan."
"Oho~" both Ron was amused at the dragon half-blood.
Meanwhile, all of the Dokja and Comp. shivered as they hear the butler.
"I feel like he is an assassin my guts as an author saying that was the case," Sooyoung said.
"Shut Up! I don't want them to know that we are talking at them right now." Dokja said.
Cale blinked.
The Dragon half-blood calmly continued on.
"I was shocked after seeing him in the inn. Although I had not ever seen him in person, his appearance was important to Arm leaders fifteen years ago. The branch managers and red stars who have been around for more than fifteen years would know of him."
Of the five households that controlled the Eastern continent's underworld, Ron and Beacrox were the only head and heir that managed to escape.
Their household was also one that was talented in gathering information and assassinations.
Arm searched the entire Eastern continent for the head and heir that escaped, however, they did not manage to locate them. Fifteen years later, they weren't trying very hard to find them anymore.
However, the Dragon half-blood remembered how Arm had acted in their search for Ron Molan fifteen years ago.
Ron was important to Arm.
"Ron Molan, the Molan household's territory is one of our central bases."
"See! My guts being an author never failed me!" Sooyoung said.
"They are vicious tcf Cale and all of his people are vicious," Dokja said while thinking how he would protect his company if they just attack them earlier.
The Molan household was known as the Eastern continent's greatest family for stealth and information. That household's territory was naturally a fortress. Arm had done some modifications as soon as they got their hands on it and made it one of their central bases.
Cale subconsciously mumbled.
"...This is driving me nuts."
He had thought that the Empire business was urgent and that this side was more relaxed, however, that was not the case.
There were mountains of old business to cut off here.
"It seems that our revenge will now take place." Tcf Ron said.
"Yes, father I think that was the case" Tcf Beacrox followed.
'Raon, Choi Han, Ron, Lock, On, Hong-'
Cale thought about the many things he needed to cut off and then connect back together. Of course, his life was still the most important.
That was why he said the following to the Dragon half-blood.
"You can head out now. I've said all that I needed to say."
Cale decided to take care of what he needed to do first.
Just like how the flap of a butterfly's wings can cause a storm somewhere else, you could cause a giant storm if you took things step by step.
The people who did not see the butterfly might think that the storm came out of nowhere, however, the butterfly can anticipate a storm from the moment it flaps its wings.
Cale was flapping his wings again in order to draw out one of these anticipated events into the world.
The results of that would appear that night.
"Vicious people" Dokja mumbled.
"Oh! Did you say something?" tcf Cale who heard him ask.
"Ahh!!! No no, I was just talking to her" Dokja said while nudging the elbow of Sooyoung that was not even responding to him
"Okay, if you say so," tcf Cale said as he look again at the screen.
* * *
Eruhaben raised his head while Choi Han, On, and Hong remained silent.
Shaaaaaaa-
The night wind was blowing past them.
They were currently at the Grey Eye Forest.
The ancient Dragon was looking up at the night sky that had stars but no moon as it was the night of the new moon before lowering his head to look back at the place where Cale had earned the Sky Eating Water.
He could see the large lake that looked like a human eye.
The water that used to be grey was now normal in color such that even the stars could be reflected off of it. Cale was standing by that lake. Raon was flying around in nervousness around him.
The ancient Dragon started to speak as he watched the two of them.
"...I thought you were throwing money away?"
Cale continued to walk toward the large lake with the others behind him.
"Yes, I will throw money away."
"Um... are you really throwing money is it like a waste of money doing that?" Sang Ah asks.
"I don't think so because if my future self does this there will be a big benefit for me." Tcf Cale said.
"He is right even if I don't want to agree. He is a type of person that will only do like that if he will have benefits on it." Tcf Alberu said.
He had a calm expression on his face.
However, Eruhaben, Choi Han, On, and Hong could not help but be confused. Raon shouted to Cale at that moment.
"...Human! Let me know if you need my piggy bank! I can give it to you at any moment!"
"Don't worry I would not get your money." Tcf Cale said while patting the head of Raon.
Splash.
The water in the lake hit Cale's shoe and made a noise. The tip of Cale's foot was now touching the water. He could hear Eruhaben's pressing tone.
"Are you throwing money into the lake?"
It sounded unbelievably weird.
"Really weird," Heewon said.
"Well, I already see enough of his weird actions so I am sure that I will be not shocked anymore." Tcf Bud said.
"Didn't you say you were going to strengthen something? You're going to strengthen something by throwing money into the lake? There's no way humans who possessed powers of nature would give you such a trial!"
"Is there such thing as that? I also possess ancient power but I can't do that." Tbaoh Bud said.
"Yes, there is Eruhaben-nim and Bud I don't why sucks for being you." Tcf Cale said.
Eruhaben could see Cale turning around.
Someone was rambling loudly in Cale's mind right now.
– Finally......! Finally! Ahh, ah- finally another chance at a happy moment that I would happily die again for!
"Even your fire ancient power is excited about what he would do." Tboah Rosalyn said.
'He's so crazy.'
"Says who throw a lot of money in a lava." Tcf Alberu said.
Cale ignored the fiery thunderbolt and started to speak.
"Why would I throw money into the lake?"
"What? Then where will you throw it?"
"Huh? I thought Cale-ssi will throw money in the lake." Hyunsung said.
Eruhaben started to speak again. He had calmed down a bit.
"Are you planning on using all of the money you earned from the underworld? There's no way an ancient power would give you a trial like that, so tell me what is going on. I will help you. I have a lot of money as well."
"I'm not sure."
"Underworld? Young Master what kind of business are doing in the eastern continent underworld?" tcf Ron said with his benign smile and because of this, some people shivered at the statement of the assassin.
'Vicious old man' tcf Cale thought.
"Just making troubles here and there I think?" tcf Cale answered tcf, Ron.
"As I said earlier I think my money will be just pocket change for him," tcf Eruahben said.
'How much money does he have that a dragon considered his money as s pocket change for him?' Dokja thought while waiting for the next of tcf Cale.
Cale shrugged his shoulders and took a small item out of his pocket. He had no hesitations as his instincts were telling him that strengthening this ancient power would not affect his plate.
A small magic bag appeared on top of his hand.
The only one to recognize that item was next to him.
"H, human! T, that is...!"
Raon was shocked.
Raon knew about that bag.
It was last seen at the VVIP auction in the Caro Kingdom.
"What did you do to the auction house young master?" tcf Valentino said.
"I just have fun your highness and it is really worth it, don't worry." Tcf Cale said
It was used to trade with the bishop of the Caro Kingdom's Church of the Sun God.
"What?" tboah Hannah said.
Cale and the bishop had conducted their own auction with the jewel called the Night's Exultation.
"Hmmmm? Young master Cale the church did not scam you right?" tcf Hannah said.
"Just watch and you will see," tcf Cale said.
'15. However, it is impossible to give you anything more than 10 billion today.'
Cale had asked, and the bishop had responded.
'How much?'
'20.'
'How much?'
'22.'
Cale had said one last thing when the bishop called out 22 billion.
'23.'
'...You bastard.'
"Crazy Bastard," both Alberu said.
"Hahahaahahahahahaha you scam the church Hahahahahaha I did even think there is a people who brave enough to scam a church." Tcf Hannah said.
"Well, now you know that there is someone brave enough to scam the church. Also, he gets 23 billion for just one thing." Tcf Bud said.
"Even if I can't do that, especially to a church," Dokja said while thinking if tcf Cale does any have conscience scamming the church.
The Night's Exultation had been sold for 23 billion counds. The bishop had thrown him a small money bag. It was a bag with spatial dimension magic on it.
'Here. 10 billion counds.'
The bag with 10 billion counds had appeared in front of Raon's eyes again.
Cale had given the pouch to Billos in order to purchase the, 'Wolf King's diary.' Naturally, that item that was no more than a relic of a Beast person to other people and thus would not cost the entire 10 billion counds.
"What? Wolf King's Diary?" tboah Lock said.
"Yes, it was in the current possession of lock." Tcf Cale said.
It was much cheaper.
"Cheaper? Young master Cale how much would you think to consider a thing expensive?" tcf Witira asks even she is a royalty of their tribe it was still a big amount.
"I don't know" tcf Cale casually said.
Thanks to that, the Wolf King's diary as well as the remaining money was returned to Cale. Cale had put a portion of the money he got from the Singten Merchant Guild's guild leader for selling the Determination of Fire into this bag as well.
"You even scam the Merchant guild from Empire?" tcf Adin said.
"Just how big are your connections?" tboah Bud asks that tcf Cale did not answer.
For reference, the Determination of Fire was sold to the Singten Merchant Guild's guild leader Plavin Singten for 30 billion counds.
'30 billion counds.'
'W, what crazy nonsense!'
"30 Billion counds? For the Determination of Fire only? You really sweep out their money just like that." Tcf Alberu said.
Cale recalled the shocked expression on the face of the Singten Merchant Guild's guild leader. Just a small portion of that money was in this bag.
The money earned from both the bishop of the Church of the Sun God and the Empire's Singten Merchant Guild was gathered together in this bag.
"He will not throw that all right Hyung?" Gilyoung asks.
"I will just wish that he would not," Yoosung said.
The young Dragon's pupils were fervently shaking. He subconsciously shouted out.
"...That bag is a t, ten billion cound bag! T, this is shocking!"
"Even the little kid was shocked at your actions," tcf Eruhaben said.
Silence filled the area.
Forget Choi Han, On, and Hong, but even Eruhaben could not say anything this time.
"Who will even dare to talk after hearing how much does that bag contain," Sooyoung said.
Shaaaaaaa-
The moment a gust of wind brushed past them, Cale also took out Raon's special potato sack. The way he took things out one by one made Eruhaben let out a comment.
"This crazy bastard."
It was at that moment.
Oooooooong-
Eruhaben's expression changed.
The ground started to rumble.
He could also feel the power of nature.
It was the most destructive of natural powers, something that could even destroy itself.
"...Fire."
He could feel the power of fire.
The cheapskate shouted in Cale's mind at that moment.
– You're crazy! 10 billion! 10 billion! 10 billion!
"Yes he is crazy for thinking throwing all 10 Billion," Heewon said.
The Fire of Destruction, that cheapskate fiery thunderbolt, had heard what Raon had just said. Cale could feel the power of fire running wild inside of his body.
– 10 billion! Ahahahahaha, ten billion! Ahehehehehehe!
Cale hesitated for a moment.
'...Did he go nuts?'
"You really need to ask that? Are you even sane asking that to him?" tcf Alberu said.
The fiery thunderbolt seemed to be slightly, no, extremely excited.
It was the moment Cale's expression turned odd. He heard the Super Rock's voice for the first time in a while.
– This is bad.
The Super Rock continued to speak in a concerned voice.
– The power that burned the North will appear again.
"What?! Oh no the World Tree might be in danger again" tcf Adite said.
While tcf Cale just looks at Cheapskate while smiling. The cheapskate notice tcf Cale smiling and he also just give him a reply of a loud laugh.
The Super Rock described the current situation in a few words.
– It's the second coming of a disaster.
Everyone just feels frightened after hearing the comment of the most rational ancient power of Tcf Cale.
'...Disaster?'
Cale flinched as he looked down.
Boooooooom-
An incomparable rumbling was shooting out from the ground. Cale could feel the wild fire inside of his body.
Fire was weak against water.
However, this fire had fought against the Sky Eating Water which was so strong that a god had to suppress it.
Fire was not weak.
It symbolized the thing that was in its full name. Destruction.
– Ahahahahahahaha! It's a party, a grand old party! I'll burn everything!
Cale frowned because the fiery thunderbolt was too loud before opening his eyes wide.
"...Shit!"
The eye-like lake.
That lake was starting to change.
Siiiiiizzle-
The water that filled the lake quickly evaporated and the bottom of the lake cracked open. Red fluids started to shoot out from those cracks.
– It's a party, a grand old party!
The Fire of Destruction was figuratively jumping up and down in joy.
The bottom of the lake that was revealed was starting to rumble and crack as if an earthquake was happening underneath it.
"What the....."Some bystander said.
"I think it is really the second coming of disaster." Tboah Eruhaben said.
Craaaaaaack-!
A red fluid similar to the lava that Cale had seen on top of the Ten Finger Mountains was coming out of the ground while looking as if it could melt anything in its way.
Cale shouted at the group the moment he saw the fluid.
"Everybody dodge!"
Someone shouted in response.
"Flight!"
Choi Han, On, and Hong's bodies shot up into the air. Eruhaben had used flight magic on them. However, Choi Han was looking down even as his body flew up.
"This-"
The moment the red fluid that reminded him of hell appeared at the bottom of the lake, it shot up as if it wanted to eat up the sky.
Chhhhhhhhhhhh!
It was as if a downpour was coming from the ground as that red fluid continued to shoot up.
The ground was shaking.
The ground at the bottom of the lake started to crumble as if it could not handle this red fluid.
It shot up similar to the pillar of fire that Choi Han had seen many times already.
"Cale-nim!"
It turned into a tsunami and rushed toward Cale.
Cale watched the fire heading toward him and started to think.
'Fuck.'
"For f*cking sake, I did not make a deal with that f*cking God for you to just die!" Rok Soo said.
'What? Did he even realize that he is cursing and more or less a God?!' Dokja thought.
"You realize that you are cursing a God right? Jihye asks.
"Ah! Never mind that he deserves it though." Tcf Cale said while the others is agreeing with his statement.
'Vicious people' Dokja thought.
"You are right young master Cale he is pathetic" tcf Cage said.
"You are a priestess of that God right?" Sang Ah asks.
"Yes you are right but I already excommunicated but he still bothering me." Tcf Cage said.
'They even thought that God is pathetic and troublesome?' Dokja thought.
He thought that he made the wrong decision.
-Ahahahahahahaha, kek, hahahahahaha!
He probably shouldn't have touched this crazy fiery thunderbolt that was laughing so hard that he choked.
Cale watched the lava approach him as he stood there with the money bag in one hand and a shocked expression on his face.
Cale heard the voice of a woman in his head at that moment.
– Fly up.
'...Huh?'
Cale flinched.
Cale had heard this voice only once before.
The Sound of the Wind.
It was the voice of the thief from when he earned that ancient power.
The person who had only communicated by creating small whirlwinds to guide him toward divine items had revealed her presence for the first time since Cale obtained her.
"It seems that you are partners in crime," Sooyoung said.
The woman who had escaped with a divine item, the thief who had lost her freedom and died underwater, was speaking.
– The wind is what knows fire the best.
"To think that all of the ancient powers of Young Master Cale is connected." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"Well, Cale-nim is special after all." Tcf Choi Han said.
'Me? Special what is he talking about?' tcf Cale thought while looking at tcf Choi Han with shock on his face, while tcf Choi Han just smiled at him.
Fire and wind could not be separated.
They wrapped around each other in order to create an even greater disaster.
Cael could feel the wind that appeared by his feet on its own. The wind appeared the moment the fire was about to get stronger. Cale found this to be odd, but he still stomped his feet and kicked off the ground.
Cale shot up into the air with the wind.
Boooooooom!
The ground that he just flew off of was now covered in lava.
The lava seemed to not be satisfied with just gulping up the lake, as it continued to gulp up the surrounding area.
It quickly continued to grow its territory until it ran into the barrier the ancient Dragon Olienne had left behind.
"What even the shield of a great dragon can be destroyed by that power easily?" some elves said.
Baaaaang!
Baaaaang!
Vines appeared out of the barrier to fight off the lava. However, the lava easily ate up the vines.
It melted everything.
"...I didn't expect it to be such a strong power."
"We also thought that Eruhaben-nim that Cale-nim has a kind of strong power even though we already see him using it." Tcf Choi Han said.
Eruhaben was at a loss for words.
Eruhaben had reactivated Olienne's barrier that he had broken in order to bring Cale here last time as soon as they returned to the Grey Eye Lake.
Although the Sky Eating Water was gone, he did it so that those few traces of Olienne could remain.
Furthermore, it was also better to have it up as he never knew what Cale might do.
However, that barrier was about to break apart now.
"You unlucky bastard!"
"Haaa.... Thinking that I will deal with this for my last years." Tcf Eruhaben said.
Eruhaben looked toward Cale in shock, however, he could not approach him to speak.
'The fire is running wild.'
A red tint was surrounding Cale's body. Red light was coming out of his body as if he was surrounded in fire.
Furthermore, he could feel the presence of a fire running wild in Cale's body.
Cale was aware of what was going on in his body as well.
"Ugh."
It was because it was causing him issues.
It was not that he was in pain.
It was just hot.
It was still early March, but it was extremely hot.
'Why did I think I could strengthen something with this body of mine?!'
"Right Cale-nim why would you think to strengthen your power." Tcf Choi Han said.
Cale subconsciously unbuttoned the top button of his shirt as he let his frustration take over. He had done it subconsciously because of the heat.
Hot breath was coming out of his mouth.
"Ohhh~~~," another bystander said while the others just avert their gazes for a little bit with a blush on their faces.
However, Cale could not just blankly stand there.
The lava started to aim for Cale once again.
It directed a tsunami of lava toward Cale, who was barely floating in the air thanks to the Sound of the Wind, as if it did not care about Olienne's barrier at all.
Ancient powers were things you had to earn on your own. Cale could not have someone else use flight magic on him right now.
He continued to hear the voice of the Sound of the Wind in his mind.
– Nobody could stop us when we fought together.
The Fire of Destruction, that cheapskate, was called a hero. The thief who had to live in hiding helped him every so often.
Nobody was able to stop them whenever they fought together against an enemy. Nothing anybody did could stop them. They just ate up any obstacle and made their bodies even bigger.
– The fire needs to regain its original powers for me to be able to use my true powers as well.
'What?'
Cale's body flinched as he looked toward the lava that was heading toward him.
'The true power of the Sound of the Wind?'
"True power?" tcf Cale said while looking at the thief.
– There is more to a free wind's power than just movement and whirlwinds. Wind exists everywhere.
Whether it is the trees, the ground, fire, water, and even the people living in the world...
The wind and the flow of air always exists around all of them.
– That is why it is most beautiful when it is with someone else rather than when it is alone.
Although she was a thief, she always helped her friends. That was why she had helped the fire become the most destructive fire, the ground become the strongest ground, the tree become the sturdiest tree, and even helped the water fly across the wide ocean in order to reach the Eastern continent.
– When you use a divine item in the future...
Cale started to frown again.
'A divine item?'
Cale currently had a total of three divine items in his possession or left in someone else's possession.
The War God's Watering Can from the North, The Condemnation of the Sun, and The Method to Kill Death.
Why was she suddenly talking about them?
– Remember that I am here when that moment comes.
However, the Sound of the Wind chose to become silent once again.
Instead, the voice of the crazy person filled Cale's mind.
– What are you doing? Hurry up and throw the money!
"Yes, myself is right to throw now the money Cale!" Cheapskate said.
Ooooooooong-
The lava gathered together and charged toward Cale, who was slowly floating down to the ground. The fiery thunderbolt loudly urged Cale on at the same time.
– What are you doing? Let's have some fun! Why are you doing nothing? Huh? Kekeke, it's time to run wild!
Cale started to frown more, while the lava charged even faster toward Cale as if it was responding to his frown. Choi Han, On, and Hong who were watching this unfold flailed their legs in the air in order to try to approach Cale.
"Cale-nim! It seems too dangerous!"
It was at that moment.
"So loud. You stupid cheapskate."
"...Excuse me?"
Choi Han immediately hides his embarrassed face after knowing that tcf Cale is not talking about him on the other hand tcf Rosalyn just pat his back to comfort while stopping herself to laugh.
Choi Han flinched and asked in confusion.
However, Cale did not pay any attention to Choi Han as he put his hand in the money bag.
He then started to smile.
The whirlwind around his feet slowly dwindled as his body slowly headed down to the lava. His body was extremely sweaty from the heat both inside and outside his body, however, Cale's eyes started to sparkle.
The bag that originally had 10 billion counds was left with 5 billion counds after purchasing the Wolf King's diary.
He had then added 3 billion of the 30 billion counds he had taken from the Singten Merchant Guild leader.
There was a total of 8 billion counds.
These were not silver coins, like last time but gold coins.
"What?!" All of them were shocked at this information. Some are already fainted after knowing that it was gold coins, not silver coins. While some just shock too much for them to process things.
"Are you crazy?!" Sooyoung shouted.
"That money all down the drain," Dokja said.
"Why are you throwing all that money?!" Rok soo shouted.
"Please donate some money." Jung Soo said while giving tcf Cale puppy eyes.
"I think I will now join you looting people instead of running a kingdom." Tcf Alberu said.
"I also considering looting people after this." Tboah Alberu said.
Even the kids were shocked at the actions of tcf Cale which make them speechless.
"You!! I know that you are rich but I did not think you will be doing this." Tcf Bud said.
"You!! Even if I have that kind amount I will not throw all of it!" tcf White star said that even he was a shock.
"I also agree with him," tboah White star said.
"Why I feel myself that I become poor," Dokja said.
"You are not alone Dokja-ssi, we are always with you," Heewon said.
"Even we royalties will not think throwing that kind of amount." Tcf Witira said.
All of the royalties just nodded even the royalties from the bad side.
"It is like watching a rich kid flexing the amount of money he has but the way he flexes is such a different way compared to the normal rich kids that I know," Sooyoung said.
"I agree with you unnie" Jihye said.
In addition, he had the gold coins of the Eastern continent that he had looted from the bad guys.
'10 billion?
It's probably over that amount.'
"What you even have 10 Billion from your loot?" tcf Alberu said.
"After we do this I will start joining you to loot people and never mind the prime minister position because one day the treasury might be looted or be drained without my knowledge." Tcf Alberu said while tboah Alberu pitying his other self as he also considering looting people now.
Cale was someone who knew how to use money when he spent it.
He had already put aside enough money to feed himself and those around him for the rest of their lives.
"Are you sure that you know how to spend money?" Dokja said.
"Yes, I am. Are you questioning my method?" tcf Cale said.
"Ah! No No" Dokja said while avoiding the gaze of tcf Cale.
"Young Master Cale can you give me some money?" tcf Rosalyn said.
"No worries about that Rosalyn I already have the money for my investment in the new tower of magic. Don't worry about the money just say your worries and we will solve it through money. Tcf Cale said while smiling with his usual scammer smile.
"Human you are smiling like that again. Are you trying to scam someone?" Raon said while tcf Cale ignored him.
'Damn I wish I could also say that. Rich kids are really on the other level.' Dokja said.
While hearing this tboah Rosalyn is slightly jealous after hearing tcf Cale will fund the future tower of the magic of her parallel self.
'I should use my remaining money for times like this. When else would I use it?'
"Donate it! For me to have also some money after giving you so many golden plaques." Tcf Alberu.
"Give it for free." Jung Soo said.
"Share it!" Sooyoung said.
Tcf Cale ignores those noises as he thinks responding to them is troublesome.
He put some strength into the hand he placed inside the money bag.
There was only one thing he planned to do.
The money bag with spatial dimension magic.
Riiiiiip-
The money bag was ripped from the inside.
The spatial dimensional magic slowly started to break down.
The sound of gold coins hitting each other could be heard through the tear.
Cale happily shouted toward the lava wave that was about to hit him.
"Here you go, you cheapskate! This is the taste of money!"
"Oh my god!" Heewon said.
Riiiiiiiiiiiiiip-
The spatial pocket bag was completely ripped apart.
At the same time, Cale used the wind once more to shoot up into the sky. However, a radiant light followed his trajectory.
"...You crazy bastard."
Eruhaben put a hand against his forehead.
"Hahahaha!"
Cale was laughing out loud.
Gold coins started to pour out of the destroyed money bag.
"He is like a villain while doing that," Dokja said.
"I agree with you like my thoughts as an author he will be a great villain if he will be given an opportunity," Sooyoung said while the others just agreed to them.
Even without the moon, the starlight and the red light coming from the lava was enough to let this radiant gold light brighten the area.
Raon shouted with a shocked expression as he held his piggy bank tightly against his chest.
"It's a money rain! It's raining gold! It is shocking but exciting! This is huge!"
"Even Raon-nim is excited at this." Tboah Tasha said.
The gold coins fell into the lava.
Ooooooo-
A noise that sounded like someone crying started to come out of the lava. This was the accurate description of that noise.
– Sooob, the smell of gold that is more luxurious and sturdier than silver. Sooooooob, it's gold. Oh, my goodness!
Gold coins continued to pour down toward the lava.
– Oh, yes, yes! You angel-like human! Oh, sob, ohhhh!
"He may seem an angel to some of them but he is also like a villain for the others." Tcf Alberu said.
The color of the lava started to change as it was hit by the golden rain.
The lava that was only red beforehand slowly started to glow gold similar to the fiery thunderbolt.
The red color that reminded them of hell slowly started to glow gold and turned into a rose gold color.
"Wow, that is beautiful." Tcf Basen said.
"It is really beautiful." Yoosung and Gilyoung said.
"As expected to my Legend! That power truly suits him! Ahh! Cale-nim I am glad that I did not regret my decision following you!" tcf Clopeh shouted made Kim Company shock.
"Who is he and why is he like that?" Dokja asks tcf, Cale.
"Nevermind him, he's just a lunatic." Tcf Cale said.
"He is just a lunatic that thinking tcf Cale a legend and more or also a god." Rok Soo said while tcf Cale just frown at him.
"A god?" Heewon said.
"Yes! Cale-nim is God that will enlighten me!" tcf Clopeh shouted.
"Weird Bastard," Sooyoung said.
Ooooooong-
Ooooooooong-
The cry of the lava continued to get louder.
It was at that moment.
"So annoying."
Cale's voice cut through the lava's cry. Cale then made a simple movement.
Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiip.
The money bag was ripped in another area of the bag.
Cale then flipped the bag over.
"...Gold, gold coins are pouring down! I, the great and mighty Raon Miru, has seen a completely different world today!"
"My child......" Tcf Sherrit said while looking at Raon.
Cale then flipped the potato sack over as well.
"...Human! Human! You are great and mighty! Human! The great and mighty Raon Miru approves of you!"
Raon's shout was drowned out by the sound of gold coins and gold bars pouring down into the lava.
The fiery thunderbolt became shocked.
– Huh? Huh?
Cale started to smile.
The fiery thunderbolt was definitely shocked.
– ...Uh... Mm...this looks like it might be over 10 billion?
"What?!" all of them shouted.
"What do you mean over 10 Billion?" Dokja asks.
"How much do you need to spend huh?!" tcf Alberu said.
Cale did not care as he continued to pour out the gold bars.
He'll make more money if he loots Arm and the mercenaries again, and he still had 13 billion counds to get from the bishop as well as tens of billions of other monies stashed away.
"What?! You even loot us?" tcf Bid said.
"It is not my fault that your security is not tight." Tcf Cale said.
"Haa....." tcf Bud just sigh while drinking.
"You really don't care about losing that much huh," Dokja said.
Cale confidently started to speak.
"You have to do it right if you want to do something crazy."
"I agree but I will not do this you know." Tboah Cale said.
"Haaa.... Unlucky bastard." Tcf Eruhaben said.
Although he sounded indifferent, Cale had a refreshed look on his face. The expression on his face was extremely bright.
'Ah, I'm so happy.'
"You are really happy while we feel that we are so poor and just pitying ourselves for we did not know the reason," Sooyoung said.
Cale truly was happy right now.
He was the happiest when he threw money around like this.
"We are glad you are happy young master Cale." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"But Cale-nim please do not do this again we can't handle it." Tcf Choi Han said.
In the end, the fiery thunderbolt shouted out.
– I knew you were crazier than both devils and angels!
"I am glad that he knows it." Tcf Alberu said.
Booooooooooooom-
The red fluid disappeared.
Only a rose gold colored lake was underneath Cale's feet.
Cale headed down.
Splash.
The surface of the lake shook, however, Cale managed to stand on the rose gold colored lake, no, the rose gold colored fluid that was closer to the consistency of a swamp. He then calmly continued to speak.
"I still have more gold bars in the potato sack."
"Please! No, we cannot handle our poor selves anymore." Dokja said.
There were gold bars that the lava could not eat floating around the rose gold colored swamp.
Cale had a skewed expression on his face while looking at this. The fiery thunderbolt's weak voice could be heard.
– I lost.
"Shit, even he lost at you. Unbelievable." Sooyoung said.
Cale thought the Fire of Destruction that only ate up ten billion had a small scale. However, he then looked down at his body after feeing an odd sensation.
"Small scale?! What amount do you think he will bow down to you huh?!" tcf Alberu shouted.
"Haaaa..... I give up to you Cale." Tcf Alberu said while massaging his temples.
It was glowing.
The thick swamp was glowing as it slowly evaporated.
Rose gold colored smoke rose up and started to surround Cale. He heard the voice of the Fire of Destruction in his mind at that moment.
– I liked being practical.
The evaporated rose gold colored smoke fully surrounded Cale's body. The others in the air could not see Cale, instead, all they could see was a bright rose gold colored light shooting up from the ground.
– While others chased after gods, eternal life, or even power or fame, all of which are things that cannot be seen with your eyes, I chased after money.
"You are alike young master Cale." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"Of course, money is the best." Cheapskate said.
The light was so bright that it seemed as if a sun was on the ground.
– Money was something that I could see and the most practical thing that I could hold with my hands.
Some nodded at this statement of the cheapskate.
The Fire of Destruction was someone who liked practical things. It might be materialistic, but he didn't care.
There was a simple reason for it.
– I found that to be beautiful.
Although others called him a cheapskate and said that a hero shouldn't be so greedy for money without having any fame, and in the end, he was cursed at for turning the North into a sea of fire and still only looking for money...
– For someone like me who only knew how to destroy things, money was a way for me to protect something.
"I agree because money is also a form of power." Tcf Deruth said.
For someone who had grown up burning and destroying anything in front of him, money was a way to restore the things that he had destroyed.
He was unable to control his powers and burned up a noble's paddy field when he was young. His parents had gathered all of the money they could to offer to the noble in order to prevent him from being taken away.
'That kind of money is nothing. We were able to save you.'
'Don't forget that money is that kind of thing.'
His poor parents had worked hard to gather money, however, they were willing to spend all of that money for him.
The man who had only known destruction spoke to Cale.
– I must give a fitting reward to people who use their money for me.
It had to be that way.
That was his philosophy, as well as his way of getting rid of the grudge in his heart.
Cale lifted his head up.
Shaaaaaaa-
The rose gold colored light entered into his body.
The parts that could not enter his body shot up toward the sky. Cale could hear the voice of the Fire of Destruction in his head.
– There's no reason for a fiery thunderbolt to strike from the sky. It can shoot up from the ground as well.
Numerous flashes of rose gold colored light shot up into the night sky.
A strand of light that shot up from the ground looked like a spear that was heading toward the sky.
"Wow, that looks so beautiful" some of them said while admiring the scene.
– Did you know?
Baaaaang!
Bang! Bang!
Loud noises could be heard as rose gold colored lights exploded in the air.
It was as beautiful as a firework show.
– The sky is strong and arrogant.
"Yes, I am," tcf White star said.
Cale watched as the rose gold colored lights exploded in the sky while he listened to the Fire of Destruction's voice.
– Be wary of the person with the sky attribute.
'...Sky attribute?'
"Yeah! Be wary of me!" tcf White star said.
The fiery thunderbolt laughed and continued to speak as Cale started to frown.
– But it should be okay this time. Remember that.
After hearing this tcf White star clicked his tongue because of annoyance.
Shaaaaaaa-
The rose gold colored lights that did not go up into the sky and instead remained around him quickly entered into Cale's body.
"...Huuuu."
Cale let out a deep breath.
He was on the desolate ground where the lake and the lava were both gone. Cale reached his hand out while standing at the center of that hole.
Craaaackle.
A fiery thunderbolt that was different than before and had a clearer rose gold color seemed to be dancing on his palm.
"Human!"
The group all landed next to Cale starting with Raon. Everyone other than Raon who had already seen it once was shocked, while Eruhaben looked at the fiery thunderbolt on top of Cale's palm as he started to speak.
"...I've never seen such a sight in my 1,000 years of life."
"We all see a sight like that we will never think that we can see in our life," Dokja said.
He could not take his eyes off of the fiery thunderbolt as he said that.
There were a lot of things that fire symbolized.
Light, warmth, and even cooking.
However, this fiery thunderbolt did not have many of the attributes of fire.
All that was left in it was a purely violent and destructive attribute.
The information that confirmed that was going off in Cale's mind right now. It was the voice of the Super Rock.
– That fire...
The fire that had even burned up the North that is the coldest part of the Western continent. The fire that had stopped itself even though it could have done even more.
– That fire is finally completely back in this world.
Some shivered at the thought of the North is burning because of the Fire of Destruction.
The Super Rock. The Guardian who was bitter frenemies with the, 'Destructor,' admitted that the free and scary Destructor's full power had returned.
It was at that moment.
Beeeeeeep- Beeeeeeep-
The video communication device that was glowing red appeared in Raon's front paws. Cale looked toward the group and started to speak.
"Looks like we will need to go back to the Western continent."
It was time to go back to the battlefield.
"Battlefield?" Joonghyuk said after watching the scene that everyone feel so poor. Even he was shocked at this, in all of his regression he did not encounter any human as crazy as this person that considered throwing a lot of money without any regrets.
"Human! It is a call from the smart Rosalyn!"
Rosalyn was still busy taking care of the aftermath of the Indomitable Alliance. She asked Cale a question as soon as Raon connected the call.
– What are you planning to do with the Bear tribe and the Flame Dwarf tribe? Are you going to keep them alive?
"What?!" tcf Sayeru shouted as he hear that his people is now in the hands of tcf Cale.
"Alive? I don't think so." Tcf Cale said.
Cale had left the Bears and Flame Dwarves with Rosalyn while he took care of other businesses. He slowly started to speak.
What was he planning to do with the Bears and Flame Dwarves?
The Empire would need to face the strength of those who used to be their allies.
"I plan on making them hang onto me for dear life."
"What? You are ruthless" Dokja said but slightly agreeing that if he is in that position he will also consider doing it.
"You are evil." Tcf bud said.
"Why would I be merciful to the enemies? They are the ones who try to harm my people and my kingdom. So, I don't think I will be merciless to them" tcf Cale said.
Some people that thought of harming the people of tcf Cale shivered in fear.
– Excuse me?
"We need to give our enemies a chance as well."
Cale smiled quite gently.
"That kind of smile is not a smile that gives his enemies a chance to live at all," Dokja said.
However, all of them, even Choi Han, believed that Cale literally meant what he said.
– Young master Cale, we also heard that the Empire's Imperial Prince is planning on giving a speech.
Cale's smile became even wider.
Imperial Prince Adin was finally starting to reveal himself in the chaos of the Western continent.
Tcf Adin clicked his tongue because of annoyance thinking the person who recognizes him as a hero of the Empire will attack them.
"That kind of smile is much scarier than yours Dokja." Sooyoung said.
"What do you mean?" Dokja said.
"Nah! Never mind" Sooyoung said.
<" Okay now that we are finished with the refreshing video will now return to the right path. So, enjoy your break. The coins will be given also immediately and for the ones who want to watch the previous videos come with me and I will you a copy."> Reid said while settling the coins for Kim Company.
As Reid finishes his little speech they now start the break after those scenes that made them so poor. While Kim Company decides to watch the videos that they miss that Dokja will get.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Haaaa........ I succeed in finishing this chapter that contains 14,000+ words. If you the Kim company OOC I am sorry because I cannot still imagine their right attitude as I still not have finished the novel. I am sorry also for the errors and the grammar. I hope you all enjoy the chapter. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on the chapter. Goodbye!!! See you in the next Update!!!!!
Chapter 15: THE END RESULTS OF WAR 1
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD - TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A - TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B - TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yoosung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 15: THE END RESULTS 1
After the group of Kim Dokja return from watching the Sea War, they see side B where tcf Cale is now sitting and wiping the mouths of his children while the other is just chatting in their parallel selves. They can still hide their amazement after watching tcf Cale obliterate the enemy, especially Jihye. As he remembers there is one scenario from the hidden scenario in the theater that happened in the sea and also the way tcf Choi Han fought. She wants to learn also some moves from tcf Choi Han for future scenarios. Hyunsung can't also hide his admiration for how tcf Cale commands his people and how calm he is in the battle. All of them were shocked when they see how tcf Cale obliterate the enemy. They thought that it was an exaggeration that they don't have any casualties on there but after seeing the battle they cannot believe that those words are true. Joonghyuk was amazed at the fighting style of tcf Choi Han he wants to ask for a spar but his pride will never be allowed it. After Dokja sees their reactions he thinks if it is possible to tcf Cale to teach or spar with them during their stay. Dokja finishes his thought about the battle and tries to approach tcf Cale for some favor.
"Cale, can we talk?" Dokja asks.
"Hmm.... Ok, I think there is no problem about that." Tcf Cale said.
After moving to a place that is quiet enough for them to talk Dokja immediately talks to tcf Cale.
"Cale, can you teach us some things or just allow us to have a spar with your people?" Dokja calmly asks.
"Is that all?" tcf Cale said.
"Umm... Yes," Dokja said.
"No problem for me, I will just ask my family about that. They would be happy to spar with you." Tcf Cale said while smiling. As Dokja sees the smile he felt that he is like making a deal with a devil and it gives him a shiver down on his spine. Even though he is a Demon King he can still feel fear in those people who are naturally vicious like tcf Cale.
"Thank You," Dokja said.
"If it's that's all let's go back inside." Tcf Cale said. As they went back to the theater they see that most of the people are now settled on their sits and just waiting for the screen to start.
<" Ok, I am back again. You will now see how tcf Cale makes a clean-up and also how tcf Clopeh became like that."> Reid said while looking at tcf Clopeh that is still repenting his sins.
<" Without further ado let's start."> Reid said and as he snap his fingers the program immediately start.
CHAPTER 15: THE END RESULTS (CHAPTER 206: YOUR BACK 1)
The red ships surrounded the golden ship.
Choi Han and the Knight Captain jumped aboard the golden ship and stopped behind Cale. The Dark Elf Tasha and young lady Amiru were also standing behind Cale.
"Cale-nim."
Choi Han called out toward Cale as the representative. He could see the ocean that Cale was currently looking at. There were corpses floating up next to the debris.
Some of them can feel the pressure that tcf Cale has on the screen while the others barf at the sight of the ocean in the territory of Ubarr. They see that all of the corpses that are floating are from the enemies and not from their sight which make them feel relief somehow.
Choi Han slowly approached Cale. He could see the frown on Cale's face.
'...He really has a soft heart.'
"Me soft heart?" tcf Cale said.
"Oho~ I see that you are a tsundere. Jung Soo Hyung was right you are really a tsundere Cale." Rok Soo said while teasing tcf Cale while tboah Cale join his brother as he poke the shoulder of tcf Cale and said tsundere. While Soo Hyuk was happy at the sight of his dongsaeng right now.
"Shut Up both of you!" tcf Cale said as his ears were turning in dark red because of embarrassment.
Cale started to speak.
"How peaceful."
"Really that is your reaction after doing those things?" tcf Bud said.
'Vicious, how can you say peaceful after obliterating your enemies?' Dokja thought.
His voice sounded tired.
Fatigue was evident in every word he spoke. Everybody became quiet after hearing Cale's tone. Although he had said something nice, the weight and sorrow in his voice made them all shut up.
"Cale-nim please take care of yourself." Tcf Choi Han said.
"My uncle is right to rest Cale rest." Jung Soo said.
"Living is always the best right? So rest every time you have time and if you did not have any time, Choi Han forces him to rest for at least a few hours." Soo Hyuk said while tcf Choi Han nodded at Soo Hyuk.
"Your friends are right my little cutie rest and take care of yourself," Jour said.
"Okay, Okay I will don't worry about me and don't ever force me okay?" tcf Cale said while looking at Soo hyuk and tcf Choi Han. He wants to refute his hyungs but after his mother talks he decided not to.
One of the nobles suddenly thought about something after hearing the word, 'peaceful.' He was able to recall this information because he had been thinking about the Henituse household this entire battle.
He subconsciously said it out loud.
"...There is no reason to be recorded in history. Live for peace and happiness."
"Oho~ seems like there are some people who know the Henituse family motto at all." Tboah Cale said while Rok soo nodded as he agree with tboah Cale.
The unexpected voice made everyone turn their gazes toward the noble who spoke. The nobles tilted their heads at this statement that sounded somewhat familiar.
They felt as if they had heard it before, but they could not remember clearly where they had heard it.
Cale responded to the noble at that moment.
"I guess you know of our family motto."
The Henituse household's motto.
The expressions on the faces of the nobles quickly changed. Figuring out the source of this statement made them unable to speak.
They could see the look of sorrow on Cale's face even as he started to smile.
The people on board could tell how much weight the phrase, 'peace and happiness,' had on the Henituse family.
"...Ho."
One of the nobles let out a gasp.
He had been jealous of how Cale had played a pivotal role in a historic battle. However, the person who made that contribution preferred peace and happiness rather than fame.
"He may be right but this bastard preferred money and golden plaques than anything on this world," Tcf Alberu said.
"Your highness don't forget my slacker life because that was a priority to achieve after all." Tcf Cale said.
"Yeah, yeah here we go again in your nonexistent slacker life of yours." Tcf Alberu said.
"Your highness may slacker life is true just wait and I will show you," tcf Cale said while Rok Soo just sighing at the childish actions of tcf Cale.
'Slacker life? That his goal after finishing this? Rich people really do have different mindset' Dokja thought
The noble who had gasped realized something.
'Having that mindset probably allowed him to be able to do this.'
He had heard that Count Henituse had opened up their wallets in order to provide food and farming tools to the citizens. He had also spent money on the naval base and the castle wall.
The Henituse household's mindset.
The reason they had stayed out of the fight for power until now. They had only moved for the peace and happiness of the Roan Kingdom.
Silence filled the deck once again.
At that moment, Cale was also thinking about his family motto.
'There is no reason to be recorded in history. Live for peace and happiness instead.'
'The people of old truly were wise.'
"Well, that is true" Soo Hyuk said.
"I agree, some people of old is truly wise." Tboah Alberu said.
Cale was in awe of his ancestor's mindset.
Forget history, being full and warm was the best. Thinking about that made Cale think that he was suffering right now.
He started to frown even more.
He was not just suffering now, he was starving.
'What did I ever do to deserve this?'
"Cale-nim....." tcf Choi Han said as he is on the puppy mode again.
Cale started to speak to console himself, knowing that he was suffering now in order to have 50 years of peace.
Cale's desire to go home and lay around in bed was relayed to the red ships surrounding them.
"Let's go back."
Everybody heard his voice.
"To our land."
Let's go back to our land.
The Roan Kingdom's citizens bit down on their lips instead of cheering.
They had somewhere to return to and they were alive and able to go home.
They were feeling at peace for still being alive instead of joy for their overwhelming victory.
The three hundred ships that resembled the migration of birds were gone, while the golden ship and red ships returned back home.
All of them were also quiet as they did not know how will respond to watching that kind of scene with that atmosphere.
Of course, not all of the ships were returning. The few ships that did not return under Cale's command remained on the peaceful ocean. These ships were left here in order to find the enemy corpses that were either floating or sinking into the ocean.
'He really did not give chance to his enemies to survive at all.' Dokja thought.
Although he should be cold and cruel for their enemies, Cale knew that there were many people who were sinless and happened to become soldiers in order to survive.
Cale watched the remaining ships finish surveying the area before turning around. The golden ship made its way back to shore.
This was the thought on Cale's mind as he touched the golden turtle sculpture.
'I'm so hungry. I'll eat as soon as I get back.'
"Hungry?" Sooyoung asks.
"That was the drawback of using his ancient power." Rok Soo said.
To speak of the results, Cale did not get to do that when he got back.
"Awww~ how sad," Tboah Cale said while smirking at tcf Cale.
* * *
There was too much for him to do.
Cale could not help but laugh.
"Ha, haha-"
"What is he doing right now that makes him laugh like that?" tcf Bud asks.
His laughter was echoing inside the underground prison.
He brushed his face with both hands once he was done laughing about it. He had not felt like this in a long time.
'I shouldn't have trusted them.'
"He is at the prison again, the wait is he talking to Clopeh right now?" tcf Bud said.
'Talking with me? Is he still not satisfied after what he does to me?' tboah Clopeh thought.
While watching this tcf Clopeh kneeled again and repent his sins as his legend thought he betrayed him.
Cale lowered his hands to see someone on the ground.
It was an old man wearing a robe with a single red star.
It was the old mage from Arm.
Cale looked at the old man and shared his sentiments.
"...He really is barely alive."
Raon had said that.
'He is alive, but barely breathing. He's right about to die, however, he is still alive.'
The old man truly was right at the edge of death's door. His entire body was injured. His skin was blue as if he had been hit by all sorts of magic spells and poison. His mana circle must have also broken during the battle as the skin in front of where his heart would be was black.
Cale turned toward Raon, who was not invisible as they were the only ones there. Raon slowly avoided his gaze as On and Hong slowly walked away toward the corner of the underground prison with Raon.
Raon started to mumble.
"Our not-as-weak human bled. They needed to not only bleed, but their blood needed to pour out. They shouldn't be allowed to have an easy death. We need to rip them to shreds and then cut off their necks."
"I agree!"
"Our youngest did a good job this time. We did too."
"Your kids are so vicious Cale." Dokja said.
"Gilyoung and Yoosung don't be vicious like them ok? Dokja whispered to his kids and the kids just nodded at him as their response.
Cale decided to let it go since even the silver kitten, On, agreed with the other two.
The children averaging nine-years-old.
What could he really expect from such children?
It seemed that having a discussion with the old mage was not possible.
That was disappointing.
That was why he turned toward the other two people who had only one red star on their robes. He could also see Beacrox taking off his previously white gloves and throwing them aside.
Plop.
The gloves landed on the table with the torture instruments. The gloves had long turned black from dried blood.
"Torture instruments?!" Dokja shouted in shock. As he looks at the person named Beacrox.
While Joonghyuk has taken interest in how tcf Beacrox does his torture.
Beacrox brushed back his hair as he reported to Cale.
"They are currently unconscious, but they should be able to talk once they wake up."
They would only be able to speak.
Cale looked away from the fake Dragon Catcher and the healer who were currently approaching the gates of hell.
He could then see someone else.
"...Gasp!"
That person gasped as soon as they made eye contact.
The magic spearman.
It was the person who used both magic and spear arts, the same one they had frequently met while fighting against Arm.
He gasped as soon as they made eye contact and tried to turn away, however, he could not do that.
"It is not respectful to turn away when our young master-nim is looking at you."
'His butler is the most vicious out of them' Dokja thought.
"I think the butler is the most people out there," Sooyoung said.
Ron, who grabbed the magic spearman by the hair, made it impossible for the magic spearman to look away.
The magic spearman could not even look at Ron as he started to shake in fear.
Cale found this to be odd.
'The magic spearman is not injured at all, so why is he the most scared?'
The confused Cale looked toward Ron. Ron smiled back at him, which was enough for Cale to understand why.
'I guess the scariest old man is next to him.'
"You dense bastard" Tcf Alberu
"Well, who will not be scared if you are next to a person like him?" Sooyoung said.
"Oho~~," tcf Ron said with his benign smile.
Dokja shivered immediately after hearing tcf Ron.
It would be abnormal if he was not afraid.
Cale looked back toward the shaking magic spearman. He then casually asked.
"This is your first time meeting me, right?"
The magic spearman could not say anything.
All sorts of emotions were in his eyes right now.
This response made Cale smile.
On and Hong's poisonous fog, Choi Han's black aura, and Ron's stealth and assassination skills.
The magic spearman had definitely seen these before.
It was at the Ten Finger Mountains. The magic spearman had seen these experts at the valley with the Elf Village. Of course, what he had seen were these people wearing the fake Arm outfits.
"You already encounter them?" Dokja asks.
"Yes, but they don't know our identities but we know theirs." Tcf Cale said.
The same people who had always got in Arm's way.
Arm was angry about these people but had no way of knowing their identities.
The magic spearman had faced those same people in this last battle.
The magic spearman looked up at Cale Henituse.
No, he looked up at the leader of the group that got in Arm's way numerous times. That leader then slowly crouched down and made eye contact with the magic spearman.
"You know who I am, don't you?"
It was a gentle question. However, this gentle question made the magic spearman's eyes shake even more. In the end, he lowered his gaze toward the ground.
He heard Cale's voice at that moment.
"You seem to be at least a bit smart. You know when to speak and when not to speak."
That statement made the magic spearman's back turn cold.
It was as if Cale was saying that this was not the first time they had met, and that he would not live to see another day if he told anybody about Cale's identity.
Ron tried to pull on the magic spearman's hair in order to make him make eye contact with Cale, however, the magic spearman did not raise his head to look at Cale until the end.
He kept his gaze focused on the ground.
He knew the difference between people he should look at and the people he should not look at.
'Who will be not scared of someone like tcf Cale look at you and talk to you like that.' Dokja thought.
"You really are smart."
The moment he heard Cale's voice, the magic spearman felt a sense of relief. He could still feel Cale Henituse looking at him.
'What could their true identities be?
He had heard that Cale was a just young master who needed to recover, so what was this cold appearance?'
The magic spearman did not have such thoughts.
It would show on his face if he did. He just chose to look down at the ground and think about nothing.
Cale quietly observed the magic spearman.
The fake holy Maiden, Hannah. He had told her to treat him like her own older brother. Although Hannah had truly considered them to be siblings, the magic spearman had only been acting.
"That bastard!" both Hannah said.
"I am glad that I am satisfied tormenting him" tcf Hannah said.
The people who stabbed people in the back were always the wittiest.
Cale opened his mouth to speak.
"I should keep you separated from the others since you know who I am."
Flinch.
The magic spearman closed his eyes. He was in big trouble. He had just done whatever he needed to do to survive. So how did he end up in such a mess?
Everything had gone wrong ever since the fake Holy Maiden got away. The magic spearman lowered his head and Cale gave Ron an order.
"Keep him separated, but don't torture him. Just make it so he cannot run away. Ah, block his mana and aura as well."
Don't torture him.
Those words made the magic spearman relieved.
"Even I will be relieved after hearing that I will not get tortured but knowing you a little, I am sure that his grief and pain will be more intense than normal. Tcf Bud said.
This was the noble who had kept his identity hidden as he caused havoc for Arm. He was safe from the scary methods of this noble for the time being.
However, the magic spearman could not see the look in Cale's group's eyes because his head was down.
Ron moved the magic spearman to a different prison. Choi Han, who was looking at the magic spearman's back, subconsciously started to speak.
"It looks like he will have the most painful death."
"Of course. Hannah is going to kill him."
"See, I am right." Tcf bud said.
"Bud, no one cares if you are right." Tcf Glenn said.
The magic spearman would be handed over to the fake Holy Maiden, Hannah, and would probably beg to be tortured by Ron or Beacrox instead.
Cale left Beacrox and Choi Han in charge of watching over the three Arm members. It should not be difficult as their auras and manas were sealed and there was poison in their bodies.
"Watch them properly."
Beacrox confidently responded back to Cale.
"If I make a mistake, it will be that I accidentally killed them. There will be no other types of mistakes."
'He really is Ron's son.'
"Even his son is vicious as well," Sooyoung said.
"Well like father like son," Heewon said.
Cale blankly stared at Beacrox before noticing Choi Han nodding in agreement and turning away from both of them.
Those two would probably be more thorough than him.
'The White Star. I need to have them describe his appearance.'
These three were the only ones within Cale's grasp who knew what the white star looked like. He needed to wake them up at least once in order to get that information.
That would be very painful for the three of them, but that was none of Cale's business.
Why would he care about people who tried to kill him?
What about the people in his territory that were hurt because of them?
Cale headed toward another underground prison.
He went to see someone whom he had secretly brought over.
"Hiya."
Guardian Knight Clopeh Sekka started to shake as he moved his chained arms in order to bow down to Cale.
"Oh~ seems like some trauma affects his mind after all," Sooyoung said.
He looked as if he was serving a god.
"He is weird," Jihye said.
"He is really weird." Tcf Choi Han said.
Clopeh seemed to have healed a bit. The person who was responsible for healing the Guardian Knight started to speak.
"Young master-nim."
A GPS-like voice. Cale started to speak to the necromancer Mary who was not a part of the naval battle.
"Let's go."
"Yes sir."
Mary was guarding the Guardian Knight.
Clack clack.
The skeleton pieces she had been putting together stopped moving. Cale pointed toward the Guardian Knight as Raon arrived in his invisible form.
"Pack him up."
Pack the bags.
"He is treating him like some baggage" Joonghyuk said.
That's the type of tone Cale seemed to be using as he pointed at Clopeh.
The Whale tribe went to attack the Paerun Kingdom.
'Then what should I do next?'
"Rest!" some people said.
Cale knew what he had to do.
The Whale tribe had no thoughts about conquering the Paerun Kingdom. They were just doing this to get their revenge.
Cale had made up his mind after watching them.
'Let's hit their backs.'
As they heard this some people shivered in fear in tcf Cale as he will hit the Paerun Kingdom right after their war ended.
"It looks like he will never let his enemies have a break at all," Heewon said.
He was going to plan a mole in the Indomitable Alliance.
The same Paerun Kingdom that had fabricated a legend in order to monopolize everything for themselves.
How would it feel to have that kingdom underneath the Roan Kingdom's feet and use them as spies?
"So that's how you get them in your hands." Tcf Alberu said.
"Yes, your highness." Tcf Cale said.
Cale's gaze slowly headed toward Clopeh.
The plan would take place when the Indomitable Alliance least expected it.
They would hit them from the back.
<" Now that is finished you will now have your break and for those who want to spar or what remember that we have an appropriate facility to do that. Then I will now leave you all."> Reid said as he leave.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi!! If you see this chapter and the future chapters may lack reaction it is just I can't think of any natural reaction for them. Sorry for the error and grammatical errors. Thank you for reading!! Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on the chapter below. See you in the next update.
Chapter 16: THE END RESULTS OF WAR 2
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yoosung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
{Since I thought that one chapter is too short, I decided to compile the three chapters into one to make it less hassle for me.}
{Hi Guys!! Check out the Noble trash point of view 2, it has good especially if you already finished the first season. That's all. ThanksJ}
CHAPTER 16: THE END RESULTS 2
During the break tcf Cale asks his family if it is possible to teach or to have spar to the companions of Dokja. As his family agreed immediately and they now decide who will now be the appropriate pair to fight against to the companion of dokja.
"Choi Han you will be sparring against Yoo Joonghyuk. Rosalyn will be the opponent of Han Sooyoung. Lock will be paired with Lee Hyunsung since both of you are specialize in the shield. Your Highness will be paired with Lee Jihye. Beacrox with Jung Heewon. The kids will be paired with Gilyoung and Yoosung." Tcf Cale said while dokja just nodded as he also thought that this pairing is good enough to know the capabilities of each side.
"I have a question Cale, Gilyoung and Yoosung are likely a summoner, how will they fight the kids?" Dokja suddenly asks.
"Ah! Uncle informed me about that earlier they can still use their skill as usual so don't worry." Tcf Cale said.
"So how about Me and Sang Ah?" Dokja asks.
"Sang Ah-ssi will be paired with Ron since she also uses a dagger as a weapon. As you all know Ron is actually an assassin that uses daggers." Tcf Cale said.
'I still can't believe that his butler is an assassin.' Dokja thought while glancing in the direction of tcf Ron.
"Them me?" Dokja asks.
"You will be my opponent." Tcf Cale said while smiling.
'Shit!' Dokja thought.
"Is there any problem Dokja?" tcf Cale asks as he sees Dokja become quite suddenly.
"Ah! No there is no problem." Dokja said.
"The sequence of the is also how I said the sequence of the pairing just inform your sparring partner if you both ready then let's not waste any time and start." Tcf Cale.
After their sparring, they immediately go back to the theater to continue the reaction and take some rest as they will have a spar again but with different partners now and in rotation.
<" Seems like you enjoy each other's company."> Reid said while looking at tcf Cale and Dokja.
"Dongsaeng can we also join? Please?" Jung Soo said while hugging tcf Cale.
Tcf Cale does not even look at ready to answer Jung Soo with a No when suddenly Soo Hyuk chimed in.
"Me too please?" Rok Soo said while tboah Cale just nodding as he also convince tcf Cale to join with them.
"You know that if you reject Jung Soo he will not stop bothering you until you finally agree. So, I think it is better to let him or you will be bothered later." Soo hyuk said.
"Okay, fine four of you can join alter but Cale you will only watch okay?" tcf Cale said while tboah Cale is a little sad as he cannot join the sparring but he thinks it is still okay because he can still watch the spar.
"Why did you include me?" Soo Hyuk asks.
"I know that you also want to join Hyung and you will also bother me if I did not let you join also." Tcf Cale said.
"You really know me Cale." Soo Hyuk said while ruffling the hair of tcf Cale.
<" Okay let's now settle down and continue to watch the next video."> Reid said as he compile three videos into one.
CHAPTER 16: THE END RESULTS 2 (CHAPTER 207 – 209: Your back 2 – 4)
Cale slowly approached Clopeh.
Clopeh, who was currently tied up with Raon's magic, was dominated by fear. Clopeh stiffened up like a person that was cursed as soon as they made eye contact.
Cale confidently started to speak.
"Clopeh, let's go to your hometown together. Doesn't that sound great?"
"Great? Who will be happy to go back to his kingdom while he is a war prisoner of their enemy?" Sooyoung said.
"Yeah! She is right. Who will be glad coming back to his kingdom knowing that this man has a plan behind those words." Tcf Bud said.
Some thought about the true meaning of those words while some are still wondering what tcf Cale will do in the Paerun Kingdom.
Clopeh nodded his head a few times. He looked as if he was looking at a god. Cale's hair looked white to Clopeh even though it was red.
"Who will not act like that if they know that their life is now in the hands of tcf Cale." Heewon said.
"But there will be some people who will think that their enemies are a god," Jihye said.
"Well as we witness earlier, it is tcf Clopeh we are talking about. A person who believes in the legends." Sooyoung said.
Cale looked toward Clopeh, who would die in his hometown, without any emotion before leaving the underground prison. He did not have any mercy to show for people who touched the people within his territory.
"He truly did not have any mercy." Dokja suddenly blurts out his thoughts without his knowing. Fortunately, no one reacts about this but he is sure that they hear it.
He started to walk up the stairs to the surface.
Mary and the children averaging nine-years-old followed behind him.
Cale started to speak.
"Let's eat."
"Yes, young master-nim."
"Meeeeeow."
"Meeow."
– Sounds great! A steak for me!
"Aww~~' the kids are so cute!" Heewon said.
"But they are also vicious like their father," Sooyoung added.
"Can you just shut up if you don't have any good thing to say?" Dokja said while looking at Sooyoung. Sooyoung just look at Dokja with a face 'What? I am just saying the truth' face.
'Well, even I cannot disagree with her because after seeing his children they are truly vicious like Cale.' Dokja thought.
Mary and the children all responded back.
Cale thought about the piece of steak and the glass of wine that he was going to have as he quickly started to walk. It was a walk toward a happy meal.
He walked past the prison and could now see the door leading up to the surface.
Cale quickly turned the doorknob.
Screeeech-
The door screeched as it opened.
Beeeeeeeep- Beeeeep- Beeeep-
He then heard the video communication devices going off.
The alarms could be heard even through the slightly opened door.
Cale stopped opening the door.
It sounded as if young lady Amiru and the communications mages were standing right outside the prison door waiting for him.
'Should I not go out?'
"You are truly a magnet of head ache unlucky bastard." Tcf Eruahben said.
"I am not like that, Eruhaben-nim what are saying?" tcf Cale refuted.
'Ha.... This dense person really.' Rok Soo thought while shaking his head in frustration as he see again just how his brother is so dense.
Cale seriously considered this option before choosing to open the door. His annoyed face reappeared on the surface.
"Young master-nim!"
It was young lady Amiru.
She seemed to be in such a hurry that she even forgot to call him, 'Commander.' Her expression showed signs of that urgency.
All of them had been waiting for Cale with video communication devices in their arms. Their expression did not look good.
Beeeeeeep-
Beeeeeep-
The emergency signal continued to ring.
However, the royal video communication device in young lady Amiru's arms was silent while the others were going off.
The communication had not come from the Roan Kingdom's palace. Furthermore, it had not come from the alliance either.
They were coming from the extra ones they had kept with them for the, 'what if,' situations.
"What is it?"
Young lady Amiru peeked toward Mary, who was standing behind Cale, before she started to speak. Her expression was urgent and full of anger.
"We are getting messages from many different churches on the Western continent, and all of the churches within the kingdom."
"It is a thing that is to be expected but I want to see how you will deal with this." Tboah Eruhaben said while looking at tcf Cale.
"It is how they sorry for the word despise the being who uses the dark attribute?" Sang Ah said while contemplating if it is okay for them to ask such a sensitive topic.
"Yes, they see the beings who use the dark attribute of dead mana as a cursed being. Even though some beings use their dead mana for the good they ignored it and just stick to what they believe in. Tcf Alberu said while his aunt just comforting him.
"Don't worry about that your highness the people who use dead mana will no longer hide to live after this war and I will prove it. If they are still denying that then I have no choice to force them to accept it. Don't worry Miss. Tasha all of the being that uses dead mana under my wing will be my responsibilities." Tcf Cale said to comfort tcf Alberu and the other dark elves.
All of the dark elves from side B felt a warmth in those words of tcf Cale said as he already do that at the battle in the Caro Kingdom as they are the power players of that battle. Some of them also know that this young master is a person that always does what he promises to his people. All of them are grateful for knowing tcf Cale, he and his people did not have any prejudice against the beings that use dark mana and they are very thankful for that. They will make sure to repay tcf Cale after all of the problems that they are currently facing in their world.
Meanwhile, in side A, tboah Alberu just looks at his parallel self as he wishes that there is also a person in their world that has that kind of mindset. Thinking this he suddenly shifts his gaze to tboah Cale while tboah Cal just looks at him with a smile that contains without any hint of disgust and judgments. He is glad that their Cale is also like that. Tboah Alberu will do anything for his family from the land of the death will also live above the ground like what will happen to the other world.
Tcf Alberu was glad that he met and trust this bastard even though he already know his secret. He thought that tcf Cale is also just like other nobles but he is wrong he is completely different from the usual noble. Even he will do all to ensure the future of his family and he will help tcf Cale to achieve his dream even though it is seems impossible for now.
While the Kim Company is currently admiring those words that tcf Cale is currently saying.
Churches.
Temples.
"We are getting the most from the temples related to light, with the Church of the Sun God contacting us the most."
The necromancer Mary's black robe slightly flinched. The hood of the robe turned toward Cale.
Beeeeeeep-
Beeeeeep-
The reappearance of a necromancer.
The reappearance of a being that used evil powers such as dead mana. The fact that they had rid the world of necromancers was a source of pride for the Church of the Sun God and the other churches associated with light.
However, that cursed existence reappeared on the Roan Kingdom's battlefield.
"Those ungrateful bastards," Sooyoung said.
"Did they not know without her help the chances of their winning will be crucial? It is not I am saying that Choi Han cannot deal with them but seeing the battle earlier Mary is playing a crucial in the battle at that point." Dokja said.
"Yes, witnessing the battle earlier I can also say that tcf Mary plays an important role there and those people have the balls to do this?!" tcf Cage said.
"It looks like the different churches used their network churches within the Roan Kingdom to directly contact us as the crown is not willing to take their calls. We are getting messages from all over the Western continent."
The churches were using their priests in order to send all sorts of messages and video communications requests to the northeast region's naval base.
Cale reached his hand out to young lady Amiru. She hesitated before taking out a message from her pocket and handing it over.
Cale read the first sentence on the message.
< The Roan Kingdom and Cale Henituse who has revived the evil existence of the Western continent must repent. They must also hand over that cursed being. >
"What the?!" Heewon blurted out.
"Just what they are thinking?" Heewon added.
"It is the teaching of their gods." Tcf Cale said.
<" Don't worry about that Angelina said that she already found a way to correct her past mistakes."> Reid said.
"Angelina?" tcf Alberu asks.
<" That is the name of the Sun God. She realizes her mistakes after seeing some actions of tcf Cale and that's it."> Reid casually said that it was not a big thing at all.
All of them even the Kim Company was shocked that a mortal can change the mindset of a god?!
'What did he say Cale manage to change the mindset of a god?! Not a person but a god!' Dokja thought.
Joonghyuk was shocked about this and look at tcf Cale that is trying to erase his existence by letting the chair absorb him thoroughly. While Rok Soo and tboah Cale can't also hide their shock. They choose now to keep silent as they watch their brother trying to erase his existence in the theater even if it is impossible to do.
<" Ok, let's resume shall we?"> Reid said while pitying his nephew on those shenanigans that he is doing in their world.
Amiru, the communication mages, and the other important individuals at the naval base had all seen this message. That was why they had urgently rushed over.
They were waiting for Cale to speak.
The black robe slowly walked up next to Cale in order to read the message. It was the moment she stopped next to Cale.
Riiiiiip- Riiiiiip-
He had ripped it up before she had the chance to read it.
The ripped pieces of paper fluttered down to the ground.
"Ignore the bullshit."
"Oho~" tboah Eruhaben said.
It was a simple and calm order.
He started to speak again.
"People who ignore the person who has saved their lives are not human. Keep that in mind."
"The weak human is right good Mary ignore those things," Raon said.
"Our youngest is right. Don't listen to them." Hong said.
"Right! That is right young master Cale." Cage shouted.
"Unnie is right!" Jihye also chimed in.
"If Uriel is also witnessing this I can now imagine that she is raging on anger because of those people," Heewon said.
"I agree Uriel might do that," Dokja said.
After hearing this both Mary felt some relief about that.
Those words made Mary flinch.
Cale then put his hand on her shoulder. Cale continued to speak to those who were looking at him.
"I don't need to tell you who our savior, the hero from the battle is, right?"
"I think young master in that world is a type of person that you cannot help to trust." Tboah Valentino said.
"You are right about that." Tcf Valentino said. As he remembers how tcf Cale fights in their place in the Caro Kingdom.
Mary clenched her fists underneath the black robe.
Another sharp noise sounded off at that moment.
Beeeeeeep-
Young lady Amiru urgently read the short message that was left in the direct communication device to the crown in shock. It was urgent news, so they had left a short message as they could not wait until they were able to chat.
She immediately started to speak.
"Commander-nim! The Indomitable Alliance is said to be heading toward the Caro Kingdom's shores."
"What?!" All of the people blurted out.
"They just finish two wars then there is another incoming in other kingdoms?" tboah Rosalyn said.
"In my kingdom?!" tboah Valentino said.
"Relax," tcf Valentino said.
"Why would I? My people and our kingdom are not prepared about that and why would I be calm?" tboah Valentino said.
"Just watch and believe me okay?" tcf Valentino said.
All of them listen to the crown prince of Caro Kingdom and just wait for what would be the next course of action that tcf Cale do.
Cale's expression changed.
Caro Kingdom.
It was located underneath the Breck Kingdom and to the west of the Empire, making it the closest kingdom to the Empire.
The Indomitable Alliance skipped the Breck Kingdom and its Gorge of Death and started to invade the Caro Kingdom. Based on their location, it seemed as if they had launched a fleet toward the Caro Kingdom before they had even launched a fleet for the Roan Kingdom.
"Even our Kingdom?" tboah Pen said.
While tboah John just keeps his calm demeanor even he is starting to panic inside.
"They seem to be about a week's distance away from the Caro Kingdom, and according to the Breck Kingdom's information mage, the number of ships is almost impossible to count......! Commander-nim?"
Young lady stopped talking and looked toward Cale.
Cale was smiling.
"Seeing you smiling like this you already expecting and prepared for this?" tbaoh Eruhaben said.
"You may say it like that Eruhaben-nim," tcf Cale said while smiling like the way he smile on the screen.
"How many years you just prepare for all of this?" Joonghyuk asks because just preparing for this in a few months is an impossible feat.
"He prepared it like 1 year and a half I think?" tcf Alberu said.
"What?!" tcf White star blurted out.
Cale looked down at the message that he had ripped to shreds.
He recalled who had sent this message.
< The Caro Kingdom's Church of the Sun God. >
The Caro Kingdom was the current location with the highest influence of the Church of the Sun God. Young lady Amiru, who could not ignore them, had given Cale that message as a representative.
Cale thought about the person he had met in the Caro Kingdom's auction house while wearing a white mask.
"Oh! The person he scammed!" Gilyoung said.
The Caro Kingdom's Church of the Sun God's bishop.
It was the person who had agreed to pay 23 billion counds while waiting for Cale to return with the Sun God's divine item. The bishop probably did not know about the Indomitable Alliance's fleet when he had sent the message.
Furthermore.
'That person does not know of my identity.'
"Thinking those things that will give you an upper hand in all of this is crazy." Tcf Bud said while finishing the second batch of drinks.
Cale turned his head to the side.
He could see the black robe.
Caro Kingdom.
They had more than just the Church of the Sun God there.
Cale thought about the people he was planning to turn into heroes. His existence would fade away once they become heroes.
All of the dark elves, Mary and Alberu in tboah world flinched at the statement of tcf Cale.
"Heroes....." tboah Alberu mumbled.
'Is it possible that we can become heroes and show up to the world without hiding?' tboah Alberu thought. Thinking about this he suddenly that he needs to look at tcf Alberu and he sees that his parallel self is smiling at him and nodding.
'I can see the world again even I have these scars?' tboah Mary thought.
{I would just call those scars because I forget what the right term that they use is, but I will immediately change it in the future chapter after remembering it.}
The Dark Elves were one of those heroes-to-be.
They lived in the Underground City because people loathed them.
"What?!" both Valentino said. They did not know about this.
Their Underground City was located in the Caro Kingdom.
Furthermore, Mary had become a strong necromancer thanks to the Dark Elves.
In addition, the fake Holy Maiden and the half-Saint were currently in Cale's Super Rock Villa.
"What we are doing there?" tboah Hannah asks.
"Young master took care of us after we escape from the organization." Tcf Jack said.
Cale's smile became thicker.
His foot stepped on the ripped-up pieces of the message.
"Looks like they won't need to live in hiding anymore."
All of the people using dead mana smiled at this after hearing it. They are happy that did not need to hide anymore.
"Excuse me?"
Amiru and the others did not understand what he was saying and looked toward him with confusion. However, Mary and the children averaging nine-years-old clearly understood.
Tap, tap.
The kittens tapped Mary's black robe with their paws while Mary unclenched her fists.
"Awww~ the kids comforting her," Heewon said.
Some smiled at the interactions of the kids and tcf Mary on the screen.
Cale gave an order to Amiru.
"Connect me to his highness the crown prince."
* * *
Commander's Office.
They had created this space for an office and strategic planning sessions.
Cale was sitting at the head of the long oval table. He sat there waiting for two communication mages and young lady Amiru connect him to the crown prince.
The communication mages peeked over at Cale multiple times.
They saw his stiff expression.
His stiff expression as he sat there without his usual subordinates made them continue to peek at him.
Neither soldiers nor nobles were currently in this room.
'Is that stiff expression Commander Cale Henituse-nim's true expression?'
Most of them also think the same if that is the true expression of tcf Cale. Even here in the theater he maintain his stoic face and did not reveal any of his true expressions.
The mages could not help but peek at him, thinking that they had seen a hero's hidden appearance.
However, this was the thought going through Cale's mind at that moment.
'...I have to work without even having any time to eat.
I'm supposed to be the Commander. I have the highest rank here.
So why am I suffering like this?'
"Cale-nim I'm sorry that I did not think that you are hungry at that time." Tcf Choi Han said.
'What is he saying?' tcf Cale thought.
"Choi Han, all of us are tired at that time ok?" tcf Cale said.
"But-" tcf Choi Han said but just interrupted by tcf Rosalyn. She just put her hands on the shoulder of tcf Choi Han and shake her head with a message that 'He will just misunderstand it' on his face.
Cale was very upset about this fact.
– Weak human, aren't you hungry? Should I give you an apple pie? It is no longer moist!
He ignored the six-years-old Dragon's comments.
"Human don't ignore me you need to eat a lot!" Raon said.
"Ok, ok I will eat every time," tcf Cale said as he focus again on the screen.
"Commander-nim, we are connected!"
Cale casually lifted his head up and looked toward the screen after hearing young lady Amiru's statement. Alberu's face slowly started to appear.
Amiru and the communication mages bowed toward Cale.
"We will be heading out now. We will take care of the rest if you let us know that the call is over."
Cale and Alberu, the commander and the crown prince, were to have a private conversation. Amiru and the communication mages quietly and quickly started to leave the office once Cale nodded his head.
Young lady Amiru opened the door to head out.
Click.
The video communication device finished connecting at that moment.
Paaaat-
The crown prince's handsome face appeared on the screen. His voice echoed throughout the office.
– Our kingdom's star, Cale Henituse.
"Oh~ your highness the sun that illuminates our skies every day and the one who guides the citizens of the Roan kingdom this lowly subject of yours is very happy after receiving from our sun a compliment." Tcf Cale said while smiling at tcf Alberu.
"What they are doing?" Sang Ah asks.
"They just irritate each other." Rok Soo said.
Amiru nodded her head as she closed the door.
'He's right. Young master Cale is our kingdom's star.'
After seeing this tcf Amiru is nodding at his past self said that tcf Cale is the star of the Roan Kingdom.
She needed to get out before they started discussing official business. Amiru quickly stepped through the open door. However, a statement reached her ear before she could exit.
– The grand nobles at the meeting talked about giving you a first-grade medal of honor. What do you think?
"What?!" some nobles from tboah world shouted.
"It is true?" tboah Alberu asks.
"It is true and he also cause a commotion and that was fun. Very fun." Tcf Alberu said while smiling in satisfaction as he remember those old geezers bowing their heads at tcf Cale.
The Grand Nobles' Meeting.
This was the largest meeting of the Marquises and higher nobles in the Roan Kingdom. The King or the King's representative usually attend these meetings, so Alberu now led the meeting as the King's representative.
The Roan Kingdom's first-grade medal of honor.
It was the highest-grade medal of honor in the Roan Kingdom.
The war was not even over yet.
They had not defeated the Indomitable Alliance either.
The fact that they still wanted to award him that medal showed that the grand nobles looked extremely favorably on the northeast region's victory. That was why they were thinking about giving their commander, Cale, a significant reward.
It was a medal of honor that nobody had received for the past 200 years. He would also be the youngest person to ever receive it.
Starting with this medal of honor, Cale would grow to become an influential member of the Roan Kingdom's nobles.
Amiru and the communication mages did not realize that they were smiling.
They were thinking that it was only obvious that Cale should receive this medal.
Cale had the most merit during the battle and would probably have the most merit throughout the entire war. The fact that he would receive this medal made Amiru and the communication mages cheer internally.
Some of them are happy about this but Rok soo and others felt that it is wrong about this.
"Those geezers are trying some idiotic things am I right?" Rok Soo said.
"You are right but don't worry I settled it simply and harmlessly ~" tcf Cale smiled as he remember those faces cowering in fear.
Seeing this Jung Soo, Rok Soo, and Soo Hyuk know that tcf Cale do something else about that problem but they choose not to ask and just wait for it.
'That smile gives me a feeling that he do the exact opposite of what he said.' Dokja thought.
The person that you approve of being approved by others. The joy a person gets from that was significant as well.
Amiru and the communication mages looked at each other before smiling and heading out the door. They then carefully and quietly closed the door so that they would not disturb the conversation.
However, they heard Cale's voice once more before they closed the door.
"I do not need it, your highness."
"Why hyung/Oraboeni?" both Lily and Basen said.
"I think you will see in the next scenes." Tboah Cale said.
'Don't need it?'
Amiru's hand that was closing the door stopped moving.
"The war is not over yet. I do not need such empty compliments."
"Right, those empty compliments are not needed during the war." Sooyoung said.
Cale really did not need it.
A medal of honor?
It would be bad if he received it. He would not be able to rest. He may even have to work for the rest of his life.
That would be a terrible disaster.
"Ahh! I remember that your dream is to be a slacker right? Is that the reason why?" Jihye asks.
"That is right. I don't want to deal with troublesome things and interact with those disgusting nobles other than the nobles that are allies." Tcf Cale said.
He didn't need it.
He didn't need such an empty compliment.
He also did not need land or money. He's probably the wealthiest person in the Roan Kingdom already. He needed time to fool around and spend that money instead of receiving such a reward and being held hostage in order to help out with the kingdom's issues.
"Seeing on how you just throw 10 Billion GOLD coins you could really say that you are the current richest person not just in your kingdom but I think also in the entire continent," Sooyoung said.
"I will not refute that because she is correct." Tcf Bud said.
Cale could speak with a scowl as nobody other than the crown prince was able to see him right now.
"Please just make it so I can make sure the soldiers have time to eat."
"Oh My God he still cares about the other people even at this time." Tcf Litana said.
"He is a good leader." Tboah Litana said.
"That is true my friend is a really good person." Tcf Toonka said while tcf Harol is just nodding at the statement of their leader.
'Make it so that I have time to eat.'
That was Cale's request.
Click.
Young lady Amiru closed the door with shaky hands. She then looked at the closed door before slowly removing her hand from the doorknob. She was frowning at that moment.
She wiped the corners of her eyes with her hands. Cale's words echoed in her mind.
"...How could someone be..."
'Why is he being dramatic?' tcf Cale thought.
While Rok Soo somewhat has an idea what tcf Cale currently thinking and just shakes his head seeing his brother suffering in his success.
She could see that the communication mages had the same expressions on their faces. The three observed each other's emotional expressions for a minute before starting to walk with determined expressions.
'Our Commander is always worried about our health. Our commander does not want fame nor power.
He cares more about our every meal more than things like that.'
"No to be clear he only wants money." Tcf Alberu bluntly said.
Thinking about that filled them up with an unexplainable emotion. Amiru and the communication mages quickly moved to take care of their responsibilities.
At that moment, crown prince Alberu was looking at Cale as he started to speak.
– Forget the soldiers' meals, why don't you take care of your own-!
"She is right why don't you take care of yourself? Tboah Cale said.
"Haaa.... I don't what to say anymore to you Cale." Rok soo said to tcf Cale.
Alberu commented at Cale's pale face that looked as if he had starved for a week before stopping himself. He felt as if he would sigh.
"Your highness, I am also one of your highness's soldiers."
"I am afraid to say but he is right. In that way, he can also have some rest and also have a time to savor his food." Tcf Bud said.
Cale meant what he said, but Alberu could not believe it.
'It'd be one thing if he wasn't so good with words!
How could he be so stupid about his own health?'
"I don't my past I am sorry." Tcf Alberu said as he slowly shake his head.
This punk who seemed sharp and witty enough to make sure that he wasn't at a disadvantage was oddly dull about his health.
'No. There is no way this smart bastard is so stupid about his own body. He is probably pretending to be so dull.'
"Unfortunately your highness there is a way." Tcf Rosalyn said while smiling.
"Yes, now I know that Miss Rosalyn." Tcf Alberu said.
Alberu put on a bitter smile.
War.
As the crown prince, as the current highest commanding officer of the Roan Kingdom, Alberu could understand why this bastard could only ignore his own health.
That was why Alberu pretended not to see Cale's condition as he continued to speak.
– You must have a headache from the temples contacting you.
He was about to say something else. He was about to say, 'I will cut off the priests' communications soon, so don't worry about it.'
However, Cale responded before he could do that.
"No. It's not that bad."
"Yes, it is true after we see that you just ignore those calls," Heewon said.
He could see that Cale had now leaned back so far into the chair that he was almost laying down. He was smiling as if he had never had a stiff expression in his life.
Alberu was filled with an odd sensation. It was a sense of intuition for him, and Cale started to speak as if he was responding to that intuition.
"Shit! He was a person that only smiles like that if something is going on in his head that will benefit him very well. It will also if he is planning to make chaos on his enemies." Tcf Bud said.
After hearing this some just nodded as they also understand what is tcf Bud trying to say.
"The Caro Kingdom is rich, right?"
– ...Indeed?
The crown prince recalled how the Indomitable Alliance was heading toward the Caro Kingdom's shores.
"The Caro Kingdom also does not have the strength to defend against the Indomitable Alliance."
– Indeed?
"Even though I already know this I can still the weird feeling that I feel at that time." Tcf Alberu said.
"Don't tell me that you are also planning to attack our forces that will go in Caro kingdom?!" tcf Dorph said.
"You just realize that fact?! Oh my shit! Why am I surrounding myself with idiots!!" tcf White star said while tcf Sayeru just mouthed 'Shut up' to tcf Dorph that is now dumbfounded at the reply of his liege.
The Roan Kingdom was able to do so because they were prepared and because they had Cale Henituse. The crown prince was fully aware of this fact.
Cale's voice reached Alberu's ear at that moment.
"I also presume that our victory will spread throughout the continent in the next day or so?"
"He is right and it is impossible not to know their victories," Dokja said while his companion just nodded in a way of approving Dokja's words.
The crown prince could not say anything, however, Cale was not waiting for a response. He continued to speak.
"The Caro Kingdom has many churches associated with light."
– ...Tell me more.
"There are the same people," Sooyoung said.
'People that can manipulate their enemies but also their allies for their own good.' Sooyoung thought.
Cale wondered if he had to say anything else. He looked toward the crown prince and casually commented.
"Your highness, you are smiling right now."
The crown prince was smiling.
"Unnie is right these two are similar to each other," Jihye said.
"Hear that? You and young master Cale are really similar Alberu." Tcf Tasha teasingly said. Even she knows that this two are not only similar but they act like they are like brothers in the way their handle things and think.
The Caro Kingdom which was rich from the auction house and the famous sightseeing landmarks did not have the strength to fend off the Indomitable Alliance. This was the case for the temples associated with light, as well within the Caro Kingdom.
They would want to live as well.
Then who would they reach out to?
They would think about how the Roan Kingdom had recently achieved victory.
The Caro Kingdom would definitely reach out to the Roan Kingdom for help.
"Well, that is true." Tboah Valentino sadly said as he think that he failed to make a protect his kingdom and people.
Cale heard Raon's voice in his head.
– Weak human! You are smiling even more than he is!
"He is happy with those events I think?" Hyunsung said.
Cale did not care about a six-year-old's comparison. He looked toward the crown prince as he continued to speak.
"Your highness, the Caro Kingdom is weak."
– I assume that they will reach out to us for help?
Cale nodded his head and opened up his mouth to speak.
If the Caro Kingdom asks them for help.
"At that point..."
Cale remembered his promise to Mary and the Dark Elves that he wanted to turn into heroes. He observed the crown prince who probably had similar thoughts as he did.
"The Roan Kingdom will earn an even greater strength. The trashed beings are returning to the world in order to give approval to the Roan Kingdom in the kingdom and on the continental level."
The trashed beings.
Trash Beings, these words are now repeating in the minds of those being who is living in the land of the dead. They wanted to be angry after what they heard but they did not after what tcf Cale said.
The Land of Death.
The Dark Elves lived underneath that Land of Death.
Alberu Crossman was a quarter Dark Elf.
He, who had to live while hiding his true appearance for all his life, could not help but scoff at Cale's comments.
"The trashed beings will be accepted."
"We will be accepted...." Both Alberu mumbled these words. Both mary clench on their robes as they think that the outside world will accept them. Some dark elves can't help to cry after hearing those words from a person that did not give any crap whoever they are.
'We the beings that are hiding in the dark will now be accepted by the world' some dark elf said. As they continue wiping their tears because of joy some of them back their attention to the screen again to see what would the next action of tcf Cale.
Those words made the human Alberu, and not the crown prince Alberu, get emotional.
However, he had to think first as the crown prince and make the decisions.
It would end up being a gain.
The Indomitable Alliance may have lost to the Roan Kingdom, but they would definitely try to win against the Caro Kingdom and the Breck Kingdom.
'They will be aiming for the Gorge of Death after the Caro Kingdom.'
"I am thinking that you already have a plan on the Gorge of Death if I am right?" Dokja asks.
"Yes, I already have a plan in my mind at that time also." Tcf Cale casually said.
'This person really thinks ahead and thinks every possibility. He will be difficult to deal with if you ever choose him as your opponent.' Dokja thought.
That meant that the future events would definitely be gains for the Roan Kingdom.
Alberu started to speak.
– You. You are a really good crazy bastard.
"I agree to the crown prince you are a crazy bastard." Tcf Bud said.
Cale did not say anything to refute that statement.
"Let's try it."
Those words made the crown prince nod his head.
Most of them just sigh after watching the conversation of those two people that is currently the center of the war. As they try to comprehend what they are thinking on their heads during that time they all eventually give up as they failed to understand the train of thoughts of these two people.
* * *
Cale closed his eyes and then reopened them.
"Weak human, are you cold?"
Cale was hit by the winter ocean breeze as he fell backward and laid down.
He could feel the slippery back of a Whale.
"Killer Whale Archie, are we almost there?"
"Yes, Raon-nim."
"Huh?!" tboah Archie said.
Cale peeked after hearing Raon's question and the Killer Whale Archie's response. He could see the shores of the Paerun Kingdom, the northernmost part of the Western continent.
"What is he doing in another Kingdoms' shore?" Jihye asks.
"If I remember it correctly Unnie he said he will hit that Kingdom," Yoosung said.
"Ahhhh... Crazy" Jihye immediately replied.
The Whales would soon destroy the Paerun Kingdom's coast guard post.
"Oho~," tboah Shickler said.
On top of a small iceberg a distance away from the Paerun Kingdom's shore. Cale heard an excited voice while standing there.
"Weak human! Are we busting things up again?"
"Oh my god, the dragon really vicious like his father," Sooyoung said.
No one said anything about this as they also think that it is true.
Raon fluttered his wings as he asked with excitement. Cale wrapped the scarf tightly around his neck and responded back.
"Probably?"
"See? They are both vicious." Sooyoung happily said.
He could see the shore that was still frozen as it was still February.
Cale observed the five patrol stations around the area.
They were currently at the Paerun Kingdom's northernmost border. Their defense against the Whale tribe had once been stronger than any other location in the past, however, with the Whale tribe being forgotten about now, the number of guards at this frozen shore was now dismal.
"They become too complacent," Joonghyuk said.
'What the?! Is he a man with a few words?' Dokja thought while looking at Joonghyuk but immediately turn his eyes back on the screen after seeing Joonghyuk threatening him again.
Cale heard the Black Dragon's voice in his ear.
"Are we taking this thing too?"
This thing.
Those words made the Whales next to Cale on the small iceberg flinch.
"Who will not flinch after hearing those words? Your son is definitely talking about those as if they are all just things to his eyes and you even not disagreeing him?!" tcf Bud shouted.
"Bud relax and shut up," tcf Glenn said.
"I cannot relax Glenn I think before we even finish this video I will experience some painful headaches along the way." Tcf Bud said.
"That is right little kid! That is how a dragon must say in that times." Tcf Rasheel happily agrees with the actions of Raon.
Hearing this some people shivered in fear as they forgot that this child is also a dragon.
These Whales were naturally the Killer Whale Archie, and the Humpback Whales, Witira and Paseton. The three of their gazes slowly turned to the side.
"Who will not after hearing those things from a kid?" Dokja said as he wishes that the children that were under his care will end like this.
They saw a white-haired man sitting on a wheelchair with a blank expression.
The Guardian Knight Clopeh.
He seemed completely out of it as he sat on the wheelchair.
Cale's gaze headed toward Clopeh. At that moment, focus returned to Clopeh's gaze. Cale started to ask in a friendly tone.
"Clopeh, you'll go with us, right?"
Archie flinched at Cale's friendly demeanor before almost falling over after seeing Clopeh's response.
"I was really at young master at that time." Tcf Archie whispered at tcf Paseton that made tcf Paseton just agree with tcf Archie
Clopeh raised his limp arms to the air. He then clasped his hands together and bowed deeply toward Cale while still sitting on his wheelchair.
It looked as if he was bowing to a god.
"Ahhh so that is the start of him acting like that?" Heewon said while looking at tcf Clopeh.
'What is going on here?'
Archie's gaze headed toward the half-blooded Whale, Paseton. However, Paseton had no information as well. Paseton shook his head with a confused expression.
They heard Cale continuing to speak to Clopeh.
"You know what you have to do, right?"
"...I will do ... as you command."
'Huh?'
Archie's expression turned odd.
"Why?" tboah Archie asks.
"Because he is too lenient to young master Cale and his eyes are full of fear at that time that's why." Tcf Archie said.
But Cale did not care as he observed the fear in Clopeh's eyes and turned away.
Choi Han had cut off Clopeh's arm.
Ron had cut off his other arm, and his two legs were turned into minced meat.
"That is ...... quite harsh?" Heewon said.
"There is no quite harsh for those people who try to harm my people." Tcf Cale suddenly speaks in a low and cold voice.
It makes everyone flinched as they heard it.
However, all of his limbs looked normal right now.
He had his legs back even though they did not move, while his two arms at least moved slowly.
"How is that possible to happen?" Sang Ah said.
"Good Mary gives him those" Raon said.
Witira started to speak.
"Young master Cale, everything's okay, right?"
She was not asking about Clopeh's condition. She was not the type to feel sympathy for the enemy.
"Of course I am not," tcf Witira said while tboah Witira just agree to her other-self.
She was just asking to see if this plan would progress smoothly.
"Don't worry."
Witira did not ask anymore after hearing Cale's confident response. It would be fine if he said that it will be fine.
Cale turned away from Clopeh and snorted.
Cale knew that Clopeh was looking at him like a god.
'There's no way it's real.'
"No! That is real right dongsaeng?" Rok Soo said while calling tboah Cale.
"Ohhh!! Cale-nim my legend and my God Cale-nim!!" tboah Cale suddenly said with his hands clasped together like what tcf Clopeh do last time. This action of tboah Cale made Jung Soo, Soo Hyuk, and Rok Soo laugh so hard while tcf Cale just frowns at him while preparing to shut his mouth with food.
He was thinking that Clopeh was acting this way out of fear.
Why?
The necromancer Mary was the one who had made his legs and arms for him.
Cale had told her to recreate his limbs while telling her to do something else as well.
'The new limbs are bombs.'
"They are not just ordinary limbs?" Sooyoung said.
"I think Sooyoung it will be explained later on," Dokja said as they focus again on the screen.
Mary instantly understood what he wanted.
'Do you just need me to put dead mana in there?'
Dead mana was a deadly poison for the living.
Even the sword master Hannah only survived thanks to Mary's help. That poisonous power was currently in all four of Clopeh's limbs.
Cale recalled what Mary had told him.
'All of his limbs will explode once I send the signal or if someone tries to heal him. He will die right away once that happens.'
"Oh my God, You are literally no joke about your punishments," Sooyoung said.
Clopeh's life was in Cale's hands.
'He would do anything in order to stay alive.'
"Who will not especially after knowing that your new limbs are bombs," Sooyoung added.
That was the reason that Cale could look at Clopeh and snort.
This was the guy who had tricked the continent into thinking that he was the Wyvern Knight. What wouldn't such a person be willing to do to save his life?
Cale would never trust his enemy and had no plan to let go of this weakness that he held in his hands.
"I am starting to be afraid now that I have no idea why I became an ally to them." Tcf Bud said.
While tboah Bud just prays for the soul of his parallel self.
The Black Dragon Raon peeked at Cale and Clopeh before flying over to Witira. He then quietly whispered to her.
"That white-haired guy is a bit crazy, but he can still play his part."
"I understand, Dragon-nim."
After hearing this all of them cannot say any words as they did not know how they will react to this atmosphere.
Witira finally let go of her concerns about Clopeh. With both Cale and Raon saying it was okay, there was no reason for her to worry.
However, Witira did not know the full extent.
'He's a bit crazy.'
"Who are you referring to at that moment?" Heewon asks.
"I will not comment about that, next question please." Tcf Witira said.
She didn't know what Raon really meant by that.
The six-years-old Raon sighed while seeing that Clopeh was still looking at Cale's back.
Clopeh continued to look at Cale's back.
Cale's red hair looked white to him.
The Guardian Knight still had not forgotten about the legend.
He recalled the voice of the necromancer who created these bomb-infused limbs on his body.
The voice that was so cold that he questioned whether she was truly a human spoke in a monotone voice.
'You cannot get in the young master-nim's way.'
"There is no way anymore that he can get away to that person after what happens." Tboah Alberu said.
Of course, there was actually a good amount of emotion in comparison to Mary's normal voice, however, it was so faint that only those close to her would be able to notice it.
'The young master-nim is an amazing person.'
Mary informed the Guardian Knight about Cale in a mechanical voice.
To Mary, Cale was someone she was thankful for. He was someone who was pitiable and good, always doing things for other people.
Chatter chatter.
She shared her honest thoughts about Cale. She said it in an innocent way because she was an innocent person.
The people who know tcf Cale more nodded at the statements of tcf Mary but for other, the atmosphere began to become heavy as Mary said.
'That person is always looking at everything.'
He was meticulously caressing all of his group's pains. He may come off as indifferent, but it was always done in a gentle way. His heart seemed to be as tall as a mountain.
He had healed Mary's pain that way as well.
However, Clopeh heard her words differently.
'That person is always looking at everything.'
These statements made some of them shiver to imagine that if tcf Cale has ears and eyes throughout the continent reporting to him.
The moment he heard his words, Clopeh felt as if his mind had cleared.
'That person really does know everything. That is why he appeared in front of me.'
Some people also think about this way that they also misunderstood the way of tcf Cale's action.
The image of the red hair turning white was still on his mind.
Clopeh thought about the legend. The real legend, and not the one that the Sekka household had fabricated.
< God's Tears. The god of the lake disappeared to the south. >
This was the truth.
'Then that god that went to the south-'
Clopeh's heart started to beat wildly. At that moment, he heard the voice again which cleared up his mind. Only Mary's voice could be heard inside of the prison.
'That person never strays from the good and always works for justice.'
'What is she talking about? I am doing this for my peaceful slacker life in the future, not for that so-called justice.' Tcf Cale thought.
Clopeh realized something.
'That is why it had to be this way.
In the end, the world moves according to his will.'
"Wow that words are kinda heavy," Dokja said.
"As if you are a god that descends on the mortal realm," Sooyoung added.
Those people that can only shiver last time are now starting to become antsy after tcf Mary said those things and realize the true meaning behind it.
'Haa.... What they are thinking? That I am now a god? Let me rest from that nonsense okay?' tcf Cale thought while sighing. Seeing this the Koreans cannot hold themselves and just laugh at the miserable position of tcf Cale.
Mary was just complimenting Cale on preparing for the war in advance and doing what he could to protect everyone.
However, Clopeh understood that compliment differently.
In fact, Clopeh misunderstood it in a significantly exaggerated manner.
"That is right that bastard really misunderstood all of it but seeing that it can be my advantage. Also, as time goes by it becomes a nuisance to me like what you see in the back." Tcf Cale said.
Cale did not know of this as he got up from his seat.
"Let's go."
Splash.
The winter ocean was causing rough waves.
The ocean underneath the iceberg. The water was dyed darker than usual.
It was because of the whales.
Large whales were slowly approaching the Paerun Kingdom's shores.
* * *
"Ugh, why is it so cold today?"
"Seriously."
The Paerun Kingdom's northern shores. A soldier at the central patrol station handed the grumbling mage a cup of warm tea.
The communication mage took a sip of the tea before pushing it off to the side.
"Ahh, much better. Why do we need to guard this place when nobody is going to invade from this direction?"
"I agree. There is no way a southern kingdom would be able to break through the ice here."
"There is a way unless you have Whales on your side," Jihye said.
"It seems like the news is still not reaching them," Joonghyuk said.
The South may be busy with the war, however, this northern patrol station did not need to worry about that.
"They are too confident on their GUARDIAN KNIGHT," Sooyoung said.
"Stop it Sooyoung" Dokja said.
"Why? Is there any wrong with what I said?" Sooyoung asks while smiling.
Dokja can't refute because even he knows that Sooyoung is right they are too confident on tcf Clopeh that he will win.
Who would really invade through here?
"They will be really invading their bastard." Tcf White star said.
The mage leaned on the chair and looked out to the ocean outside the window. He could see the water moving in the distance, however, the area near the patrol station was completely frozen.
It was a completely useless point of entry. Who would come through here?
"Whales! Whales will come idiot!" tcf White star added.
"Is the next check in in an hour?"
"Yes sir."
"Haaaah, this damn life."
The mage sighed at his unfortunate situation of having to pass time without the chance to gain any merits. However, he still had to do his job properly.
"Wow, they still care about the merits and not in their safety?" Heewon said.
"Heewon-ssi, how can they care about their safety if they did not know that there will be beings that already forgotten will suddenly appear and destroy their shoreline." Tcf Cale said.
"Well you are right but they are still really too complacent during the war," Heewon said.
They were in a time of war.
There were the central forces who were focused on checking in more than ever.
The central forces.
The Sekka household's current head, Duke Rock Sekka. He was leading the central forces.
He put a lot of emphasis on information and security to the point that he created his office as the central information communication room to use with the communication mages.
"Sigh, we can't make a generic report because the Duke-nim is listening in."
The mage let out a sigh.
Since Duke Rock Sekka would be there, there was no way that he could give a mediocre report.
"I agree. The only thing we would be able to report is if the Whale tribe comes to attack."
"Ha!"
The mage let out a scoff at the soldier's comment.
"The Whale tribe? You're thinking about a tribe that has been long forgotten about. But there is no way something like that would happen. Why would that quiet tribe come to invade us? We haven't done anything wrong to them."
"That's true. I thought so myself after saying that."
"There is a way because some bastard made strong connections to them." Tcf bud said while looking at the whale tribe.
The soldier awkwardly nodded his head. Even he thought that something like that would never happen.
The soldier who had grown up by the shore had heard stories about the Whale tribe from his grandfather, however, they were just a mysterious existence from folklore.
"Hmm?"
The soldier flinched after looking out the window at that moment.
"Umm, m, mage-nim?"
"What is it?"
The mage who was drinking tea looked up at the soldier with a grumpy expression. However, the soldier's gaze did not move away from the window.
"What is it?"
The mage sounded annoyed as he looked out the window as well.
The soldier was pointing to something in the distance.
"Umm, what is that in the ocean?"
There was a spray of water shooting up into the air in the distance. The ocean that had been gray was now completely black.
He could also see waves.
No, they were not waves.
Large beings were pushing forward across the ocean.
"...Huh?"
The mage's shocked voice could be heard as well.
The soldier who realized what they were shouted in almost a shriek.
"W, Whales! Mage-nim, they are definitely Whales-!"
"See, don't jinx yourself ever again." Jung Soo said.
Baaaaang!
The soldier could not finish his sentence.
The patrol station was shaking.
Something was slamming onto the ice from the bottom.
Boom, boom!
"Huh, huh, this-"
The mage subconsciously took a step back.
Something was coming up from the bottom of the ocean from underneath the ice.
Bang! Bang!
More cracks appeared on the ice with every bang.
The soldier grabbed onto the mage and continued to shout.
"Whales, it's the Whale tribe! Mage-nim!"
"They can see it also bastard they are not blind." Tcf white star said.
It was the moment he said that.
Baaaaaang!
A bang that was louder than any other previous bangs could be heard as the ice on the water cracked completely. The frozen ice cracked away as a large Whale appeared.
It was a Humpback Whale with an X-shaped scar on her back. This large Whale's body rose above the water.
The soldier and mage made eye contact with the Humpback Whale. They felt their whole body freezing up after seeing the cold gaze in the Whale's eyes. The Humpback Whale's large tail moved at that moment.
The tail that looked as if it was going to strike the heavens headed back down.
Baaaaang!
It then slammed down in order to get rid of the ice.
That was the beginning.
"Ohhh~~ Vicious" Sooyoung said.
While Joonghyuk was shocked at the force that these whales exert. He even now contemplating if he can have a spar with them. Seeing the strength of the whales Dokja thinks if they can have at least a round with them and he thinks if it is okay with Cale.
The Whales surrounded the patrol stations. They then started to proceed to break up the ice frozen above the ocean.
The power to break through nature.
This berserk and brutal strength was overwhelming.
"This, just what..."
"Mage-nim, we must hurry up and send a message! We must let the others know that the Whales have invaded!"
The soldier urgently shouted, and the mage finally managed to come back to his senses.
The invasion of the Whales.
The mage felt fear from these forgotten existences.
They were destroying the ocean.
The Whale tribe was known as the rulers of the ocean.
His hand was shaking as he urgently grabbed onto the video communication device.
A loud noise could be heard at that moment.
"Well are not called second strongest tribe after the dragons for nothing." Tcf Archie said.
Baaaaaang!
The soldier reported the situation.
"The eastern patrol station, the eastern patrol station was destroyed!"
The mage poured mana into the video communication device and nodded his head. He could see the eastern patrol station being destroyed with his own eyes.
At the same time, he could see vapor rising around the Humpback Whale with the X-shaped scar.
And then, once the vapor disappeared.
Flick.
A female Whale Beast person appeared while flicking a long water whip. This whip made of water was moving around and breaking up the ice.
The Humpback Whale Beast person stepped on pieces of broken ice as she made a beeline for the central patrol station.
She was far away, but the mage was certain about something.
That Whale is looking at him.
Fear filled his body.
Crackle, crackle.
The sound of the video communication device connecting could be heard. The mage quickly lowered his head and looked into the video communication device.
– It is not time to check in, what is going on?
He could hear the voice of the communication mage of the central forces on the other end. The mage urgently started to shout.
"The Whale tribe, the Whale tribe has invaded!"
– What are you talking about?
The unexpected report made the mage think that he had heard incorrectly.
"The Whale tribe has come! The Whale tribe is causing a ruckus in the ocean!
The mage was scared.
He thought that he might die. That thought made him shout loud enough for the video communication device to break.
His voice that was full of despair turned the information communication room into chaos.
One person responded to the shout.
– What are you talking about?
Duke Rock Sekka.
Clopeh Sekka's father and the person known by the Paerun Kingdom as the Guardian Knight. He appeared on the screen.
The mage spoke with even more urgency after seeing his face.
"The Whale tribe has invaded, and they are destroying the ice!"
The mage then turned the screen toward the ocean. The already destroyed patrol stations, the patrol stations currently being destroyed, and the mess that was the ocean could be seen.
– When did the attack start? What is the current situation?
"Did they not see that mage turned the screen for them to see?" Jihye said.
"Well that is an old man for you," Sooyoung said.
He could hear the urgency in Duke Rock's voice as well. However, the fact that he was still composed made the mage calm down as he responded back.
"The attack started five minutes ago. The eastern patrol station is destroyed, while the others are under attack as well. As for our central patrol station-"
The mage stopped talking.
"...Huh?"
He noticed the weirdness outside the window.
'What happened to the Whale?
What happened to the Whale that was heading toward us?'
He could not see the Humpback Whale Beast person.
– What is it? Why aren't you saying anything?
"Ah, uhh, ah-"
The mage could not continue speaking. He realized something else at that moment.
The soldier.
The soldier that was next to him was quiet.
'Why is he being quiet?'
Plop.
He saw the soldier fall down by his foot. He seemed to have fainted without a single injury. The mage's eyes slowly started to turn.
He had seen the blue-haired woman who had been heading toward their patrol station. This Whale had blue hair similar to her hair, however, it was a man this time.
The mage could not do anything even though he saw the blue-haired man's hand heading toward his back.
'Wow their beauties are literally no joke and she is also vicious.' Dokja thought while admiring the whales.
Plop.
The mage was easily knocked unconscious by the half-blood Whale Paseton's hands.
'Even half-blood is still beautiful. Oh my god, I think all of the allies of Cale are composed of beautiful people.' Dokja thought.
Tang, tang!
The video communication device fell to the floor.
– What is going on?! Are you unable to make a report?!
Duke Rock's voice could be heard from the still connected video communication device.
A person picked up the video communication device.
Cale Henituse. He passed the video communication device to someone else.
"Here."
Clopeh received the video communication device from Cale with shaking hands. Duke Rock continued to speak while the screen was shaking.
– Communication mage! Are you unable to continue the video? What is the number of Whales?
Urgency and a sense of emergency seemed to be in Duke Rock's voice, however, Cale was completely calm on the other side.
"You remember my order?"
"He is starting something again." Tcf Bud said.
Clopeh's pupils shook after hearing Cale's voice.
Cale's order.
Make the Paerun Kingdom become our spy.
"What?!" tcf White star shouted.
"Oho~ A bold move, I see" tboah Eruhaben said.
Cale pushed down on Clopeh's shoulder as he pointed toward the video communication device. It was him telling Clopeh to do as he was ordered.
'He'll do it if he doesn't want to die.'
"Anyone will do it though especially it is your order," Dokja said.
Cale quietly observed Clopeh, whom he thought would pick his life above all else. Clopeh's hands were shaking as he turned the screen toward his face.
– What is going on, huh?
Duke Rock Sekka flinched.
He could see white hair.
He became at a loss for words after seeing hair as white as his own.
– M, my son.
Clopeh Sekka.
It was recorded that his son was missing in action after the battle against the Roan Kingdom a few days ago. Duke Rock could not understand what was going on.
However, as someone from a quick-witted household, he raised his hand and motioned to the mages.
"He is not missing in action though. He is just imprisoned in some land with that has torture experts." Jung soo said.
Security level 1.
The people inside the information communication room quietly started to proceed according to his signal.
The Duke did not look at them as he continued to look at his son.
It was at that moment.
"Hello there."
The Duke saw someone else through the screen.
– You, you are!
The Duke was familiar with this person.
He was the reason that their plan to take down the Roan Kingdom had failed.
The red-haired man.
He could see Cale Henituse on the other side.
He was smiling brightly with a hand on Clopeh's shoulder. Duke Rock Sekka looked as if he had seen something that was hard to understand.
"A typical move of a villain when he is now holding a hostage that he can use against the hero," Sooyoung said.
"Yeah right," to which Dokja immediately agreed.
'I am not a villain though.' Tcf Cale thought.
The Whale tribe at the northern border with his son and Cale Henituse.
What the hell was going on?
Rock's pupils started to shake at that moment.
"Father."
His son Clopeh was smiling brightly.
"Oh oh~ he is now broken," Yoosung said while pitying tcf Clopeh.
Cale quietly observed him from the side. Clopeh would follow his order in order to survive.
Since the Roan Kingdom seemed stronger than the Indomitable Alliance, he would want to stick with Cale in order to protect his household.
Cale confirmed that in his mind as he looked toward Clopeh.
"God."
Rok Soo immediately laughs after hearing the first word tcf Clopeh said. Jung soo and tboah cale followed him. Soo Hyuk is still trying to suppress his laughter while the people of side B are now laughing at the situation of tcf Cale. Meanwhile, the subject of this reaction is just keeping himself silent and has a frown on his face.
Dokja and Company are trying their best not to laugh as they see the scene as hilarious. After a few minutes, the reaction is now subsiding and they now continue their watching.
'Hmm?'
Cale flinched.
Clopeh responded brightly to his father.
"This esteemed sir is a god."
"You are truly an Unlucky bastard." Tcf Eruhaben said while his parallel self is agreeing on what he said.
'...What the hell?'
Cale looked toward Clopeh with true disbelief.
Clopeh spoke with an expression that seemed to be saying that he had achieved his dream.
"Father, I have escorted the legend here."
'...Did he really go crazy?'
"He finally goes crazy," Sooyoung said while wiping the tears on his eyes because of the previous scene.
Cale was at a loss for words.
Cale heard Raon's voice in his head.
– Haaaaaaa, he's really lost it.
"Your child is right Cale he finally lost it," Dokja said.
Cale could not say anything in response to the six-years-old Dragon's sighing tone.
He saw the odd way Paseton was looking at him, as well as the stiff steps of Witira and Archie who had just walked into the patrol station, but he could not show any response to Clopeh's words.
"Everyone will definitely act like that especially if those words are blurted out by that crazy person," Sooyoung said.
The Killer Whale Archie especially looked shocked.
"...Wow, damn, what cra-, I mean, what amazing thing you did again."
Archie quickly changed his words to those of a compliment as he looked toward Clopeh.
The Killer Whale Archie could not help but close his mouth after hearing Clopeh's next words.
"This esteemed sir's words are all correct and he knows about everything. We can go down the right path if we follow this sir."
"Even I can't believe what he is saying at that time." Tcf Paseton said.
Archie could not believe the way Clopeh was praising Cale. However, the thing that shocked him even more than that was the truth behind those words.
'It's actually true.'
"Even you are now walking in that kind of path?" tcf Archie said.
"No! It is just that young master Cale is always stepping up ahead of his enemies every time that they encounter." Tcf Paseton said.
"Ahh..... Now that you say that it is quite true." Tcf Archie said.
"See?" tcf Paseton said.
Clopeh's words were actually true. Although that nuance was a bit difference, hasn't young master Cale always been a step ahead of everyone in order to do the right thing?
"I guess it's true."
The Killer Whale Archie saw Witira nodding her head and shut up. Witira was smiling with an entertained expression on her face.
'...What a scary human.'
The Killer Whale Archie was thinking that Cale was scarier than the Whale King Shickler who had beaten him to a pulp. He then pretended not to see anything even though his eyes were still shaking.
"Oho~~ I see Archie." Tcf Shickler said.
'F*ck!' tcf Archie thought.
"How you say that he is scarier than the whale king if you don't mind?" Hyunsung asks.
"Well, how can I say this first is his aura which all of us just experience last time right?" Tcf Archie said.
"Well, yes that is right his aura is really different," Dokja said.
"And the last one is he just destroy an island without any hesitation." Tcf Archie said.
"What?!" Everybody except those people who were involved in this shouted.
"He just destroy an entire island?" Dokja said.
"Yes, he destroys it without any remains." Tcf Archie said.
Others are still shocked by this sudden revelation when,
<" I will prepare it for you to view it."> Reid said.
Everyone did not have any choice to just wait for that video to play because who can even disagree with him knowing that they are still in his domain after all.
However, there was someone here who could not ignore what was going on.
– W, what the...
The Guardian Knight's father.
Rock Sekka, the head of the Sekka household. He could not comprehend what was going on right now.
God, legend.
He was aware of how his son was always obsessed with legends. However, that was because he himself wanted to become one, not because he wanted to serve someone else who was a legend.
Duke Rock's gaze headed toward Cale Henituse.
Cale had been making an odd expression while looking at Clopeh all this time.
However, the shock on his face had disappeared after a few moments. New thoughts filled his mind instead.
'Oh, how interesting.'
"Even in this situation, you have a time that you can find it interesting huh," Dokja said while processing the fact that tcf Archie just said earlier.
Contrary to Cale's mind that was moving quickly, a shocked voice filled the patrol station.
– Captain Clopeh Sekka, what nonsense are you spewing right now?
The Duke called Clopeh, 'Captain,' instead of son in order to try to make him come to his senses. Cale wanted to applaud the Duke who was somehow able to maintain his calm.
Even he had been shocked by Clopeh's words, so how shocked must the Duke have been?
His mind was probably complicated right now, thinking about whether his son had gone crazy or if he was being threatened.
'Do I need to step in?'
Cale was debating whether he needed to step in to steer this in the right direction.
Clopeh started to speak at that moment.
"Duke-nim."
His voice sounded normal.
"Just three days."
Clopeh was rationally thinking that Cale was a legendary figure.
He had simulated many different scenarios in his head while in the underground prison.
The necromancer had shared how they were able to achieve an overwhelming victory out in the ocean with innocent purity. That was why he was able to come to his own conclusions.
-... 3 days?
"3 days?" Sooyoung asks.
The Duke responded to his son while sending many signals to the mages. This conversation could not go out of this room. It definitely could not be sent to the Indomitable Alliance.
The Paerun Kingdom's influence in the Indomitable Alliance had been falling because Clopeh Sekka was captured and the Arm member who had been controlling the wyverns was missing in action.
The Bear tribe and the Dwarves, as well as the Norland Kingdom and the Askosan Kingdom, which both had a navy, had more influence than the Paerun Kingdom.
'Why is the Roan Kingdom invading at a time like this?!'
"Well, you invade us first so I am just doing what you are trying to do for the last few days." Tcf Cale said.
The Duke felt a headache as things were not going well. It was okay because the Paerun Kingdom had a larger than average number of soldiers and knights, otherwise, their influence would be even smaller.
Duke Rock was about to sigh. It was at that moment.
"Yes, just three days. That is how long it would take for the Roan Kingdom to conquer the Paerun Kingdom's capital."
"What?!" tcf Bud shouted.
"Wait, it is possible considering the forces of Cale." Tcf Bud said after composing himself.
Both Cale and Duke Rock flinched.
Clopeh confidently started to speak about the forces that could not help but become legends.
"Adding on the Whale tribe, they can take down the Paerun Kingdom in just hours if they really wanted to do so."
"What kind of nonsense is that?" tcf Cale said.
Clopeh slowly continued to speak.
"This sir has enough forces to decimate the remaining wyverns, and although they may have been at the lowest level of strength, all three of Arm's red stars that helped us have been captured."
Clopeh believed that he was still perfectly sane.
"He also has the strength to instantly destroy three hundred ships at once."
"Well after seeing it I can say that it is possible," Heewon said.
While the others are just nodding at her.
He had thought about it and had come to a conclusion that he was certain about.
"He has a sword master, a necromancer, and many sword experts. There are also other people at about the Whale tribe's level of strength protecting this sir."
Clopeh had not gone crazy.
He was just moving in the best way in order for him to maintain his life.
"Father, no, Duke-nim."
Clopeh was also a sword master. He had started this war in order to become a legend.
He too was someone who had spent hours to reach the apex of the way of the sword.
That was why he could see it.
"I wish to live."
"He is now desperate to live," Sooyoung said.
The future that Clopeh simulated was explained to his father.
"The Indomitable Alliance will not be able to take any of the southern lands."
"That is true because they will be immediately killed before they can even claim lands from the three kingdoms that they are now targeting." Tboah Rosalyn said.
Duke Rock Sekka could see the certainty in his son's eyes. The originally blank eyes of his son were now sparkling. These were the eyes of the Sekka household, the eyes of the white snake that never missed the opportunity to find a way to live.
Clopeh did not hide this gaze from Cale.
"We must follow this esteemed sir."
The white snake wanted to follow the legend, even if it was at the coattails.
"Then we will at least be able to follow the path of a legend."
"Even if he is still on the verge of death he still cares about his legend. He is truly not a normal person." Jihye said.
The Henituse territory was a small territory in an average Kingdom. It would be the story of how Cale started from such a small territory and shook up the entire western continent.
Wasn't that the perfect start that was similar to the heroes of legends?
Clopeh spoke to his father and the Paerun Kingdom behind him.
"Duke-nim, at least we need to survive."
"Survival is what they need this time," Dokja said while contemplating the Duke's decision.
They could get rid of the Indomitable Alliance in order to survive.
Duke Rock subconsciously gulped.
His son Clopeh Sekka had accepted Arm's help while saying that he would become a sword master and create a legend.
Although Arm was now the center of the alliance, the original Northern Alliance was focused around his son.
The look in his son's eyes right now looked even more determined when he had told the alliance that they should head for the southern lands.
An unknown source of uncertainty started to fill the Duke's complicated mind.
"Alright, now then..."
Cale Henituse, the man who had been standing there with a hand on his son's shoulder, looked toward Duke Rock and continued to speak. It was with a very official tone of voice.
"I will now teach you how you can survive."
"Those teachings will be not normal knowing the attitude of Cale." Soo Hyuk said.
However, the words he was saying were things that he should not be confident about.
Cale patted Clopeh on the shoulder as he explained himself.
"It will allow the Paerun Kingdom to not fall and to continue to be the strongest power in the western continent's northern region after the war."
Duke Rock was focused on how they will continue to be the strongest power in the northern region.
– ...How could there be such a method? Just what-
"If you wish to know."
"He did not even care about the other side. What a person." Dokja said.
Duke Rock looked toward Cale who had cut him off. He did not seem to have any hesitation even while addressing a Duke like himself. He just had a look that seemed ready to take care of business.
"Please come on over. I do not enjoy chatting while standing up."
"Oho~~ I like your attitude." Tcf Rasheel said while looking at tcf Cale with amusement on his face.
Cale Henituse was telling Duke Rock Sekka to come to him, however, it was more of a threat than a request.
Duke Rock could see the destroyed patrol stations through the window behind Cale. Cale's relaxed voice reached his ears at that moment.
"Ah! By the way, if more than five people show up, we will take that as a declaration of war and immediately start our attack. The Whale tribe will probably destroy the entire coastline."
"He did not even hesitate to say those things. Damn!" Sooyoung said.
Duke Rock could see Cale's gentle smile. Cale Henituse gave off the serious vibe of a noble as he opened up his hand.
"Since it should be possible for you to teleport."
He opened his hand to show five fingers.
"Five minutes."
Bring a maximum of five people in the next five minutes.
It was his way of saying that he would not give them any time to think.
"This time he is now pressuring them," Joonghyuk said.
Forget a god, Cale seemed more like the devil in the Duke's eyes. The devil continued to speak.
"See? I am not the only one thinking that." Tcf Alberu said.
"Let the alliance know if you want. Nothing will change for the Paerun Kingdom nor the Sekka household either way. Of course, I will take it as you rejecting our offer if you do that."
"He will truly set another war if they immediately reject his offer," Hyunsung said.
It was the truth.
Would the Indomitable Alliance that was heading south turn back to help the Paerun Kingdom that had neither wyverns nor a sword master anymore?
Cale's voice reached the Duke's ear once again.
"One minute has passed."
"Damn the pressure he is giving to them is just damn," Dokja said.
He then ended the call.
Duke Rock closed his eyes for a moment.
"Hurry up and get it prepared!"
He quickly shouted an order as he reopened his eyes.
"He did not have any choice at all." Tboah Rosalyn said.
"Right, also think about it they did not even give him a choice after all." Tboah Alberu said.
* * *
Screeeech.
The door to the old communication room in the central patrol station opened.
Duke Rock Sekka had his subordinates standing behind him as he observed the situation behind the open door.
"Welcome."
There was a man sitting on a chair with his legs crossed and drinking tea. Cale welcomed the Duke who was standing by the door as if he was frozen.
"How could he act like that? He is more like a villain than a hero if you don't know him well." Sooyoung said.
The Duke could see his son sitting on a wheelchair while drinking tea. He could also see the people that he presumed were the Whales.
Duke Rock Sekka, who was both a Duke and a father, subconsciously started to speak.
"Clopeh......!"
However, Duke Rock could only hear Cale's voice.
"I will create a new legend for the Paerun Kingdom like your son wants."
'What is he now planning?' Dokja thought.
The Duke's movement stopped.
Clopeh's expression changed as well. The teacup in Clopeh's hand was shaking. Duke Rock's gaze focused on Cale after seeing this reaction.
He could see that Cale was smiling.
"Three things."
Cale gave the Duke some proposals.
"I will request three things for you. I will also tell you three truths."
Their conversation and their deal started with those words.
Cale shared his three conditions. He then told the Duke the three truths for those conditions. It did not take long to say all of those things.
Just one hour.
Although the tea in their cups was now cold, it was just a short amount of time.
Cale and Duke Rock's conversation ended after that time. He stood up from his seat and ended the conversation.
"You have one week to prepare."
Cale did not say anything else before turning away from Duke Rock Sekka.
"...One week."
Duke Rock could see the vicious gazes of the Whales still in the ocean.
One week. Although he had been given some time, some of the Whales and whales stayed behind. The Whales' movements would be determined based on Cale's decisions in a week.
Duke Rock could not leave the central patrol station for a long time.
* * *
On the other hand, Cale needed to receive Raon's questioning after leaving the patrol station.
"Weak human! Why did you give him time to prepare? Is there something happening in this week?"
"Thinking about the words that his child said it seems that he did not even want to give them time to prepare and just destroy the kingdom immediately," Dokja said.
Cale laid down on Archie's back as he answered back.
"Just a bit of the world turning chaotic."
'Yes, yes indeed.
How could they not be shocked after seeing Dark Elves revealing themselves for the first time in hundreds of years?'
"They would misunderstand that at this point," Sooyoung said.
Cale imagined that scenario as he casually answered, however, someone else understood this a bit differently.
The large Killer Whale's back twitched as he started to sweat. Raon did not care as he responded to Cale.
"Ah, I see!"
The Black Dragon casually answered before laying down next to Cale. Archie was swimming faster than he had ever swum before in his entire Whale life.
"Even Archie is still afraid on this two that he swims faster than before for him to get away from these father and son," Dokja said.
* * *
"Human! We got a call from the crown prince!"
Raon approached Cale with a video communication device shining red in his arms.
Bedroom. This was somewhere that only the children averaging nine-years-old and Ron were with him.
"Connect it."
Raon connected the call and moved to a corner of the room with On and Hong. The children averaging nine-years-old had sauce on the sides of their mouths.
Paaaat.
The video communication device was connected and Alberu's handsome face appeared.
– Young master Cale Henituse, the star of our kingdom ... are you eating meat?
"Yes, your highness."
Cale put a piece of beef steak in his mouth as he nodded his head.
Shhhhh.
The wine cup next to Cale was being filled with red wine. Cale picked up the cup that Ron had handed over and took a sip.
He then started to speak.
"I'm sorry, your highness. I am hungry as I have just returned from the Paerun Kingdom. That is why I am eating right now. I apologize for picking up your call like this."
Cale responded back with whatever came to his mind.
He expected Alberu to say, 'crazy bastard,' or, 'you're driving me nuts,' before getting down to business. He then stabbed a piece of steak with his fork.
Although Alberu may say things like that, he was not the type to complain about his eating during the call.
However, Cale felt that something was off today. He held the fork with the meat in his hand as he looked back toward the video communication device.
"Mm."
The crown prince was smiling brightly.
"Seems like that the crown prince will now give Cale the headache," Heewon said.
– Yes, you should eat when you are hungry. Our young master Cale should definitely eat when he is hungry!
'This is weird.'
Cale was thinking this was very weird. He then realized the reason for this feeling.
– Aigoo, is only one plate of steak enough? Even a fancy table full of food would not be enough for our young master Cale!
'Why is he like this?'
Cale felt something from what the crown prince was doing.
A glib tongue.
Cale started to frown. That change made Alberu's eyes shake for a moment, but he continued to smile just as brightly as he spoke.
– Yes. I should treat our young master Cale to a delicious, no, the best meal the royal kitchen can make. Don't you agree? Steak and wine are not enough!
"See the way they irritate each other is the same I will not mistake them as brothers if I see them acting like this in front of me," Sooyoung said.
Cale's blunt voice responded back.
"... Do I need to go to the capital?"
The crown prince put away his bright smile after seeing that Cale understood what he needed, as usual, and continued to speak with his usual expression.
– I called to discuss something with you.
The crown prince was aware that Cale was his partner in this war. That was why he delivered honest information about what was going on at the capital.
He thought that was the respectful thing to do.
– In the end, the Caro Kingdom is seeking help from us and the Empire. They seem to have gotten scared after hearing about the Indomitable Alliance's ships.
"So they went on that path huh," Joonghyuk said.
Cale realized something after seeing the crown prince's calm expression.
– And this problem is difficult for the crown to handle on its own.
"Hmm? What do you mean at that?" tboah Alberu said.
"Just watch it and you will know." Tcf Alberu said while smiling.
The Roan Kingdom was still at war. It would be hard to defend their own kingdom while helping out the Caro Kingdom as well. Do it wrong and the nobles could spread rumors to the citizens that the kingdom has thrown away its own citizens in order to help foreign kingdoms for benefits.
Cale took another sip of wine. His face started to flush red.
"Are the nobles against helping the Caro Kingdom?"
– There are always people who oppose things, however, Marquis Ailan made the atmosphere weird.
"Damn old geezers," tcf Cage said.
Marquis Ailan. His family was known as the Roan Kingdom's greatest martial arts household.
Cale felt an odd sensation.
The crown prince continued to gently speak.
– I wish to hear your opinion.
Cale brushed his eyes with his hands.
– Marquis Ailan's faction and the central noble faction want to officially hold a Grand Nobles Meeting in order to hear your opinion.
The northeast region with the Henituse household.
The Stan household with the formerly pushed aside firstborn, Taylor Stan.
The Gyerre household with Antonio that guards the southwest region that borders the Empire.
There were factions in the southeast region and the central region as well.
– They said that it would be best to listen to the thoughts of our northeast region's Commander-nim that is protecting our Roan Kingdom.
The nobles wanted confirmation that the Roan Kingdom would continue to be safe and that it was okay to assist the Caro Kingdom. They did not want to hear this from the crown prince, but from the person who had achieved victory in the war.
This was to Cale's expectations as well. That was why he had prepared documents and was ready to chat through a video communication device.
However, the problem was that it was not such an innocent request.
Whether it was because they were wary or because it was out of their good will, some of the nobles wanted to see this upcoming power for themselves. It was the actions of people who did not want to lose power even during a war.
Cale slowly started to speak.
"What bullshit by the southeast region and the central region."
"Yeah, what kind of bullshit they are trying to do now?" Rok Soo said.
– Indeed.
"But they aren't wrong."
– It is still annoying.
Cale could see the crown prince's face. He could sense the annoyance on his face.
The crown prince would not be annoyed like this if they were calling Cale over simply because they were truly worried about the Roan Kingdom and not because of this faction battle. In some aspects, it made sense to listen to the opinion of the northeast region's Military Commander.
However, their intentions were not good.
Tap. Tap. Tap.
Cale tapped his finger on the table.
– They also want the sword master and the necromancer to accompany you. They claim it is to praise their abilities.
"Oh uh~~, Seems like we will see some grumpy Cale, Jung Soo, tboah Cale and Rok Soo in the next scenes," Soohyuk said while the people who he mention is just nodding his head.
"It sounds like dangerous," Dokja said.
Even if this was already happening tcf Cale can't still help to become angry at those bastards. As he subconsciously activate the dominating aura that made everyone flinch and made some shiver at the sudden pressure that tcf Cale emitting.
"CALE!" Rok Soo immediately shouted after noticing it.
"Are you Okay?" tboah Cale asks.
"I am okay don't worry." Tcf Cale said.
While dokja was shocked at how tcf Cale emitted such pressure without using the other one. Seeing this tcf Choi Han is now worried about how his liege handles his anger again.
Tap, tap-
The finger that was tapping on the table stopped.
They probably did not have good intentions for wanting to see Choi Han and Mary either. That was why the crown prince had called Cale.
– However, I will take care of that, so do not worry about it. You can ignore all of the useless calls from the central region.
"That is okay."
The crown prince flinched before starting to smile. He understood Cale's intentions by looking at the expression on his face.
– You really do have a tendency to take good care of your subordinates.
"Well I will just demonstrate some notice if they try to touch my people again, don't worry." Tcf Cale said that no one can easily believe.
The look of annoyance that was on Cale's face had changed to something else. The crown prince looked at the cold gaze on Cale's face as he added on.
– The citizens of the capital wish to see you as well. The most popular weapon that they are selling in the capital is apparently the shield right now.
"Haaaa."
Cale let out a deep sigh, however, that sigh soon turned into a smile. It was time to show the citizens a new hero.
"I guess I need to cause a ruckus at the capital first."
– The capital?
The crown prince looked toward Cale, who had decided to come to the capital, before adding on.
– The entire kingdom will become chaotic.
However, he didn't know whether it would be because of people cheering or because of people fearing.
"I think it will be because of fear," Dokja said.
<" That's it, so enjoy your break, and again for those who want to spar enjoy the facility. I will be just here waiting for all of you."> Reid said while preparing the next videos.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi!! I am here again updating the story, I hope you can enjoy today's chapter. Sorry for the error and grammatical errors. Thank you for reading!! Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on the chapter below. See you in the next update.
Chapter 17: GRAND NOBLES MEETING
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 17: GRAND NOBLES MEETING
<" All right now everyone let's all settle down and continue the reacting. Now we will witness the greatness of my nephew against some old farts of the Roan Kingdom. This will be like a long one like the previous and don't worry I will extend your break like the last time so enjoy!"> Reid said while fixing the following things happily.
"So we will now see how Cale handles those old farts?" Sooyoung asks.
"I think so," Dokja answered.
<" There will be no bloodshed in this video just..."> Reid suddenly said that made them much more curious than before.
"Just?" Heewon asks.
<" Just watch," Reid said as he continue what is he saying a while ago.
Tcf Choi Han and tcf Mary cannot still forget how tcf Cale stand for them even if they know how much tcf Cale faces those nobles. While tcf Clopeh is still now watching quietly with his hands still clasped together as he needs to witness the greatness of his legend once again. Dokja cannot fathom what would be the action of tcf Cale on this meeting just seeing what happened last time it seems that he hated talking to those nobles.
'I wish it will not traumatize my children.' Dokja thought.
CHAPTER 17: GRAND NOBLES MEETING (CHAPTER 210 – 212: NOW DO YOU GET IT? 1 – 3)
Cale gathered people in the Commander's office the day after his chat with the crown prince. He opened the closed door to the office.
Click.
The door opened with a quiet noise and Cale could see inside of the office.
"Commander-nim, you're here."
He could see the long oval table in the office. All of the people sitting at the table got up in order to greet Cale.
The Ubarr liege, the Knight Captain of the First Knights Brigade, Mage Captain Tasha, young lady Amiru who was responsible for the video communication devices and record keeping, as well as many others who were the core of the northeast region's naval base, were in the office.
Their expressions did not look good. They lightly lowered their heads as Cale motioned to them with his eyes as he headed toward the head of the table.
"Commander-nim, did you eat?"
"Did you get to eat, commander-nim?"
'...What the...?'
Cale felt odd after hearing people greeting him like this with serious expressions.
'Why are they caring about my meal so much?
Is this the new trend these days?'
"Aiiggoo...Can someone remind him that all of his people at that time are concerned about his health!" tcf Alberu sadi.
"You....Haa......Can you stop at least being dumb and oblivious for just a day?" Rok Soo said.
"Hyung, Can you be more aware of your surroundings and in your health?" tboah Cale said.
"Young master, we are just concerned about health but please be also aware of your health." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"Cale-nim....please look into your health more." Tcf Choi Han said.
"It seems like Cale is like Dokja here," Sooyoung said with a grin on her face looking at Dokja.
"Hey! What do you mean about that? Hm?" Dokja said while smiling at Sooyoung.
Cale casually nodded his head as he sat down at the head of the table. The Ubarr liege started to speak as soon as he sat down.
"Commander-nim, will you be going to the capital?"
"He will go and make some chaos on the process." Tboah Alberu said.
The question made the atmosphere in the room become sullen.
They had received the message at the naval base this morning. It indicated that they were requesting Commander Cale Henituse's presence at the Grand Nobles Meeting.
That was why the naval base was chaotic ever since the morning.
"Yes, I am going."
Cale's confident response made them not ask any other questions.
Commander Cale Henituse. He was an extremely smart person. They didn't know how to refute a decision made by such a person.
"Seeing this they really respect his decision as a commander." Tcf Valentino said.
The Mage Captain, Dark Elf Tasha, hid her head inside her robe in order to hide her annoyed expression.
'These nobles-'
However, before she could even finish her thought, someone started to speak.
"All these noble bastards always do the same thing."
'Gasp.'
Tasha gasped internally. She then turned her head to the side.
The Captain of the First Knights Brigade.
That stoic human was sitting there with a stoic expression as if he had not said anything. He responded stiffly after seeing the eyes fall on him.
"Ah, of course, the proper nobles are exceptions. I'm talking about the noble bastards who care so much about their factions."
"Yes! He is right those bastards deserve some lesson on them." Jihye said.
'Wow.'
Tasha was amazed to hear these words that she had wanted to say as well. The fact that the Knight Captain had no issues saying these things meant that he considered everyone here, especially Cale, as being on his side.
The Knight Captain closed his mouth as if he had not said anything at all. Other people started to speak after he had opened up the floodgates.
"The war is not over, and the northeast region's naval base is still busy with the cleanup. How can they order our commander-nim to come and go as they please?!"
"Right how can they do even if they are nobles there is still ongoing war," Heewon said.
"Calm down Heewon-ssi you are being worked up for a while." Sang Ah said.
"These fools who don't know how cruel and scary war is as they just sit there and try to boss him around!"
"Boss him around? Pft- I think he is just doing what he feels like doing." Soo Hyuk said.
"They are probably trying to suppress you, commander-nim!"
"He is correct they are trying to do it to suppress you, knowing that you are currently gaining much power because of the past battles." Tboah Valentino said.
One of them shouted in anger.
"And they are not just calling you, commander-nim! They are calling Choi Han-nim and the necromancer-nim as well! Just what-"
Tap.
Cale's palm lightly tapped on the table. The person who was talking looked toward Cale before shutting his mouth.
"Opps, he steps on the bomb." Sooyoung jokingly said.
"It is scary that he suddenly do it right after the person said that Choi Han and Mary were involved," Dokja said.
A calm voice started to speak.
"That is why I am going."
The people around the table remained quiet. Cale was not showing anger, annoyance, nor any emotion at that. However, the fact that he was showing no emotions made the people at the naval base know what he was thinking.
"I really think that the people who did not rage when they needed to is the much scarier for those people who rage while they are angry," Jihye said.
"I agree with that. It is just at least you know that they are really unlike those people who hide it." Tboah Rosalyn said.
Cale continued to speak to those who were looking at him.
"They will not be calling people from our naval base in the future."
"Hmm?" Joonghyuk reacted.
Amiru, who was in charge of records, hesitated for a moment before her hand quickly resumed taking notes.
People from our naval base.
She knew the reason Cale was quietly going to the capital this time. It was not because he was angry at the nobles nor because he was afraid of their suppression.
"Afraid? Him? After doing those crazy shits? That was bullshit." Tcf Bud said.
Amiru and the others were thinking that the nobles may call people from the naval base in the future as well. In fact, this might be the start of them demanding more of them to show up in the future.
"The those bastards thinks this is possible and they will also try to get those troops on their hands." Tcf Cage said.
"That would be possible thinking that it may be a threat to their puny power." Tcf Valentino said.
It wouldn't be as bad for the northeast region's nobles, but the ones with lower titles were bound to be dragged around left and right. It was highly likely that they would be bait in the chaotic fight for power.
That was why they were worried.
However, their commander spoke in a confident voice in order to instantly rid them of this concern.
"Of course, I will make sure to get some information and our reward."
"Ha! Well, that is the person that I know, the one who will make sure that he always gets what he deserves. The person who is not satisfied with empty compliments but with material things." Soo Hyuk said that Jung Soo and Rok Soo immediately agreed.
"Actually he really did not leave the Capital empty-handed at all." Tcf Alberu said.
Amiru clenched the pen in her hand.
This person truly was always a step ahead of others and shocked people.
"He really does," Dokja said.
She let out a deep sigh before moving her pen again.
She heard Cale's voice again at that moment, making her raise her head in order to look at him.
"The reason I gathered all of you here was to let you know about the fact that I am going to the capital, however, there is also another reason."
"What would it be?" Dokja blurted his thoughts.
Cale wouldn't have gathered them here for no reason. It was easy to move around because he could teleport, however, it was difficult for him to always be at the naval base in the future.
"While I am gone..."
He made direct eye contact with each of them before continuing to speak.
"...I trust that the Roan Kingdom's shores will be safe."
"Knowing that he will be leaving the shores to go the another kingdom and that the shores will be in the safe hands even if he is not around giving your people glad that you trusted them so much." Tboah Alberu said.
The room was quiet. The only person who had been talking asked the others.
"Well?"
Amiru started to speak in order to respond to his question. However, there was someone else who was one step ahead of her.
The Knight Captain started to speak.
"You can trust us."
"Good."
Cale gently smiled back.
'They have enough strength here to take care of things. I can take a relaxing trip.'
Cale started to smile while thinking that he had one less baggage to carry with him. However, the others could not smile back at him, which each of them doing their own things in order to resolve themselves.
"That is right it is just the beginning of the war so they have persists more." Tcf Bud said.
'Let's protect this place until our Commander-nim gets back.'
That thought was on all of their minds.
Of course, Cale did not know it would be to this extent.
"Then let's end this meeting here. I feel like I called you all here for no reason since there wasn't much to discuss."
Cale ended the meeting as there was nothing to discuss. However, this meeting was one that the people in the office with him would not forget.
Cale watched everyone bow and leave the office before sitting down on the couch in the office.
He then waited for new people to arrive.
Screeeech.
The door opened slowly a bit later and two people entered.
They were Choi Han and Mary.
"Sit."
Cale pointed toward the couch across him.
Since they were going to go with him this time, it was important to keep them in the loop.
"Cale-nim, did you eat?"
'I guess it really is a new trend these days.'
"Cale-nim why are keep thinking like that?" Choi Han said.
"Right Young master, this Ron is truly whenever you neglect your time to rest and eat," Ron said while polishing his dagger.
'Why is he saying those things while polishing his blade will he try to hurt? Oh please! Protect me dear dragons.' tcf Cale thought while Dokja who also sees tcf Ron shivered.
'This butler really giving me creeps all over my body lately. Dokja thought.
"Hey, I know that I am not the only one who feels afraid of him right?" Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung shut up! He might hear you." Dokja whispered.
Cale casually responded to Choi Han's greeting.
"No, not yet."
The mechanical voice chimed in at that moment.
"Young master-nim, you must eat to be healthy. The only time you don't have to eat is when you are dead."
"That is right Cale! Also, you said that living is the best right?" Jung Soo said.
"Okay fine, just stop your ramblings Jung Soo and just watch." Tcf Cale said.
'Why is she saying such vicious things?'
Cale nodded toward the black robe with a blank expression. Only then did Mary quiet down.
There was a story running rampant throughout the naval base right now.
The story was naturally one that a loudmouth communication mage who was full of admiration had shared with the others about Cale's comment regarding the soldier's meals.
"Hahahahahaha he definitely had a loudmouth." Rok Soo said.
While tcf Cale just frowning at Rok Soo after hearing him.
But there was no way that Cale would know about this. That was why Cale pushed aside this new trendy way to greet people before trying to get down to business.
However, Choi Han was a bit faster.
"He really thinks that is the new way of greeting of people hahahahahahaha," Sooyoung said.
"I heard that you are going to the capital, Cale-nim. Us as well."
Choi Han gulped after seeing Cale nodding his head. Amiru and the Knight Captain had explained the purpose of going to the capital.
The Knight Captain who had gotten slightly closer to Choi Han due to their shared choice of weapon had told him with a serious expression on his face.
'The noble bastards are probably gathering in the meeting room and plan on making Commander-nim stand in the center while trying to drag him to the ground.
Those bastards have nothing other than their titles, and thus enjoy doing such things to people. They tried to do the same to me when I went to report about the Knights Brigade at the year's end.'
"Shit! Those bastards they must rotten in the underworld." Heewon said while gritting her teeth because of anger.
"There are people out there battling for their lives and kingdom but these old farts just dragging those people who keep them living a peaceful life," Sooyoung said.
Dokja who is now quiet is also angry about what those bastards trying to do.
'It is still the same before the scenarios start. People who have power and influence just abuse their power for their good.' Dokja thought.
While tcf Eruhaben thinking that he must remember the faces of those humans.
'How dare they to do that to my child that prioritizes their life over his.' Tcf Eruhaben said.
Choi Han and Mary, who had both heard of this, imagined Cale being surrounded by people and being questioned. The Knight Captain had said something else.
'I heard Choi Han-nim and Mary-nim are going as well. You will face that together. It will be difficult, but just let it in one ear and out the other.'
"That is right just ignore those bullshits and focus on what Cale will said," Sooyoung said.
"Their opinions will be not necessary for the battles that you will be fighting later on," Joonghyuk said.
'Wow he speak and it is composed of many words. I am so proud.' Dokja thought.
Seeing the reaction of Dokja, Joonghyuk immediately glared at him.
Choi Han thought about the Knight Captain's suggestion and started to speak.
"Will we be standing in front of the nobles as well? How should I act in such a situation?"
Mary clenched her fists underneath her robe and looked toward Cale. The two of them were waiting for Cale to speak.
"Don't listen to them good Mary. Human will definitely deal with them." Raon said.
"Thank you Raon-nim." Tcf Mary said.
"What is it?"
"...Excuse me?"
Cale was looking at Choi Han in a way that seemed to be asking what he was talking about as Choi Han blankly answered back.
Cale started to frown after seeing that blank expression.
'It is more uncomfortable if I have the two of them with me.'
He was plotting something with the crown prince.
What good would the terrible actor Choi Han and the innocent Mary do for that plot?
"Cale-nim...." Tcf Choi Han said while hiding his embarrassment.
"You cannot act Choi Han?" tcf Alberu said.
"Yes, your highness he can't act at all." Tcf Cale said.
"Hyung? Is it mean that you cannot act also?" tboah Lock asks which made tboah Choi Han flinch.
"I think?" tboah Choi Han said.
"You think? Hahahahahaha" tboah Rosalyn said.
"Seems like you need a person to keep up your act and act well in your plans." Sooyoung said.
"Well, for that time I did not need it and if I need someone I can always call for Rosalyn because she is a good actress." Tcf Cale said.
"Thank you for the compliment young master," tcf Rosalyn said.
Beacrox or Ron might be helpful, but these two were more likely to be hindrances.
"I mean no harm saying that I just I cannot bring you to those bastards." Tcf Cale said.
"We understand Cale-nim." Tcf Choi Han said.
"That's okay young master-nim and we know that you are just doing it to protect us." Tcf Mary said.
"You two don't need to go to such a place. I alone am enough."
'Yes, yes indeed.'
It was definitely plenty since the crown prince would be there as well. There were also many people to use in that gathering as well.
"Seems like there will some nobles that will be sided you," Dokja said.
"Just watch and you will see." Tcf Cale said.
'Seems that my guess is right.' Dokja thought.
Cale continued to speak to the two people who remained quiet.
"Ah, of course, there may be times in the future where you will need to be in front of the citizens for parades or what not. Those are the places you need to be at."
'Since they are going to be heroes.'
He was planning on letting them be seen by the citizens so that they could replace him and become true heroes. Cale started to smile while thinking about how people would soon forget about him.
He heard Choi Han's voice at that moment.
"Thinking this it will be impossible no matter what you do." Tboah Cale said.
"I agree but I think your slacker life is currently packing his things during this war because you did not prioritize her at all." Rok Soo said.
"Don't make fun of my slacker life and I will get her no matter what happens I swear it." Tcf Cale said.
"Oooohhhh~~ I am terrified now. What am I going to do." Rok Soo jokingly said.
"Don't try me Kim Rok Soo." Tcf Cale said.
"Ooppss! Rok Soo stop it, every time he says one's full name I swear it will not end up well." Soo Hyuk said.
"He is right remembering that still terrifies me so don't challenge him any cost." Jung Soo said.
After hearing this Rok Soo immediately shutted his mouth while tboah Cale silently laughed at his Hyung.
"...Are you saying that we should be present for things that will be full of cheering?"
"Well, something like that. Just be advised that the cheering might be quite loud."
Choi Han started to frown. Mary clenched onto the sleeve of her robe. Choi Han hesitated a few times before finally starting to speak.
"...We want to follow you to the Grand Nobles Meeting."
"We want to go."
Mary added on. However, the two did not expect much even as they asked.
The Cale Henituse that they knew was a stubborn person.
"Oh? They are aware that fact which is good." Tcf Alberu said while nodding.
"What did you mean your highness?" tcf Cale said.
"Nothing, Nevermind." Tcf Alberu said.
"No."
He was someone who kept his word, as well as someone who did not change his mind once he made up his mind to sacrifice himself for others.
Choi Han started to speak.
"Then I will be waiting outside the meeting room door."
"I want to do that as well."
Cale casually nodded his head.
It should be fine at the entrance since they will not influence what happens inside.
– Weak human, I will follow you inside.
An invisible Dragon should be fine as well, he thought.
Cale opened his mouth in order to answer all of them at once.
"Whatever you want."
"Tsundere" Rok Soo whispered.
The eyes of all three individuals sparkled.
However, Cale did not care about it as he finished his preparations and left for the capital with Choi Han, Mary, and Raon.
* * *
The only wooden building in the Roan Kingdom.
This was the hall for the Grand Nobles Meeting.
"It's big!!" Yoosueng said.
While other people just nodded at her statement.
'It's big and they will interrogate Cale here?' Dokja thought.
The hall was configured with seats in a circle, and it had been many years since this many nobles were present.
The circle of seats were divided into five sections.
Four of them were centered around the head of each faction.
The central region's Duke Orsena.
The northwest region's Marquis Stan.
The southeast region's Marquis Ailan.
The southwest region's Duchess Gyerre.
"Even here there is still kind of system huh," Sooyoung said.
"What do you expect they are in the Medieval era," Dokja said.
One of those individuals, Marquis Ailan, who was the head of the household known for being the greatest martial arts family in the Roan Kingdom, was already present. He quietly looked down at the circular hall.
"Marquis-nim."
One noble approached him and started to speak. His voice was full of scorn.
"It looks like the Gyerre household has moved as well."
"What did he mean? The Gyrerre Household supports the other prince so what is the reason behind this." tboah Alberu.
The noble looked toward Duchess Sonata who was at the center of the southwest region's faction members. The old Duchess was sitting there with her mouth closed. Although she had said that she was handing the position over to her grandson, it did not seem to have happened yet.
"She claimed to have locked the gates after the slave trade was discovered, but still showed up here in the face of benefits."
This was the reason for the scorn in the noble's eyes.
Although it was hush-hush, may of the nobles knew about the Gyerre household's vassal's involvement in the slave trade. That was why they had all mocked the Duchess when she said she was going to lock the gates with her tail tucked between her legs.
"What?! Slave trade?" tboah Alberu shouted then followed by looking at tcf Alberu.
"We already deal with it thanks to this punk." Tcf Alberu said while pointing at tcf Cale.
"So deal with it also okay?" tcf Alberu added.
However, Duchess Gyerre had shown up in order to be involved in the central region's politics again.
Another noble interjected into the conversation that this noble was having with Marquis Ailan.
"Would she want to relinquish this chance to earn another source of strength? They probably could not sit still knowing that this war will be the door to the emergence of a new power."
"They only really think about power and shits," Dokja said.
The noble continued to speak.
"Look, even the new head of the Stan household, who had been quiet up until now, is here at this Grand Nobles Meeting."
The man he was pointing to looked gentle and weak.
Although he had once lost the position, Taylor Stan had returned in order to take control of the household. He was sitting in a side with the northwest region's nobles.
"All of the central faction's nobles are here as well. It's been a while since we've all gathered together like this."
The noble whose face was full of greed almost whispered to Marquis Ailan.
"These bastards!" both Deruth said.
"We must take control of the northeast region at all cost this time. We absolutely must suppress that commander. We need to do it now before he gains any more strength."
"Ho~~ seems like I will hunt some rabbit after this." Tcf Ron said with his benign smile.
"Ron, I will gladly accompany you if you don't mind." Tcf Eruhaben said.
"It is my pleasure Eruhaben-nim." Tcf Ron said.
'Vicious' tcf Cale and Dokja thought.
'Well, I just pray for their souls to rot in hell.' Dokja added.
The noble said that as he observed Marquis Ailan's expression.
It was stoic as usual. That made the noble relieved.
The Marquis started to speak at that moment.
"It doesn't look like anybody is coming from the northeast region."
"I don't think that would be the case." Tboah Alberu said while looking tcf Cale and Alberu which both of them are smiling.
'Crazy bastards' tboah Alberu thought.
All of the factions had gathered together.
There was a visibly empty region in this circular room.
Those were the seats of the northeast region's nobles who were not here.
None of the northeast region nobles had shown up at the Grand Nobles Meeting.
However, the noble talking to Marquis Ailan was not fazed by this.
"Do not worry about it, Marquis Ailan. I was able to speak to the northeast region's nobles associated with our faction earlier today. They said that they still wish to be a part of our faction."
"Ho! To think there are still kind of people in that territory after witnessing the battles but we will see if they still stick to them." Sooyoung said.
The corners of the noble's mouth twitched.
"They should all appear soon, and they will take our side. I'm sure that they want to take control as well."
"I strongly doubt it," Heewon said.
That made Hyunsung and others nod as a response.
Nobles lived for power in the end.
"They will pick our side if they want to live a long and peaceful life even after the war. I am certain of it."
"They already pick side idiot and it is not on your side." Tcf White star said.
"They will live and survive in the side they pick that your side cannot do," Sooyoung said.
"Of course. Even if the Henituse household looks strong right now, they are just like a castle built on top of the sand. Since they are a newly rising power, they have no stable foundation. Why would anyone choose to stick to such a side?"
"Oh~~ they are now challenging the power of Henituse household that holds huh." Tcf Deruth said.
"Unfortunately they have a strong and not just stable foundation from what we see before." Dokja thought.
"And another power that on Cale Henituse side that can stand against the power of the royal family," Sooyoung said.
The nobles discussed all sorts of things.
At that moment, Marquis Ailan's gaze headed toward the nobles of his faction for the first time. He asked with a stoic expression.
"Are you certain of it?"
"...Excuse me?"
"Oho~ he is contemplating if that was true. He is now concerned about this meeting where go." Dokja said.
"Who will not especially that person you will interrogate or talk to is Cale Henituse." Tcf Bud said.
It was at that moment.
Screeeech!
The doors to the hall opened.
"Huh?"
The noble who was looking at the Marquis turned toward the door before his eyes opened wide.
Tap, tap, tap.
The sounds of many people walking could be heard.
These people walked in with serious expressions on their faces.
They were all walking in while following behind a single person.
"Oho~ seems the last faction or region is now entering." Tboah Rosalyn said.
That person was Deruth Henituse.
"What?" tboah Deruth said. It is shocking but he did not expect that he will the one who will lead these nobles. He thought that his parallel worlds son will be the one who will in front not him.
They were following behind the current head of the Henituse household.
Behind him were all of the northeast region's nobles who were qualified to attend.
"Hey, that person!"
"What the hell!"
Some of the southeast region and central faction's nobles looked toward them with shocked expressions. Didn't these people bow down to them this morning?
"Ho! Well, they want to survive and not just be safe." Sooyoung said.
"Betrayal my friend," Dokja said.
"Betrayal of the year hahahahahahaha," Jihye said.
Why would those people not look at them nor any other factions? They were just walking with their gazes looking straight forward.
And where were they headed?
They were naturally headed for the open area beside the four factions.
"...Ho."
One of the nobles let out a gasp.
He then realized something.
There was now a faction in the northeast region as well.
The Henituse household was at the center of that faction.
However, there was something that they were mistaken about.
Count Henituse did not create a faction. Deruth Henituse had no desire to be the leader of a faction.
"That is right I still do not have any interest to be the leader for the northeastern region." Tcf Deruth said.
They had all gathered together because of one person's request, no, one person's command. They all just looked straight forward without saying anything.
"You truly prepared everything don't you?" Dokja said to tcf Cale.
The nobles of the other factions started to whisper.
However, a voice could be heard in order to put an end to those whispers.
The knight at the entrance who had not said anything when the nobles were entering finally started to speak.
"His highness, the crown prince Alberu Crossman, is now entering!"
The nobles flinched at this statement.
One of the nobles next to Marquis Ailan couldn't help but speak.
"But Cale Henituse is not even here yet."
"Seems like you will be the last that will enter," Sooyoung said.
"Save the best for the last." Tcf Cale said.
"Damn! That's cool." Sooyoung added.
It didn't make sense for a noble to enter later than the crown prince. It went against the proper etiquettes.
"Proper etiquettes? Do you think that I am the kind of person that will follow it?" tboah Cale said which made tcf Cale and Rok Soo nod.
"Haa.... He is truly troublesome." Tcf Alberu said whil massaging his temples.
"Ha! They created a faction in the northeast region and think they can do whatev-!"
"No."
"Marquis-nim?"
"Ho? Did he just realize it now? How slow" tcf Cale said.
"Do you think that all of us have that kind of intelligence like yours?" Tcf Bud said.
'Even I just realize it now' tcf Bud thought but he chooses not to say and just keep it on his self.
The noble who had been raising his voice looked toward his leader, Marquis Sand Ailan. The Marquis started to speak with a stiff expression.
"That's not it."
What did he mean?
The moment that the noble had that question, the Marquis turned his head.
His gaze headed toward the closed door.
Screeeech.
The door slowly opened.
All of the nobles stopped whispering to each other and stood up.
However, they could not help but start to whisper once again.
Crown prince Alberu Crossman. He was wearing a fancy outfit that was even fancier than ever before. He then asked the knight a question as he entered the door.
"Why are you not introducing my close friend?"
"Ho~ close friend you say?" tboah Alberu said with a hint of jealousy.
Up until now, there is no person that he can be called a friend because of his status and his personal problems. That is why he is a little bit jealous of his parallel self as he has the one who can be called a friend.
The knight stood at attention and shouted once again.
"His highness, crown prince Alberu Crossman, and the Northeast region's Military Commander, Cale Henituse, are now entering!"
"Wow! you two are entering like it is a grand entrance," Heewon said.
Tap, tap.
The two of their footsteps echoed inside the hall.
The smiling Alberu Crossman walked in with Cale Henituse next to him.
Cale who was wearing black in order to symbolize the Roan Kingdom's Northeast region's Navy, walked into the hall with a stoic expression.
"You seem like an unapproachable and cold person if you do that Cale-ssi." Sang Ah said.
"But Hyung is cool!" Gilyoung said.
Cale and crown prince Alberu. The two of them were heading toward the same spot.
This was telling the nobles of Cale's status.
He was someone who could stand on par with the next king of the Roan Kingdom.
Cale Henituse stood there beside the crown prince.
"Wow!" Some of the people inside the theater said.
The two of them stopped at the center of the hall.
All of the people in the circle of seats were looking at them.
Crown prince Alberu was wearing a fancy gold and white outfit while Cale Henituse was wearing a black uniform that showed off his red hair.
"You wear outfits that completely contrast each other." Dokja said.
"But young Master is good at his black uniform that made his red hair showed off more." Tcf Witira.
'What is she said is right. His black uniform fits him and it also enhances the greatness of his red hair. Damn that kind of appearance is can trample Joonghyuk looks easily.' Dokja thought.
The two of them were so different than it was clearly visible.
The whispers slowly died down and silence filled the hall.
Alberu Crossman started to smile after looking around the hall.
'Crazy bastard.
He says that he doesn't need power? He'll let go of everything after the war? And he was even willing to swear on it.'
"Well, he is truly a crazy bastard." Tboah Alberu said.
"At first I will not believe that there is a person who did not have power but knowing that is Cale we are talking about I will believe it," Sooyoung said.
He lightly clenched and then unclenched his tingling hand.
'He always does things beyond my expectations.'
"that is true my friend exceeds everyone's expectations." Tcf Toonka proudly said.
Cale was giving off an aura that was making his palms tingle. He could not see it, but he could feel the oppressive aura coming off of Cale.
It was affecting everybody in the hall.
'This is the true Cale Henituse.'
"He is using one of his ancient power that will give you a pressure that normal humans can't stand," Dokja said.
"Experiencing that aura before really gives you not just creeps but fear on your life that makes your body run from him to keep yourself to survive," Sooyoung said.
"That kind of pressure is not anyone can handle no matter how strong you are," Joonghyuk said.
'Wow, so it means he even felt fear before? The protagonists?' Dokja thought.
The person who never wanted to put any attention on himself and only wanted money was finally showing his true self. The crown prince could not help but smile.
'If he is being serious, then I just have to be serious enough to match it.'
"And you match it right?" tboah Alberu.
"Why are asking an obvious question." Tcf Alberu said.
"Damn," that is all that tboah Alberu can say at that time as he sees his parallel trying his best to match the show that tcf Cale wants to show.
The crown prince gave up a part of his role for the day. He decided to play along with whatever Cale decided to do.
It would not be hard to do that.
On the other hand, there was someone who was facing a difficult situation.
"Mm."
Marquis Sand Ailan. He let out a groan.
The man who was known for having a stoic expression did not seem to be doing well.
"It feels like some old man that is sensitive in the aura is now being uncomfortable." Tboah Cale said.
He did not expect that his expression would change, not because of the smiling crown prince Alberu Crossman, but because of Cale Henituse.
'...I thought that he would still be a child, even if he received that position.'
"Child? I am 36 years old though." Tcf Cale.
"But you are in the body of a 20-year-old." Rok Soo corrected him.
"Whatever" tcf Cale said.
While Jung Soo is trying his best to hold his laugh.
He was not a child.
Then what was he?
"A legend! No, a God!!" tcf Clopeh immediately shouted making everyone shocked at the sudden shout.
"Clopeh shut your mouth or else I will detonate it here." Tcf Cale said.
This statement made everyone shiver as they remember that tcf Clopeh's limbs are currently bomb that can be his instant death if tcf Cale orders to.
"Vicious" Sooyoung whispered at Dokja.
"I kow right" Dokja whispered back hoping that tcf Cale will not hear it.
Marquis Sand Ailan was more sensitive to a person's aura because he was a martial artist. He believed that a person's aura gave off their life story.
However, Cale Henituse was giving off a king or a ruler's aura that was stronger than even Alberu Crossman's aura, someone who had grown up primed to become king.
He was giving off an aura that made the Marquis believe that Cale would not cower even against a Dragon's Dragon Fear, which was known to be the strongest aura in the world.
"Well, that is true as I also tried dragon fear on him when we first met." Tcf Eruhaben said.
"What? Even the aura of a dragon didn't even made him afraid?" Sooyoung said.
"Remember what happen before right that even the dragon can't stand the pressure he gave to us," Dokja said.
'I feel like I am being dominated by his aura.'
"I think you will not be the only one but all of you," Heewon said.
"You are right there Unnie," Jihye said.
As a highest-grade expert, his extremely sensitive intuition was going off.
"It was not off at all because that is true." Tcf Bud said.
Of course, Cale would have applauded if he knew what the Marquis was thinking about. This was because Cale was using the Dominating Aura to its fullest after eating a feast in the palace.
"That is right I will praise him after knowing it." Tcf Cale said ignoring the stares that he currently receiving from everyone.
Marquis Ailan, who did not know this, focused his gaze on Cale.
Alberu started to speak at that moment.
"It's been a while since so many people have gathered together."
"Ho~~ I am just speaking like that if I have the upper hand." Tboah Alberu said.
"Seeing this seems like Crown Prince Alberu does have the upper hand." Tcf Valentino
He was no longer using the formal tone to speak to them as it was confirmed that he would be the next king. Marquis Ailan saw the brightly smiling crown prince and pushed on his temple with his finger.
"Ohhh... so that is now confirmed there that the crown prince will be the one who would be the next king." Tboah Rosalyn said.
He had an ominous feeling about this.
"Who will be not." Some bystander said.
The crown prince only smiled like this when he had the advantage.
Alberu started to walk.
"I should go to my seat as well, however."
He stopped walking and turned around.
"It doesn't seem like there is a seat for our Commander?"
There was no seat for Cale in the room.
This was done by Duke Orsena's central faction.
It was a petty move.
"It is indeed a petty move." Rok Soo said while the other just agreed to him.
The nobles would sit while the person being interrogated would stand. You could even call it the beginning of the fight for power.
"Ahem."
Duke Granike Orsena could not hide his discomfort. He observed the crown prince, who knew that he had done this but had not said anything until now.
He then made eye contact.
Cale Henituse. He was directly looking at the Duke.
"I don't have a hobby of chatting while standing."
Cale's gaze slowly looked around the hall. The nobles understood his intent after looking at his gaze.
He was looking down at them.
"Who will not realize this as he is the power player, the front line, and the center of all of these events." Tcf Bud said.
"It will be shocking if he doesn't look down at everyone," Dokja said.
"But this isn't bad."
"Ho~ you looking so cool at that Cale." Soo Hyuk said while admiring the coolness of Cale.
Cale started to smile for the first time as if he enjoyed looking down on them like this.
"He is amused at the current situation and I am sure about that," Sooyoung said.
One of the southeast region's nobles made eye contact with Cale. He then started to shout as soon as Cale's gaze left him.
"I, I heard you were trash! I see that your personality has not changed."
"How dare he!" tcf Choi Han said.
"Looks like he will in the first batch Eruhaben-nim," tcf Ron said while smiling.
'Vicious and they are really planning that?' tcf Cale thought.
Dokja also thought that most or all of the companions of tcf Cale are also vicious.
"Shut up."
"Excuse me?"
The noble looked toward the leader of his faction.
Marquis Sand Ailan had a rare frown on his face as he glared at the noble.
"I told you to shut your mouth."
"Marquis-nim?"
"Seems their plan will not going to work," Heewon said.
The Marquis turned his gaze away.
"Can't you see the look in the eyes of the northeast region's nobles?"
"Excuse me?"
The noble had never seen the Marquis talking so much. That was why he also looked toward the northeast region's faction. He could hear the Marquis's voice at that moment.
"All of their eyes are focused on Cale Henituse."
"...Do you think that they are scared?"
'Like me?'
He did not say that part out loud.
"Why? I love to hear it though." Tcf Cale said.
'Is this person's happiness is tormenting one's life or scaring one's life?' Dokja thought.
"Why is he thinking that he is not vicious when all of them he is the most?" Sooyoung whispered to Dokja.
"Don't ask me and I don't know why" Dokja said.
He could see the Marquis starting to sigh. It seemed as if the Marquis was saying that this noble still had a long way to go. The Marquis started to speak once the noble cowered after seeing the Marquis's gaze once again.
"It is not fear but respect."
"Excuse me?"
Marquis Sand Ailan realized that the northeast region did not gather around Count Deruth, but actually around his son, Cale Henituse. They seemed to be gathered together by something tighter than power or greed.
"Unlike him, other is still blind because of their greed." Soo Hyuk said.
"...Looks like we will need to give up on the northeast region."
"See? He Immeadiately surrender the region because he knows that there is no way can obtain it." SooHyuk added.
'As expected to my Hyung.' Tcf Cale thought.
He slowly calmed himself and started to speak.
"I'm just glad it ended with the northeast region."
It was extremely lucky that only the northeast region gathered around Cale Henituse. If he had not realized it through this incident, the entire kingdom may have been eaten up by him.
Someone with that type of atmosphere around them was bound to draw people in. Even if they don't mean to do so, they will draw in more and more people.
"And he is right as what I can see right now all of the important people hear is connected to young master Cale. Not only that because he seems also to have a connection in the eastern continent." Tboah Alberu said.
'He is either going to gulp up another faction or increase his influence. I'm certain of it.'
Marquis Sand was thankful that he was now aware of it, giving him a chance to stop it before it got too severe.
However, there was an issue with his line of thought.
"Then let us get started with the meeting."
Crown prince Alberu started the meeting with a happy expression. He then looked toward a noble.
One of the nobles next to Duke Granike Orsena quickly stood up after seeing Alberu's gaze. He was the Count responsible for the progression of this Grand Nobles Meeting.
He stood up and opened up the agenda of things to discuss. He coughed a few times before starting to speak.
"Ahem, we are unable to start the meeting as not everyone is present."
Right after they hear it the atmosphere inside the theater immediately dropped but also immediateky disappear as Rok Soo takes action on it.
"Cale!" Rok Soo shouted to tcf Cale and it made tcf Cale notice what he suddenly do and immediately deactivate the ancient power.
"Sorry about that everyone." Tcf Cale said as he notice that some people were shocked at the sudden pressure.
"Cale, relax it happen already and you deal with it also. So, relax okay?" Rok soo said and tcf Cale just nodded as he really need to relax for a bit.
The Count turned his gaze away from the smiling crown prince as he continued to speak.
"Commander Cale, why did you come alone? The notice requested the attendance of two others as well."
The Count peeked toward Duke Orsena, the leader of his faction, who nodded his head in order to tell him to continue. The Count opened up his shoulders and looked at Cale after seeing the stubborn Duke giving him the go ahead.
"They did not have any idea what is going on and can't even think the right thing to do." Tcf Bud said.
He then flinched.
'How could a person-!'
He felt as if he was an herbivore in front of a carnivore. The Count started to sweat after seeing Cale's gaze that was directed at him.
There was not much a human could do after getting hit by this aura that even the Killer Whale Archie found difficult to handle.
"What?!" tboah Archie said?
"Why? that is true though and all of us also experience it before." Tcf Archie said that made them agree as they experience it first hand and realize what tcf Cale said is true.
Tap, tap.
Cale started to walk away from the center of the room.
He stopped walking once he got near the Count.
The Count was avoiding Cale's gaze and slightly lowering his head. It was a subconscious gesture. He felt as if he would suffocate if he did not do that.
He could hear Cale's voice.
"I feel you dude." Tboah Bud said eating some refreshments.
"I don't know who I should respond to since you have lowered your head."
The Count bit down on his lips and lifted up his head. However, his gaze quickly headed back down.
"Damn! The way you said is so satisfying. It is like you are stepping him using those eyes." Sooyoung said.
"He looks so cool just like master." Jihye said.
It was at that moment.
The crown prince who was seated facing the entrance of the hall twitched his eyebrow.
Screeeech.
A very quiet noise could be heard as the entrance opened just a tiny bit.
The knights should be guarding the door. The door that still opened just a tiny sliver did not open nor close, and instead remained exactly opened a tiny bit.
Alberu knew that Cale's people, the sword master and the necromancer, were the ones to do that. That would be why the knights allowed them to touch the door.
Alberu was correct.
Choi Han had a hand on his scabbard as he stood right in front of the slightly opened door. He then leaned in in order to listen.
Cale's voice soon reached both Choi Han and Mary.
Cale looked toward the only other person who was standing, the Count responsible for the progression of the meeting that was unable to make eye contact with him, and started to speak.
"I had asked them to make the navy uniform black."
"Hhmmm? What does he mean?" Heewon said.
"Looks like you will now make some actions." Rok Soo said.
"It is far from the supposed topic but oh well it seems that this way is more interesting." Sooyoung said.
It was an unrelated story.
His comment made some of the nobles wonder what he was trying to do. However, they could only gasp after hearing his continued words.
The voice of the man standing in the center of the large hall could be heard.
"That way you would not be able to tell even if you got blood on it."
"Oh my God!! He is scary as f*ck" Sooyoung said.
"He is," Dokja said.
Meanwhile, the others who hear this shivered in fear towards tcf Cale.
His emotionless face looked out toward the nobles.
"The blood on the northeast region's castle walls has still not dried. The northeastern ocean is also overflowing with blood."
They listened to the words coming out of the northeast region's commander's mouth. It made them recall the sight of the battle at the Henituse territory that they had seen through the video communication device.
They had been unable to hide their amazement and shock while they watched it. But now.
Most of them are still in fear after what they hear from tcf Cale but it is immediately replaced by the fear that they are currently seeing proving that the walls and the ocean are still tinted in blood. All of them are speechless on this fact, the fact that those people who are trying to suppress are a commander. Nevertheless, the commander who made the walls and the ocean be tainted by blood their enemies. Also, the commander led them to become victory in the war. It was useless though think that kind of person will be suppressed easily while getting the hands of his people.
"Whose blood do you think it was?"
The image of the battle that came along with the low voice of the man who had been at the forefront was a bit different.
Whose blood?
Even though all of the people inside the theater already know whose blood it is especially the nobles. The nobles still cannot able to answer, many emotions flowing in their mind at this time. Is it because of pressure, Indifference, inferiority, or just a fear towards the person that they decide to suppress? They don't know anymore they just want to finish this and pray that they will never experience that again.
Cale asked the question and then answered it.
"The enemy."
These nobles had not experienced war. They realized that the person in front of them was not simply a noble. The weight of the title of commander slowly started to seep into their minds.
"They definitely must realize who is the person that they trying to challenge." Tboah Alberu said.
"The Roan Kingdom's enemy, the northeast region's enemy, my enemy."
Cale's gaze then headed back toward the Count.
"As well as my people's enemy."
My enemy, but more importantly, my people's enemy.
Those words stabbed into the Count's ears like nails. The Count holding the agenda felt his hand starting to shake.
Even this was only a video the pressure that emits tcf Cale emits there was still making them shiver in fear.
"His presence is no joke," Sooyoung said.
"Yeah, only a handful of constellations can make this presence unless you are truly a powerful one," Dokja said.
"Damn, that means he can be a powerful constellation if he is on our world?" Jihye asks.
"Probably," Dokja said.
It was a warning.
My people.
It was a warning not to touch the sword master nor the necromancer.
"For me, that was not a warning it was more likely a threat." Tboah Choi Han said.
Marquis Ailan who was watching this started to speak almost as if he was gasping.
"...He's a tree."
A sturdy tree. One that never falters nor bows as it maintains its spot.
He should have realized this back during the capital's Plaza Terror Incident.
The Marquis realized that Cale Henituse truly was an upright hero.
"Hero? Pft- sorry," Rok Soo said.
"What nonsense is this old man spouting?" tcf Cale said.
'Hero? I am not a hero Choi Han and Mary are the heroes.' Tcf Cale thought.
That was why he was relieved.
He was relieved that Cale was not a schemer.
'What a relief.'
"Schemer? Hahahahahaha is more like a scammer though." Soo Hyuk said.
"He did not the true nature of our dongsaeng Hyung." Jung Soo said.
"I think he must be relieved knowing that he is not a schemer but something else," Hyunsung said.
It was at that moment.
"The Roan Kingdom is strong."
Cale did not care for the order on the agenda.
Whether or not they would agree to the Caro Kingdom's request.
He got down to business and said what he needed to say to the people who had called him here today.
"He really never care about them in the beginning," tcf Valentino said.
"Agree to the Caro Kingdom's request."
Both Valentino was touched after hearing this. Knowing that tcf Cale did not hesitate to help their kingdom made them in debt to him more.
"That doesn't seem-"
One of the nobles by Duke Orsena urgently started to speak. However, Cale did not look at them as he looked at the person at the highest spot in the room.
"Your highness."
Crown prince Alberu.
"What do you think?"
He responded back to Cale's question without any hesitation.
"Based on the report from the northeast region's naval base, the Roan Kingdom is able to maintain its current northeast region's defense while still being able to provide support to the Caro Kingdom."
"That is correct," tboah Alberu sai while nodding his head.
Some of the nobles by Marquis Ailan and Duke Orsena stood up from their seats. They seemed ready to say something as soon as the crown prince was finished.
These were people who would not let go of their gains even if they were scared.
"Disgusting bastards," both Cage said.
"I think my mother and father will be glad to welcome them in the underworld," Dokja said.
However, the crown prince did not care for them as he continued to speak.
"We also have a lot to gain if we help out the Caro Kingdom. It is worth it if you consider the future."
"That is true and each of us will be benefiting from those." Tcf Valentino said knowing that the Roan Kingdom will be the one who will be getting the benefit more but he did not care as he only cares about the citizens of his kingdom.
"But the other regions besides the northeast region don't have the extra manpower-!"
"They are still on it huh." Soo Hyuk said.
"They are the people who have a hunger for power so, they will not stop unless they get what they want." Jung Soo said.
One of the nobles urgently started to speak, however, he could not finish his sentence.
The crown prince casually added on as if he had expected this response.
"The capital and the central region have the Mage Brigade. We have our Royal Knights as well."
The crown prince's gaze then headed toward Marquis Ailan.
"The southeast region has the Roan Kingdom's strongest martial arts family."
"He is now making the move." Tcf Bud said.
"He is slowly stopping what schenes they are plotting for." Tcf Witira said.
The Marquis flinched for a moment.
One of his loyal nobles who saw him flinch started to speak.
He avoided Cale's gaze as he urgently started to shout.
"But the west side needs support! We need to send the northeast region's extra forces to the west!"
"They are now in the state of panic as they now know that they will be at disadvantage," Sooyoung said.
"Who will be in a panic especially if your plan doesn't go well," Dokja said.
It would be a way to reduce the forces in the northeast region while giving the other nobles a reason to support this decision.
Of course, this was not what the Marquis wanted.
This would only be beneficial to the southwest region and the northwest region.
The original plan was for the southeast region to gobble up the northeast region's forces, however, this noble wanted to take the flow of discussion back toward the nobles.
Some of the nobles nodded their heads in agreement as if he was correct.
This made him certain.
He thought that the southwest region and the northwest region would now go wild in order to take the support for themselves.
If they start causing a ruckus, they may be able to work some things in so that the central and southeast regions get some benefits as well.
At least that was what he was thinking.
"These bastards!!" tcf Cage shouted.
It was at that moment.
An old voice echoed in the hall.
This was the first time this person was speaking today.
"The southwest region is strong enough to defend our gate."
"Ho~! Seems that the Duchess choose to side with you" tboah Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale.
'This punk is amazing to convince the duchess to his side.' Tboah Alberu thought.
"I just give his grandson some enlighthenment. That's all and it was never really that hard you know." Tcf Cale said that it was like not a big thing.
"Crazy bastard," tboah Alberu mumbled.
It was the old noble, Duchess Sonata. She opened her mouth to speak.
"Your highness, the southwest region does not need any reinforcements."
Her voice was full of certainty and anticipation.
"The northwest region is the only one who still not talking about his side," Heewon said.
'Damn it.'
Both Marquis Ailan and Duke Orsena's expressions changed at the same time. The two of them had known Duchess Sonata for a long time. They could read her gaze.
'That old woman has something up her sleeve.'
That old noble never said something she did not mean. In fact, she was someone who kept her every word.
Marquis Sand Ailan started to frown even more at that moment.
'I heard she needed to lock the gates because of Cale Henituse. Weren't they enemies?'
"Lock the gates for him?" tboah Antonio said.
"Why would I do it?" tboah Antonio added.
He thought that the two of them were supposed to be enemies.
But that was not the end.
Someone else started to speak as well.
"The northwest region is safe as well."
"The game is not set," tcf Bud said.
"The game is already set even though this meeting was not even started," Sooyoung said.
"It is quite pitiful that they did not know they are already on the downside even before the meeting started," Heewon said.
It was the gentle looking man who was known amongst the nobles as a vicious man.
Taylor Stan.
He had not involved himself in the central region's politics ever since he took over, making the nobles think that he was busy enough dealing with the northwest region.
However, that was not it.
He had been lying low at Cale's request and the crown prince's order.
They kept him hidden in order for him to be a well-sharpened blade today.
"You really make him a well-sharpen blade aren't you?," tboah Alberu said to tcf Alberu.
Taylor Stan, who was in charge of the Stan household that oversees the northwest region, added something else.
"I agree with the commander's proposal."
The northwest region and the southwest region.
These two leaders were the only ones to speak among the western faction members.
The other nobles just sat there with their mouths shut.
"They team up," Joonghyuk said and immediately back to his quiet demeanor.
"...This..."
"Marquis-nim-"
Marquis Ailan could not pay attention to a different noble calling his name.
Duchess Sonata Gyerre.
Marquis Taylor Stan.
The Marquis looked at the two of their outfits.
He then looked toward the outfits of the northeast region's nobles.
Black.
They were all wearing black.
All of the people in the theater were shocked at this. They did not realize that the heads of the western factions are also wearing a black outfit like what the northeastern nobles wear.
The same black that the northeast region's navy supposedly selected so that you could not tell when you got blood on it.
They had come to get blood on it today.
They shivered at this thought that tcf Cale choose this move. He chooses to be soft and caring to his people. He also chooses to be merciless and brutal to his enemies that are trying to harm his people and territory.
They were here to take down their enemy and their side's enemy before returning back.
Marquis Ailan turned his head.
He could see that the crown prince was still smiling. He was also wearing a black dress shirt underneath his white coat.
"Damn! That's cool'" Jihye said.
"He is a two-faced bastard," Dokja said.
His gaze moved past the crown prince and stopped elsewhere.
The Marquis could see Cale Henituse smiling at him.
He'd been had.
Cale was no hero.
This was someone who knew about power and domination.
"Did he just realize it now? How slow." Tcf Cale said.
'We are not like you Mr. Perfect." tcf Bud thought. He wanted to say it out loud but he is scared that one of his companions will target him later.
"He is a sly bastard," Sooyoung said.
"Yeah, you are right," Dokja said.
Duke Orsena and Marquis Ailan heard Alberu's voice.
"We are strong."
We.
The definition of that word was clear.
They could see Cale responding back with a smile.
"You are correct, your highness. We are strong. We are strong enough to destroy anything in our way."
"Forget trampling a kingdom you might even have the power to trample an Empire at once." Tcf Bud said.
"Well, I already have a plan about that and am ready to make it a reality if we are not teleported here." Tcf Cale said.
Tcf Bud who was shocked at this turned his head to the mage tcf Rosalyn and he just receive a nod from her.
"Crazy bastard," tcf Bud said.
All of the people were currently on how tcf Cale trample an Empire with his forces. On the other hand tcf Adin is in rage as he hears that tcf Cale will destroy his Empire.
'Did he know something?' tcf Adin thought that tcf Cale does know something about the secret of the Empire as he think thoroughly.
"Wow, just wow, he is saying those things confidently knowing that he is sure that he will win those battles," Dokja said.
That was how strong they were.
Fear started to creep up the bodies of those who were not part of this, 'we.'
"Who will not?" Sooyoung said.
The fear that crept up starting from their ankles slowly filled the nobles' entire bodies. The southeast region and the central region's factions realized that something was wrong.
Crown prince Alberu started to speak at that moment.
"If we look through history, the citizens who survive a war cry while thinking about how they managed to survive, while the people in power start a new battle in order to fight for power."
"He is right," Tboah Alberu said.
"There are humans that fighthing for their lives but there also some that fighting for that useless power." Tcf Witira said.
The crown prince's gaze headed toward the nobles of the southeast region and the central region.
"People easily get delusional."
He was sitting with his chin in his hand as he looked right at the Marquis and Duke.
"They think that they will survive even though the war is not yet over. It's quite funny, yet pitiful."
"Damn you are so both hot on that meeting but in a different way." Some bystander said.
"You two really like looking on them huh," Sooyoung said.
"I will not be surprised if you become brothers because of your similarities," Heewon said.
Hearing this Reid immediately fix the schedule and decided that they will react to some good ones before the Caro Kingdom battle.
After what Heewon said some people agree that they are like brothers.
Marquis Sand Ailan avoided the crown prince's gaze and closed his eyes.
Deep wrinkles appeared on his face.
He had been had.
He thought that he had set up a trap in order to suppress Cale Henituse, but it was the opposite.
This was a trap to choke him.
"It was not just to choke him but also putting him and his people in their rightful places." Tcf Litana said.
Marquis Sand Ailan opened his eyes back and looked around the hall.
Why would the southwest region and the northwest region take the crown's side?
'I guess Taylor Stan makes sense.'
The eldest son of the former Marquis Stan. It was said that his legs were healed thanks to the crown prince. It was a good enough reason to develop a bond with the crown prince.
"Really?" tboah Alberu said.
"Yes, and before that Young Master Taylor offered me a deal. Since the deal will be benfiting both of us there is no reason to decline it." Tcf Alberu said.
However, the Gyerre household had been against the crown prince.
Marquis Ailan made eye contact with Duchess Sonata Gyerre.
Smirk.
The old noble smiled toward the Marquis. She then turned her head to look toward Cale Henituse.
'...That old hag!'
Marquis Sand Ailan bit down on his lips.
That old woman was supporting Cale Henituse and not the crown.
The Marquis let out a deep sigh. He heard the crown prince continuing to speak.
"You'll have to do something if you want to survive."
The crown prince called out to Cale for support.
"Isn't that right, commander?"
Cale slowly nodded his head.
"Yes, your highness."
"they don't care what their opinions are and just talk to themselves like they are the only people inside of the room," Sooyoung said.
Although it sounded as if only the two of them were chatting, not many other people could speak right now.
"With that being said, I don't think that there's any reason for me to be here anymore since I am finished with my report."
Marquis Sand Ailan flinched before looking toward Cale.
'He's leaving? Already? He's not going to stay to see the results?'
"He did not care about those puny results, Interesting." Tboah Eruhaben said.
The Marquis could not understand why Cale would leave without hearing about the results of the Caro Kingdom business. He observed Cale's face in order to see if he could notice anything until Cale's next words clarified it for him.
"The rest is up to the nobles, and I do not have any say as I am not a noble."
Cale was a commander, but he was still just a young master who had not received his father's title.
However, his gaze was still looking down at them while he said that he did not have the qualifications.
"You really enjoy the show that you make huh," Dokja said.
"I am satisfied with it." Tcf Cale said.
"Aiiggooo..." Rok soo said while massaging his temples after watching his dongsaeng make a scene at the meeting.
"Mm."
The Marquis let out a groan.
That was a warning and a treat .
It was a warning that he would be waiting to see what kind of decision the nobles ended up making. The Marquis could feel a headache brewing inside.
"Then, goodbye."
Cale casually said goodbye.
"I am leaving now in order to survive."
"Those words are heavy," Jihye said as they also fought to survive to witness the last scenario with everybody.
The nobles were quiet as the crown prince gave Cale permission to leave.
Cale leisurely turned away from the nobles and headed for the entrance.
'The Dominating Aura truly is best to scam or scare people.'
"Some people just said that it was useless power but for Cale it was so useful," DOkja said.
His footsteps were light as he managed to take care of this annoying business earlier than he had expected. Of course, only he knew about the lightness of his footsteps.
– I will remember the faces of that Marquis and Duke.
'Vicious child' Dokja thought.
Cale almost flinched at Raon's mumblings, but just let it go as he stood in front of the door.
He then happily pushed the door open.
Screeech- Bang!
The door opened with a loud noise.
'Eek!'
Cale gasped, but made it so that nobody would notice.
Choi Han and Mary were standing right outside the door.
He had told them to stay outside the door, but he did not expect that they would be right outside of it. Cale had to calm his heart.
He then started to move quickly.
Tap. Tap.
Cale's hands landed on Mary and Choi Han's shoulders.
It would be bad if Choi Han started to speak and acted terribly or if Mary used her GPS-like voice and said something nice.
Cale then took his hand off of their shoulders and started to speak.
"Let's go."
The two of them started to follow Cale, who walked forward without looking back.
That was why he was unable to see Choi Han and Mary's movements.
"Mm."
The Marquis subconsciously clenched onto the armrest.
Cale Henituse. The two people in black who were standing outside the door.
One was a man with black hair and black eyes, while the other was wearing a black robe that made it impossible to see any part of their face nor body.
Those two were probably the sword master and the necromancer.
Seeing the two of them wearing black as well made the Marquis feel chills down his back.
"Who will be not after you try to suppress their benefactor." Tcf Bud said.
The two of them slowly started to move after the commander's order to, 'let's go.'
The Marquis could see Cale Henituse leaving without any regrets.
Furthermore, he could see the sword master and necromancer who were looking around the hall.
Choi Han and Mary looked around the hall as they slowly turned around in order to follow behind Cale.
Mary's black robe made it so that the nobles could not see her gaze that was full of curiosity and wariness. She took a quick look around before following behind Cale.
However, Choi Han's gaze was fully visible to the nobles.
The highest-grade expert, Marquis Sand Ailan. He felt as if he could not breathe after seeing the sword master's gaze on him.
Choi Han only looked at those who had opposed Cale.
"Are you not coming?"
Choi Han stopped glaring after hearing Cale's voice. Cale had stopped walking and turned around to see what was going on. Choi Han then turned away from the nobles and quickly followed behind Cale.
"What were you doing?"
"Nothing, Cale-nim."
Cale started to walk again as Choi Han approached him.
The door slowly closed and the view of Cale's back disappeared.
Screeeech- boom!
The northeast region's commander could no longer be seen once the door completely closed. Crown prince Alberu's voice filled the room.
"Let us start the voting for this issue."
The process moved quieter than ever before.
One hour later, Cale was able to hear the results through the crown prince.
They had approved it.
Other than a few votes, the rest supported the decision to send reinforcements to the Caro Kingdom.
"They have no choice from the start but to approved it." Tboah Alber said.
"They definitely did not have any choice, your highness." Tboah Rosalyn said.
* * *
"Daddy, do you think I'll get to meet the Commander-nim?"
The father smiled as the child asked while banging on his silver shield.
"So cute!!" Heewon said.
"Of course. Isn't that why we got up so early in order to stand in the front like this?"
The child laughed at his father's words as joy and anticipation were evident on his face. The father was looking at the child with a nostalgic gaze.
A few months ago.
He had cheered for the crown prince and young master Cale on their way to the Mogoru Empire. The father still clearly remembered what young master Cale had said to his son who was cheering for him.
'I want to be a cool person like you, young master-nim!'
The noble who was heralded as a hero had said something unexpected when his son had said that.
'You won't be cool at all if you are like me.
Take after your father instead. Only your parents are cool enough to hug you and lift you up like this.'
"Wow, you a really cool hyung/oppa," Gilyoung and Yooseung said.
He had never seen a noble who would say things like this.
Recalling that moment still filled him with pride. He remembered how his son's eyes had sparkled as he looked at him after hearing young master Cale's words.
And today.
He was back to the streets with his son once again.
He was here to greet Commander Cale Henituse on his way to the Caro Kingdom.
Bang. Bang.
He could hear his son banging on his shield. He heard some of the people around him speaking at that moment.
"Do you think it is okay for us to send the Commander-nim to the Caro Kingdom when the war is not over yet?"
"Mm."
"He's even taking the sword master-nim and the necromancer-nim with him. Some of the knights and the First Mage Brigade are going as well."
"But the navy and the Royal Knights Brigade are not going. The other Mage Brigades are not going either."
"That's true, but..."
The citizen continued to speak as if he was calming his scared friend.
"The Commander-nim personally said to his highness that he would teleport right back if the Roan Kingdom was in danger. He considers our Roan Kingdom to be the most important."
He started to get emotional and raised his voice.
"Did you not hear about the conversation the Commander-nim had with his highness?"
"I heard of the rumors."
A rumor spread like a wildfire through the capital yesterday.
It was supposedly a conversation between Cale and the crown prince. They had no way of knowing if it was true or not, but it sounded like something the two of them would say.
"Do you remember what the Commander-nim said during that conversation?"
"...That the Roan Kingdom is strong?"
"Hmm... You are also uplifting the confidence of the citizens." Tboah Alberu said.
"Yes. 'Although everybody thinks we are nothing, the Roan Kingdom managed to have an overwhelming victory and showed our strength,' is what he said. He said that we should trust in ourselves more since we are strong and that we should help out those who are in need. He said that we should let the world experience the strength of the Roan Kingdom once again."
The father who was caressing his son's head nodded at the citizen's statement.
You could trust the words of the person who protected the Roan Kingdom.
"Furthermore, we have the heroes, the sword master-nim and the necromancer-nim. So let's trust them."
This was indeed the case.
These were two very strong heroes.
"...But to call a necromancer a hero..."
The man who was holding his son started to frown after hearing that comment. He opened his mouth to speak, however, the person talking to that citizen was faster.
"What's wrong with the necromancer-nim? The necromancer-nim is a hundred times, no, a thousand times better than those other northeast region's nobles who did nothing! Did you not see the video? It was a Dragon, a Dragon! How great and mighty did those Dragon bones look? Did you think that was evil?"
"No, but still. You know those stories that we've always heard about."
"Who cares about those stories? What matters is that we survive."
Hearing this those people who are using dark attributes can't help to become a little emotional and also tboah Mary. On the other hand tboah Alberu can't help to smile as he hears it. Those people bad-mouthing Mary and they even recognize her as their hero even though the books said that the necromancers are evil.
"That was the start," tbaoh Alberu said.
"Yes, your highness that is the start for the people to accept beings like Mary and it will be followed by the Dark elves in the underground city." Tcf Cale confidently said.
"Thank you.." tboah Alberu mumbled as he did not want to become emotional and destroy his facade as a perfect prince.
'Good, he's saying what I want to say.'
The man smiled with satisfaction before lifting his son up with his arms.
"The people of the Roan Kingdom are starting to change their views towards to tcf Mary and it is good to see," Jihye said.
It was at that moment.
Buuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu-
The sound of a trumpet could be heard.
"Daddy!"
He fixed his excited son in his arms and looked toward where his son was looking.
Clang. Clang.
Swords were being drawn up toward the sky.
All sorts of colorful mana orbs shot up to the air as well.
"Wow!"
The child watched the knights and mages walking toward them while in his father's arms. He then shouted toward his father.
"That mister must be the sword master-nim!"
He could see a man with black hair and black eyes at the center of the group of knights. The only sword master in the Roan Kingdom.
It was a man with a pure yet strong face. He also looked handsome enough to draw people's gazes toward him.
The child with the shield watched everybody walk by.
The Mage Brigade, the knights, and the sword master. He saw them all.
However, the person the child was searching for could not be seen.
Cale Henituse.
He was not visible.
They could only see a carriage behind the sword master.
'Is the Commander-nim inside the carriage?'
The child's eyes sparkled.
The carriage window slowly lowered as if it understood the child's thoughts.
"Wow!"
Necromancer.
He could see the necromancer wearing a black robe. The child cheered for this hero that he had never seen before.
"...Huh?"
However, his face was full of confusion.
He could not see him.
He felt as if there should be one more person in the carriage, and that it would be Commander Cale-nim. However, the Commander-nim did not show himself.
Naturally, this was because Cale did not want to show himself.
"Why?" Yooseung innocently asks.
"I just did want to." Tcf Cale said.
"Young master-nim, they are all calling for you."
"Mary, they are calling for you too."
There were cheers for the necromancer in the crowd as well. Of course, there weren't as many as the cheers for Choi Han, however, nobody was cursing her.
'His highness said that he would take care of it.'
Cale felt as if the crown prince had done something.
He had told Cale not to worry as they would only receive cheers during this progression. Cale had not asked about it because it was annoying.
"Still."
Cale pretended not to see the hesitating Mary as he leaned back into the chair.
"Young master Shield-nim!"
"Commander Silver Light-nim!"
"Oh~~~ now I know why you did not want to get out there," Rok Soo said with a grin on his face that makes tcf Cale shiver.
"Ohh!!~~~ Young Master silver light please notice me!!!" tboah Cale shouted.
Young Master shield!!! You are so cool!!!" Jung Soo followed
While Soo Hyuk can't hide his amusement at what he is seeing right now and decide to join a swell.
"Commander Silver light please notice this hyung" Soo Hyuk said while laughing.
Young Master shield! Young Master shield Everybody Young Master Shield!" Rok Soo said as he cheer at tcf Cale.
The tension in the room starts to become much lighter than before because of this scene. While the group of Dokja can't help to laugh also seeing this and this was too much for them to stop it. Tcf Cale the man who is now receiving these cheesy cheers that he did not want to hear just covers his face because of the too much embarrassment that he is currently receiving.
'Haa... I want to disappear!!!' tcf Cale thought.
"Haaaa."
He could not help but sigh.
'Can't they stop with these cheesy nicknames?'
"We won't~~~," Rok Soo said while cheering again.
"Yes, we won't," Jung Soo said as he helps Rok Soo in cheering.
It was at that moment.
"Excuse me, young master-nim."
"I'm not looking outside."
He bluntly responded back, but Mary hesitated for a moment before continuing to speak. Even Raon, who was invisible, started to speak.
"Young master-nim, one child is desperately calling for you."
– Weak human! It is the same child who shook his shield for you last time! I thought he would grow well, and he did grow quite a bit in just a few months!
'Damn it.'
Cale frowned quite a bit before moving toward Mary's side. He then peeked out the window.
"He can't reject a child." Soo Hyuk said.
'Aigoo.'
He could see the child who had an even fancier shield than last time.
Cale remembered this child.
'You won't be cool at all if you are like me.
Take after your father instead. Only your parents are cool enough to hug you and lift you up like this.'
This child had made him speak nonsense as he was nervous.
Cale looked toward the father-son duo who shook their shields fervently once they made eye contact with him before moving back to a corner of the carriage.
He then put his hand up to his face.
The number of shields had increased.
He could see people with silver shields, swords painted black, and even some wearing black robes as they cheered.
However, the number of shields was even more than the others.
'...Damn it.
What if the shield becomes even more trendy?'
"Young Master shield! Young Master shield." Rok Soo, Jung Soo, and tboah Cale cheered.
Cale's expression turned serious. He turned to the side to see Mary. He knew that Choi Han would be looking cool as he walked in the front as well.
'I need to make sure to show off the two of them this time.
If I do that, as well as manage to make the Dark Elves heroes as a group...
If we manage an overwhelming victory...
They will definitely forget about me.'
"Aiigggooo... unlucky bastard," tcf Eruhaben said.
Cale, who had heard about the number of troops heading toward the Caro Kingdom from Guardian Knight Clopeh diligently, no, desperately thought about it over and over.
'Let's take a back seat this time. Let's use less of my power this time. Let's not use the shield if I don't have to.'
"I don't think so that it will happen," Dokja said.
* * *
Those were the thoughts in his head as he teleported to the Caro Kingdom and had to greet someone.
"Oh, I knew you would be here now. Long time no see."
Cale was shocked.
The Caro Kingdom had requested reinforcements from the Roan Kingdom, as well as the Mogoru Empire, the nation closest to them.
The two nations naturally agreed to send reinforcements.
Cale had thought about the reinforcements the Empire would send.
He was quite curious as to how the Empire would act and what kind of reinforcements they would send since the Empire was on the same side as the Indomitable Alliance.
"What?!" tboah Valentino said.
"The person I thought my friend was siding to the enemies and also trying to appease me by sending also troops as a help? Did he think that I am that naive?" tboah Valentino said.
Seeing this tcf Valentino can't still help to be angry at tcf Adin as he knows what that bastard trying to do.
However, this person was not in his calculations.
"...Have you been well, your highness, Imperial Prince-nim?"
The Mogoru Empire's Imperial Prince Adin was smiling at Cale, who was standing on top of the teleportation magic circle.
'Why is this bastard here?
What about the Empire? Don't you need to defend the Empire?'
Cale was flabbergasted.
The Imperial Prince smiled as he responded back.
"Of course. Congratulations on the Roan Kingdom's victory."
Cale held back a scoff.
'Been well my ass.
You've probably been unable to sleep in anger after seeing the Roan Kingdom's victory.'
"This f*cker!!" tcf Adin said in anger,
He didn't need to see it in order to know that this two-faced bastard was angry about it.
However, Cale smiled back toward the Imperial Prince. It was unexpected that he ran into the Imperial Prince here at the Caro Kingdom.
"Have you been well, young master Cale?"
Cale responded back to the Imperial Prince happier than ever.
"Yes, your highness. I can stretch my legs and sleep well at night thanks to our victory."
"Oho~~ you are really making chaos here and there huh." Tcf Alberu said.
Cale could see the corner of the Imperial Prince's lips shaking a bit.
He felt good doing this.
"Crazy bastard," tcf Bud said.
His smile became wider while thinking about how there will be many other things that he can do in the future that would make him feel good.
– Weak human, it's been a while since you've smiled like this! Are you about to scam someone?
'Scam? No. I'm just smiling.'
Cale simply let Raon's comments go in one ear and out the other.
"That smile seems like you have a plan to destroy him," Dokja said.
"Dokja as he said earlier he already has the plans to destroy the Empire and he is just waiting for the right time to execute it," Sooyoung said.
<" Ok! Everyone that's it. Now we will have your break as usual and after you came back we will now proceed to some light one, and the upcoming scenes will indeed be a light one. There will be no headache will be involved and it will be good for all of your hearts. Then, I will be sitting here and just wait for all of you to return here after the break."> Reid said while doing sipping his coffee.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am sorry that I can't unable to update yesterday as I distract myself from farming some materials in my game. Again, I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
CLUE FOR THE NEXT UPDATE: HYUNG AND THE NEW DUCHY
Chapter 18: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 1
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
{After reading some comments yesterday I really think that some of my readers needed a holy water and some bonks. Hahahahahahahahahaha}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 18: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 1
<" Welcome back! Now we will continue the activity. As I said before we will now watch light scenes and it is the rise of the new Duchy of the Roan Kingdom. Also, the gaining of a new Hyung of someone. I told you that this will be a relaxed one so don't be so nervous. Ok, since all of you are now settled let's start it now."> Reid said as he waited for the videos where his nephew gained another or Hyung or another source of money.
Many of them are relieved but they still put their guards up because they will not know if there will be some scenes that may shock their hearts out.
"Seeing their reactions it seems that they did not trust the words light one because of what they witnessed before," Sooyoung said
"Who will not be traumatized if someone tells you that you will watch a slice of life genre but turns out it was a horror huh?" Dokja said.
"Shut Up you two," Joonghyuk said while glaring at Dokja and Sooyoung.
"Ha.... Let's just watch it and see if this was really a light one." Dokja said.
{I started the chapter at second half of chapter 432 because the first half is connected to the trick that they do to White star in the territory of the whale tribe.}
CHAPTER 18: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 1 (CHAPTER 432 – 433: ME? WHY? 1- 2)
Beeeeeep- Beeeeeeep-
A sharp noise reached Cale's ears at that moment.
Ooooooooong.
The teleportation was halted.
"Human!"
Cale could see a video communication device that appeared in the air. The video communication device was glowing red. There was only one person that it would glow red for other than an emergency call.
'The crown prince?'
Crown prince Alberu Crossman had contacted him for the first time in a while. Cale motioned for the group to halt for a moment before moving to a quiet place in a corner of the glacier and pointing to the video communication device.
– I'm connecting him!
Raon immediately connected the call and Cale could see the image that appeared on top of the ice. Alberu Crossman was standing there, and Cale's expression soon turned odd.
"...Your highness, did something happen?"
"You really know each other to the point that just seeing you he will definitely know that there is something wrong." Tboah Alberu said.
Smile.
Alberu Crossman who had a bright smile on his face was waving at Cale.
– Young master Cale, have you been well?
"What the hell?"
"Seeing your reaction here it seems that you did not expect him smiling at you at all." Sooyoung said.
"Seeing that I also feel that some troublesome things will be given to me by his highness." Tcf Cale said.
"Is that how horrible you see me?" tcf Alberu said and still flabbergasted on the statement of tcf Cale.
"And you also don't care that you currently cursing the crown prince of your kingdom huh," Dokja said.
"Well, that was way Cale-nim do his things," tcf Choi Han said.
'Oops.'
Cale had subconsciously said what was on his mind.
"My apologies, I subconsciously blurted out my true feelings. I apologize for showing such a profane demeanor."
– No worries. It's understandable.
"...Something seems very weird."
"Seeing your reaction that was really weird of you," tboah Alber said.
"Right, a royalty will just ignore that statement from his subject?" Sooyoung said.
"I am currently feeling some creeps on my back even just watching this," tcf Cale.
"A feeling that make your slacker life pack her things again?" Rok Soo said while tboah Cale just shake his head as his older brother trying to get his nerves again on his other brother again. While Jung Soo keeping his self laughing to the situation of his dongsaeng.
Cale looked deeply confused. He paid close attention to what he saw on the screen again. It was Alberu's usual office. He was in his formal attire as if he had just come from a meeting and nothing seemed to be out of space.
Everything seemed the same as always.
'But why is he acting like this?'
Alberu started to speak as Cale slowly started to frown.
– We plan on proceeding with the punishment for the prisoners we captured during the battle.
"I see."
This call was to inform him that Syrem and the other enemies would officially face their punishments.
Cale was thinking that it had taken quite long to get to this point. However, it had not even been a year since the war happened, so it made sense considering that they probably wanted to restore anything that was destroyed first.
– We plan on having an award ceremony as well.
"I see."
It was normal for there to be an award ceremony to reward people for their merits during the war.
'Mm!'
Cale suddenly had an ominous feeling.
'That cheesy smile on his face!
Is something about to happen to me?'
"Don't you want to be awarded?" Dokja asks.
"Hell! No!" tcf Cale shouted.
"Choi Han, Mary and the other people who greatly contribute the war are the only one's that will be receiving awards." Tcf Cale said.
"But you are literally the one conduct the whole battle," Sooyoung said.
"Unnie is right," Jihye said.
"Haa..... I don't want to deal to troublesome things and I want to be a rich slacker okay?" tcf Cale said.
"Seeing this also like you have some kind of sensor that tells that you are danger and endanger your dream," Heewon said.
Cale Henituse would be the first on the list when it came to merits during the war! Cale quickly started to speak with a look of urgency on his face.
"Your highness! I absolutely do not need any fame or power! I would prefer lemonades to them!"
"Oho~~, I will ready your favorite tea later young master. This old man is glad that my work is being paid off." Tcf Ron said with his benign smile.
'Old man? I did not see any old man that can like this on their age you know?' Dokja thought.
"Why did I say it?!!" tcf Cale said while screaming internally. While Rok Soo and tbaoh Cale just comfort him to ease some tense knowing that later he will taste his favorite lemon tea again.
Alberu was quiet for a moment.
– Don't worry.
He then continued to speak with a gentle smile on his face.
– We will remove the commander title given to you and we will not give you any further public posts or nobility rank.
"Oh!"
Cale was honestly full of admiration as he responded.
"You really don't like responsibilities huh," Joonghyuk said.
"You are selfless but knowing that you just don't want responsibilities I am now thinking if you are stil selfless." Sooyoung bluntly said.
"Your highness, you will keep our promise! That is correct! I do not need anything other than golden plaques or money!"
– Yes, yes.
"Wow you just bluntly said those to your ruler?" Dokja said.
"There is no problem about that for me," Tcf Cale said.
"He is the only one that treats you like that right?" Tboah Alberu asks.
"Fortunately I am the only one because all of the royalties I know he treated them differently each time. Crown Prince Valentino and John are exceptions of course." Tcf Alberu said.
"Damn," Jihye said.
"Your highness, you truly have what it takes to be the moon over the Roan Kingdom and the Western continent's night sky and the sun during the day!"
– Yes, yes. It looks like the Henituse household will become at least a Marquis and at maximum a Duke household.
'Ah?'
"What?!" tcf Cale said.
"Why? you are not happy?" Rok Soo asks.
"Wow! You made the Henituse from being a county to a possible Marquis or Ducal household?" Tboah Cale said.
"Ahh! No, I am glad of course it is just I did not expect it at all." Tcf Cale said.
"Well considering your contributions to the war I am really considering doing this." Tcf Alberu said.
"You are doing it in that scene, your highness," tcf Cale said.
Cale's body suddenly stopped as if he was a malfunctioning machine. Alberu didn't care as he smiled brightly and continued to speak.
"Does your smiles at each other mean a bad omen for both of you?" Heewon asks.
"Yes!" both tcf Cale and Alberu said.
– It wasn't my intention either, but the citizens keep saying that the guardian who protected the Roan Kingdom was the Henituse household. There's a Marquis or Duke in the Roan Kingdom's central region, the Northwest region, The Southwest region, and the Southeast region, so why! They kept saying the Henituse household has a lot of merits from the war and begged for me to raise the Count's title to a higher one.
"Well, the citizens of your kingdom are right Cale your household definitely deserves it," Dokja said.
"Yeah, I know," tcf Cale said.
"...Your highness, isn't it difficult for a Count to become a Marquis or a Duke? Unless they have such meritorious achievements such as saving the kingdom or the continent-"
'...Ah.'
Cale shut up in the middle of his sentence. The achievements of Cale and others who were associated with the Henituse household were similar to what he had just described.
They had fought off the Indomitable Alliance, prevented the naval battle without many casualties, and achieved many other things that made others see the Roan Kingdom as a strong kingdom.
Cale's shoulders slowly started to fall.
– There's also a rumor going around right now. They say that there is this evil bastard named the White Star who was the backing for the Empire's Alchemists' Tower and was the culprit behind the war with the North and that Young master Silver Light was gathering heroes to protect the Western continent. The citizens were saying we needed to protect our young master.
"Indeed our Young Master Silver Light~~~ do it even his body can't handle anymore the fatigue but he still does it for the of his Kingdom, family, and friends." Rok Soo said while wiping his invisible tears. While Tboah Cale is just acting like he is crying outside and he is just laughing that can sound like he is crying. Jung Soo on the other hand was purely proud of what his dongsaeng do. Soo Hyuk was amused at the scenes that his dongsaengs do to tcf Cale.
'Aigoo, aigoo.'
Cale wanted to cry.
"I really also want to cry right now. My slacker life, my dream...." Tcf Cale said.
"Goodbye Cale Henituse I wish we will never meet again." Rok Soo said.
"No! don't leave I will promise that I will prioritize you after this, So don't leave me!" Tboah Cale said.
"No! my decision is final you cannot stop me again." Rok Soo said while walking away.
"No!!! my slacker life....." tboah Cale said while kneeling on the floor and do his fake crying.
"Both of you can be good actors you know?" Soo Hyuk said.
"Nah~~ tcf Cale is still the best one out of us because he can do any role except for being trash." Rok Soo said.
While the man of this topic is just quiet while promising to himself that he will definitely kill tcf White star and have his slacker life.
– Congratulations. It looks like you can end up becoming the slacker firstborn of Duke Henituse's household.
The smiling Alberu seemed to be making fun of Cale.
"You think that was fun your highness?" tcf Cale asks.
"I don't see anything wrong with that young master silver shield or should I young master slacker?" tcf Alberu teasingly said that made tcf Cale clicks his tongue out of annoyance.
"Did you just disrespect me?" tcf Alberu asks.
"I think you just hallucinating your highness," tcf Cale said.
'The audacity of this bastard,' tcf Alberu thought.
"I will not be shocked if both of you become brothers," tcf Tasha said that some of the people from the family of tcf Cale agreed especially tcf Choi Han.
– By the way, who will become the next lord of your household? Why has a decision not been made yet?
'My younger brother Basen....'
The talented and cool Basen existed in the Henituse territory. Alberu continued to speak in a bright voice the moment Cale's eyes sparkled.
Both Basen was happy at this sudden praise that he receive. But tcf Basen knows that his hyung is more Cool and talented than him.
– Your family should contact you regarding a title awarding ceremony for Count Deruth. See you then, since the whole family needs to come to the palace for such an affair.
Cale could see the smiling Clopeh who had noticed that the conversation was coming to an end and had walked over.
"We put in a lot of effort to spread those rumors."
'Ah, this crazy bastard.'
Cale was angry at Clopeh who had done so well and achieved much more than he had expected Clopeh to do.
"Why are you angry at your lunatic believer?" Sooyoung asks.
"I don't even know but I think he do something that I think that he did not must do." Tcf Cale said.
"and don't tolerate him by saying he is a believer because I will never think twice to kill him," tcf Cale added.
While Dokja shivers at the warning of Cale.
'How the hell did he spread the rumors through the north and all the way to the Roan Kingdom in such a short amount of time?'
Crown prince Alberu smiled at Cale who seemed shocked as he continued to speak.
– Our great hero, Young master Silver Light. See you at the palace soon.
"Damn It!" tcf Cale said while Rok Soo was just laughing at his seat.
'Damn it!
He's clearly making fun of me!'
The call ended as Cale frowned again. Cale's shoulders slouched forward quite a bit.
Cale looked solemn. It was because his mind was complicated more than ever before.
'... If the Henituse household really becomes a Marquis......!
No, if it becomes a Duke's household!'
They were rich, had the strongest influence in the naval forces, and would have the title of Duke or Marquis? Just thinking about that made Cale feel as if his slacker life was turning into an illusion and waving goodbye to him.
"Your slacker life has already left since you met Choi Han, okay?" Rok Soo said.
'Nah, no way.'
The Roan Kingdom's nobles would have to be crazy to let one household have money, power, and honor. Furthermore, how smart was crown prince Alberu Crossman? No matter how much that person trusts Cale, would he push power for his family as well?
"Young master-nim, are you okay?"
Cale turned to see Witira looking at him with an odd expression on her face. She debated it for a moment before starting to speak.
"... Young master-nim, why are you rejecting all those things?"
She found someone like Cale Henituse who rejected a respected position, title, and honor to be weird.
"Why else?"
Cale grumbled with a frown on his face.
"Things like that are annoying. I already have plenty of things to do."
"That's right I already have plenty of things to do so because of the want to be God bastrad why would I care those things then," tcf Cale said.
He had a lot of things to do after getting rid of that White Star bastard. He already needed to farm even as a slacker because of the promise he made with team leader Lee Soo Hyuk.
"Awww~~~ This old man really appreciates your concern on your promises." Soo Hyuk said.
"Stop talking like that, Well I will do it while I am slacking ok? Also, I promise it and I don't break promises remember?" tcf Cale said.
"But really thank you for not forgetting your promise from me and letting your children to join you will lessen the work," SooHyuk added.
"My uncle will help you too right uncle?" Jung soo said.
"Of course, I will help Cale-nim doing his small farm." Tcf Choi Han said.
"That's right we will help my human to build his farm," Raon said.
Farming was not an easy task. Kim Rok Soo was someone who had lived in cities his whole life. He was more accustomed to a job like being a server in the Eastern continent's 'Hope and Adventure Loving Inn' than farming.
'I need to read up on farming too.'
"Once he decides to do one thing he always do it perfectly and whole heatedly," Soo Hyuk said.
Hearing this the admiration of the people towards tcf Cale just kept on increasing.
He couldn't do a bad job at it if he was going to create a field and start farming. He needed to at least have basic knowledge about farming.
'The children will be watching me.'
The children averaging nine-years-old would be by Cale's side watching him farm. If Cale half-assed the farming with them watching? If he threw the seeds and didn't care about the field at all?
Cale may not care about helping with the children's education, but even he wouldn't do something like that.
He needed to play, eat, rest, sleep, and now farm once he became a slacker. He was already concerned that he wouldn't have time to rest because of the farm, so who cares about a respected position? Title? He didn't need any of those things.
Witira seemed to be sighing as she started to speak toward Cale who seemed to be thinking deeply about something.
"He is truly a selfless person, not that I hate him though," Sooyoung said.
"Right, who will care about having a rank or a title if you are just living miserably and lonely in your life. Sometimes peace will give much more happiness than any these things." Dokja said.
"...Young master-nim, taking care of the White Star really is difficult, but you should still take the things you're supposed to take."
'Hmm?'
Cale felt something from Witira's actions. She seemed to have misunderstood him and was looking at him with a gaze that seemed to be thinking that he was a person who wanted to sacrifice himself. Cale started to speak in order to change that gaze.
"I'm not talking about the White Star. I'm not talking about the present, I'm talking about the future."
"The future?"
"Yes. I need to farm in the future."
'Mm, yes indeed, it will be a small field to start and I'm going to plant crops that are easy to grow.'
"... Farm?"
"Yes. What else is there for me to do after getting rid of the White Star? I'm just going to return to the Forest of Darkness and live a quiet life."
"Ah! Young Master, you can visit your villa in the jungle and I am sure that ten will also love to help you to farm," tcf Litana said.
"He has a land on the jungle?" tboah Litana asks.
"It was some payment as he put down the fire in the jungle," tcf litana said.
"Thank you for your suggestion queen Litana I will take note of that," tcf Cale said.
Just thinking about it was making Cale happy. The villa in Harris Village, the Super Rock Villa in the Forest of Darkness, Sheritt and Raon's castle. Isn't living quietly in such dazzling places the slacker life of his dreams?
"Hearing those places, just how many are your house?" Dokja asks.
"Well, I have the Villa in the Harris Village, The Super Rock Villa, the soon Raon's Catle, and the Villa in the Jungle. So I think 4 all in all excluding the houses of the Henituse Family that I occasionally visit and our house in the Territory." Tcf Cale said.
"Wow! Hyung you are so rich!" Gilyoung said.
"No wonder that wasting 10 Billion coins was an easy fit for you to do," Sooyoung said.
<" You can see the Houses here,"> Rei said while showing them pictures of the tcf Cale houses or mansions.
"Damn, those mansions are no joke," Sooyoung said.
"Yes, I agree," Dokja said while still in amazement at the mansions of Tcf Cale.
"What the.... Those mansions can rival the places in the kingdom." Tboah Alberu said.
"I agree with his highness even at the Caro kingdom they cannot be compared at this," tcf Valentino said.
<" Now let's continue watching,"> Reid said while most of them are still in shock on the houses that tcf Cale owns.
"...Living quietly in the Forest of Darkness?"
"Yes. What do you think? Doesn't it sound great?"
Cale started to smile while thinking about this happy future. He then looked out toward the edge of the northern ocean.
'I'll treat the profits from the Eastern continent's inn as my pension and live a comfortable life. It sounds so wonderful!'
"You even have a retirement plan already?" tcf Alberu asks.
"Well, of course, your highness if it is good that you must have a retirement plan because you will do not know what the future holds." Tcf Cale said.
Cale looked relaxed. However, Witira started to frown while looking at him. She couldn't figure out what to say.
The Forest of Darkness. What kind of place was that forest?
It was the place on the Western continent with the oddest and strongest monsters, making it so that he would need to stay alert even with a Dragon by his side.
Wasn't that the reason the Henituse territory created a large stone wall to divide the Forest of Darkness from the rest of the territory?
"There is a place like that in your world?" Jihye asks.
"Yes, there are 5 forbidden areas in Western Continent and 3 Restricted areas in Eastern Continent," Bud said.
Furthermore, the Henituse household had been known as the guardians who protected the Roan Kingdom from the Forest of Darkness for generations. The world after defeating the White Star. That world would be peaceful as Cale mentioned, besides from war between kingdoms or different Beast people tribes.
'But in such a world, young master Cale...
He wants to throw away all titles and positions and stay in the dangerous Forest of Darkness to protect the world and let it be at peace?'
"I just want to clarify some things, my Villa is in the underground of the forest and only my family are only the people who knew the coordinates and way to go in. So, don't think coming there ever," tcf Cale said while leaking a bit of dominating aura that made everyone nod their heads because of fear.
No. That was not all either.
'He wants to farm in that dangerous Forest of Darkness? Is he saying that he wants to turn that place into an abundant land that would benefit the world? He also wants to do it quietly without other people knowing, not wanting any wealth or honor in return?'
Witira felt frustrated. She then heard someone quietly mumble next to her.
"...It was real."
The quiet but passionate voice made her look toward the speaker. Witira could see Clopeh looking at Cale with an odd expression.
Clopeh clenched his fists.
'Finally!'
Clopeh had finally understood a bit about Cale Henituse.
Clopeh had not been able to tell until now whether Cale was stupid or smart.
"That bastard!!" tcf Choi Han said.
Sometimes Cale acted like an emotional idiot while other times he coldly treated Clopeh like a puppet.
However, Clopeh now realized why he had not been able to tell whether Cale was stupid or smart.
'He's different than me.
Cale Henituse, this man, has no greed.'
"He has greed but for money only," tcf Alber said
Cale always claimed to be a greedy person, however, the objects of his greed were not wealth, honor, or power.
It was a much greater greed. He was greedy for something Clopeh did not dare to imagine.
'...His greed is to create a peaceful world!'
"What nonsense that bastard talking about?!" tcf Cale shouted.
"Haa..... I just want to live peacefully okay? That's all." Tcf Cale added.
'Still doesn't he mean he wants to have a peaceful world for him to be live peacefully?' Most of the people thought as they misunderstood tcf Cale again.
Clopeh was able to realize Cale Henituse's lofty greed after hearing about how he wanted to throw everything aside and farm in the Forest of Darkness.
'That person is choosing to live in seclusion because he doesn't want himself to become a faction that threatens the world either!'
A world without the White Star. What would be the strongest faction in such a world? Who would be the leader of that faction?
Who would be the person who has the greatest influence on both the Eastern and Western continents?
It would be Cale Henituse. Would the wise Cale Henituse not know that?
'I'm sure he knows about it too well.'
"Haaa.... For Dragon's sake someone please fix the head of Clopeh," tcf Cale said.
"It might be hard Cale-nim because Clopeh is now impossible to fix now." Tcf Choi Han said.
"Just.....Don't give up okay?" Rok Soo said as he could not find the right words to comfort his dongsaeng.
That was why Cale Henituse, for the sake of world peace, was going to live in seclusion to prevent any further chaos in the world.
'However, if another White Star, or a faction similar to the Indomitable Alliance that I started appears again-!'
Cale Henituse would return to the outside world again. He would return to fulfill this unattainable desire for world peace. This greed was so grand that Clopeh could only say that Cale Henituse had no greed. It was not something that could be properly described by the word greed.
'...He will truly become a legend.'
"And I will make sure that you will become a legend Cale-nim!!!!" tcf Clopeh shouted.
An odd sense of passion enveloped Clopeh's whole body. Only a single thought filled Clopeh's mind as his questions disappeared and everything seemed to fall into place.
'Cale Henituse is an extremely scary person.'
"Yup, he is right on that point," Sooyoung said.
Clopeh Sekka dreamt of becoming a legend as well. However, that dream was for himself. But if someone was willing to erase themselves as they walked...
'He's the real deal.'
His gaze then moved from Cale to the others. He could see Choi Han. Choi Han was chuckling and looking at Cale with a, 'nothing I can do about you,' type of expression.
And also inside the theater, tcf Choi Han's face is like what the screen projects as his liege is currently suffering about the rambling of tcf Clopeh.
'...Cale Henituse has extremely strong allies who would go into seclusion with him and travel to the ends of the world beside him if need be.
That's scary. That's very scary.'
Clopeh felt both fear and pleasure at the same time.
'I'm also on Cale Henituse's side.'
"Are you sure about that?" Sooyoung said.
"I am glad that I am not the only one who thinks that," Heewon said.
"Sooyoung and Heewon-ssi don't crush the hopes of tcf Clopeh," Dokja said.
"No, it's okay Dokja-ssi he was not in my group in the first place."
The corners of his lips curled up as high as possible. He then looked toward another strong individual who had been moved by Cale.
"Young master-nim, your dream, I truly hope that it comes true."
Witira suppressed her frustration and tried her best to smile as she commented. Cale tried to smile back at her but failed to do so.
"I will pray that the fertile and wide field you create in the Forest of Darkness would be full of crops every year."
Cale started to frown.
'What the hell is this Whale saying?! Wide field?! Who said anything about a wide field?!'
"I will just make a LITTLE FARM ok? There is no need to a wide field." Tcf Cale said.
Cale opened his mouth to report. It was at that moment.
Pfft.
He heard someone chuckle.
"It is just small-scale farming. It is not a wide field."
Choi Han had a pure smile on his face as he answered Witira and turned toward Cale to ask a question.
"Isn't that right, Cale-nim?"
"You, you are making fun of me aren't you?" tcf Cale said while looking at tcf Choi Han.
"How. Could. I. Do. That. To. You. Cale-nim," tcf Choi Han said.
Cale could see Choi Han asking while looking at him with a pitying gaze. It was the same pitiful gaze Kim Rok Soo's peers had given him whenever he spoke nonsense.
It made him feel iffy, but Cale nodded his head and confirmed.
"Exactly. Small-scale farming indeed."
– Human! Are we farming? What are we going to grow? I will water the field with magic! Human, Choi Han said we need chili peppers and beans to make gochujang and doenjang! Let's grow those first!
"What?! How did he know that? I am sure that I did not tell anyone," tcf Cale said that made brings a little bit of panic to himself.
<" Just watch my nephew everything will be explained."> Reid said.
Cale's expression turned stoic as he continued to listen to the excited Raon. However, Witira and Clopeh who could not hear Raon started to think different things after seeing Cale's expression change while Choi Han was working hard to prevent himself from laughing.
Choi Han had seen through Choi Jung Soo's memories. It had happened when the 25 years old Choi Jung Soo had met with the guild leader of Korea's largest guild responsible for Seoul's Section A with his colleague and same-aged friend Kim Rok Soo.
"What?! How?" tcf Cale said.
<" The will happen when you will attack the 4 alchemists towers of the Mogoru Empire. It is also included in the deal that Thanatos made between your friends or family when you are still in your original body."> Reid said.
"Thanatos?" tcf Cale asks.
<" Ah! You know him as the God of Death."> Reid said.
"So he will inherit the power of Jung Soo and he will also see the memories of Jung Soo while I am still in my original body?" tcf Cale asks.
<" Yes, and Choi Han only deduces some things to cam up to an I dead that you are Kim Rok Soo."> Reid said.
The guild leader had made an offer to Kim Rok Soo at that time.
'Kim Rok Soo, why don't you enter our guild? I think very highly of your abilities. We will give you the best treatment."
'But I don't want to.'
'...Can I ask why?'
'I plan on working in this company until I can be a slacker.'
"Haaa.... Even in your past life and present life your dream still does not change," tcf ALberu said.
'What? You're going to keep working in that company that pays you a rat's tail of a salary and gives you no fame whatsoever?'
'They'll at least take care of me in retirement.'
'... Ho, you're going to silently work there until you retire?'
'Probably not silently, but pretty much, yes?'
'Ho!'
That guild leader had shaken his head while sighing and mumbling to himself.
'...What an amazing mindset.'
"He really does have an amazing mindset," Dokja said.
Kim Rok Soo had looked at that guild leader as if he was the odd one. Choi Han remembered Choi Jung Soo's feelings as he looked at Kim Rok Soo at that time.
'Kim Rok Soo, this bastard, is like this again. And that guild leader should have understood when he said that he wanted to become a slacker, so why is he mentioning the rest of this nonsense? The team leader and Kim Rok Soo, they're both so similar, sigh.'
That had been Choi Jung Soo's feelings. Choi Han understood Choi Jung Soo's feelings as he looked at Cale, Witira, and Clopeh right now.
Pat, pat.
His hand patted Cale's shoulder.
"What do you want?"
Cale looked at him with a grumbling expression and Choi Han responded with a pure smile on his face.
"I will help you farm."
"Awwww~~~ that is sweet," Heewon said.
"uncle you must monitor him and plats that you are farming," Jung soo said.
"Don't worry about that and I will make sure that every harvest of Cale-nim will be bountiful." Tcf Choi Han said.
'...This bastard, no, why is this person, Choi Han, acting like this?'
Cale was baffled as he started to speak.
"Let's go see Mary for now."
Cale, Raon, and Choi Han soon left a frowning Witira and a passionate Clopeh behind as they headed toward the Land of Death, one of the Western continent's forbidden regions.
***
Three days later, Cale stepped onto the teleportation magic circle as Rosalyn watched him leave.
– Human! I will be right behind you! See you in 1 minute!
"Congratulations, young master-nim! Choi Han and Mary will come soon too!"
"...Okay."
Cale weakly responded and the bright light from the teleportation magic circle soon covered his sight. He heard Rosalyn's bright voice as that happened.
"I don't know if it will be a Duke or a Marquis, but I hope it is a Duke!"
"But seeing the title before it says The rise of the new Duchy so it's means that the Henituse County will be soon Henituse Duchy." Tcf Rosalyn said.
'Damn it!'
Cale closed his eyes and let the teleportation take him to the Henituse residence at the Roan Kingdom's capital. He had received a call from Count Deruth while working at the Land of Death's Underground City to come up with a plan to deal with the White Star.
Count Deruth was smiling brightly as he mentioned the issue the crown prince mentioned last time.
'Cale, let's see each other again for the first time in a long while at the capital. Can you make it?'
Cale said that he would definitely be there.
'...Who knows what would happen to me without my being there?'
He needed to make sure nothing happened. The whole ceremony had to pass without Cale Henituse receiving anything. Cale made up his mind to personally make sure that happened.
"You really don't want any attention from the masses huh," tcf Alberu said.
"yes, your highness as it will be a big threat to my dream of being a rich slacker," tcf Cale said.
Paaaat!
He firmed his resolve once more as he was blinded by the bright light. He would definitely do something that would allow him to be one step closer to the life of a slacker.
***
"Hyung-nim."
He opened his eyes in a familiar location after the light from the teleportation disappeared.
– Human! I'm here!
He listened to Raon's voice in his head as he looked around at the Henituse family's capital residence's underground training ground that had not changed much in the past two years.
"Welcome, hyung-nim."
Rok Soo and tboah Cale feel a little hurt in themselves as they did not experience being welcomed by anyone since the time they act like trash. Seeing the reaction of these two tcf Cale did not leave a choice but to comforts these two idiots.
Even Basen who came to greet him had not changed.
"Thanks, Basen. Long time no see."
Basen was the only one who came to greet Cale. There was nobody else present. This was odd since he had heard that Lily, his father, and his mother were all already at the capital.
'Are they all busy?'
In the short moment that Cale had thought about that...
"Hyung-nim."
Cale and Basen made eye contact.
"I've been waiting for you for a very long time."
The boy who looked weak but stubborn was looking at Cale with a passionate gaze.
'What's up with him?'
"Seems your radar detect something troublesome again," Sooyoung said.
Cale thought that Basen was acting weird. However, he soon calmed himself. He thought it was better that nobody other than Basen was here in this underground training ground.
"Basen."
Basen looked directly at Cale after hearing his name. He had heard about everything Cale had done, as well as the rumors spreading about him right now.
Basen suddenly recalled the young Cale Henituse who had looked at him with a pitiful expression about a month after he had come to live in this residence.
'You are part of the Henituse household. Remember that. No matter where you go, your last name is Henituse, you got that? Don't you remember what father said? Listen to me unless you are an idiot. Tell people that the Henituse blood flows through you, no matter what.'
'How can I...'
'Shut up and do as I say. Otherwise, you won't be able to live in this house. Do you think the cousins and the others would leave you alone? Are you going to act like an idiot?'
His hyung-nim had never raised his fist toward him even when he was living his life as trash, just treating him as an outsider. Basen knew that that was the best Cale could do to help him.
'You need to protect your mother. At least you......'
No one can react to this, as they see it was a personal problem that the family must fix but seeing the good interactions of the distance from themesleves before is now slowly lessen than before. Meanwhile, tboah Basen wants to become close to his Hyung before their relationship will become much worse than before.
Basen still had no idea why the young Cale had such a sad expression on his face at that time. The young Cale and Cale's mother. Nobody was willing to say anything about Cale's mother.
Basen started to speak while looking at his hyung-nim.
"Yes, hyung-nim."
Cale slowly started to speak while looking back. The main reason that he had come to the capital. This was the first step to making that happen.
The underground training ground was quiet. A voice slowly started to speak to break the silence. Actually, it was not just one voice.
"Hyung-nim, I wish for you to become the territory lord."
"What do you think about becoming the territory lord?"
"What?!" tcf Cale said.
"Basen, right here right now I will be saying this I will not become the territory lord. End of discussion. Also, I know that you notice that I want to have a peaceful life right? But I am not saying that I will not help you. Feel free to find me ask for some help but I won't be the territory lord, okay?" tcf Cale said.
"Okay, Hyung if that is your wish and I will promise that I will be your brother that you can be proud of," tcf basen said.
"Lily will do the same Oraboeni. I will be the knight of our territory that you will be proud of." Tcf Lily said.
While their counterpart also promised themselves that they will do their best to protect their family and their territory.
They both spoke at the same time. Basen and Cale.
"Me as the territory lord?"
"You want me to be the territory Lord? Why?"
Both of their pupils were shaking as they looked at each other.
– Hmm? Neither of you want to be the territory lord? Then let's ask little Lily if she wants to do it! She'll destroy all enemies with her greatsword! She seems like she'll become stronger than Basen and you, weak human! She's reliable!
Raon excitedly shouted into Cale's mind.
Clunk.
They heard the door to the training ground open and Cale made eye contact with Lily who showed up at the right time. He heard Raon's voice at that moment as well.
– Oh! Human! It's the future strong girl, Lily! She became stronger again!
Maybe it was because Raon was blabbing on so loudly... Cale subconsciously asked Lily a question while he was still slightly shocked.
"Do you want to be the territory lord?"
"Now you even pass the baton to your younger sister?" tcf Alberu said.
"Is being the territory lord is that kind of disgusting no one in the three of you want to inherit?" Sooyoung said.
Lily's jaws dropped in shock. She seemed shocked as she started to talk to herself without greeting either Cale nor Basen.
"What is going on?"
"See even your younger sister is dumbfounded at your question at her," Dokja said.
Lily's thoughts were clearly visible, and this was the thought going through everyone in the room other than Raon.
<" Ok! Now that is finished take your break everyone and I will just wait for all of you here."> Reid said.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
Chapter 19: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 2
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 19: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 2
<" Seems like you are all ready to watch seeing that you went back here earlier than usual. So, what we are waiting for let's not waste any time anymore. Let's go!"> Reid said.
'Does the time even work here?' Dokja thought.
"Does he even think that time work normally here?" Sooyoung said.
'Does she read my thoughts so she said what I cannot say?' Dokja thought.
CHAPTER 19: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 2
Cale, Lily, and Basen. None of the three could easily say anything.
"Who could say anything after the three of you just asking each other if you want to inherit the territory?" Tcf Bud asks.
"They are too shocked to react at all," Jihye said.
Cale couldn't speak because he knew he had spoken nonsense to Lily, Basen couldn't speak because he was thinking about what Cale had said, and finally, Lily was remaining quiet because of her, 'what is going on?' comment that she had subconsciously made.
"Hahahahahahahaha please help these three siblings," Sooyoung said.
However, that silence was soon broken, and Lily was the first to speak.
"I'm not going to be the territory lord; I'm going to be a knight!"
"Ok, one down only two left," Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung stop it," Dokja said.
"Why? it is like elimination though," Sooyoung refuted. Hearing this Dokja just sighs at Sooyoung.
She didn't know why that unexpected question had suddenly been directed at her, but she tried her best to share her intentions with Cale. She tightly clenched her fists.
Of course, Cale flinched as he watched Lily suddenly clench her fists, however, Lily did not manage to see that.
"I wish to become a strong knight who will protect the territory and the kingdom!"
"Okay, do that."
"Huh?"
"I think they are now getting the clearer picture," Heewon said.
"It was really just tcf Basen and tcf Cale at this point," tbaoh Alberu said.
Lily, who was planning on sharing more of her aspirations with Cale, flinched in shock after hearing Cale immediately accept it. Cale didn't care and said what he wanted to say.
"Work hard, but don't work too hard. Children need to play."
'She's not even a teenager yet, so she should play. Shouldn't she?'
"Aaawww~~~, how sweet," Heewon said.
Hearing this Rok Soo and tboah Cale smiled subconsciously at the statement of tcf Cale.
'It was indeed right, Lily must play also like the other normal kids at her age.' Tcf Cale thought.
Cale nodded at his own question. He then made eye contact with someone who was looking directly at him.
Basen's eyes seemed more concerned than ever as he quietly looked toward Cale.
Cale scratched his head after seeing the complicated gaze.
'This kind of atmosphere doesn't suit me well.'
Cale debated for a moment before starting to speak again.
"Basen, is there something you want to do like Lily does?"
Basen's pupils started to shake.
What he wanted to do was taking care of the internal administrative and financial needs under Cale's leadership as the territory lord. That was because Cale was famous, not just in the kingdom, but throughout the entire continent and had lots of things to do. He wanted to help his brother, who would be busy with external affairs, lead the territory in a safe and innovative way.
"That was admirable to do," Rok Soo said,
"Yeah, he is right. Help your idiot hyung." Tboah Cale said.
"These two are right Basen that was admirable to do and I really think that you are fitted for the position. Also, I am not idiot like you two, especially you Rok Soo who would think that right after you came back to the company you ask for a resignation?" tcf Cale said.
"How did you know?" Rok Soo said while his eyes quietly shaken about this.
"There is no fun if where I get this," tcf Cale said while smiling.
Meanwhile, Reid is just enjoying this scene as he said what Rok Soo does right after his transmigration.
"And, I will TALK to you later Kim Rok Soo later remember that," tcf Cale added. After hearing this, some people shiver at what tcf Cale said. Rok Soo was currently having cold sweating on his back as he remembered what he does for the first month he start living at tcf Cale original body.
"Uh oh, I will just pray for your soul dongsaeng," Jung Soo said.
"You're probably interested in looking after the territory and helping it grow, right?"
He was right. His hyung-nim was right, but Basen did not respond. He didn't look like he was trying to be rude. In fact, he looked to be deep in thought about what to say.
"Mm."
Cale thought for a moment before starting to speak again.
"You guys are still young, but I will tell you the truth since you are both intelligent but more so because you are my younger siblings."
'My younger siblings.'
Those words made Basen's shoulders shake. He then noticed Cale calmly looking at him.
It made him recall the younger version of his brother who was blunt and almost rude as he spoke but always looked at him with a pitying but calm gaze.
"I do not wish to be the territory lord."
"We are not surprised at this anymore as you said earlier you did not want to be lord of your territory." Tcf Alberu said.
Cale decided to be honest. It might make him seem like an eldest son with no sense of responsibility, however, it didn't matter since they all thought that he was originally trash, right?
"Cale-nim please don't downgrade yourself," tcf Choi Han said.
"Choi Han is right young master, you are not trash." Tcf Rosalyn said.
'AArrrggghhhh what kind of nonsense they are saying?' Tcf Cale thought.
"To be honest with you guys, I wish to rest after finishing what I am doing right now."
Basen's eyes opened wide.
"I want to live over by Harris Village and live a quiet and peaceful life."
"Ah."
<" I think that was impossible after your uncle came and find you,"> Reid whispered as he did not want to destroy the hopes of his nephew.
Basen let out a quiet gasp but could not think about what to say as he looked at Cale scratch his cheeks while saying these things in a slightly awkward and embarrassed tone.
'Yes, the things hyung-nim is doing right now-'
Everything that the Cale who suddenly changed two years ago started to do caused a lot of noise in the kingdom. Everything he did raised the fame of the Henituse household and their territory, especially his achievements during the battle between the Indomitable Alliance and the Henituse territory. Cale also accomplished a lot in the kingdom and the rest of the Western continent after that, making the fame that he had thought had reached its apex to continue to rise.
"Wow you are really a bigshot," Sooyoung said.
"He is, especially he has a connection on each leaders of the western continent," Dokja said.
His actions made people stop talking about making Basen the successor and the talks of making Cale the successor were rampant in the territory now.
However.
'How hard must it have been for hyung-nim this whole time?'
"I am fine though," tcf Cale said.
"Coughing blood every time is not fine at all Cale-nim," tcf Choi Han said.
"It seems that young master would like to have a chat with me with his favorite lemon tea later," tcf Ron said while wiping his dagger.
'Why did he always wipe his dagger every time he is talking to me?!' tcf Cale thought.
"This old man was still giving shits out of me," Sooyoung said.
"You are not alone unnie," Jihye said.
"Sooyoung he may hear you so shut up," Dokja said.
This was the reason Basen had been at a loss for words after hearing Cale say he wanted to rest. It was because he remembered that while Cale's fame and the household's fame went up, Cale himself had to fight with his life on the line many times.
The person who turned pale, coughed up blood, and fainted time after time was saying he wanted to rest after this was over.
"He is like hyung/oppa!!" Yooseung and Gilyoung said.
"They are right you two are both have suicidal tendencies," Sooyoung said.
"Hey!! I am not having any suicidal tendencies!" Dokja refuted.
"I am not suicidal and why would be suicidal if I want to be a slacker in the future?" tcf Cale said.
"Haaa.... You two are just unlucky bastards," tcf Eruhaben said.
'What?!' Dokja and tcf Cale thought.
Furthermore, he mentioned that he had hesitated to tell the truth because Basen was young but that he decided to tell them because they were his younger siblings. Anybody would be able to tell that Cale was being honest. However, his hyung-nim who was saying he was young was only 20 years old and had been 18 when he started to fight two years ago.
His hyung-nim was also still young.
Basen's thoughts were so complicated that his mind wanted to blow. Many different emotions and thoughts filled his mind. He heard Cale's voice at that moment.
"Everyone that will deal with him was impossible to have a headache or their mind went crazy." Tcf Alberu said.
"I agree with his highness," tcf Bud said.
"Of course, you don't have to do something you don't want to do if you don't want to do it."
Cale could see Basen finally start to open his mouth.
"Hyung-nim, you..."
A calmer than expected voice was coming out of Basen's mouth. Cale looked into Basen's eyes that were looking at him.
"Then hyung-nim, are you doing what you want to do right now?"
Cale answered that question without any hesitation.
"Mm, half and half?"
"Half – half? What do you mean?" Rok Soo asks.
"Well, I don't know," tcf Cale said.
The things he started because he didn't want Choi Han to beat him to a pulp had ended up becoming this big and causing major headaches.
Hearing this both Choi Han can't help but flinch.
"See I told you that the moment you met Choi Han your peaceful life will be gone," Rok Soo said.
"Do you want to be gone also? If not just shut up," tcf Cale said in annoyance.
'Why is this happening to me?! I just don't want to be beaten up, Why would I put myself into this shits?!' tcf Cale thought as he internally scream.
"Anyway, it is true that I am doing things right now because I want to do them."
Getting rid of the White Star. He was originally doing it because he thought that he and his friends were the only ones who could do that properly, but now he wanted to quickly smack that guy from behind.
"Let's see if you can do that," tcf White star said after being quiet for a while.
He then wanted to be a slacker and play all day once the world became peaceful.
"Play? What kind of play? Destroying some troublesome kingdom? Exploding an entire island? Or Throwing a lot of money again?" tcf Bud said.
"How about all of the above?" Sooyoung said.
"Haaaa... just why would I be the one who is dealing with him," tcf Alberu said.
"He is your ally," tboah Alberu said.
"He is your subject," tboah Valentino said.
"You are the crown prince of the kingdom where he is living," tcf valentine said.
"I see."
Basen barely managed to smile as he nodded his head.
'I'm sure hyung-nim is being honest when he says half and half.'
Something he wants to do and something he does not want to do at the same time. Who would want to cough up blood and fight such difficult battles? It was normal to not want to do those things. But the part where he says he wants to do it...
Basen started to think about what he wanted to do.
He was not talented in the sword like the people of the Henituse family. He was only slightly better than average, which was why he only trained in the basics.
He chose a different direction instead.
He chose a direction where he could help the territory, his household, the residents, and his family. Administration, finance, and politics. He had studied a lot of things.
That was what he wanted to do.
"He knows where he will excel more," Dokja said.
"Hyung-nim."
"Yes?"
"...Do you think I will be able to do a good job?"
"You will do a good job Basen," tcf Cale said.
Tcf Basen was happy after hearing this from his hyung-nim. On the other hand tboah Basen wishes he can hear his own Hyung say a good job to him.
"You too you also do a good job," tboah Cale said. It makes tboah Basen as his Hyung recognize his work and dedication.
Basen could see Cale tilting his head to the side in confusion after hearing his question.
"Lily."
He then called for their youngest sister Lily.
"Yes, sir!"
Lily who had been nervously and carefully listening to her two oppas' conversations responded energetically as Cale asked with a confused expression still on his face.
"Isn't Basen smart?"
"He's very smart!"
"Right? Don't people compliment his administrative and finance skills?"
"They do it quite often!"
Basen blankly looked toward Lily and Cale. Cale then turned toward him and continued to speak.
"Is there anything that people are good at when they first start? Things will work out as you keep doing it. What is most important is if you want to do it. Lily, would you not be a knight if you were terrible with the sword?"
"No! I would be a knight even if I sucked with the sword and would keep working hard until I became good at it!"
"He is right not everyone was good at start. With good guidance and training surely you can excel to the thing that you want." Dokja said.
Lily sounded energetic as she responded to Cale in the way she would respond to her master. Basen blankly watched this as Cale scratched his cheek and observed Basen's expression as he started to speak again.
"Mm, if it feels that burdensome..."
Cale debated for a moment before deciding to help Basen who wanted to be the territory lord but could not make up his mind because he worried that he would not do a good job.
"You will do a good job Hyung / Oraboeni / Young master / Cale-nim." His family said.
"You will do a good job think it as how you work in the company before you transmigrate." Soo Hyuk said.
"Yeah, you even finish a mountain of work within an hour with your cheat ability." Jung Soo said.
"I am really thankful that you have that kind of ability it makes my work faster." Rok Soo said.
"Umm... what ability you are talking about?" Sang Ah asks.
"Ah! Your world is in chaos also right? Our world also but there is no scenario or what just pure monsters and shelters that can stand monsters. Abilities are the power that we use as we defeat monsters." Soo Hyuk said.
"The ability that we referring to is the ability 'Record'." Rok soo said.
"It can store any information on the users' mind and the medium of this ability are the eyes." Jung Soo said.
"He used the ability in the Mercenary Guild and he record 9,899 books within a week and he can recall all the information that he read." Tcf Bud said.
"Damn, that's cool!" Sooyoung said.
"And there is no limit on using it right?" Dokja asks.
"There is no limit but if I overuse it I may overheat. I will suddenly feel hot and dizzy every time I will overuse it." Tcf Cale said.
"But you are all ignoring the fact that Cale-ssi memorizes 9000+ books within a week?"
"We are all shocked Sang-ah-ssi but there is a time that ignorance is bliss," Dokja said.
Hearing this Joonghyuk can't help to be more curious at the other abilities of tcf Cale before he transmigrate. It takes time to process things as the Kim Company slowly absorbs those shocking facts about tcf Cale.
<" I can give you a copy later If you want to see and know it more,"> Reid said and Kim Company just nodded at him.
"I'll take care of dealing with his highness or the rest of the kingdom, things like dealing with the nobles and the external affairs."
'Who in the Roan Kingdom would dare to touch the Henituse household after we get rid of the White Star?'
"Those people will wish to die if they touch your family and people," Sooyoung said.
"I will not disagree with that," Heewon said.
Cale said this thinking there would probably not be many external affairs issues for him to handle and Lily chimed in right after him.
"I will lead the Knights Brigade and the troops! My master is teaching me tactics and military arts right now!"
Basen quietly closed his eyes after seeing Lily confidently step up while saying to leave the troops to her and Cale giving Lily a thumbs up with a look of admiration.
'...Yes. I'm not doing everything on my own.'
He was already planning on taking care of the internal affairs because Cale seemed as if he would be traveling quite a bit.
'Hyung-nim, Lily, and I.'
Wouldn't it be fine if these three people became the three pillars of the Henituse territory?
'Would the burden on hyung-nim go down if the three of us split up the work?'
This was planning for the far future as both his father and mother were still young and healthy, but Basen started to imagine the future with the three siblings in power.
It looked exciting. It made his heart beat wildly.
"Who would be not?" tcf Bud said.
'Hyung-nim would take care of things outside the territory, I would take care of thing inside the territory, and my little dongsaeng would take care of the city walls and protect the territory.'
"I hope that some of the nobility has this kind of mindset," tcf Taylor said.
"I agree," tcf Alberu said.
Basen slowly started to smile.
"Hyung-nim."
"What is it?"
"Do you not need the title of nobility?"
"Ah, I'll tell you everything since I decided to be honest. I am not interested in a title or a government position at all."
Basen could not help but laugh after seeing the honest expression on Cale's face.
"Haha, Haha-"
What was going on?
Basen oddly felt himself calming down. He slightly smiled toward Cale who was looking at him as he started to speak.
"Hyung-nim."
"What is it?"
"I will think about the territory's successor position."
"Hmm?"
'...What the heck?'
"The heck?!" tcf Cale said.
Basen was saying that he would think about it, but Cale was getting an odd feeling. Basen's faint smile made Cale think of someone else.
– Human! Good boy Basen is smiling like shrewd crown prince Alberu! This is weird! He's not smiling cheekily like the crown prince, but it feels similar! This is bad! Basen cannot grow up like the crown prince! Human, you won't be able to rest if that happens!
"Young master Cale what kind of words are you teaching to describe to your kids?" tcf Alberu asks.
"I don't know what you are talking about your highness since I am sure that I am not teaching the children how to speak like that." Tcf Cale said.
"Haaa...You really like to make me crazy," tcf Alberu.
'Nah, no way. This honest to a fault brother of mine becoming like the crown prince? That makes no sense.'
Cale erased such an unbelievable thought from his mind. Basen continued to speak with a mischievous expression.
"I'll think about it and let you know if I want to do it."
'Mm, that's right. He should only do it if he wants to do it.'
Cale nodded his head at Basen's statement but received an oddly weird sensation. Basen didn't care as he started to walk toward the training ground entrance before stopping again.
"Ah, also-"
He looked toward Cale and Lily as he continued to speak. His voice was light and slightly bright.
"You know that father and mother must agree on the successor, right? None of our discussions matter if we do not have the two of their permissions. Then, I will head up first."
Tap, tap.
Basen disappeared from the underground training ground with light footsteps. Cale was silent for a moment before he turned toward Lily and asked.
"Was Basen's personality always like this?"
"I don't think so?"
"... He seemed happy, right?"
"Yes, I think he wanted to be the territory lord."
Was that the case?
Cale didn't think Lily was right, but just nodded his head and started to speak to Lily again because he had no way of knowing what was making Basen happy.
"I will cheer you on to achieve your dream of becoming a knight to protect the territory."
"Thank you!"
Cale smiled while looking at the smile on Lily's face.
'Heh, Basen will be the territory lord and with Lily taking control of the troops, it looks like I'll just have to travel every so often to meet with his highness.'
"Please don't, just stay in your villas and don't make any ruckus. Those things will even make me happy." Tcf Alberu said.
It was a satisfying future for all three of them.
– Mm. Human, I feel like all three of you are misunderstanding something!
That was why he easily ignored Raon's ramblings.
However, something soon happened to get rid of that refreshed smile and make Cale start to frown again.
"Then I will head up first."
"Sure..."
Cale bowed toward Count Deruth and Countess Violan as he got up from the table.
Countess Violan' sharp gaze checked how much Cale ate while Count Deruth noticed Cale's skinnier than before wrist and stealthily motioned with his gaze to the butler of the capital residence, but Cale who had no way of knowing this felt relaxed and full for the first time in a long while as he headed to his bedroom.
"Let's talk about the details tomorrow. I'm sure you are tired so get some rest."
"Yes, mother."
The original plan was to have tea-time after dinner, but Cale was tired, and his family was understanding and told him to go rest.
Cale happily accepted the offer and slowly started to walk toward his room.
Heading to his bedroom with a full stomach... This was a wonderful schedule.
'Hmm?'
He then happened to make eye contact with two employees who were walking down the hall.
They seemed to be new as Cale had never met them before, and they jumped up in shock before bowing toward Cale and quickly walking past him.
'...This reminds me of the past.'
He recalled how the employees had avoided him when he first opened his eyes as Cale. Cale, who didn't mind such a situation, just smiled as the two whispered to each other as they walked past him because he was happy from being full and headed toward his room.
"...Silver light......"
"Like the rumors... hero......"
"Tch, just who the hell makes those cringe nicknames?" tcf Cale said.
"Why do you want to change it? Young master silver shield?~~~" Rok Soo teasingly said.
"I still not forget what did you do last time. I will just hold back for now and deal with you later." Tcf Cale said that made Rok Soo shiver.
"Do your best to keep yourself alive dongsaeng," Soo Hyuk said.
Their conversation did not manage to reach Cale's ears. Instead, as Cale walked a bit farther down the empty hallway and stopped in front of his bedroom...
– Human, you're here?
Raon who should be in his room started to speak in his mind. But something was off.
– Human, Mmph! Human, hold on, ugh!
'What the hell?'
He recalled how Raon had not even eaten dinner as he wanted to sneak out with Cale to eat the skewers and other junk food from the street vendors.
That was why Cale purposely had nobody come into nor near his bedroom. He wanted Raon to be able to relax without being invisible.
However, the way Raon was speaking urgently inside the bedroom was weird. He was clearly sending the message with magic, however...
– Human! W, wait a moment, mmph!
His voice sounded stuffed and urgent. Cale's pupils started to shake. His hand quickly headed toward the doorknob.
– You look ready for a fight.
The Super Rock noticed Cale's current emotional state and the ancient powers got ready for battle.
Ooooooooong.
The ancient powers inside Cale's body quietly started to roar. Cale then slammed the door open.
Bang!
The door opened with a loud noise.
"Ra-"
Cale who was about to shout, 'Raon!' instantly started to frown.
"Mmph. Cough!"
Raon was quickly trying to swallow the piece of cake in his mouth without managing to clean the chocolate cream and crumbs around his mouth.
"Haaaaa... I thought there will be a bad thing that will happen to him." Tcf Cale said as he relax on his seat slowly.
"Oh my. Please eat slowly."
There was a person gently patting Raon's back and wiping the chocolate cream off Raon's mouth.
That person looked toward Cale before taking off his hood. That person, no, that quarter Dark Elf, soon started to smile brightly.
"Hiya."
'Damn, even in his Dark elf form he is still good-looking' Dokja thought.
{I will just remind all that they watch the Ubarr and Henituse battle so they also know that Alberu is a quarter dark elf.}
"What the hell is he doing at my room?" tcf Cale asks.
"What I am doing at Cale's room?" tcf Alberu asks.
Raon seemed to have opened it for him, and his smile matched the dark night sky outside the now open terrace. The table Raon was on was full of cake and cookies. It was even more dazzling than the ones they ate in the palace last time.
"Oh thank you for the compliment young master Cale," tcf Alberu said while smiling.
"Don't mention it your highness as this lowly noble just really appreciate you day and night." Tcf Cale said.
"Haaaaa."
Cale let out a sigh.
"Human!"
Raon urgently wiped his mouth as he started to speak.
"I wasn't trying to eat the whole cake on my own! I was planning on eating it with you! But I ended up eating it all before I knew it! I still have enough room in my tummy to eat skewers with you! I really want to eat chicken skewers! You can't say I can't have it because I ate this!"
He then pushed the empty cake stand over toward the crown prince. The crown prince then smiled brightly as he started to speak.
"Cale, do you want some?"
There was a cookie in his hand.
'What the hell?
Why did this guy sneak in here? Why is he in his quarter Dark Elf form?'
"Oh my god are you guys in a relationship that no one knows?" Sooyoung said.
{AlbeCale let's go!!!! Hahahaahahahahaha}
"WHAT?! Is that true Cale / Human / Crown Prince / Your Highness / Young Master?" All of the people at the side b shouted. While the Koreans and tboah Cale were shocked and pretending not to laugh.
"WHAT?! NO?! WE ARE NOT!" tcf Cale and tcf ALberu said. While tcf Cale looking at his uncle to help him to solve this.
"Sooyoung what did you do?!" Dokja said.
"Well, it just cross my mind and I don't think that this will happen," Sooyoung said.
<" Haaa.... You are all handful. Relax tcf Cale and tcf Alberu does not have any secret relationship with each other. They may be become so close in the future because of their status that tcf Alberu and Tcf Cale plan. This scene tcf Alberu sneak because they need to plan for the ceremony and how to deal those old geezers. Okay? Now relax and forget anything that Sooyung said."> Reid said as he continue to play the scene.
The sound of Alberu crunching on the cookie became louder the more Cale started to frown.
'Delicious.'
Alberu smiled brightly and commented on the taste as Cale closed the door.
"Really who will not misunderstood this scene if there are lines like this?" Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung for goodness sake shut up. We don't want to die here okay?" Dokja said.
Bang!
The door slammed shut and Cale approached Alberu before asking in a disgruntled but respectful manner.
"Why are you here?"
Smirk.
The quarter Dark Elf's eyes were full of mischief.
"I need to borrow Choi Han and you."
'What nonsense is he saying now?'
"I agree what nonsense are you saying? Borrow me and Choi Han? You must have a hefty amount of money for you to rent me and Choi Han, your highness." Tcf Cale said.
"Why are suddenly being a manager of Tcf Choi Han?" Rok Soo asks.
"Why? I am the one taking care of them so I must act like a manager to them. Also if there will this kind of ideas in the future I need to check that my people will be paid generously." Tcf Cale said.
<" Ok that's it, everyone, see you later and again forget what Sooyoung said."> Reid said while waving his hands in the air. All of them have their break and Jung Soo, Rok soo, and tboah Cale will now experience the wrath of tcf Cale personally. Soo Hyuk followed his dongsaeng as he is excited about what tcf Cale will do to them.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
Chapter 20: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 3
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD - TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A - TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B - TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 20: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 3
After their break, some people see tcf Cale and Soo Hyuk return to the theater with satisfied faces. They see the other three that there is no difference in them. There is no sign of injury or scars on their skins just traumatized faces, they even came back wearing a different type of clothing than what they wore before. Without knowing tcf Cale give them of multiple highest grade medical potions for the injury, dislocated bones, and blood to be left unseen from others when they finished their business to each other. He even give them a new set of clothes as their previous clothes were destroyed by him. They fix themselves and remind the three that they are not allowed to talk about what they experience here. Seeing the group back to their seats they see tcf Cale smiled without knowing that there is still blood left on his cheek that made everyone shiver.
'Just what did he do to the?' Dokja thought.
No one is brave enough to say it to tcf Cale until,
"Ummm..... Cale-nim there is slight blood on your cheek and are you okay?" Tcf Choi Han asks.
"Ahh! Yes, I even enjoyed our time during the break, Right?" tcf Cale said while wiping the blood on his face before the kids see it. He also smiled at three with his most innocent and gentle smile.
The three are still quivering in fear as they can see that there is a face of a devil overlapping in the face of tcf Cale. They swear on their life that they will not anger him anymore if they still dear their lives.
All of the people were curious and terrified at the same time as they see the three is still in fear at tcf Cale.
<' He doesn't seem that he overboard at this rate,'> Reid thought.
"I am so happy that I have quality time with the three of you if you want to play with me again let me know I will happily play with you all. Tcf Cale smiled with a hint of threat from him.
"Just you know that if you three do it again, I will not think twice to do it again with much more pain in it understand?" tcf Cale whispered to them.
"All of the beings that have enhanced hearing are now start to shiver at what they hear.
Dokja who accidentally hears it and looks at the eyes of tcf Cale just turns his eyes away from the eyes of the predator.
Even tcf Alberu does not have the guts to ask tcf Cale what they really do during the break as he notices that behind those smiles he is still pissed.
After hearing that the three immediately nod their head in response and get back to their seats with their terrified faces.
"Relax, why are you in fear? Who did this to all of you all I will punish them immediately as no one can harm my people without harming them in return." Tcf Cale said using a soothing voice. That made the trio look more terrified than ever.
'It is you who made us like this!' Rok Soo thought as he is still scared of what they experienced.
Soo Hyuk just pities the trio and looks at tcf Cale with amusement.
Right after Reid notice the presence of his nephew's he is now preparing for the next video that they will watch.
<" You will now know who will be gaining a new Hyung and what tcf Cale and Tcf Alberu planning to do at the celebration. So, what are we waiting for? Let's now proceed."> Reid said.
CHAPTER 20: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 2 (CHAPTER 435: ME? WHY? 4)
Alberu started to speak as soon as he saw Cale's expression.
"You were probably just thinking, 'what nonsense is he saying now,' weren't you?"
"How could I do that to you your highness?" tcf Cale said.
"No, your highness."
Cale picked up a cookie from the box in front of Alberu with a calm expression on his face.
Crunch.
Cale took a bite of the cookie before continuing to speak.
"I don't think that's possible."
"...You're saying no without even hearing the details?"
"Yes, it's not possible. We are busy, your highness."
- Human! Your tone sounds like Mary's right now!
"Busy of what? Slacking?" tcf Alberu said.
"Your highness please don't rile him up again," Rok Soo said but tcf Alberu just ignored it.
Cale ignored Raon's comment and observed Alberu. Alberu slowly crossed his arms and leaned on the couch. He was also looking right at Cale as he started to speak.
"You... Who do you think are the three most popular people in the kingdom right now?"
"Is it Cale, Choi Han, and Mary?" Dokja said as he still thinking if this is right.
They know that these three are the power players of the war.
'What kind of random question is this?'
Cale's face and gaze quickly turned sour. But he soon felt that something was off. The person who would usually say something after seeing his sour face was looking at Cale with a serious expression.
That meant that he was seriously asking this question.
"Does he look like he is not?" Sooyoung asks.
"It is not like that, it is just I did not expect it," tcf Cale said.
Cale's expression turned as odd as possible. He debated it for a moment before responding with a stoic expression.
"...First place is his highness the crown prince, second place is Alberu Crossman, and third place is the Roan Kingdom's rising sun. Is this right?"
"Wow, you are so brave saying that to me huh," tcf Alberu said.
"Why your highness? Did I say something wrong?" tcf Cale said while smiling. Seeing this the trio subconsciously flinch at their seats.
Raon put the cookie in his hand down and Alberu's expression looked as if he had eaten a young persimmon as Cale announced the first, second, and third place as if he was trying to tell Alberu to have his moment and stop the nonsense.
"Hey, crown prince! Are you that popular? Amazing! I guess you are handsome, crown prince! At least your face is normal!"
"Thank you for the praise Raon-nim." Tcf Alberu said.
Raon was patting Alberu's shoulders as if he was proud of him as Alberu brushed his face with both hands. He then started to speak.
"First place is Choi Han, second place is Cale Henituse, third place is Mary."
"So Dokja-ssi is right," Sang-ah said.
'Hmm?'
"...Excuse me?"
Raon and Cale's eyes opened wide. The quarter Dark Elf looked toward the stiff young Dragon and the human as he continued to speak.
"I'm probably in fourth place."
"Oh."
Cale let out a quiet gasp.
"Choi Han is so popular?"
"Mary is very popular too! Human, the only shocking part is that you were in second place! I didn't think you'd place at all! Of course, you are eternally zero place in my book!"
"It is more shocking if Cale was not in the ranking at all. After all, he was the one commands and who always fight in the front lines also along with these two." Dokja said.
"Yeah, It would be shocking knowing he has a big part of the past 2 battles and more likely to the upcoming battles that they will encounter," Sooyoung said.
Cale continued to go, 'wow,' while Raon fluttered his wings in excitement. The crown prince who was watching their relaxed discussion finally ended up speaking.
"...Choi Han is known to be born amongst the common people in the Henituse territory. It's the same for Mary."
Tap. Tap.
Alberu's fingers tapped on the couch's armrest. The reason he came out here while avoiding the gazes of the people...
"That is why the citizens of the Kingdom are excited about the achievements of their fellow commoners and want to be like them, hoping that they remain as the heroes of the Roan Kingdom. And the nobles..."
"The nobles are mad about it?" Heewon said.
Nobles.
That word made Cale look toward Alberu.
"The nobles want to tie Choi Han and Mary down as the Roan Kingdom's heroes as well. However..."
"Those fuckers!" tcf Cale said as he activate the dominating aura. These made all of the people quivers in fear again.
"Cale, calm yourself you are scaring the others, and knowing yourself I know that you will put them in their places." Soo Hyuk said. As he tcf Cale hear this he slowly deactivates the ancient power.
'Shit we cannot get us on his nerves or else it will our end,' Dokja thought.
"It truly gives me shits every time he uses it," Sooyoung said.
"You are not the only one," Dokja said.
The finger tapping on the couch pointed toward Cale.
"They want them separated from you."
"F*CK!!" tcf Cale said as he activate his aura and blood-drenched rock at full power. Everyone panicked as they see how tcf Cale angered this. Dokja activates his status to protect his companions a little bit as he knows that this kind of aura can easily overpower his aura.
"Those people who will dare take my people away from me will see hell personally," tcf Cale said in a cold and vicious tone.
<" Cale, calm down yourself! I will give you 10Billion if you will calm down."> Reid said.
Hearing this tcf Cale slowly calmed himself as he slowly deactivates his ancient powers and just smiled at his uncle.
"You are truly a generous uncle, Uncle Reid." Tcf Cale said.
'This punk... Haaaaa...thank goodness that he can be swayed by money,' Tcf Alberu said.
<" Okay now let's have a break for a bit before we continue,"> Reid said.
AFTER BREAK
<" Now that is everybody is settled down we will now proceed again to the vid,"> Reid said.
Bang!
Raon's two front paws slammed on the table.
"No! Mary and Choi Han are part of our family! Crown prince, which nobles are they? I will destroy their houses!"
"Youngest is right! Choi Han and Mary is part of our family, nya~!" Hong said.
Cale who had been deep in thought started to speak at that moment. The method for the nobles to tie Choi Han and Mary down to the Roan Kingdom while separating them from Cale...
"Are they talking about giving titles and territories to the two of them?"
"Yes."
If Choi Han and Mary each received titles and their own territories, the two of them would leave the Henituse territory. Most importantly, they would not be able to freely move around with Cale as they have been doing until now.
"Those bastards!" tcf Cage said.
"It's the suggestion those idiots who only know how to maintain their power and increase their wealth managed to conjure up together."
"He is right especially the group of tcf Cale is now the face of the kingdom," Tboah Alberu said.
The corners of Alberu's lips twisted up.
"They were especially adamant during the Nobles Meeting about giving Choi Han a title and his own territory."
"Crown prince, why only Choi Han? What about Mary?"
"That's right, is it because she is a necromancer?" Dokja said.
Alberu smiled instead of responding as he looked into Raon's innocent eyes. However, he could not hide the bitterness in his gaze as he made eye contact with Cale.
Cale instantly realized the reason.
"It's because she is a necromancer."
"...Yes."
"Those ungrateful humans," tcf Witira said.
The reason they wanted to draw Choi Han into the noble society no matter what but were hesitant about Mary... That was because Mary was a necromancer.
Mary's popularity was quite high in the entire Roan Kingdom. However, there were still many people who scorned and feared the darkness attribute, especially the necromancer occupation that uses bones to fight.
The nobles who wanted their titles to remain safe were all thinking that a necromancer rising to a high title meant that the quality of their title would fall.
"I really want to squash the heads of these bastards," Sooyoung said.
"A portion of them have become afraid after seeing what happened in the Mogoru Empire."
"Empire?" tboah Alberu asks.
"What?!" Tcf White star shouted.
'He is really a pain in the ass' tcf Cale said.
"After this, I will definitely come to your life Cale Henituse," tcf White star said.
"Okay, go ahead white shit," tcf Cale said.
After seeing what the black mages did to the Mogoru royal family, the nobles, and the entire Empire, they were afraid to draw in a necromancer, who shared the darkness attribute into their world.
"There have been talks of slowly limiting the Dark Elves coming into the palace as well."
"I think some clean is needed in the palace after all," tcf Cale said.
Seeing this tcf Alberu is really grateful to tcf Cale even though he is a walking headache.
Cale started to frown while looking at the bitter smile on Alberu's face. How much help had Mary and the Dark Elves been? The bastards who had stayed hidden in their residences caring only about their own safety wanted to forget about their help and only care about their own greed and prestige?
"Those rotten bastards."
"I agree those people must rotten in hell," Sooyoung said.
"You can ask my parent's help if you want them to be in the underworld," Dokja said.
"Hhmmm..... No thanks I can handle it personally and disappearing instant is not my way. I prefer slow but lethal." Tcf Cale said.
"But your parents are from the underworld?" tcf Cale asks.
"It's a long story," Dokja said.
"If you say so," tcf Cale said.
Alberu did not say anything about Cale's comment. Cale looked at him as he continued to speak.
"I'm sure the nobles wouldn't be satisfied with just giving Choi Han a title and territory, no?"
"I think there is no chance that they will be satisfied on that," tboah Rosalyn said.
Giving a title and territory was not a certain way to completely separate Choi Han from Cale and the Henituse household. Cale knew the strongest way they could get this done.
"Which household says that they want to bring Choi Han into their family?"
"What?! They are trying to do that to my Uncle?!" Jung Soo shouted.
"Jung Soo relax you know Cale right? He will not let anyone do that to your uncle," Soo Hyuk said.
"That's is right Jung Soo no one can even mess up with him," Rok Soo said.
Blood ties, hometown ties, and school ties.
The strongest of those ties were blood ties, so the strongest and most certain way to split Choi Han away from the Henituse household while getting him on their side would be to marry their daughter to Choi Han and become a part of his family.
Unfortunately, this was still a society where such a thing worked.
Alberu flinched as he was about to answer Cale's question. It was because he saw the gazes of the human and the Dragon staring at him. Seeing the gazes the red eyes of the human and black Dragon were giving him, Alberu said something else rather than what he had originally planned to say.
"Why?"
Baaaaang!
Raon's two front paws slammed on the table.
"Crown prince, what do you mean why?! Aren't you saying that they want to use Choi Han and prevent him from being a part of our family by dragging him into their family?! I will destroy them even harder than I plan on destroying the White Star!"
Hearing these words from the dragon the nobles inside the room shivered as they remember how tcf Cale is overprotective to his people.
Raon's eyes seemed to be boiling. Alberu could also see Cale sit down across from him and cross his legs with a relaxed expression.
"Well, I think it is only right to give Choi Han a title and territory if that is what he wants. Shouldn't we let him do as he wants? The same with Mary."
Unlike the boiling Raon, Cale was relaxed.
"But you see, your highness."
Crunch.
Alberu crunched on a cookie and motioned with his chin for Cale to speak.
"Why did you ask to borrow Choi Han and me?"
The corners of the lips crunching on the cookie started to rise.
"I thought you were going to let me be a slacker."
The corners of Cale's lips started to rise as well.
"Your highness, you will not break your promise to me right?" tcf Cale said while smiling that can make you quiver all of a sudden. Hearing this tcf Alberu immediately avoid his gaze and just focus on the screen that made tcf Cale click his tongue.
"Cale."
"Yes, sir."
"Do you know about the position without a noble title that the present me, even me as the future king, as well as the nobles, cannot easily touch? It is even one that requires you to do no work."
"Is there such a position in the world?"
"Is there? Then I will happily do that, your highness," Tcf Cale said.
"There is a position like that exist?" tboah Alberu asks.
A status that the king and the nobles did not dare to offend while having no title nor work attached to it. Cale had a questioning gaze on his face. He had not looked deeply into the positions of the Roan Kingdom since he was transported to this world.
He had read and recorded the information about the different noble families and their children that Count Deruth had gathered for him, but what was the point of knowing about the positions when he did not plan to work?
He would purposely choose not to look at those things. It would get complicated if people started to talk about how he was looking for that information. But there was such an odd position in the kingdom?
"You really don't want complicated things huh," tboah Alberu said.
"Yes. There is one in the Roan Kingdom."
"...What is it?"
Cale focused as he asked. Alberu smiled majestically as he responded.
"My instructor."
"Oho~ that is a good plan, your highness," tcf Cale said.
"These two are meticulous at planning," tcf Bud said.
Silence filled the room.
The crown prince's instructor and the person who would be the king's instructor in the future. It was not a public office post because the person did not receive a stipend from the kingdom, and the person's title was not important at all. Furthermore, it was a position that was respected by all and the king could not easily give an order to his instructor.
However, the person who became the king's instructor could never hold any official positions. It was a check and balance to separate the king's instructor from power.
"That is a good idea," tcf Valentino said.
Alberu broke the silence.
Crunch.
He ate a cookie.
"I was pretty much neglected growing up. So, unlike the second and third princes, I never had an instructor when I was younger. Everybody thinks I studied everything on my own. Of course, Aunt Tasha helped me a lot."
The young Alberu had studied his ass off. He couldn't take on an instructor like the others in the royal family and had to learn everything, including imperial knowledge, administration, and politics from the basics.
'He will truly become a great leader in the future, " Both Eruhaben and Duke Fredo thought.
"The instructor for the future king needs to be someone that everyone accepts as the best in their respective category."
He smiled brightly as he looked toward Cale and Raon.
"The position of my instructor is vacant."
Cale started to speak at that moment.
"...Instructor-"
"Yes, yes. The position of my instructor."
Alberu warmly nodded his head and chatted along with Cale. He then saw Cale start to frown.
"...Me? Why?"
Alberu started to frown as well.
"Why are you my instructor?"
"Excuse me?"
"Not you."
"Ah."
"Try to wait for me to finish me speaking before answering hm?" Tcf Alberu said.
'I was shocked.'
Cale had gotten the chills thinking about becoming Alberu's instructor. He then thought about Choi Han.
Choi Han was visibly younger than Alberu, but his skills were the greatest on the Western continent, so nobody should be able to complain nor oppose Choi Han becoming Alberu's instructor.
Anybody would be able to see that Alberu was putting Choi Han in a position that would keep him out of the nobles' reach instead of actually taking him as an instructor.
'If you think about it, Choi Han is the oldest person in the Roan Kingdom.'
"Really? Behind that innocent face is an old man?" Dokja said.
"Yeah and I age very slowly," tcf Choi Han said.
"Do you still remember how old are you?" Sang Ah asks.
"I arrived at that world at the age of 17 and after that I can't remember how old I am now," tcf Choi Han said.
Alberu was looking at the thinking Cale before he offered Cale a cookie. Cale took the cookie as Alberu started to speak.
"Everything I am saying today is a suggestion, a proposal. Anyway, you'll be my dongsaeng."
"What?!" all of them were shocked at this proposal.
"He even did not call me Hyung after of how many years and here you are just proposing a plan to be his Hyung?" Jung Soo said.
"Hyung, relax," tcf Cale said without knowing that he subconsciously said Hyung to Jung soo.
"What did you say "Hyung?" Jung Soo asks.
"What no?! you are just hallucinating," tcf Cale said.
"Hyung, he called me hyung!" Jung Soo said to Soo Hyuk.
"Cale, can you repeat for your Hyung?" Jung soo said with pleading eyes.
"Once is enough, it is your fault that you are not listening." Tcf Cale said with a little smile on his face. Seeing this Soo Hyuk and Rok Soo was glad that tcf Cale is now happy.
"Awww~~ my dongsaeng his acting cute again," Jung soo said.
"Ah, yes sir, a suggestion. I will ask Choi Han- excuse me?"
Cale stiffened.
Alberu didn't' care as he continued to speak in a relaxed manner.
"You think the other nobles want to leave you alone? I thought you wanted to be a slacker. Then wouldn't it be easier for you to not have a position or a title? But imagine if you didn't have a position or a title. Do you really think the other nobles won't try provoking you? Huh? Raon-nim, don't you agree?"
"Mm! Hey crown prince, I think they would do that as you said! We are going to be busy farming, so we won't have time to deal with them!"
"See, even your son is agreeing to me," tcf Alberu said.
"Farming? Well, anyway."
Alberu handed Raon a piece of cake and a fork as he continued to speak to Cale.
"I've been reading a lot of children's books about heroes and legends these days. I've also been reading novels and stories where the main characters meeting a fortuitous encounter during their teenage years to go on to become a hero which are popular right now."
He had been looking into the world's view of Choi Han, Cale, Mary and the others who were the focus of the Western continent right now and ended up reading a couple of popular novels in the process.
"I got an idea after reading one of those stories."
It was a story of a powerless prince who had no other family and was neglected by the king and a swordsman who was ignored because he was weak until he met a fortuitous encounter and ended up becoming strong. It was a story about the two of their friendship and their growth.
The neglected prince who snuck out of the palace because he was curious about the outside world and the swordsman who was getting stronger because of the fortuitous encounter but still weak. They were both in their early teens and just happened to run into each other in a back alley while escaping from some thugs and ended up becoming close friends.
That story started to flow out of Alberu's mouth.
"... In the end, the two people chose to become sworn siblings."
"In other words, you are proposing that we must become sworn siblings?" Tcf Cale asks.
"I think so," tcf Alberu said.
The neglected prince ended up with the backing of a strong swordsman while the swordsman with no backing ended up with a reliable backer.
"They became each other's supporting pillar, and everybody is said to have been in awe of their friendship."
He looked toward Cale and asked.
"What do you think? Doesn't an idea pop right into your mind?"
A way for Cale to not have any title or position in the Roan Kingdom and be a slacker without the other nobles being able to provoke him.
It would not happen just because Cale was strong and a hero of the kingdom. Unfortunately, people cared more about the person's current position than their abilities or what they achieved.
But Cale would be the king's sworn brother? Who would dare to touch him? Even without his own title, being the king's one and only sworn younger brother with a family that was headed by a Duke or a Marquis would be someone the nobles could not easily approach.
"Yeah, and who will be brave enough to approach a commander that wins numerous battles that strong allies and strong family after all?" tcf Bud said.
Of course, the nobles would charge at Cale if he had a title and a position.
'I would be a threat to them.'
"No, even you did not have any title. You are still a threat to them." Sooyoung said.
A hero of the people, the sworn brother of the king, who also had a position and title? All power would be focused on him to the point that the nobles and even Alberu would have to fear Cale.
'That's why Cale Henituse should not have any position or title.'
"Your highness I know that you know that I don't want troublesome things right so don't think like that and I know that I will not threaten you unless you threaten me first." Tcf Cale said.
Suddenly the trio who pissed Cale last time was just quiet and still in fear of him.
The chances for Cale Henituse to be a slacker would finally appear once the nobles start to have such thoughts. This was in line with Cale's wishes that Alberu knew about.
Furthermore, this was also what Alberu wanted and what was rationally beneficial for him as well. It was something that met both the citizens' desires for Alberu to take care of the kingdom's hero as well as Alberu's desire to keep Cale as one of his people. This would satisfy everyone.
'It'll also let Cale Henituse suffer less and keep my promise with him.'
Alberu had a satisfied smile on his face as he started to speak again.
"You be my dongsaeng. Doesn't that sound great?"
"It will sound great if you will give some allowance," tcf Cale said.
"It sounds like you want him to be your sugar daddy than a sworn brother," Sooyoung said.
"What?!" tcf Cale shouted as he did not want his children to hear it and it was not intention after all.
'Sugar daddy? What the hell is she talking about?' tcf Cale thought.
(Don't worry I muted the words for all the kids in the room. Don't worry about that.) Reid said telepathically to tcf Cale. Hearing this made tcf Cale sigh in relief.
"Sooyoung your language and Shut up," Dokja said.
Cale was still frowning.
"Me? Why?"
"You don't want to be my dongsaeng?"
"I will still think about it, Your Highness," tcf Cale said.
"This bastard.....Haa...." Tcf Alberu said.
Cale was at a loss for words.
***
Two days later, at the center of Huiss, the capital of the Roan Kingdom. The Roan Kingdom's nobles gathered for the award ceremony and the celebration that was scheduled to follow.
<" That's it for now and enjoy your break everybody."> Reid said as he leave them for a while.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
Chapter 21: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 4
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
{I just want to share some stories. So while I am doing this chapter I suddenly think if I need to reveal the true identity of Reid Thames or should I make one. Then I suddenly search the meaning of Reid because I just think of this name out of boredom and I found out that red is the meaning of Reid in old Scottish. Also, after some searching, I found out that Thames is a river in England. So, I decided that Reid is the God of Red River or God of Blood. It can make also support what I write in chapter one that he binds tboah Choi Han using red strings.}
{I also decide to use Alver instead of Alberu to spread the greatness of the name ALVER!!!}
{Ok, I will still using Alberu for the next chapters after reading some comments but for this Chapter i want to spread the greatness of ALVER!!}
CHAPTER 21: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 4
<" Since you all now settled let's continue the program. As the scene will be starting to the awarding ceremony, in case you forget what happened in the last video."> Reid said.
CHAPTER 21: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 4 (CHAPTER 436: HOW TOUCHING 1)
Due to its long history, the Roan Kingdom had a lot of palaces.
"It's been a while since so many nobles have gathered together."
One of the palaces that were only used when there were significant issues that impacted the whole kingdom was currently decorated luxuriously and welcoming people in.
"Damn, parties and celebration are different in a fantasy world or medieval era," Sooyoung said.
"Wait, are those golds?" Jihye asks
"Thinking the budget they prepared for this, making my wallet hurts," Heewon said.
People were busy chatting in this hall that was the size of most small outdoor plazas.
"...I didn't expect that the awards ceremony and the celebration would happen together."
Most of the people gathered here were nobles. The people wearing luxurious yet dapper clothes could not easily blend in with the atmosphere inside this dazzling hall.
"I agree. I also heard that the entire awards ceremony would be broadcasted to the plaza via a video communication device?"
"Yes, his highness the crown prince said he wanted to share this joyful and glorious day with the citizens."
The awards ceremony after the war. It was something that the Roan Kingdom of last year which had been at peace for a long time could not have imagined. Furthermore, nobody expected the stuffy awards ceremony to end up being more relaxed by having the celebration along with it.
All of this was strongly pushed by crown prince Alberu Crossman.
"You planned this thoroughly huh," tboah Alver said.
"...I heard that the plaza was decorated like they do for a festival as well."
"That is correct. I heard the crown opened up its reserves to pay for it."
The crown prince had not just this hall but the plaza where people could view the awards ceremony decorated luxuriously for the occasion. There were also tents handing out free food throughout the plaza, letting the citizens enjoy as if it was indeed a festival.
"...F*ck!"
"Seeing these bastards' reactions made me glad," Sooyoung said.
"You two really know how to get to the nerves of your enemies huh," Dokja said.
"I am still nothing to compared to my dongsaeng," tcf Alver said while smiling genuinely at tcf Cale made him shock after calling him dongsaeng.
"Who is your dongsaeng?" tcf Cale said.
Some of them are laughing at the sudden battering of the two.
"They are truly acting like true brothers," tcf Tasha said.
However, most of the nobles did not look happy.
"Father."
"I know. I'm aware."
The Viscount who swore sighed at his son's comment before calming himself. His eyes scanned around the hall.
'...There's a lot of people here.'
The crown prince had asked for as many nobles as possible to attend. That was the reason most nobles came to the capital with their families. Of course, they could have declined to participate.
'But who would do that?!'
Any patriarch of a household, well, any noble with a brain would choose to attend.
"Hoh~ There are still some noble from different factions has a brain? Well, I am quite glad knowing it," tcf Cale said.
"...Huuuu."
Many nobles were sighing around the hall. They were trying their best to smile, but many of them were smiling with their mouths while sharply scanning the hall with their eyes.
"It's going to be quite a headache now."
The Viscount quickly bowed after hearing a voice.
"Count-nim."
"No need for such greetings."
The Count who declined the Viscount's respectful greeting stood next to him and started to whisper.
"Most of the Northeast region's nobles are here?"
The Viscount nodded his head with a stiff expression on his face.
"Yes sir, most of them are here."
"Seems like they cannot do anything to stop my actions at all," tcf Alver said.
"Even if there is someone that opposes you, there will be still people who will help you to clean them up quietly," tcf Cale said.
"Also, who are they to oppose you to celebrate the victory of the kingdom, hm?" tcf Cale added.
The first statement of tcf Cale made everyone shiver not knowing tcf Cale will help the crown prince to deal with them if someone will try to oppose him.
The Count and the Viscount. The two of them were part of the central nobles faction centered around the Roan Kingdom's capital that was led by Duke Orsena.
The northwest region's Marquis Stan. The southeast region's Marquis Ailan. The central region's Duke Orsena. The southwest region's Duke Gyerre.
These were the four factions that had led the Roan Kingdom's nobles' society until now. They were here to witness the creation of another faction, a very strong new faction.
"...The Ubarr household is here."
The Count could see the matriarch, Viscountess Ubarr of the Ubarr territory, the location of the Roan Kingdom's largest naval base. The matriarch who was with her husband and her successor, Amiru Ubarr, was calmly chatting with other northeast region's nobles.
'Viscount Chetter and Count Wheelsman.'
Viscountess Ubarr, Viscount Chetter, and Count Wheelsman were the core of the northeast region's nobles.
"...They are not here yet."
"The most important nobles of the Northeastern Region did not still arrive at the venue," tcf Valentino said.
The Count nodded at the Viscount's whisper.
'Yes, the most important people aren't here yet.'
Marquis Stan, Marquis Ailan, Duke Gyerre, and Duke Orsena. The leaders of the four factions and the only Dukes and Marquis of the Roan Kingdom were here, but most nobles were still waiting for someone. Even the Dukes and Marquises were waiting for someone. That was the reason they were all here earlier than the expected time.
"...Is it something like the main characters show up late?"
"It seems like it because right now they are one of the strongest households of Roan Kingdom," tboah Rosalyn said.
The Count sighed before he heard the voice of the servant guarding the door.
"Count Henituse and his family, now entering."
The servant shouted the same way he had done for every noble who entered. The music that played when the nobles entered was the same and none of the royal knights standing guard gave any special gestures. The other nobles were still gathered in groups of threes or fives as well.
However, all of the nobles were looking toward Count Henituse and his family who were entering through the door. Then all of their eyes opened wide.
"Huh?"
"Hmm?"
Count Deruth Henituse. Next to him was Countess Violan.
There were specific rules and etiquettes about the order family members entered as well.
The family head and their spouse were in the front. Behind them would be the future family head, or the individual with the most potential to be the future family head. The ones behind them would enter in order of succession hierarchy as well. This meant that others were able to easily determine the family's current situation and their future based on the entry order.
"...Why?"
One of the nobles who were watching started to ask a question.
"...Why is that person in the way back?"
"What did they mean?" Jihye asks.
"Seems my Basen finally decided on what he wants to do," tcf Cale said.
"You immediately notice that after hearing these reactions from them," Rok Soo said.
Count Deruth and Countess Violan.
Behind them were Basen, then Lily, and at the end... Cale Henituse leisurely walked in as the last one in the group.
"...Was that rumor true?"
The nobles who were visiting the capital for the celebration had heard a rumor once they arrived.
< Cale Henituse does not want any title nor position. >
"He really gave up all of the fame and honor that dedicated for himself." Tboah Litana said.
"He really just wants to live a peaceful life with his family after all this chaos," tcf Witira said.
The nobles had not believed this baseless rumor that had quickly spread.
It had appeared all of a sudden and it was unbelievable.
People were bound to desire fame and power. But for some reason, the Henituse household had not responded to this rumor that had spread like wildfire.
"...Something is weird."
The nobles felt that something was off.
It was especially weird that the leaders of each faction were silently standing there without saying anything.
What is Cale Henituse being awarded? Will young master Cale retain his title of Commander? He's not being given full control over the troops, is he?
"They are still panicking even though they know that tcf Cale did not want a title or position," tboah Alver said.
The leaders replied that they could not answer any of those questions as they continued to meet behind closed doors with the highest administrators and the crown prince.
'What the hell is going on?'
Everyone, men and women, old and young were focused on the Henituse household. Then they realized something.
'Why are they not here?'
Cale Henituse's subordinates/friends. Specifically, they did not see Choi Han nor Mary with them.
'Shouldn't they have come together to emphasize their influence?'
They had a bad feeling about this.
"Count-nim, do you think it is true that he rejected a government position as well?"
The Count heard the Viscount's question but shook his head to say he didn't know.
The other rumor.
< Cale Henituse, Choi Han, and Mary have all declined government positions. >
That rumor was quickly spreading through the capital as well.
"Isn't it a good thing if it is true?"
The Count did not respond to the Viscount's excited question.
"These bastards!!" Cage shouted.
"Cage calm down, Young Master Cale does have a plan every time remember? Just wait and keep watching," tcf Taylor said.
"It like we need some punishments to these bastards after we finish this, in the form of monetary of course," tcf Deruth said but no one cares about him.
It was definitely a good thing. It was beneficial for the other nobles if those three individuals did not take any positions. Of course, it would be a sad thing for the northeast region's nobles.
That was why they felt that something was off.
'Why did they decline those positions?'
"Sad thing for them? Hahahahahahahaha, You bastards will be the ones who will grief in the end not them," Sooyoung said.
Why were there rumors that they had declined such great rewards? This was the reason that all of the nobles were nervous.
It was at that moment.
Screeeech-
The door opened and the servant shouted again.
"Necromancer Mary, Tasha, the leader of the Dark Elf warriors, and Sesaine, the Captain of the Mage Brigade, now entering!"
A woman in a black robe, a dark woman, and a white-haired old man in a magic robe entered the hall. These people were the Roan Kingdom's new powers.
Some of the people who accept them also cheer while watching them entering in the screen. It made both dark elves and Mary glad to hear this. Both Alver was also happy knowing that their kins are now showing themselves without being afraid of what people will think about them.
The rumblings that had started with the entrance of the Henituse household was slowly getting louder.
Boom! Boom! Boom!
However, those rumblings soon disappeared once they heard the beating of the drums. One noble started to mumble.
"...His highness the crown prince is overseeing this now too."
He then bowed toward the entrance. Zed Crossman was in a villa outside the capital after claiming that he was not feeling well. Then there was only one person who could oversee this ceremony.
"Weirdly enough that the King is out of action during this kind of events," Dokja said.
<' Seems like Zed is now taking action at the hunters,'> Reid thought knowing that Zed has also some knowledge about the hunters.
Boom! Boom! Boom!
The servant shouted through the beating drums.
"His highness, the crown prince Alberu Crossman, is now entering!"
All nobles slightly bowed. And then they saw it.
'Huh?'
'Why are there two people?'
Alberu Crossman was walking down the red carpet that cut through the hall as he headed for the chair on top of the highest platform inside the hall. Then there was someone following behind him.
"You may all raise your heads."
They raised their heads after getting Alberu's permission and saw the person standing behind the crown prince.
"Ho!"
One of the nobles gasped.
The Roan Kingdom's new strongest and most popular individual. Choi Han, the youngest sword master.
The person who was usually standing behind Cale was behind Alberu today.
Choi Han's black hair and black eyes in addition to his fancy black uniform made him look like Alberu Crossman's shadow that was guarding him.
"Wow, you look cool Choi Han!" Raon said.
"Thank you Raon-nim," tcf Choi Han said.
"He is right you look so cool uncle, I wish I can also wear something like that," Jung Soo said.
<" Do you want one Jung Soo? I can give you and Soo Hyuk later,"> Reid said.
"Really? Thanks!" Jung soo said.
"Thanks." Soo Hyuk said.
<" No problem after all you will need it in the future."> Reid said that made tcf Cale shock.
'There is no way right?' tcf Cale thought.
(" I know that Thanatos already said it to you already so I am just helping the two of you a little bit.") Reid said to Soo Hyuk telepathically.
"Yes we know that but really Thank you, Reid, or should I say? God of Red River Reid?" Soo Hyuk playfully said.
"What?!" All of them shouted at this fact even the Cale's in shock at this sudden truth. They know that their uncle is a divine being but they did not imagine that he is a god.
"Did you not tell them?" Soo Hyuk asks.
<" Haa.... You are the only one who knows Soo Hyuk and I will also tell my nephew after this program but now that you busted me they all now know."> Reid said.
"Sorry.." Soo Hyuk said.
<" No problem about that and it is also my fault as I did not introduce myself properly before. Now that you all now know, I am Reid Thames, The God of Red River. Ok, that is enough about me let's now return to the program shall we?"> Reid said while in the thought of
<' Haaa...Why did we suddenly reach this topic all along?'>
After a few minutes of calming down, they now return their attention to the screen.
"How is that person-"
"A commoner dares to-!"
"What the hell!"
"Seems like you shock all the people at your plans like what his uncle did earlier," tboah Alver said.
The servant shouted again as they all started to shout in shock.
"The awards ceremony will now begin, and the feed has been connected to the plaza!"
Boom!
The door closed at that moment. The nobles thought about the citizens who were now watching and swallowed their astonishment. They all tried their best to return to their noble and majestic demeanors.
It was at that moment.
"Today."
Alberu Crossman looked at the nobles while standing at the bottom of the highest platform with the chair as he started to speak.
"Today is a joyful occasion. It is a happy day."
"Yeah that day is a happy day for all of the people but those greedy nobles, that day is their worst day." Tcf Bud said
"At least the majority of the citizens are happy it is still a happy day," tcf Alver said.
The way Alberu, the one who represented the king, treated the nobles was gentle but firm. That gentle smile headed toward the person who followed behind him.
"It is an even better day because I am with my instructor. Isn't that the case, instructor-nim?"
The nobles felt as if a cold spell had hit them.
'Instructor?'
'...What is he talking about?'
The nobles looked toward the leaders of their respective factions or those with high government positions.
"...Shit."
"Hahaahahahahahaha those shit heads are now losing their shits," Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung language there are kids here even if they will not hear it still watch your language," Dokja said.
"Both of you keep quiet," The man of few words Yoo Joonghyuk said.
They could see their leaders and peers remaining silent. They then heard sword master Choi Han calmly respond.
"Your highness, please speak normally."
"How can I do that to my instructor?"
"That is easier for me, your highness."
"Wow, Choi Han you look like you can now act." Raon happily said.
"Did Cale teach you nya~?" Hong said.
"We are happy that you now know how to act properly," Tcf Rosalyn said while tcf lock is looking at him with an amazing face. Meanwhile, Choi Han just covers his face because of the too much embarrassment he suddenly receives.
Instructor.
It was a position that made it impossible for someone to have a position nor enter the political sector. Some of the more intelligent nobles had gazes of relief.
'Yes. He can't touch my bowl if he is the crown prince's instructor!'
'He can't favor the Henituse household of the northeast region's regions if he is the instructor! Doing that would make him lose face and make the crown prince lose face!'
'Good! Now the Henituse household can't treat Choi Han as their subordinate!'
"I like how they are thinking like that, the way they think I lose Choi Han but not knowing what we prepared it for them to think like that." Tcf Cale said with an amused tone.
"I agree with you dongsaeng, they thought that Choi Han is a subordinate of Henituse Household and not your subordinate." Tcf Alver said to his dongsaeng even if they are still not sworn brothers yet.
"It is nice to watch some people's high hopes to be crushed today," tcf Cale said.
Alberu gently started to speak to Choi Han again as they were quickly thinking.
"Okay then, I should do whatever is most comfortable for my instructor-nim."
Alberu then looked toward the others and continued to speak.
"I did not have an instructor until now, but I am very happy that I can serve the continent's greatest swordsman as my instructor starting this glorious day."
The southeast region's Marquis Ailan and central region's Duke Orsena clenched their eyes before opening them again.
'The crown prince and Choi Han's popularities are going to soar again.'
"I think he is wrong because their popularities are still soaring," Jihye said.
Some nobles felt as if they could already hear the citizens cheering for Choi Han and the crown prince.
The person who would be king was taking a young swordsman of common birth as his instructor. He was doing this based on abilities alone. That swordsman was also one of the heroes who saved this kingdom.
The citizens knew as well.
They knew that becoming the instructor of someone in the royal family meant that they would be far from power and that they could only spend the rest of their lives being the person's instructor.
That was why the people of the Roan Kingdom always respected the king's instructor. Furthermore, the citizens would admire how such a young swordsman would choose such a position of integrity.
In addition, it wasn't as if the nobles could oppose Choi Han becoming Alberu's instructor.
"Yeah that is right, they will just receive a backlash from the public if they oppose it," Heewon said.
Everything that was said was being broadcasted live, and it was better to put Choi Han in a place where nobody could touch him if they could not pull him over to their side.
"Alright then. Let's all relax and enjoy this wonderful day."
The crown prince leisurely spoke with a relaxed expression. He didn't seem like someone who had just dropped a bomb on them.
"The people here and the people watching this in the plaza, I'm sure everybody was shocked at my sudden introduction of my instructor. However!"
He then continued in a serious tone.
"There will only be happy things and no shocking things from here on, so I hope everybody can enjoy this moment. We successfully overcame a trial and today is the day we show our gratitude to those who took the lead in helping us overcome that trial."
"I highly doubt your words," Tboah Alver said.
"That statement of yours is kinda sus," Sooyoung said.
Hearing this tcf Cale and tcf Alver just let them be and just watch on how this whole event ended.
The nobles were relieved. Crown prince Alberu headed up to the chair on the platform as if nothing happened while Choi Han stealthily moved to the corner of the hall.
'Hooo, it looks like his highness wanted to separate Choi Han and Cale as well.'
"Cale-nim's authority is the one I priority the most and even the crown prince authority can't change it," Tcf Choi Han strictly said.
"I know that Choi Han and even if I give you commands you will still wait for the command of Cale." Tcf Alver said.
"It is good that you know that your highness no one can command or use my family or allies without my authority," tcf Cale said while all of his family and allies are happy hearing that tcf Cale really cares for them.
Soo hyuk and Jung Soo are happy to tcf Cale after hearing this.
Some of the nobles started to smile after watching Choi Han seclude himself in the corner. One of the administrators handed Alberu a document wrapped in a luxurious cloth once he sat down.
Alberu took the document. The paper inside should have details about the awards ceremony.
"Hmm?"
Alberu immediately pulled the string that tied the cloth.
Prrrrrrrrrr-
The clothe unraveled to reveal the paper inside. The administrator who was watching this immediately started to speak.
"We will now commence the awards ceremony for the individuals who accomplished great victories at the Battle of the Henituse territory, the Battle at the Northeastern Shores, as well as the battles at the Caro Kingdom and the Gorge of Death-"
"What?! You manage to defeat even the Half-Dragon that I make?" tcf White Star said.
"You! What kind of being do you just make? Tcf Rasheel said.
"You really need to be killed after all, just wait for your turn, and one-day death will come and get you," tcf Sherrit said.
"Hold on."
The administrator looked toward the person who cut him off.
Screeeech.
Alberu Crossman stopped the administrator before standing up from his chair. The details of the awards ceremony were in his hand.
The nobles looked toward him after seeing his unexpected action while Alberu looked toward the nobles and the video communication device that was connected with the plaza as he started to speak.
"I had to make a decision that I personally could not accept this time."
Cale who was acting relaxed looked toward the platform.
Cale made eye contact with Alberu at that moment.
Smile.
Alberu gave a short smile toward Cale.
'...Why do I have a bad feeling about this?'
"Oh~ seems your radar is detecting some threat again," Rok Soo said.
"It seems so," tcf Cale said as he agrees to Rok Soo who is shocked that he is not been threaten by tcf Cale.
Cale slowly started to feel nervous. They had planned for today.
'Cale, I will set the mood and then introduce you. So, just play along with me.'
'Your highness, you won't make a big deal out of it, right?'
'Yeah, I won't. I'll even tell you what to say. Then you just need to say that, so it'll be simple, right?'
'You won't make me say anything weird, will you?'
'Ho! I'll tell you what it is right now, and you don't have to say it if you think it is weird. Is that fine?'
'...I suppose?'
"Hearing these the two of you really have a different meaning of, big deal, simple, and weird. Huh," tcf Rosalyn said.
'Good. Also discuss with Count Deruth and the Countess before giving me an answer for my suggestion.'
He wasn't too worried because Alberu had already promised him, however...
– Human! The crown prince is smiling weirdly!
"Even your child sensing whatever bad feeling you suddenly feel right now," Soo Hyuk said.
'Ah, whatever.'
Cael decided to stop thinking about it. Alberu had continued to speak while Cale was thinking.
"The person whose name should be at the top of this list. I removed his name from it."
'What?'
The nobles started to whisper to each other. Some of them looked toward Cale. The person whose name should be at the top of the list. It was obvious who that was talking about.
"Cale Henituse, I decided not to give you any positions or titles."
Alberu could hear the whispers of the nobles and felt as if he could feel the shock from the citizens in the plaza. He felt the changing atmosphere as he headed down from the platform.
He then walked between the splitting masses as he approached a person.
"Cale Henituse, what do you think? Are you satisfied with this?"
Cale looked toward Alberu who was smiling in front of him. He then said what they had previously discussed. It wasn't very long and fit this situation well.
"Your highness, I am satisfied. I hope that this honor could be shared with the many soldiers and others who suffered more than I did during the battles. I am satisfied with the fact that we safely made it past those difficult days. I do not need anything for it."
"Ah."
Small gasps could be heard around the hall.
"Oh my god! What a noble act young master Cale," tcf Cage said.
"That is true but still I need to act like a good person after all," Tcf Cale said.
"You are a good person Human," Raon said.
"Youngest is right, nya!~" Hong said while On is just shaking his head at his father's statement.
"Young Master you are a good person, after all, you are the one who makes these events possible to happen." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"That's right young master if you did not help us we will not be able to know you and make an alliance with you," tcf Litana said which tcf Witira also agree.
"She is right my friend!" tcf Toonka shouted.
Hearing these made tcf Cale ears turn red because of sudden praise and some of the people who notice this just say that it is cute reaction from him.
The rumor was true. Cale Henituse would truly not receive any positions or titles.
That was what he himself wanted.
Furthermore, he wanted his rewards to be shared with others.
'Is he being serious? He's not shrewdly planning something in secret, is he?'
'...If he means what he is saying, then he's amazing.'
'He really is a hero.'
"Aaarrrgghhh here we are to this nonsense again," tcf Cale said.
"Ohh~~ Young Master sil-," befoe Jung Soo finishes his words Rok Soo immediately covers his mouth as he knows what will Jung Soo say. After shutting the mouth of Jung Soo he immediately shakes his head as he did not want to experience the hell they visit before.
"Jung Soo, No." Rok Soo firmly said.
"Are you saying something Jung Soo?" tcf Cale asks as he smiles with his sinister smile.
Jung soo who see this immediately realize what he does and
"No, there is nothing I want to say. I think you just imagining things Cale," Jung soo said.
"Good," tcf Cale said.
Many different thoughts filled the hall. Cale then said something that answered all of those questions.
"I just pray for peace and prosperity for the Roan Kingdom."
"Ahhhh!!!! Cale-nim you are truly one of a kind this believer of yours is very moved at your decisions. You are truly someone who will walk to the road of the legends." Tcf Clopeh said.
No one hears him because of the barrier that sounds him but it can still give tcf Cale some shivers.
"Are you cold?"tboah Cale asks.
"No, I feel like Clopeh is at his antics again," tcf Cale said.
Cale looked around and felt the atmosphere in the room before looking back toward Alberu. He then added something they had not discussed in advance.
"Your highness, I am just a small person who wishes to live a quiet life in a peaceful world."
'This should be enough for nobody to mention giving me a title, right?'
"I think not Cale-nim," tcf Choi Han said.
Cale didn't notice the gazes that looked at him as some sage who separated himself from the material world as he processed his thoughts while looking at the silent nobles.
It was at that moment.
Grab.
'Hmm?'
Alberu suddenly grabbed Cale's hand.
"Oh my god! You are really good partners if you think about it," Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung shut up if you don't want to be dead later on," Dokja said.
"Oh my nephew~~, I did not know that you are aggressive towards young master Cale," tcf Tasha said.
"Aunt!!" tcf Alver just called out his aunt as he try not to blush because of this embaraassment. Tboah Alver is also doing his best not to blush at this scene as his aunt is also teasing him.
'What the hell? What is he doing?
Shouldn't he go back to the others on the list since my part is done?'
As Cale became nervous dealing with this situation they had not discussed in advance...
Alberu had a look of admiration and put on a bright yet heartrending smile as he started to speak.
"Cale, I am truly, very proud of you."
The crown prince was using such a relaxed tone toward Cale in an official setting, but nobody had the time to notice that.
"I am very happy to have such a precious younger brother like you."
'Younger brother? A precious younger brother at that?'
"Damn, both of you are really enjoying dropping some bombs, huh," tcf Bud said.
The nobles silently gasped after hearing Alberu's comment while the Dukes, Marquises, and the highest-ranking officials showed their resignation at what they each knew...
'I thought he wasn't going to make a big deal out of it? Isn't this going too overboard?'
Cale was also gasping silently as he looked toward Alberu, but Alberu just stood there looking deeply moved.
"There's probably nobody in the world who is upright and has no greed like my younger brother."
"To think he will do this I am really amazed at what Cale-ssi do," Hyunsung said.
'What nonsense is this? Who is he talking about?
Me? He's saying I'm like that?'
– The crown prince may be crazy, but at least he knows that you are a good person, human! The crown prince is a good person too! I'm not only saying that just because he gave me a lot of cookies!
"So you are bribing my children behind my back huh," tcf Cale said while looking at tcf Alver who is now averting his gaze as he is guilty about it.
"Ho."
Cale was shocked.
He kept his mouth shut while looking at the deeply moved Alberu's satisfied expression as well as his father Deruth and mother Violan who were nodding their heads.
Twitch.
He could also see a rare smile on Choi Han's face.
"You Choi Han even supported him huh, we will TALK later including my dear Hyung~~," tcf Cale said.
"Hey! That is unfair you immediately call him Hyung while I even after many years can only count using one hand the times you call me hyung. Most of the time also is when you want something from me." Jung Soo said that made Rok Soo and tboah Cale shiver in fear. As they don't him experience again the pain that they just experience earlier.
"Now, now I am sorry about that okay? Can you now forgive me Hyung?" tcf Cale said while smiling.
'I want him to me Hyung too but not using a vicious tone,' Jung Soo said.
"Okay, I forgive you now, and how could not forgive my little dongsaeng huh?" Jung Soo said.
'He is so simple,' Tcf Cale thought that he made him smile a little bit.
"I am happy that you call me Hyung but can you use other tones If you are calling me like that?" tcf Alver said.
"What wrong about it Hyung?" tcf Cale said with his vicious tone again.
"We will just pray for your souls and that your sacrifice will not be forgotten," Rok soo said while tboah Cale nodded.
"Younger brother. I wish to hear your voice in this deeply moving moment. Won't you call me hyung out loud?"
"Your wish is my command, Hyung~~," Tcf Cale said again with his vicious tone.
"Okay, okay stop it," Tcf Alver said.
"If that's what you want Hyung~," tcf Cale said.
'He will really give me a lot of headaches,"' tcf Alver thought.
Cale started to think as he looked at Alberu who went beyond going overboard and now seemed to be acting out a play where two brothers had been reunited after being apart for about one hundred years.
'Ah.
This is driving me nuts.'
<" That's all for now and enjoy your break. For those who want to use the other training room just use it freely."> Reid said as he let them again have their peaceful break.
"Now, Hyung and Choi Han would you like to have a chat with me during our break?" tcf Cale asks as the two just shivered in their seats.
"Cale-nim can we just talk here?" tcf Choi Han asks.
"He is right dongsaeng can we just do it here?" tcf Alver asks.
"That won't do Hyung and Choi Han as I want to have a private talk to the both of you," tcf Cale said.
Hearing these the two who are now escorted by Soo Hyuk and Reid just look at their allies pleading for help but they ignored by them even the children.
Meanwhile Jung Soo, Rok Soo, and tboah Cale the three-finger salute to the two like what Katniss Everdeen does in the Hunger Games.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
Chapter 22: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 5
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 22: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 5
It's been half an hour since the break ended and the 5 people who go to the other training room are still not returning to the theater. Seeing the reaction of some people that tcf Cale and the others are still not returning, the trio who experiences the wrath of tcf Cale as first is now shivering in fear.
"Do you think uncle survive his wrath?" Jung Soo asks.
"I Don't know but seeing his strength he will survive." Rok Soo said.
"How about the crown prince do you think he can survive?" tboah Cale asks.
"Well, that is one of the questions that I cannot answer surely," Rok Soo said.
"Let's just pray them to the dragons and not in the gods for their safety," Rok Soo said when suddenly they hear
BANG!
All of the people flinched at the sudden sound from the door. They see tcf Cale smiling again like the last time but there is no blood on his cheek or in his attire. They also see Soo Hyuk and Reid that are also smiling with satisfaction and at their behind is tcf Choi Han with head looking at the ground and did not even dare to raise his head as well as tcf Alberu that is also looking at the floor. They also notice that the two do not have injuries and they also have a new set of attire like the first three before. Rok Soo greeted them despite the chill that he is currently feeling on his back.
"Welcome Back do you enjoy your talk?" Rok Soo asks.
"Well, I made some new bonding with my Hyung and his instructor." Tcf Cale happily said.
'Those things are cannot be called bonding as you are the only one enjoying it, while the two of us are just suffering.' Tcf Alberu thought as he did not want to destroy this act.
Act, yes an act because luckily they did not experience the wrath of tcf Cale.
*DURING BREAK*
In the other training room, Choi Han and Alberu is still standing without any idea of what Cale do to them when suddenly,
"Choi Han spar with Uncle Reid as he is also a swordsman and Hyung spar with Soo Hyuk Hyung" tcf Cale said.
"Huh? I thought you will punish us Cale-nim?" tcf Choi Han asks.
"I will not waste my time on some troublesome things okay? Also, I still want to rest after giving Rok Soo, Jung Soo, and tboah Cale the hell that they requested from me." Tcf Cale said.
"I need you two also to become powerful enough in the future, so I decided this," tcf Cale added.
"That is fine for me Dongsaeng," Soo Hyuk said.
<"How can I reject my nephew to his request right?"> Reid said.
'Shit! can I survive this?' tcf Alberu thought.
As both sides agree they immediately started the sparring. After the first round they change sparring partners then after another, they team up to fight each other. Soo Hyuk and Reid against Tcf Choi Han and tcf Alberu. After three rounds of sparring tcf Choi Han and tcf Alberu are now who is now fighting each other.
After of few minutes break,
"No one is allowed to tell or talk about what we do here understand?" Tcf Cale said while looking at tcf Alberu and tcf Choi Han. They just nod their heads as approval because they are busy right now drinking recovery potions and catching their breath at the same time.
"Choi Han no matter what happens don't talk even the kids ask you. I know that you cannot act so just shut up ok?" tcf Cale said.
"Hyung just go with the flow or you can just keep yourself quiet also." Tcf Cale said.
"If you say so dear dongsaeng," tcf Alberu said.
"I also want golden plaque after this okay?" tcf Cale added.
"Haaa... you really love me driving me crazy aren't you?" tcf Alberu said.
As being said tcf Alberu decided that he will just keep his mouth shut up for this ends all well.
*END OF FLASHBACK*
"Is that so? But are they okay?" Rok Soo asks as he glances at the two who still looking at the floor who is like repenting their sins.
"They are all right, Right Hyung~ and Choi Han?" tcf Cale asks made the two flinched and just nod vigorously.
'They even talked?! What kind of hell did he give to these two?' Rok Soo thought.
<" Since all of us are now settled down we will now continue the program."> Reid said as he set the video again.
CHAPTER 22: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 5 (CHAPTER 438: HOW TOUCHING 2)
– Human... Why is the crown prince acting like this? He's being weird.
'Right? Raon, you think he's being weird too, right?'
Cale agreed with Raon's statement and started to sigh internally.
He had to play along with this exaggerated act the crown prince was putting on.
Cale turned away from Alberu who was looking at him with a touched expression but a mischievous gaze and looked around.
"Are you two have some battle of nerves here or what?" Tcf Bud asks.
"Bud, shut up," tcf Glenn said.
Some nobles were as shocked as Cale. They were not the only ones who were shocked. The musicians had stopped playing their instruments and were looking at Cale and Alberu while the knights standing guard, as well as the servants moving about the hall, were looking at them with shocked expressions as well.
"Looks like you really tell a shocking news that all of them stop what they are currently doing," Dokja said.
"Looks like you like dropping bombs casually like your dongsaeng," Soo Young said.
Of course, Marquis Taylor Stan and Duke Gyerre, the respective heads of their households, were looking on with big smiles on their faces. Marquis Ailan and Duke Orsena, on the other hand, looked grim.
'...This is not good.'
"Hahahahahahahaha those geezers are now being anxious," Jihye said.
"You really did not give them space to process things as right after you tell that tcf Choi Han is your instructor then now you are telling to all them that tcf Cale is now your dongsaeng? Hahahahahahaha you two are hilarious," tboah Alberu said.
"Well, they have the same thinking after all," Heewon said.
Cale's face filled with awkwardness after looking around the hall and stopping somewhere.
"Who will not be awkward after telling that you are now the dongsaeng of the crown prince of your kingdom." Tboah Cale said.
Ooooooong-
It was the video communication device that was vibrating and sparkling.
Everything that was going on here was currently being broadcasted live in the Roan Kingdom's capital's plaza. The foreigners who were mixed in with the citizens and watching would have seen this as well.
The news about what just happened would soon spread through the entire Western continent.
"It spread like a wildfire," Sang Ah said.
'Damn it.'
Cale put on an awkward smile as he responded to Alberu. Of course, he tried to pull away from the hand that Alberu was grabbing.
"Your highness, it looks like everybody is shocked."
"Ah."
"Still in denial stage huh," tcf Eruhaben said.
Alberu, who put on a shocked expression as if he just realized it, looked around before starting to speak.
"What an actor," Jihye said.
"A few days ago, Cale Henituse and I decided to become sworn brothers. I may be part of the royal family and Cale Henituse is part of a Count's household, so we are not brothers by blood, however, I was touched by Cale caring only about the kingdom and peace that I asked him to be my sworn brother."
"If I did not know your plan I will be moved to the words you said," Heewon said.
"For me, I will still smell some bullshit behind these words," Sooyoung said.
"Well, that sooyoung Unnie for you as she is also spouting bullshits when they are planning with master and Dokja." Jihye said.
"And I think that the only people that know tcf Cale well will really know what is happening right there right?" Dokja said.
"Some of us may know but some may think that all these acts are true," Tcf Rosalyn said.
These words flew out of Alberu's mouth without any hesitation. It was fitting for his glib tongue. The nobles watching could not hide their chaotic thoughts.
'Who would believe that?!'
"All of them," both Alberu said.
Nobody believed Alberu's statement about how he asked Cale to be his sworn sibling because he was touched.
'Ha! As if the crown prince is that kind of person!'
"Hey! I am a kind person you know?" tcf Alberu defended himself.
Alberu Crossman might be laughing right now, but he was the most thorough person they knew. Such a person feeling touched? Peace? Those words were not funny nor were they fitting for him.
The nobles' minds started to get complicated.
"See even the old geezers and their families are not believing to your shits," Tcf Cale said.
"You did not hold back at being rude to me huh," tcf Alberu said.
'...Cale Henituse is the future king's sworn younger brother!'
'We were too hasty to be happy that we got Choi Han out of the way! The crown prince doesn't have any maternal relatives. But if the quickly rising Henituse household and the northeast region's nobles became the crown prince's backing?!'
"Yeah you all of are now doom," tcf Bud said.
Crown prince Alberu already had power and troops that even the king could not easily desire, so the nobles were all crouching in fear. This was especially the case for the nobles from the central and southeast factions who were not on good terms with the crown prince.
However, there was something they were relying on.
A king could not survive on his own.
"But seeing the crown prince here he is not alone anymore," tboah Rosalyn said.
Alberu who would become king in the future had no blood relatives, hometown ties, nor school ties. That was why the nobles were bowing down now while expecting that their own powers would eventually grow in the future.
"This illusional geezers really, why all of the nobles are thinking like this?" tcf Cage said.
"Well, we cannot stop them thinking like that after all," tcf Taylor said.
But now, Alberu Crossman had the youngest sword master in his school ties and Cale Henituse as his sworn brother.
'...What a scary human.'
"He is really scary but tcf Cale is much scarier than him for real," tcf Bud said.
"I can't disagree with that," tcf Alberu said.
"Hoh~~ really?" tboah Alberu said.
"REALLY," tcf Alberu sternly said.
Some of the nobles who were faster at processing things looked toward Alberu with fear. They were afraid of the crown prince's ability to tie the heroes of not just the Roan Kingdom but the entire Western continent to his side. They were also afraid of how he was able to coldly calculate and give those two heroes positions that were just for show and held no actual power.
"They really think that you tie them to you? Like what? Hahahahahahahahaha," Sooyoung said.
One noble could only watch Alberu Crossman and this situation with fear in his eyes.
He could see it. He could see Alberu Crossman's power and influence that had gotten even stronger.
He then looked toward Cale and Choi Han with pity. As a quick thinker, he had a different mindset about the two people who were now the future king's sworn brother and instructor than the other nobles who were looking at them with admiration and envy.
'They fell for the crown prince's sweet talk.'
"Seeing these nobles pity young master Cale is hilarious, hahahahahahahaha if there is someone who I will pity to it is the crown prince for real," tcf Rosalyn said.
"Why you say so?" tboah Rosalyn asks.
"It is because every time young master does something, the crown prince is the one who is always fixing and cleaning his mess." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"She is right I will myself knowing that," tboah Alberu said.
Instructor and sworn sibling. Status that came with no power whatsoever.
The noble could see the crown prince who must have swayed them by saying that these were honorable positions and the two inexperienced young men who fell for that scam.
"The crown prince is the one who is being scammed," Raon said.
Hearing this tcf Alberu is now contemplating his decision if he did what is right and benefit him not burden him.
'I guess they were drunk on this hero play because they are still young and ended up falling for these positions that are only important in name!'
The noble looked toward Cale and Choi Han with pity while thinking that the crown prince was scary. He also confirmed something in his mind.
'We don't need to worry about Choi Han anymore. But this is just the beginning for Cale Henituse.
We can't let that bastard get a government position!'
"Oho~~ they are still pushing their plan huh," tcf Eruhaben said.
"Humans are really delusional beings," tcf Mila said.
He would always do things to support the crown prince. The noble was thinking that no position nor title could go to Cale, no matter what achievements he had in the future.
This was something most of the nobles were thinking about as well.
'... We need to do our best to make sure Cale Henituse has as little power as possible.'
They needed to make it so that he could gain no power in this political arena, in this battle for power. If they could not hinder Count Henituse's family, then they needed to at least block Cale.
"Those ungrateful bastards!!!" tcf Deruth said.
This determination started to spread through the nobles.
"Determination? Ha! What a shitty determination," Sooyoung said.
One person calmly started to speak as if he did not notice the atmosphere at all.
"Cale, I was extremely disappointed to remove you from this list, but I am very happy to continue as sworn siblings from here on. Don't you agree?"
There was only one thought on Cale's mind as he listened to Alberu.
'How long is he going to drag this on?'
Unfortunately, Cale had to play along. A smile appeared on his face for the first time today. That smile looked quite innocent, unlike his tired face. A bright voice modestly answered as if he was honored.
"I am happy as well. Hyung-nim."
"I am really jealous of him until now," Jung Soo said.
That modest and slightly innocent-looking attitude made the nobles start to think.
'He's really an innocent hero......'
'He's being used by the crown prince!'
'...It looks like Cale Henituse is someone who truly wishes to be a hero, unlike what I originally thought.'
'The political field is going to flow in an odd direction from now on.'
"Hahahahahahahahaha innocent? Does the meaning of innocent people now are those people who blasted an entire island, scam a church, looted nobles, tortured someone with new limbs that are actually bombs, and threatened a kingdom to its destruction?" tcf Archie said that made tcf Paseton and tcf Witira just pat his back.
'Am I the only one who is normal here?' tcf Archie thought.
Cale slowly took a step back and pulled his hand away as he said that.
Shhhh.
Alberu let his hand go without any objections and Cale could finally smile in relief.
'I'm free.'
His role was now finished.
Cale was thinking that he could now relax and enjoy the celebration. Cale felt even more relaxed after looking around and seeing that the nobles were calmer than before.
"Hyung-nim."
He heard Basen's whisper at that moment. Cale turned his head after hearing the quiet voice.
"You meant it when you said you want to live a quiet life, right?"
"Hmm? Yes?"
"...I see."
Basen, who had been doing his best to study politics, realized that his brother was an innocent soul. He was smart, but sacrificial and innocent. Basen found another reason that he needed to protect his brother.
'Maybe he can dream of world peace and living a quiet life away from politics and power because he is such an innocent person.'
"Basen stop thinking that I am an innocent person it is not fit well," tcf Cale said.
Basen quietly looked toward Cale with a gentle gaze as Cale slowly rubbed his stomach with his palm.
– Human! T, there's chocolate flowing out of that cake over there! What kind of amazing cake is that?!
'I know, right?'
He was hungry.
After being shocked by crown prince Alberu, Cale was now left with hunger. He hoped the awards ceremony would end quickly as he stood there with a blank expression on his face.
'...His expression shows no greed at all. I wonder if it is real.'
The nobles continued to look toward him, but Cale who was annoyed didn't care at all.
"Then we will resume the awards ceremony!"
Alberu had returned to his seat and the administrator peeked toward him before resuming the awards ceremony.
"We will share each person's merits as well as their rewards! The merits and the recipient will be announced by me while his highness the crown prince will personally hand the reward to each individual."
The administrator started to announce each recipient based on the weight of their merits.
"For their merits in the Battle at the Gorge of Death as the Roan Kingdom's representatives. General members of the Mage Brigade, Kepai, Rabbit, Mewoo-"
People went up to the platform one by one and Alberu shook each of their hands as he handed them their rewards.
"Thank you."
"Not at all! Your highness, I just did what I needed to do!"
Everybody responded energetically to Alberu who tightly grabbed their hands and thanked them and it was a satisfying sight for all to see. That satisfaction continued to rise as the ceremony continued.
Woooooooooooooooo-
Although the hall's door was closed, they felt as if they could hear the cheering of the citizens from the distant plaza.
However, the nobles were nervous. Their hearts slowly started to beat faster and faster. The administrator started to speak at that moment.
For participating as the Roan Kingdom's representatives in the Caro Kingdom's naval battle, defeating the enemy's berserk warriors and having the greatest impact in clearing the dead mana!"
It was finally starting. The new forces were starting to come out.
"The Dark Elf warriors with Tasha as their representative!"
The woman who reminded people of a black pearl headed toward the platform where the crown prince was standing. Alberu looked down at his Aunt Tasha from one of the steps. The two people smiled in a way that only the other would understand. Alberu started to speak.
"Tasha, the representative for the Dark Elves who will become one of the Roan Kingdom's new strength. I bestow the title of Viscountess upon you."
"Gasp."
Even tboah Alberu and tboah Tasha was shocked at this and all of the people from the theater was shocked as well.
Some of the nobles gasped. This was the first title that was bestowed today.
'The crown prince is really trying to draw the Dark Elves into the Kingdom!'
'Did he not see what happened to the Mogoru Empire?'
'That vulgar race is a noble?!'
"So, there is a brave one who is saying that these beings that are also close to nature as well is a vulgar race? Would that person like to have time to deal with him?" tcf Cale said coldly.
Everyone flinched at his statement and just pray for that noble's life as he enraged the hero at his thought.
The nobles' complaints started to slowly appear on their faces. Alberu had a bitter smile on his face as he continued to speak to Tasha.
"However, this title is a nonhereditary title and no territory will be bestowed."
A nonhereditary title. A Viscountess without any territory. The growing complaints on the nobles' faces slightly stalled. They then realized why the leaders of their respective factions were remaining quiet.
'It's just for show.'
They realized that Alberu drew in the Dark Elves with a just-for-show title as well.
However, Alberu's inner thoughts were different. He looked into the eyes of his Aunt who had raised him like her own child and made a firm resolution that he could not openly share with the nobles and the citizens.
'This is just the beginning. Next time, I will definitely make it so that the Dark Elves have land that they can freely live under the sun.'
"Don't worry about that Hyung-nim I will help you to achieve that if you also help me to achieve mine," Tcf Cale said.
"Of course dongsaeng I will help you to achieve that dream," tcf Alberu said.
He would prepare a hereditary title with a great territory.
Tasha gently smiled as if she understood what her nephew was thinking.
"Thank you very much. Your highness, we pray for peace in the Roan Kingdom."
The Dark Elf gave a short response before stepping away. However, the nobles could not remain calm after hearing the following proclamations.
One group of nobles had started to move.
"Viscount Chetter's territory will not need to pay any taxes for 3 years and young patriarch Gilbert Chetter is bestowed the position of Captain of the Naval Procurements Department for his achievements."
The reward for the northeast region's Viscount Chetter's household and the new position for the young patriarch.
"Amiru Ubarr and Eric Wheelsman will receive the highest positions among the naval base's Chief advisors as Advisor of the Left and Advisor of the Right."
The northeast region's Wheelsman household's young patriarch and Ubarr household's young matriarch Amiru were given positions among the naval base's chief advisors.
"The territory of Viscountess Ubarr will henceforth be known as the territory of Countess Ubarr."
Viscountess Ubarr who ruled the territory with the largest naval base became Countess Ubarr.
The other nobles from the northeast region who participated in the war received all sorts of rewards and positions as well.
There was an especially large number of government positions.
It was at a similar level to the four other factions that have dominated the nobles' society and the government positions. Anybody would be able to see that a new faction was being created.
"They all deserved their awards, as they fight for their lives like there is no tomorrow," Heewon said.
'...The head.'
The Roan kingdom would have a new strong faction if there was a leader to lead those northeastern nobles. It might even be the strongest faction in the current Roan Kingdom.
Nobody dared to open their mouths.
"I will take over from here."
However, the crown prince did not give them a moment to get their minds straight.
"There are three people who contributed the most to the two battles within the Roan Kingdom at the Henituse territory and at the Northeastern shores."
Three people. The nobles gasped. The eyes of the citizens in the plaza filled with anticipation. This was the moment everyone had been waiting for.
"They also went as representatives of the Roan Kingdom to record the greatest achievements in the battle at the Caro Kingdom and the battle at the Breck Kingdom's Gorge of Death, being the core of the Roan Kingdom to save the Western continent from the Indomitable Alliance. Furthermore, they are currently defending against wars and other dangers throughout the Western continent, heroes who only wish for peace and prosperity of the world."
These were all major achievements.
Such meritorious achievements had not been seen for almost 100 years.
"These three people are Mary, Choi Han, and Cale Henituse."
Clench.
The nobles clenched their eyes shut.
"Yes, they can only shut their eyes at that moment because they cannot do anything to stop it at all," Dokja said.
"They are geniuses and heroes whom we would have been lucky to have just one of them appear at a time. These heroes are the only ones throughout the history of the Roan Kingdom who have achieved such accomplishments."
Both the heat of passion and a cold air filled the hall.
"They have all rejected titles and government positions."
The rumors had been true. The nobles nodded their heads after hearing the Mary had rejected them as well.
Alberu looked down at them. He had not used the word, 'reward.'
'Your highness, both Mary and Choi Han said that they have something that they would like.'
'Is that so?'
'Yes sir, please grant them their requests.'
'Fine. What about you?'
'A golden plaque please.'
'You're driving me crazy.'
"yeah, you are driving me crazy and I think soon the treasury of the kingdom is now empty because of you," tcf Alberu said.
"It is not my problem your highness," tcf Cale casually said.
"Haa.... Why I have a dongsaeng like this?" tcf Alberu said.
Although Choi Han and Mary did not want titles nor positions, there was something that they each wanted. Alberu happily agreed to their requests.
"I decided to listen to their requests."
The nobles let out sighs of relief after hearing Alberu's calm statement.
"Huuuuuu."
'All three of them would not be able to desire what is ours.'
As they had that thought...
"However, I concluded that this would set a terrible precedent for the future."
'Hmm?'
'A terrible precedent?'
The nobles' eyes opened wide.
"They are people who sacrificed their bodies and minds for all of us. But giving them only a verbal thank you without giving them anything else? I, Alberu Crossman, do not wish for such a thing."
These were his honest feelings.
"I value and cherish the lives of every person who works for the benefit of our Roan Kingdom, as well as the citizens who are watching through the video communication device right now. That is why I wish to reward them."
'Reward them when they rejected it? I thought he understood what they wanted?'
Alberu stood up and continued to speak as the nobles started to fall into a state of chaos.
"And those three people accepted my desire."
His gaze headed toward a spot in the hall.
"The household that all three of them are associated with right now."
"Ah."
Someone let out a sound that was either a gasp of appreciation or a sigh.
"The household that represented the Roan Kingdom in battle and achieved an overwhelming victory against the Indomitable Alliance, the household who volunteered a significant amount of troops for the battle at the Northeastern shores and also achieved an overwhelming victory."
Alberu's voice slowly started to become louder.
"The household that we could easily say that they protected the Roan Kingdom on their own!"
One person made eye contact with Alberu.
"Deruth Henituse!"
Count Deruth slowly bowed his head.
"Yes, your highness."
As he slowly raised his head and made eye contact with Alberu... The moment the other nobles gasped and nervously waited for what was to come...
Alberu started to speak.
"The Roan Kingdom has another Duke's household as of today."
"Wow!! Congratulations!" Dokja said.
"Congratulations," Sang Ah said.
All of them were shocked and those who recovered easily are now congratulating the Henituse household of side B.
Gasps could be heard throughout the hall. They wondered if it would happen, but he had truly bestowed the title of Duke and not a Marquis! The nobles looked astonished. Alberu calmly continued to speak toward Deruth regardless of their reactions.
"What do you think?"
However, his eyes were looking at the nobles inside the hall. The nobles avoided his cold and vicious gaze. Some of them thought that this was wrong. They wanted to say that out loud.
"What wrong?" tcf Alberu said.
"They are the ones who faced the aliiance and protect the whole kingdom from them. They also funded the Naval base that was used for the battle at Ubarr territory." Tcf Alberu said.
"And those people who are just hiding their asses of in their own houses, quivering in fear if the war reaches them, the people who are hungry for power even if the war is still ongoing, the people who is playing safe, and the people who are using their puny power to suppress the person who saves their asses off? Come on those jokes are not funny any more old geezers, try something else, and something unique okay? Also, if you messes up with my family are also messing with me as well as my people, remember that." Tcf Cale coldly said with a stern tone in his voice.
"He is mad again," Jung Soo said.
"Who will not be mad after hearing that hm?" Rok Soo said.
Screeeech.
The servants opened the door and windows of the hall at that moment.
Waaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah- Waaaaaaaaaah-
They could clearly hear the cheering of the citizens from the distant plaza. They were cheering in joy and happiness.
'...This must be why he broadcasted the ceremony to the plaza!'
'He used Choi Han, Mary, and Cale Henituse as bait to turn the Henituse household into a Duke's household!'
Despair filled the faces of most nobles. On the other hand, the expressions on the faces of the northeast region's nobles and those who had positive relationships with them were bright.
'He got us good......!'
'...The crown prince turned the Henituse household into his backing!'
The nobles peeked around with their heads down.
Woooooooooooooooo-
The happy cheers continued to flow into the hall.
Today was the day the future king of the Roan Kingdom had earned an instructor and a sworn brother.
It was also the day that a new Duke's household was born in the Roan Kingdom. It was Duke Henituse's household.
This news quickly spread to the nearby kingdoms. It also reached the White Star's ears.
"Hmm? He is also there?" tcf Cale said.
– Human, I'm hungry!
Cale was rubbing his stomach and thinking to himself even during this time.
'Can I live as the trash of a Duke's family, no, the slacker of a Duke's family now? That sounds great.'
It was the greatest job in the world.
"I think that is still possible young master Cale as you are still fighting with the White star," tcf Rosalyn said.
"Haaa... you are right Miss Rosalyn that shit is still existing," Tcf Cale said.
<' But even after the white star you cannot still achieve your dream my dear nephew,"> Reid thought.
<" That's it the next video will be the last part of this celebration and we will proceed to another light arc before continuing the war in Caro Kingdom. Enjoy your break and see you later,"> Reid said as his nephews, Soo Hyuk and Jung Soo followed him leaving the theater for his promise to Jung Soo before.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
Hi everyone!!!! So while I am scrolling at twitter tonight I see some panel of Paseton and he is f*cking breedable!!!! Hahahahahahahaha and we will see again the greatness of our Cale-nim in the next update. That's all, See you in the next update!!
Chapter 23: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 6
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
Thanatos (God of Death)
Angelina (Sun God)
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 23: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 6
After Jung soo receives his gifts from Reid they immediately go back to the theater as they do not want the others to wait for them too long.
<" Ok, since we are all now are here we will now watch the last part of this event then we will react to another event that was already happened on their timeline."> Reid said while pointing to side B.
Hearing this tcf Cale now thinks about what event is his uncle referring to.
<" Since there are no more questions let's now proceed on the program,"> Reid said.
CHAPTER 23: THE RISE OF THE NEW DUCHY AND GAINING A NEW HYUNG 6 (CHAPTER 438: HOW TOUCHING 3)
"We will now end the awards ceremony."
The band started to play after Alberu Crossman motioned to the administrator. The crown prince looked toward the video communication device and the nobles as he continued to speak.
"Today is a joyous day, I hope that the people in the plaza and the people in this hall all truly enjoy this moment."
The nobles who had their heads bowed avoided Alberu's gaze as if they were at a loss for words.
'Enjoy? Truly enjoy? Do you think that is possible?'
"Yes, that is possible for all but for people like you I don't think so," Sooyoung said.
"Those types of person are the ones who are not happy at the other peoples' achievement and also the people who did not want to be inferior to them," Dokja said.
This statement was agreed by most of the people except for the villains that not even watching because they did not find this enjoyable also as the person who said it also on the screen.
'...This is bad.'
A joyous and upbeat song was playing, but the atmosphere inside the hall was oddly calm.
"I'm sure none of you will be able to fully enjoy yourselves if I am here, so I will make my leave."
"Even if you leave your highness some greedy geezers cannot still enjoy the celebration," tcf Cale said.
"Well, I think I am leaving now because I want to have some time with my dongsaeng?" Tcf Alberu said that made tcf Cale frown.
The crown prince told the nobles to relax as he headed toward the hall's entrance. Everyone tried to focus on him and walk him out but Alberu rejected all these offers.
However, the nobles could not relax. There was one person who stuck behind Alberu as he left. The person who moved like a shadow as if it was natural started to walk next to the crown prince after seeing Alberu motion him forward.
If the crown prince would allow him to walk next to him, then that meant that the two of them were very close and that the crown prince respected him.
"Thank You, your highness," tcf Choi Han said.
"There is no problem about that instructor-nim," tcf Alberu.
"Ho~~ you really recognize them as your dongsaeng and instructor," tboah Alberu said.
"Well, it is only a matter of time for us to do it and there is no harm if we do it ahead, right dongsaeng?" tcf Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale with a grin on his face.
"Whatever you want," tcf Cale said as he is now annoyed at what tcf Alberu said.
"...Choi Han is that person."
One noble started to frown after looking toward the crown prince and Choi Han next to him.
The crown prince was standing close to and chatting with Choi Han, who would henceforth be known as his instructor. However, the nobles could not hear their conversation as the music continued even after the crown prince left.
Marquis Ailan, the leader of the Roan Kingdom's southeast region's nobles faction. He was also looking at the crown prince and Choi Han. One of the Counts in his faction walked over and asked in a serious tone.
"...Those two sirs look very close."
"They do not look like very close because they are really close to each other," Jihye said.
Choi Han had now reached a status where the nobles were addressing him as, 'sir.' Marquis Ailan could see Alberu's relaxed smile and Choi Han's calm yet faint smile.
They truly seemed close.
"Marquis-nim, is it really okay to let things be like this?"
The Marquis slowly blinked after hearing the Count's question. It was not okay. How could it be okay when Marquis Ailan had not received anything from the results of this war?
"If he wants something in return he must have also fought for it or done something," Heewon said.
"That's right, there is no free thing in this world," tcf Cale said.
"But you are happy receiving free things right?" Soo Hyuk said.
"Of course who will not be happy if they receive something for free," tcf Cale said.
"Aigooo... my poor life," tcf Alberu said while his aunt just patting his back and consoling him.
'...But I do not have the justification to oppose it.'
The southeast region's Marquis Ailan and the central region's Duke Orsena were going to do everything in their powers to prevent the Henituse household from rising from a Count's household to a Duke's household.
'...Marquis Stan and Duke Gyerre were already on Count Henituse's side.'
It was not a fight between the crown prince and the Dukes and Marquis; it was realistically a 3 on 2 battle.
'No. It could even be called a conflict between the Henituse household and the Ailan and Orsena households.'
And they had lost. Marquis Ailan peeked toward Duke Orsena who could not hide his disappointment as he recalled what crown prince Alberu had stealthily told him.
'Marquis Ailan. Do you want to miss out on something larger because you wanted to protect your power in this puny Roan Kingdom?'
"OoooHHhh!!! He slays bitch!," Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung language! And it was indeed puny compared to someone's power," Dokja said while looking at tcf Cale who is in front of him only.
The person who would become the next king had called power inside the Roan Kingdom to be puny.
'You are aware of the news spreading through the Indomitable Alliance, the Mogoru Empire, Caro Kingdom, Breck Kingdom, and the Eastern continent, right? Are you not?'
Marquis Ailan had heard about the stories spreading through the Western continent.
There was a hidden puppet master behind everything that had happened this year on the Western continent, and that person was trying to throw the Western continent into chaos while Cale Henituse was moving around to stop him.
<" He actually a slave for a good for nothing god,"> Reid mumbled his thoughts.
'Do you have your eyes closed, your ears shut, and live without any thoughts?'
Marquis Ailan recalled the cold gaze that had looked down on him. Those eyes had told him something. Think straight.
'Cale Henituse is not alone. He already has his own faction that neither you nor I can have.
"It is a faction that can easily destroy a country within days or hours if he had mood for it," tcf Bud said.
Come to grips with reality. Does the Henituse household, no, does Cale Henituse look like just the young master of a Count's household?
If you want to put everything on the line to protect this puny power, then stay quiet. Aren't you a smart person?'
"Damn you look so cool doing it to him," Jihye said.
"Thank you for the compliments," tcf Alberu said.
Marquis Ailan whom the crown prince had called smart realized that Cale Henituse was now someone whom he could not do anything about with his powers. Of course, it would be possible if all nobles worked together to suppress Cale Henituse.
But that might make Cale Henituse go elsewhere.
"...We can't lose him."
"Suppressing you? Seems an impossible feat, to begin with," Rok Soo said.
"If one of you do that to me, suppress me, getting away my freedom and life I will not think twice not to fight all of you. There are no exceptions to that got it?" Tcf Cale said while using his dominating aura at the fullest that made them just nod right away at the commander because of fear.
His companions hear how tcf Cale said those words, it was not the typical tone that he always uses but rather a tone that can give you fear instantly and a tone that you do not want to hear again ever in your life.
<" Also, if we knew someone even in your family do it to him we the Thames household make sure that you will pay the price,"> Reid said while leaking some aura as he remember that his nephew in the other dimension experience it and barely hanging on his life as he escaped from those people he called 'family' before. It still angers him to remember that as he did not want his the Cale to experience that. Thankfully his brother who is currently searching for him in that world felt the presence of Cale and save him immediately. After rescuing Cale who is imprisoned in that world, he goes to Thanatos and Angelina to ask why did they not stop them.
*FLASHBACK*
"Why did you not do anything, you see him suffering from those bastards and yet you two did not do anything?!" Reid shouted.
"For goddamn sake Angelina he saves your Holy Maiden and Saint and this, this is what you give to him for all of that?" Reid shouted again while Angelina bit her lips because of guilt.
"And You!," Reid said as he turn his head at Thanatos.
"We did not protest after you as you convince Cale to be your saint but what the hell Thanatos. We also do not interfere when you swap his soul with his brother to save the world and this is what you gave to him as a reward?! NEGLIGENCE?! Answer me old man is this the right treatment for the person who always sacrifices his health for the people he loves? Tell me! Tell me!" Reid shouted at the two who are seen to be guilty as their actions.
"My sister is crying all day long seeing his son in that situation even in her sleep she always sees it in how they treat him," Reid said that made both of them fliched.
The two loved Jour very much to the point that they did not want her to suffer anymore even it is needed to be done.
"We will save him! Right now!" Angelina said as he is also frustrated in her actions. The person who saves his sons and daughter is now suffering because of their negligence. They think that he really needs a rest but they did not imagine that it would be like this.
"You are all now too late to do that?" Reid said.
"Why? did something bad happen to him?" Angelina asks.
"My brother Asterion save him while he is escaping from them but it doesn't mean that both of you will not do anything about them," Reid said.
"Give the revelation or what I don't care anymore. They harm my family, we all suffer seeing him in that state then they must suffer also in much brutal way," Reid said and leave the two gods as they repent on their sins and think of how they punish the people who are involved in the said acts.
*END FLASHBACK*
"Remember that we two have connections to the God of Death and we will not hesitate to make a deal with him just to punish all of you," Soo Hyuk said while Jung Soo is glaring at them.
'How the things came into this?' Dokja thought as he feel that multiple auras are being released in a single room. Thankfully the kids did not feel it as Reid protected them.
They couldn't let that happen.
"Marquis-nim?"
"It's nothing."
He shook his head while saying that it's nothing to the Count while looking at Choi Han and Alberu's friendly conversation.
There were many people looking at them. One of them was Cale.
"When did they get so close?"
"Right your highness, how you and Choi Han look so close?" tcf Cale said acting like he did not threaten them in the first place.
Choi Han and Alberu seemed close no matter how many times he looked.
– Human! Choi Han does not seem to be acting! It's unbearable when Choi Han acts!
'Exactly.'
"Cale-nim I know that already but please don't push it more to me," tcf Choi Han said while hiding his face because of embarrassment.
"Young Master do you want me to teach Choi Han later?" tcf Rosalyn suggested.
"I will appreciate that miss Rosalyn but do not come to me if he sis not learn at all okay?" tcf Cale said.
"I will hold all of the responsibility at that young master, don't worry." Tcf Rosalyn said.
"Can we join? I think some people from our side need that," tboah Rosalyn said as he glance to lock and tboah Choi Han.
"Hey! I am not that terrible," tboah Choi Han refuted as he see tboah Rosalyn glance at him.
Tboah Rosalyn ignored that whining of tboah Choi Han as she wait for the decision of his other self.
"Of course, there is no problem about that," tcf Rosalyn said as she agreed easily.
Cale decided the two of them would figure things out and turned away. Choi Han and Alberu were quietly chatting at that moment.
"Instructor-nim, shouldn't you enjoy the celebration as well?"
"Shouldn't I at least walk my student out?"
Alberu smiled gently and a faint smile was on Choi Han's stoic face.
"Mm, instructor?"
"Yes, your highness."
"I heard that my instructor-nim was a terrible actor."
"That seems to be the case."
"See? Even he said that he is a terrible actor," tboah Rosalyn said while tboah Choi Han just frown at her.
Alberu smiled in silence before asking Choi Han a question.
"Are you really thinking about taking me as a student?"
"...Please take this."
Choi Han took a small pile of papers out of his uniform and handed it to Alberu.
"What the...?"
Alberu looked toward Choi Han in confusion as Choi Han erased the faint smile from his face and responded with a stoic expression.
"I am great at teaching sword arts."
"Are you expecting that he is also doing it for a show?" tboah Alberu said.
"Actually I did not expect this, I thought also while watching this that he will just go with the flow but seems like he is not," tcf Alberu said.
The smile disappeared from Alberu's face and was replaced with disbelief. He nonchalantly looked through the pile of papers. There were images of the basics for multiple simple sword arts. Choi Han seemed to have personally drawn these images.
'He's really going to teach me?'
Was he really planning on being his sword art instructor?
Alberu was someone who had never had an instructor in his life. The closest he had was Tasha, but she was family.
Alberu heard a stiff voice by his ear.
"Shouldn't you at least know how to protect yourself?"
"That's right Alberu you must have the power to protect yourself," tcf Tasha said.
Alberu looked up from the paper and stared at Choi Han. Alberu was thoroughly observing Choi Han to see the true intentions hidden behind those words.
Alberu observed for a while before starting to chuckle.
"Instructor-nim, I'm actually pretty good with the sword."
"You're not as good as me, your highness."
"That's why you are asking me to learn?"
"It's great to learn. Living a long life without getting hurt is best."
"That is right," Soo Hyuk said.
"Seems you influence my Uncle Cale," Jung Soo said.
"I did not influence any of them," Tcf Cale said.
"I doubt it," Rok Soo said
"I agree," tboah Cale said.
Alberu started to laugh out loud. The nobles at a distance focused even more on Alberu, but he didn't care as he looked toward Choi Han.
"Looks like similar people move around in a group."
He put the papers into the inner pocket of his outfit.
"Okay then, instructor-nim, stay back and enjoy yourself with my dongsaeng."
Choi Han slightly bowed.
"...The message you asked me to deliver. I will make sure to deliver all of it."
"Yes, yes. Instructor-nim, teach me some sword arts later."
Choi Han and Alberu made eye contact. Alberu had a bright smile as he started to speak.
"For real."
"Of course, student-nim."
"Wow, you really accept his challenge huh," Tboah Alberu said.
"We can learn together if you want?" tcf Alberu said.
"We can help with your training if you want to?" Soo Hyuk said.
"Then we would happily accept that," tcf Alberu said.
Choi Han smiled and Alberu said, 'you're surprisingly like us,' before heading out of the banquet hall alone. The knights and servants stationed outside started to follow him.
Choi Han watched them leave before turning around. He could see the gazes of the nobles looking at him.
'Toy? No. Is he a treasure?'
Choi Han's expression did not change at all while seeing these greedy gazes that looked as if they were staring at a new treasure. He greeted Mary, Tasha, and the Mage Brigade Captain with his eyes before looking for someone.
He noticed the person quickly walking through with plates full of desserts on both hands.
"Your sweet tooth acting again huh," Soo Hyuk said while tcf Cale hide his red face.
Choi Han quietly followed behind him.
***
– Human! I can eat all of these? They're mine, right?
'Yes, yes.'
Cale nodded his head and headed to a terrace at the corner of the second floor.
"...Umm-"
Cale turned his head after hearing a voice. The noble who was reaching his hand toward Cale shut up at that moment.
'Why is he like this?'
He subconsciously curled up in fear after seeing the way Cale was looking at him. Cale was giving off an aura that made it difficult to approach him, making the noble think that this was how it would feel to look into the cold eyes of a Dragon.
'...He looked like a slacker as I was approaching!'
But looking into Cale's eyes after approaching him made the noble feel like he deserved the titles of, 'Young master Silver Light,' and, 'Silver Light Hero.'
'What can I do for you?"
"...Ah, never mind."
"You did not want any nuisance at all huh," Heewon said.
"They troublesome to deal with," tcf Cale said.
The noble quickly pulled his hand back and stepped back after hearing Cale's cold voice that sounded as if Cale was pointing a dagger at his neck.
Cale looked away and continued on his way.
– Human! You look slightly strong today too!
Cale slowly continued to walk while listening to Raon's comment and having the Dominating Aura surrounding his body.
The noble finally realized that his fingertips were shaking once Cale left before finally managing to let out a relaxed breath. One of his friends came over and consoled him while patting his shoulder.
"A hero is really different up close."
"I know, right? Such presence... It was like-"
Like a ruler.
However, his pride would not let him say such words. The other noble pointed elsewhere as if to lift the mood.
"Let's not worry about things out of our control and choose the sides we can approach."
His friend was pointing toward Count Henituse, no, Duke Henituse and his family, as well as the northeast region's nobles.
"I'm saying that we should pursue other avenues rather than trying to win the hero-nim over and facing his wrath. What do you think?"
"Sounds good."
"They some little brain thinking that," tboah Cale said.
The two nobles headed toward the northeast region's nobles who were the center of attention.
The other nobles were busy doing the same thing such that none of them noticed Mary and Tasha slowly exiting out of the hall. Only the people watching the feed from the plaza noticed.
Most of them were disappointed that Mary and Tasha were leaving so early, but they didn't pay much attention to it.
"Let's eat and play all we want today!"
"That's right! His highness the crown prince gave us all this food for free!"
"Kahahaha! This is a great day! Who knew such a day would come?"
They were all too busy enjoying the moment. However, there were some people stealthily leaving the plaza that was the center of this celebration.
The two people who were covering their faces with hoods pushed through the crowd and headed out.
"Barrow."
"Hmm? They manage to sneak at the plaza?" tcf Alberu said as he already know who is this person.
"I think they use the large number of people gathering at the plaza for them not to be noticed," tcf Cale said.
"It might be the case," tcf Alberu said.
One of the people whispered to the other.
"What do you think?"
Bear King Sayeru's eyes underneath the hood headed toward the White Star whose face was also covered by his hood.
"I'm not sure."
"Aren't you debating between the Roan Kingdom's Northwest region and the Caro Kingdom right now?"
"What they gonna at our kingdom?!" tcf Valentino panicky said.
"Calm down Crown Prince Valentino, we are all sure that my dongsaeng has a connection as to why White star will go either to your Kingdom or mine." Tcf Alberu said.
The White Star did not respond and Sayeru started to think as if he didn't need a response.
They had quickly rushed over to the Roan Kingdom's capital after hearing about how the awards ceremony would be broadcasted in the plaza. Of course, it was easy for them to avoid the attention of the Roan Kingdom's soldiers.
Sayeru organized his thoughts and mumbled to himself.
"Mm, someone like Cale Henituse should know that we would do whatever we could to see this feed. But he made it obviously visible that he's in the Roan Kingdom?"
"Seems I do it in purpouse but for why? to lure them?" tcf Cale said.
Something was weird.
"...It feels like he did this on purpose so that we would turn our attention toward the Roan Kingdom."
"Wow, you immediately realize that?" tcf Bud said.
"Bud, just shut up as I don't want them to know how stupid you are," tcf Glenn said that made tcf Bud sulked.
Sayeru made eye contact with the White Star at that moment. The White Star started to speak.
"The Land of Death. You sent the illusionist to the entrance of the desert, right?"
"Of course."
"Then we will head there as well."
"Illusionists?" tboah Eruhaben said.
"Seems the bitch is there right now," tcf Jopis said.
Sayeru smirked as he asked.
"Why?"
"Didn't you see it?"
The White Star looked toward the video screen as he continued to speak.
"Choi Han, the Dark Elf, the Necromancer, and even Cale. All of them left the hall. After tricking us to come to the Roan Kingdom-"
"They'll probably use the opening to head to the Caro Kingdom and take the power for themselves?"
"Power? Is it another earth ancient power?" tcf White star said while tboah White star ears perked up as he hear it.
Sayeru and the White Star soon disappeared from the capital.
At the second floor of the palace where the celebration was taking place... In a corner not visible in the video communication device...
Clang.
– Hmm? Human! It sounds like someone is trying to enter!
Raon quickly wiped the chocolate cream around his mouth with Cale's handkerchief as Cale opened the terrace curtains and unlocked the door.
Chhhhhhhhh.
Choi Han entered through the door as the curtains opened.
"Cale-nim."
He looked toward Cale and asked.
"Will the White Star come to the Land of Death?"
"You are anticipating it?" tboah Choi Han said.
"Seems that they have the capabilities to fight me considering that do this to me," tboah White star said.
Crunch, crunch.
Cale crunched on a cookie as he nodded his head.
"Yes."
"Then are we going as well?"
Screech.
Cale stood up from the chair. There were other things on the table in the terrace other than the plates of dessert he brought.
There was a map of the Roan Kingdom's Northwest region, files on the Northwest region's nobles and finally... A letter from the Dark Elf Mayor that Tasha had handed him with a look of urgency this morning.
< Urgent news! >
< That time will arrive in the Land of Death two days from now for four days. >
< We only noticed it today as well. I am sending the message through Tasha as it is urgent! >
That time.
The reason that the Dark Elves built their homes underneath the Land of Death. Dead mana rose up as smoke twice a year at irregular times in this desert covered in black sand.
"they living under the Land of the death?" both Valentino said.
"Yes, your highness," tcf Cale said.
Hearing this the nobles of Caro Kingdom on how they will use to their advantage.
"But, if there is just one person who disturbed their life there we will take an action on it," tcf Cale said and make the nobles of the Caro kingdom quiver in fear.
"There will be no problem about that Young Master Cale, I will make sure no one will disturb their life as one of the compensation to the things you do for our kingdom," tcf Valentino said.
The Land of Death would be covered in dead mana smoke two days from now.
< We have evacuated all residents and finished the preparations as discussed, but will the plan still proceed as discussed? >
Cale put the letter in his pocket after reading the last sentence from the Dark Elf Mayor.
< As you already know, people without the darkness attribute cannot even breathe properly in the desert during that time. >
< Young master-nim, will you be able to fight? >
"How they will do it if the situation is like that?" tbaoh Rosalyn asks.
<" You will see also the fight there soon just wait and those questions will be answered."> Reid said.
Cale gently smiled toward Choi Han before starting to speak.
"Shall we go cut off the White Star's right arm?"
"Scary," Rok Soo said.
"As if you can outsmart me and cut my arm," tcf White star said while tcf Sayeru ignored his liege. While tcf Dorph is thinking about why he is not there when they visit the Roan Kingdom.
<" That's it for this Arc then we will next act to past events from the world of side B. Enjoy your break everyone I will just take this call from some nosy friend of mine."> Reid said.
("Kim Dokja can you access the star stream right now?") Reid asks.
("No, why?") Dokja said.
("You know secretive plotter right? He is now asking me if I know where you are,") Reid said.
("Secretive Plotter asks that?") Dokja asks.
("Yeah he asks then for now I will deal with him first and don't tell this to your companions, ok?" Reid said.
("Okay if you say so,) Dokja said.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
Hi everyone!! Starting next week this story might not update daily anymore because my semestral break is finally waving his goodbye to me. Anyways, I will make sure that I will update every other day if I cannot do a daily update. That's all for now!! Enjoy the chapter!!!
Chapter 24: LET'S MAKE A DEAL
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
Thanatos (God of Death)
Angelina (Sun God)
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 24: LET'S MAKE A DEAL
After dealing with his nosy friend Reid decided to let them see how the relationship of tcf Cale and tcf Alberu started.
<" Ok, now some of you might think how tcf Cale and Tcf Alberu met each other and trust each other right? So, I will let you watch it for you have a little bit of idea,"> Reid said.
Some of them were truly curious about how their crown prince and the commander started their good relationship with each other.
<" Some secret will be heard during the video watching is it okay to the both of you?"> Reid asks both Alberu.
<" There will no harm for me, As you can see Sir Reid I have my strong backing on my side,"> Tcf Alberu said while looking at his new family.
<" There will be no problem for me, also they all know already about it because of the previous videos,"> Tboah Alberu said.
<" If you say so, then we will now proceed on the video."> Reid said.
("Kim Dokja") Reid called Dokja using his telepathy.
("Yes?") Dokja immediately answered after hearing Reid.
'Why did he call me out after he talk to Secretive Plotter? Is there a problem that involves us or me?' Dokja thought.
(" My nosy friend said that every video that you will watch here will help all of you in the future and be careful in the future,") Reid said.
(" Yes, we all know that Sir Reid but is there something wrong?") Dokja said.
(" I don't know but knowing him I think there is something wrong. Don't worry about it, Chronos is still doing my favor and no one can defy him.") Reid said.
(" Ok Sir Reid I will take note of that,") Dokja said while thinking,
'What does the secretive plotter mean at his message?' Dokja thought.
CHAPTER 24: LET'S MAKE A DEAL
"It has been too long, your highness."
The gently smiling Cale, who was wearing a simple yet stylish outfit, would catch anybody's attention.
Hearing this some ladies in the theater can't help to blush at the appearance of tcf Cale.
"It is like whatever he wears, he will be still looking good," Sooyoung said.
"Yes. I am glad to see you again. How was your recovery?"
Blonde hair and blue eyes. Alberu, who was just as handsome as Cale, smiled brightly as he hugged Cale.
Hearing a statement again about beauty makes them glance at both Alberu and cannot deny the fact they are truly handsome as tcf Cale.
'Alberu can surely slap Joonghyuk because of his handsome appearance but the appearance of Cale is not just handsomeness. It was more ethereal than ever especially when he has his long hair,' Dokja thought while admiring the appearances of both sides.
"The beauty of the other world is really different," Heewon said.
"Speaking of beauty Unnie remember the King of Beauty if I will compare her to Cale she will definitely lose to him," Jihye said.
'I agree with her,' Dokja thought.
"The amount of beauty Cale-ssi has can make her lose immediately," Hyunsung said.
'What the hell? What are they talking about?' tcf Cale thought.
They were currently in front of the Crown prince's palace. Crown prince Alberu was warmly welcoming the hero of the now faint Plaza Terror Incident.
Although people didn't talk about it much anymore, the Plaza was still being rebuilt and had knights patrolling around it. There were also many who were upset with the palace for not revealing the identity of the terrorists.
"So even here you still don't have any idea who is the perpetrator?" tboah Alberu said.
"Yes, that was a shame to the crown if we did not find any clue about them but eventually we manage to know more about them," tcf Alberu said.
Meanwhile, tcf White star just clicked his tongue at the failure that his subordinates made.
"I was able to rest well and recover thanks to your highness's concerns and the royal family's generosity."
"Generosity he said huh," tboah Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale.
Cale, who was smiling like he was telling the truth, definitely looked healthy. Crown prince Alberu looked at him like he was happy that Cale had recovered and then pointed to the inside of the palace.
"Come on in. I should at least give you some tea since you've come to visit after such a long time."
"Yes your highness. I'm sure you are busy with work so I will only take a bit of your time."
– I don't know why you do this every time.
Cale had the same thoughts but there was nothing he could do.
Click.
The moment they entered Alberu's office and closed the door, both Cale and Alberu who had been walking close to each other quickly moved away.
"Your highness, you must be tired."
"I'm sure you feel the same way."
"Seems both of you are worried to each your highness and young master," tcf Rosalyn said.
"Of course Miss Rosalyn how can I not be worried about the condition of the Sun of our Kingdom," Tcf Cale said while tcf Alberu just frown at him.
"Thank you very much dongsaeng for your worries, I really appreciate it. I will appreciate it more if you will not add more workload to me every time you leave the kingdom," tcf Alberu said while looking at tcf Cale with some anger in his eyes.
"What are these two doing?" tboah Cale said.
"They just anger each other there is no big deal about it," Rok Soo bluntly said.
Alberu sighed before pointing to a table on one side of the office. However, he noticed that Cale had always walked over there and sat down on what seemed to be the most comfortable couch.
"People will think you've been here a couple of times."
"It is my first time here but I feel like it is very welcoming."
"Wow, now he is acting like he owns the place?" tboah Alberu said.
"Yes, and sometimes I will just notice him eating cookies at my room without any notice," tcf Alberu said.
"The amount of disrespect he shows towards to the member of the royal family," tboah Alberu said.
"Yes I know what you talking about," tcf Alberu said.
Cale had no problem using that glib tongue of his. Alberu looked toward Cale who sat on the couch of his choice while keeping the seat at the head of the table open for him and sat down.
"I thought I told you to come as quickly as possible."
"That is why I cut into my sleeping time to rush here, your highness."
"That was really shameless of you dongsaeng," tcf Alberu said.
"I am just stating the truth at that time young highness," tcf Cale said.
"This shameless bastard," tcf Alberu muttered.
Hearing this tcf Tasha, tcf Rosalyn, and tcf Choi Han just comforted him.
Alberu snorted at Cale's response. He didn't know what Cale has been up to, but the person who was supposed to be in the Northeastern Henituse territory had come in from the West.
And he knew exactly what had happened in the West, no, the Northwest region right now.
"Northeast? At the territory of the Stan if I guess?" tboah Alberu asks.
"Yes, your highness, I just... dispose of some trash at that area," tcf Cale said.
Knowing that he is the one saying this there is a hint that he deal with some people that do not fit his liking.
"You are a very suspicious person."
Alberu took a sip of the tea that his servant brought over and just quietly observed Cale until the servant left the room. There was quite a lot for him to discuss with Cale today. He also had a lot of requests for Cale as well.
"I am not working for free your highness," tcf Cale said while tcf Albeu is sighing as he remember the golden plaques that he give to him before.
– The crown prince has a sneaky look on his face.
Cale agreed with Raon's assessment and pretended not to notice Alberu's gaze. The gaze was one that seemed to want to take a lot from him today, however, that thought and their relationship will go the opposite way.
"Well knowing his personality, he is one of the people that do not like outsmarting him." Soo Hyuk said.
"You could also say that he is a scammer," Jung soo added.
Click.
The servant left the office with a small click of the door. Alberu was about to speak but there was someone who started to speak even faster.
"Your highness."
'Huh?'
Cale made eye contact with Alberu who seemed confused. Raon was speaking in his mind as he did that.
– After dealing with both things, I am now certain. He really is an odd existence.
"So Raon-nim is the one who notices it huh," tcf Alberu said.
"Yes, he first notice it at our first meeting at the banquet hall before the plaza incident," tcf Cale said.
Cale took a magic bag out of his pocket.
"I have prepared a present for you."
"...For me?"
"Yes, for the star on the minds of our Kingdom's-."
"Enough."
Alberu was not happy at hearing that Cale had a present for him. In fact, he looked toward Cale with even more suspicion. It was because of the things that had happened with Cale up to this point. However, he could not lie and say that there was no anticipation in his mind at hearing about a present. A few weeks ago, Alberu had already received one of Cale's so called presents under one of the Flynn Merchant Guild's people.
"You can just say my nephew that you miss him," tcf Tasha tease him.
"I am not aunt, okay?" tcf Alberu said while hiding the blush of his face.
"Let's first take a look at this present."
Cale slowly opened the magic bag with Alberu's permission. Raon's voice rang in Cale's mind as he took a small glass bottle out of the bag.
– He has a darkness attribute.
Tap.
The glass bottle was placed on the table.
"... What is this?"
Cale showed with his actions instead of answering.
Squeak, squeak. The lid of the glass bottle slowly opened.
This small glass bottle was full of black water.
"Is it?" tboah Tasha said.
"Just watch aunt Tasha you will eventually know," tboah Alberu said.
The lid opened completely and an invisible substance slowly started to come out of the bottle.
– I am used to this smell. I smelled it in the Black Swamp.
The scent of the dead mana slowly started to fill the room.
This was one of the items he received from the Whale King on their way to the Whipper Kingdom.
Unlike Cale's other bottle, this bottle only had dead mana with no poison in it.
⅓ of what he received from the Whale King was in this small bottle.
"...You-."
Cale slowly closed the lid back while seeing that Alberu could not continue to speak.
"Your highness, of course this present is not free."
There was no way Cale would give something so precious for free.
"Yes, that is right there is now free thing on this world unless you insist giving it for free." Tcf Cale said.
'Shameless bastard,' tcf Alberu thought.
It was poison for humans and not precious at all.
However, Cale remembered what Raon had said about Alberu the last time they were here.
'Why did this puny human called the crown prince dye his hair with magic? It is at a level that only a great dragon like me can notice. Did another dragon dye it for him? No, is it a different type of power?'
A different type of power. Raon was able to tell that it was different than natural mana because he was a dragon, but he was not sure of exactly what it was.
It made sense because Raon had never experienced it before.
However, he had experienced it now.
Dead mana.
Cale mumbled like he was talking to himself.
"Probably not a demon, black magic, or a necromancer."
Dead mana.
It was used by those with the darkness attribute to use magic. Of course, it was very different than regular mana. Magic Devices that were made to detect mana could not detect dead mana. Especially if the dead mana was used by a high-tiered race.
"I heard that the late Queen was an average person but that people thought she was part Southerner because her skin was a bit dark."
Raon mentioned that the crown prince had regular brown hair.
His hair and eyes were regular but Alberu was known for his looks. People also said that the crown prince's mother was a beauty as well.
"Dark Elves have dark skin, but I heard that a mixed child of a Dark Elf have skin similar to the Southerners."
Cale looked toward Alberu and finished his deduction.
"So then, the child of a half-blooded Dark Elf?"
"It is scary that you manage to deduce it with only a little information," tcf Bud said.
"It is not that hard especially if you know their specific differences.," tcf Cale said.
'Bastard, not all of the people here have the same intelligence you have,' tcf Bud said.
The crown prince answered more confidently than Cale expected.
"You're driving me crazy."
"I guess I was right."
Cale and Alberu both just quietly observed each other.
"And?"
Hearing this tboah Alberu cannot help to anticpate the reaction and plans of tcf Cale right after he knows his secret. After all, it is a very confidential information that may affect his position.
The crown prince's response at the end of that silence was pretty confident. His face was not shaking at all. Cale shrugged his shoulders.
"Just that I can give this to you, but not for free."
Alberu couldn't believe Cale had nothing else to say after giving him such a strong blow.
"Ha, haha-"
Alberu started to laugh. It made Cale wonder what would have happened if there wasn't soundproof magic in the office. Either that, or what would have happened if he hadn't sent the servants and his subordinates out.
The atmosphere turned chilly in the room.
"I was planning on putting you to work. I shouldn't have told you to come."
"And I am wrong he is the one who put me to work," tcf Alberu said while tboah Alberu pities him because his headache and workload increased.
Alberu was tired of that mug on Cale's face that was as relaxed as usual. His gaze headed toward the bottle with the black liquid.
Mother.
The weight of that word pierced into Alberu's heart.
Cale did not say anything else and just sat there observing the crown prince, who was staring at the bottle.
Dark Elf.
They were creatures of the dark that were chastised by the people of the continent because of their affinity to darkness. The base of their power was the dead mana flowing out of the dead.
In the past, Dark Elves tended to be found near graves or villages that were destroyed by illnesses.
That was why people hated Dark Elves, even though the Dark Elves never harmed people nor desecrated corpses.
This led to the Dark Elves living in hiding. They were hiding even better than the Elves.
Alberu moved his gaze from the glass bottle and looked toward Cale. Cale just smiled back at him.
"And you'll keep your mouth shut?"
"Of course."
"But not for free?"
"Naturally."
Alberu spoke his honest feelings.
"You sly bastard."
"Why thank you."
"Haaa... you are driving me crazy dongsaeng," tcf Alberu said.
"What did I do to you all of a sudden?" tcf Cale asks.
Alberu hated how Cale didn't even flinch at what he said. At the same time, he was relieved as well. Cale had come directly to him instead of going to the favored third prince or the second prince who were aiming for his position.
"Why would go to those two? Even my family did not favor any of the three of you, you the most suitable person to the position your highness," tcf Cale said.
Hearing this from tcf Cale makes tcf Alberu glad that he is working with them and glad to the existence of tcf Cale.
It meant that Cale wanted to make a deal with him.
That was why he was relieved. It was because Cale was similar to him.
However, he did have a question.
"Are you really not one of us?"
How could Cale know his identity if he was not a Dark Elf as well? Alberu could not figure this out.
The only people who knew his identity were his mother's siblings. They had helped him so that his father, the king, would not find out his mother's identity.
They were all on Alberu's side.
"Even I will question him if he is one of us if he knows my secret," tbaoh Alberu said.
Cale pointed to the glass bottle and answered Alberu's question.
"I will die if I drink that."
Dead mana was like an extremely deadly poison for humans.
– Do not worry, human. This mighty dragon will save you no matter what.
Many of the people of the theater cooed at the reaction of Raon as he snuggle at tcf Cale because of embarrassment.
Cale just ignored Raon as usual and pushed the glass bottle toward Alberu.
"Don't you need it?"
Alberu came clean with it.
"Of course, it is good if I have it. It will make me stronger. It is clean as well. There are no traces of poison."
"Of course. It is a very precious item."
Cale continued on like what he said next was not surprising.
"Since it is a dead dragon's mana."
"...What?"
"What?!" All of the people shouted.
"Cale where did you find that?" tcf Eruhaben asks.
"I found it the black swamp inside of the forest of darkness while helping the whale tribe," tcf Cale said.
"So, you are the one who cut our supply of dead mana?!" tcf White star shouted.
"You just notices it now? How pitiful, at least now I know where they get their idiocy," tcf Cale said.
"That harsh but I like it," Sooyoung said.
Alberu could not hide his shock. He then let out a sigh after seeing the smile on Cale's face.
"You're driving me crazy."
Alberu was not speaking like how someone in his position should, but he did not really want to do so today. Instead, he was speaking in the way he spoke to his mother's siblings.
"You really have no plans to say anything about my identity."
It was difficult to find dead mana these days. But it was a dragon's dead mana?
Of course, the amount of dead mana in the glass bottle was minimal. However, the fact that it was a dragon's dead mana would make Alberu become at least three or four times stronger than he was right now.
'I am now quite jealous knowing that he receives dead mana of a dragon that can make him much stronger,' tboah Alberu thought
Alberu could not understand why Cale would give him something so precious, even for a compensation. He thought Cale was someone similar to him, but now it was difficult to understand Cale.
"Why are you asking something so obvious?"
Alberu was at a loss of words after hearing Cale say that it was obvious.
However, it really was the obvious answer for Cale.
'The Roan Kingdom needs to become stronger.'
'Yes, that is right,' Tcf Cale thought while nodding his head.
If you took a look at the power struggle between kingdoms right now, the Breck Kingdom and Roan Kingdom were at the bottom. The Whipper Kingdom was on a one-way train to hell under Toonka's leadership, but they were a different story.
At the same time, the Southern Jungle was slowly regaining its strength after putting out the fire earlier than in the novel. They all probably respected Litana even more after she brought Cale to the Southern Jungle to put out the fire.
"He is slowly connecting each kingdom with a short amount of time," tcf Valentino said.
"That is not an easy feat at all," tcf Bud said.
In addition, the Northern Alliance was planning their invasion as well. Alberu was gathering the Whipper Kingdom's mages in order to grow his own influence and prepare for the Northern Alliance's invasion.
However, that was not enough.
'There is also the Wyvern Knights Brigade and the Empire.'
Cale did not know what happened after volume 5. However, people had this treasure called imagination.
Hearing this they glance at tcf Cale that is now looking at the screen with a stoic appearance as usual and does not bother himself to entertain their gazes.
'It's obvious.'
The Wyvern Knights Brigade would dominate the air. Once the Imperial Prince shows his greed and reaches his hand out to the Western Continent, the Breck Kingdom and Roan Kingdom will be nothing but candles in front of the wind.
That was why Cale needed the Roan Kingdom to become stronger and have the strength to defend itself in order for him to live a peaceful life. In order to do that, they needed a strong leader to guide them.
"You are like working on the shadows to create a good foundation of connections throughout the western continent within two years, that was incredible," tcf Bud said.
"You all manage to prepare at all the possible situations within two years which you all manage to win? It is really incredible," tboah Alberu said.
"And you are the center of all of it," Dokja said.
'Since it is poisonous for me, I might as well use it to set a good foundation.'
But Cale did not want them to be too strong either.
The crown prince was already stronger than he was in the novel. The Stan family was now also under Taylor's control, which meant that they would side with the crown prince.
One more thing.
Cale said one more thing to Alberu.
"Did you need the Magic Tower?"
"Huh? Did you not destroy the magic tower?" tbaoh Toonka asks his other self.
"No, my friend said that he will buy it so I let him have it after destroying it a little bit as his instruction. Also, he destroyed the tower after buying it in a year." Tcf Toonka said.
"What did he gain at all?" tbaoh Alberu muttered.
"Rich people really have different hobbies compared to us normal people of the society," Dokja said.
"It must be hard to speak like that when you already know about everything."
The number of mages coming under the crown prince, as well as the speed at which they were coming had increased.
"The Magic Tower's liege's summoning device. That was very useful."
Cale had given Alberu one of the items he found in the hidden room on the 21st floor of the Magic Tower. It was an item that belonged to the liege of the tower, allowing the holder to send multiple short messages to all mages of the Whipper Kingdom.
The Magic Tower's liege was the person who rose to the highest spot amongst the Whipper Kingdom's mages and guarded the Magic Tower. It wouldn't make sense for such a person to be unable to contact the mages.
Toonka and his people never found the item because it was hidden on the 21st floor.
"What?!" both Toonka were shocked hearing this.
"Why? as the time I but the Magic Tower all of the items from that place is MINE, is there any problem about that?" tcf Cale said.
"No, my friend it is just I am shocked at what you discovered and I am happy that you found it useful," tcf Toonka said while tcf Harol just agreed to tcf Toonka.
"Good, thank you for your understanding, my friend," tcf Cale said while smiling at the two.
Cale had delivered this to Alberu through Billos, and Alberu immediately sent a single message to all of the living mages in the Whipper Kingdom.
[The Kingdom of Boulder's future ruler will protect you.]
Alberu, who had benefited a lot from it, wished for Cale to either move the Magic Tower to somewhere in the Roan Kingdom or to restore it. However, he was not in a place to ask for such a thing anymore.
"I don't think I can give you an order or command. Maybe a request."
"I do not have a plan to restore the Magic Tower."
Alberu knew that was what Cale would say. That was why he was trying to slowly convince Cale since he knew that Cale did not like annoying things.
"However, I can eventually give you a part of the blueprints to build the Magic Tower."
"Oho~ is that for the future magic tower that I will supervise, young master?" tcf Rosalyn said.
"Yes, you are right Miss Rosalyn," tcf Cale said.
Alberu brushed his face with his hands.
"What do you want?"
Alberu knew that there was no reason to beat around the bush anymore. He was not in control of this discussion right now.
"I need something to happen in two years."
Cale knew that he needed status in addition to money in order to live that slacker life of his dreams.
Why was it great to be a slacker? It was because you didn't need to worry about anybody else other than your family.
Cale didn't want to live a life where he had to report to others. It didn't matter if he was seen as trash, he just wanted to live however he wanted. Eat, sleep, and do nothing. How great would that be?
"Is that the reason why you ask to be the commander of the Northeast region?" tboah Alberu asks.
"Yes, your highness, and also it makes me move faster if I am the one who is giving the command," tcf Cale said.
Cale could see Alberu's expression change as he read the contents of the document. Alberu was looking at it with confusion before his expression turned into a frown and ended with shock as he looked back up at Cale.
"...Just what the hell is this?"
Cale had a short answer for Alberu.
"I believe that is for you to determine, your highness."
"Crazy bastard, as always," tcf Alberu said.
Sigh.
Alberu could not help but sigh.
However, Cale was able to leave the office with the contract signed by Alberu.
"I've never felt so iffy after signing something that was beneficial to me."
"I believe you just need to enjoy it since it is a win-win for both of us, your highness."
"I feel like you make a contract to a devil at this point," tbaoh Alberu said,
"That is what I feel at that time," tcf Alberu said.
It definitely was a win for the crown prince. Cale would keep his identity a secret, give him the bottle of a dragon's dead mana, as well as a portion of the Magic Tower's blueprint in a few years.
He was feeling iffy even though he had received this enormous profit that had a worth that was almost impossible to evaluate in monetary value. It was because Cale was smiling too much.
It was like he was on a field of flowers all by himself.
"Then I will be on my way, your highness."
"Hurry up and leave."
Alberu was telling Cale to leave, but he really didn't want to send Cale away. He wanted to hold Cale here and beat some information out of him. However, he could not do so.
"Ahhh is that so my nephew?" tcf Tasha teases him again.
'The Forest of Darkness, the Northwestern route, and the sea.'
Alberu could not figure out Cale's intentions in asking for something that was neither money nor material goods.
On the other hand, Cale did not care whether the crown prince knew or not. He quickly got back on his carriage after accomplishing his reason for coming to the capital. There was no reason for him to stay in the capital any longer.
"Are we heading back to the Henituse territory sir?"
"Yes."
Beacrox closed the carriage door and immediately started to drive toward home.
"Human, are we going home to rest now?"
"Yes. I plan to rest for quite a while this time."
Cale answered Raon's question and leaned back into the chair. He should be able to roll around and do nothing for at least 6 months at minimum to a year at maximum.
Then, as long as he safely makes it through the war, what awaits him should be a nice and relaxing slacker's life.
"I doubt that you will be at rest at that time," Dokja said.
<" That's it for now then we will proceed to the next video that I intended to show all of you,"> Reid said as he leaves in the theater for some business.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
Chapter 25: LET'S BLOW IT UP 1
Chapter Text
GUIDE:
WORD – TCF story or the sentence on the screen
"Word" characters are talking
'Word' thoughts
<Word> when Reid is talking
(Word) when someone is using telepathy
{Word} Author's comment
CASTS:
SIDE A – TBOAH people who are involved in the war.
SIDE B – TOTCF people who are involved in the war.
Kim Rok Soo
Choi Jung Soo
Lee Soo Hyuk
Ancient Powers
Thanatos (God of Death)
Angelina (Sun God)
NEWCOMERS:
Yoo Joonghyuk
Kim Dokja
Han Sooyoung
Yoo Sang Ah
Lee Gilyoung
Shin Yooseung
Lee Jihye
Jung Heewon
Lee Hyunsung
{I will normalize tcf White star ranting here in my fanfic.}
Notice: The story that I will put here about ORV is all made by me as I still did not have finished the entire novel.
CHAPTER 25: LET'S BLOW IT UP 1
<" Okay we will now proceed to the request of tcf Archie where the group of tcf Cale just explodes an entire island at ease."> Reid said while most of the audience that did not aware of this was shocked.
"E-explodes an entire island?!" tboah Alberu shouted as he lose his composure after hearing this.
"Damn there so vicious," Dokja said.
"Just How strong forces can be," Heewon said.
"Seems joining on their adventure is an experience that you must have huh," Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung don't say it like that," Dokja said.
"What if we suddenly go to their world instead of going back Ahjussi?" Jihye asks.
"Right Hyung/Ahjuussi what if we suddenly go to their world instead of going back what would you do?" Both kids ask.
"I don't know and don't jinx something like that okay?" Dokja said.
'Now I am feeling bad about what will happen to us after doing all of this,' Dokja thought.
"I didn't request that! Wait, did I really request that? AArrGGhhhh I don't know anymore!!!" tcf Archie shouted as he try to remember if he is the one who requested it.
<" Archie you said it before and I just do what you wish for,"> Reid said while smiling.
"You are now totally down Archie," tcf PAseton said.
'Now even I, don't know anymore if my other self is still okay. What just happened here that made him like that?' tboah Archie thought.
"Seems our dongsaeng become more dangerous after transmigrating, right Jung soo?" Soo Hyuk said.
"I think so Hyung as we experience it before," Jung Soo said.
"Blowing up an entire island is not easy to do. Did they notice someone before doing it?" Rok soo asks and he just receives silence from the possible people who are involved in this act.
"Damn, Cale what are you thinking that you need to blow up an entire island huh?!" Rok Soo shouted.
"Just watch and you will know," tcf Cale said.
Rok Soo looks at the family of tcf Cale and he sees tcf Choi Han nodding at tcf Cale statement.
"Hhaaaaa....Just what did you all do to that?" Rok Soo said.
CHAPTER 25: LET'S BLOW IT UP 1 (I SUPPOSE IT IS A GIFT 2 – 3)
However, Cale noticed something was off as soon as they returned home.
"What is going on?"
"That, you see, young master-nim."
Deputy butler Hans was naturally the one who came out to greet Cale.
But something was off.
Hans seemed worried.
"Hurry up and tell me."
Cale did not look at Choi Han, Beacrox, On, and Hong who were behind him and instead only looked at Hans. He had a bad feeling. An ominous feeling filled his mind.
"Is it me or why Ron is not in your side at that time?" Rok Soo asks.
"That was the problem and the reason why we bombed an island," tcf Cale answered him.
"What is the connection of those two?" tboah Cale asks.
"Just watch and you will see," tcf Cale said.
'Am I not going to be able to rest?'
"Obviously!" tcf Bud said.
"Bud, shut up! I am watching," tcf Glenn said.
Something must have happened, as the other servants and knights around Hans had the same expression.
Cale's mind became complicated in those short five seconds.
"Young master-nim, Mr. Ron has returned."
"Ron did?"
"My father?"
"Huh? Why did I leave Young Master at that time?" tboah Ron asks.
"To seek some revenge," tcf Ron answered while smiling.
'Why he is always smiling when saying such vicious things!' tcf Cale thought.
"Ron is still vicious as ever," Rok Soo said.
"He is not the typical butler that you can see every day," Dokja said.
Both Cale and Ron's son, Beacrox, looked toward Hans with shock. Ron was not supposed to be back for a couple more months.
"Hm? Why aren't you glad that he gets back before the said date?" tboah Cale asks.
"Ron will get back to you if he immediately finishes his work or," Rok Soo stopped as he think the worst-case scenario.
"or there is something wrong about the trip that made him go back earlier than expected." Rok Soo said.
"You close enough but quite far," tcf Cale said.
"Isn't contradicting each other but does he go back earlier because of an injury?" tbaoh Cale said.
"Injury? Don't joke with me, he is not the type of person that will be injured easily...." Rok Soo said but he suddenly stop as he see a grim on the face of tcf Cale remembering the condition of tcf Ron at that time.
"...He is not injured right?" Rok Soo asks to clarify the claim of tboah Cale.
"Just..... just watch and you will see," tcf Cale said.
As tcf Cale said, the eyes of the two went back to the screen and focus on the events of the video.
Hans then closed his eyes tightly. That made Cale have an even worse feeling.
Hans opened his eyes again and could not look at Beacrox as he continued to speak.
"Mr. Ron came back injured."
"What?!" tboah Beacrox, Rok Soo, and tboah Cale shouted.
He cannot help to be shocked especially if his father came back from a trip injured unless he encounters a person or a group that is too much for him to handle alone.
"Lead me there."
Hans, who saw Cale's stiff expression, quickly turned around and guided them into the residence. Cale followed him with Beacrox right next to him.
Hans guided Cale as quickly as possible and stopped in front of a room. It was not Ron's room but a luxurious bedroom that was reserved for high ranking guests.
"Damn, seeing this makes me want to have a little vacation there," Sooyoung said.
"Sooyoung read the room ok? It is not the time for that," Dokja said.
"Even myself wants too but I know that this is not the time for that," Dokja whispered to Sooyoung.
"Open the door."
"Yes sir."
Hans opened the door after hearing Cale's stern command.
Creak.
The door opened and a terrible rotting smell filled Cale's nose.
"Young master-nim."
Cale stiffened up for the first time since coming over to this world.
"...Ron."
The assassin Ron, that sly old man, was laying on the bed.
"F, father!"
Beacrox rushed past Cale into the bedroom.
Cale looked into Ron's eyes and asked.
"...Ron, why is your arm like that?"
Ron had returned earlier than expected and one of his arms had been cut off.
"What?!" Most of the people that know Ron shouted as they are worried about his condition.
"But seeing now father has two arms, how did it happen?" tboah Beacrox asks.
"We found some person that helps us to remake him one," Tcf Cale said.
"Remake?" tboah Beacrox said.
"Yes, someone remakes it for father," tcf Beacrox said.
'The only being that can do like that is a Necromancer.' Tboah Alberu thought.
'Necromancer is the only being that can do that,' Dokja thought.
"I somehow ended up like this."
Ron's benign smile was the same as always. However, his face was pale and full of small injuries. The rotting smell also got stronger as Cale got closer.
His left arm, starting from the shoulder area, was missing.
"Hans."
"Yes sir."
"Get out."
"Excuse me?"
Cale looked at Hans, as well as the estate's staff and his father' subordinate, before clarifying.
"Everybody except Beacrox and Choi Han, get out."
Hans hesitated for a moment, but quickly took everyone out of the room after seeing the expression on Cale's face. Even On and Hong slowly moved back after seeing Cale's gaze.
Meeeeow.
Meow.
The baby kittens On and Hong looked at Ron multiple times with anxious expressions before heading out of the bedroom.
The bedroom looked much bigger after those people left.
"Do you have enough strength to speak?"
Cale's calm question floated toward Ron. Ron had a gentle smile on his face and did not seem to be hurting at all.
"Yes, young master-nim."
"Then explain. How did you return like this when you went to hunt some foxes."
"What kind of foxes can do that?" tcf Bud said.
"Can foxes in your world do that?" Jihye asks.
"Of course not, it is just the term of Ron when he hunts someone." tcf Cale said.
"So he is always referring to his prey as animals the?" Sang Ah asks.
"Yes, that is the case," tcf Cale said.
Ron turned away from Cale and looked toward his son, Beacrox. Beacrox was on his knees by the bed, looking toward Ron's empty shoulder.
'Maybe I shouldn't have come back.'
But this was the only place that came to his mind. If he was going to die, he wanted to see his son and a couple other people one last time.
"Don't you ever think about dying. The children still need you and the others like Eruhaben-nim." tcf Cale said.
"Of course young master this old man still not bring back the Molan household and still not finish to train my future successors." Tcf Ron said while looking at On and Hong.
"I came across from the Eastern Continent. It was when Beacrox was very young."
Ron started his story. He needed someone who would take care of his son.
"As you already know, I am an assassin. The Eastern Continent's underworld has five famous assassin families. One of them was our family, the Molan family, and I was groomed to become the next head of household."
"Father."
Beacrox called out to Ron.
"Our family was destroyed by an organization called, 'Arm.' Everybody else died while I managed to avoid them and escape over to Western Continent with my son. I had been hiding my identity in order to survive."
Sigh.
Ron let out a deep sigh. His face was very pale.
"It was because, although this organization called Arm rules the underworld, they were just a low-ranking organization. The core of their operation was elsewhere. I felt fear from the strength of this organization that was beyond what I could even fathom. That was why I have been living as a lowly servant."
"Father, don't talk like that again, as if you are saying your last words." tcf Beacrox said.
Ron started to frown.
"But I caught onto their scent for the first time in tens of years."
Beacrox flinched. Ron's gaze headed past Cale to Choi Han who was standing there with a look of disbelief. The scent of Arm was on this twisted yet good bastard.
"Choi Han had the scent of, 'Arm,' on him when he first came to our castle."
That was the reason Ron and Beacrox had attacked Choi Han when he first came over from Harris Village. He had the scent of, 'Arm,' on him.
"It will make sense, then does the also reason why he leaves me?" tboah Cale said.
"Young master, I leave you because I don't want the Henituse family to be involved in our revenge on the organization who killed our family." Tboah Ron said.
"B-but..... but you could also say the reason before you depart or at least leave a letter for me not feel abandoned again," tbaoh Cale said while keeping his tears from falling.
"Did you not know how I feel when the only person that tends me when my mother is gone left at the estate without any goodbye or letters. I understand that you want to protect your son but at least you leave some message for me before you join the punk who beat me up to death." Tboah Cale said as his tears starts falling.
When tcf Cale sees this he immediately hugs and comfort tboah Cale. Rok Soo immediately joins them and comforts their youngest.
"The person who comfort me when my mother died and when my father abandoned me will just disappear without any notice broke me more. It also made me realize that there will be no more person who will care for me after you left me. So why?! Ron! Why?!" tbaoh Cale said.
Tboah Ron is still quiet as he listens to his puppy young master. It pains him as he did not consider what would his young master feel when he disappear. He regrets now that he did not even say what his plans to his young master, and why he is leaving him behind over the punk who beat him up. He is ashamed of himself as to how he repaid the generosity of his benefactor which is the mother of Cale, late countess Jour. He wants to apologize for his mistake but is he still have the right to do it or does his young master will forgiven him.
"Cale, what do you mean Deruth abandoned you?" Jour said.
"M-mother? H-how?" tboah Cale and Rok Soo said.
"J-jour?" both Deruth said.
<" She is your mother and I inform her since the start that his sons are here but seeing that she only gets here means she just finished her tasks first before going here. Again, the little jour is the ancient power and this adult lady here is your mother. Got it?">
"Now since my brother explain my situation now explain to me Cale why Deruth abandoned you?" Jour asks the two with a hint of anger at the tone of her voice.
<" Sister I will give you time later but can we proceed first then we will deal with your trash husband next?"> Reid asks.
"Ok brother if you say so and Deruth we will talk later," Jour said while glaring at both Deruth.
Choi Han's pupils started to shake.
"...Then the assassins I killed in Harris Village?"
"Yes, there is a good chance they were from Arm."
Choi Han looked toward Cale as Ron continued to speak.
"I was able to figure out that they were stretching their reaches to the Western Continent when I went and investigated in the capital. It was more like a dog walking into a Tiger's Den than hunting foxes."
"Then he must retreat or go back as soon as he gets the information," Hyunsung said.
Ron wondered what gave him the confidence to go attack them, but knew that he would have done the same thing if he had the choice again. He needed to know what they were planning to do.
"While I was looking around, I ran into one of Arm's attack squads and figured out what they were doing."
He managed to get a bit of information after destroying that attack squad.
"Damn, is he a one-man army? Well, seeing his skills during the sparring I can say that he is in another level" Sooyoung said.
"However, I then somehow ended up losing my left arm and barely managed to escape with my life."
Ron had a bitter smile on his face. He was a mess. For someone who practiced a double daggers style that used both hands, this was a severe hit to his strength.
At that moment, Cale, who had been listening quietly, started to speak.
"So you were not able to determine the identity of this organization called Arm?"
"Unfortunately, no."
Ron was not any closer to that information than before.
"Ron."
Ron looked toward Cale, whose aura had increased while they were apart. He felt a sense of pressure that made him want to bow.
"Who cut off your arm?"
"Here it is again, the overprotective Cale," Jung Soo said.
"Choi Jung Soo SHUT. UP." Tcf Cale said.
Hearing the full name of Jung Soo he immediately shut his mouth to avoid the wrath of his vicious dongsaeng.
"...It was a young mage who seemed to be cutting the arms of all enemies."
Choi Han flinched and looked toward Cale.
"Crazy bastard."
Some harsh words were coming out of Cale's mouth.
Arm was probably the secret organization that Cale knew about. This was the organization responsible for the attack on Harris Village, the ones to give Raon over to the Marquis, the perpetrators for the capital's Plaza Terror Incident, and the attack on the Blue Wolf Tribe.
Furthermore, Cale felt like he knew the person who cut off Ron's arm as well. Choi Han probably knew him too.
The mage that led the Plaza Terror Incident.
There was a good chance it was the blood crazy mage, Redika.
He had lost his left arm and left eye thanks to Choi Han. Cale didn't know how Redika was able to cast magic with one hand and cut off people's arms, but there was a good chance that it was Redika.
"What you able to deal some damage to him?" tboah Alberu asks.
"Yes, your highness, I command Choi Han to the possible place where Redika might end up after teleporting from the plaza and ambush him." Tcf Cale said.
"Tch! That another useless bastard," tcf White star said.
"How, how could something like this happen."
Choi Han seemed to be in a state of chaos as he stood there with his fists clenched. However, there was something else Cale needed to verify. Ron was strong and his specialties were assassination and stealth. He was stronger than Redika. There had to be a reason Ron got his arm chopped off and had to run away.
"What is this rotting smell?"
Cale needed to figure out the identity of this rotting smell that was filling the room.
It was the smell of rotting flesh.
Ron smiled instead of answering the question. That smile made Cale frustrated and he immediately walked over and pulled off the blanket covering Ron.
"Ah."
Choi Han let out a gasp and Beacrox started to frown.
"I was hit by some poison."
Ron's thigh and torso were slowly turning black due to poison. There was a slimy fluid on it as well. Choi Han had never seen something like this before.
"That was not your ordinary poison," tcf Bud said.
However, Cale had seen it before.
"It seems like a Mermaid poison," tboah Witira said.
"Mermaid poison."
Ron looked toward Cale.
"...They were the ones who were helping the mermaids."
"So that is the reason why those mermaid bastards have the brave to fight us and destroy the agreement," tboah Witira said.
Cale sighed as he came to that revelation. He covered his eyes with his hand.
To be honest, he had suspected this.
He had suspected that the secret organization was involved when the Whales first told him about the Forest of Darkness. It only made his suspicions stronger when they found that the ingredients from the Forest of Darkness had made the mermaids stronger.
However, he chose not to think about it.
Why? Because it was annoying.
He also didn't want to get involved with them. If he somehow ended up finding out their identity, he needed to tell Choi Han. That would complicate things even further.
That was why he just decided to let it go. It had nothing to do with his future safety.
"Damn bastards."
But he wouldn't let them run wild in his territory.
He didn't like this assassin Ron. However, seeing him like this made Cale realize something. Ron was someone under his command.
Cale, actually, Kim Rok Soo, was oddly affectionate to those under his command. It was because he was only able to survive thanks to the help he received from others.
"Which is correct and we can justify it," Soo Hyuk said while Jung Soo nodded as he don't want to anger his dongsaeng if he is the one who speak.
Beacrox, Ron, and even Choi Han could not say anything after seeing this angry expression on Cale's face. They had never seen such a look on Cale's face before. Cale put the blanket back onto Ron's body.
"Is it the ocean?"
"It is an island."
"Ohhhh~ now we know why he blow up an island," Dokja said.
There were many islands between the Western and Eastern continents.
"Choi Han."
"Yes sir."
Cale looked toward Choi Han, who could not take his eyes off of Ron's arm. It was because he was feeling guilty. He felt that the reason that the blood-crazy mage Redika had done this was because of what he had done to Redika.
"What are you doing?"
He had to turn his gaze away after hearing Cale's voice. Cale then continued to speak.
"Stop thinking about useless things and go call Mueller over."
Useless things. Choi Han knew that Cale had realized what he was thinking and bit down on his lips.
"I just need to go bring Mr. Mueller?"
"Yeah. Tell him to grab the blueprint for the ship and hurry over."
Cale was not showing any anger. He just gave the order with indifference.
However, Choi Han left faster than ever as he left the bedroom.
"But you still look like angry, for me though," tcf Bud mumbled.
Ron was confused that Cale was suddenly talking about a ship.
"Young master-nim?"
Cale's indifference continued as he responded to Ron.
"You will go with me as well. Be prepared."
He then started to grumble a bit.
"How can an assassin come back injured?"
"I am still alive."
Cale recalled the contents of Ron's messages to him.
< I am still alive. You are alive as well, right, young master? >
Cale let out a sigh.
"That mouth of yours is still alive at least. Beacrox."
"...Yes sir."
Beacrox responded without any energy. Cale put his hand on Beacrox's shoulder.
"Hurry up and go repack our bags. Grab everyone as well."
Cale's next words made Beacrox quickly turn his head around and look at Cale.
"We need to at least get rid of the mermaid poison."
"He knows how to remove a mermaid poison?" tboah Archie asks.
"Yes, in fact, the young master knows as he is the one who saves me from the mermaid person before." Tcf Paseton said.
The mermaid poison had the darkness attribute and there was no known cure. Beacrox, who specialized in torture and assassinations, knew this better than anybody else.
It was the same for Ron. That was the reason why he came to see his son. He returned home, to his second hometown, to see his son one last time before he died.
It was thanks to Ron's immunity to many poisons as well as the highest-grade potions from Count Deruth that were preventing his flesh from drying up and the poison from spreading elsewhere.
The highest-grade potion was allowing him to have some strength while feeling no pain. It was only possible because the Henituse family was wealthy.
"Damn, being rich is really wonderful huh," Sooyoung said while nudging Dokja.
'What is she wants now?' Dokja thought.
"T, there is a way to cure him?"
Beacrox, the usually prim and proper man, stuttered. Cale repeated his order very clearly.
"Move quickly."
It was something that Rosalyn was supposed to figure out in the novel, but Cale had already used it once to save Paseton.
"Don't worry. Your father still has many years to live."
Although Cale said it jokingly, it did not feel that way.
Contrary to his words, Cale's expression was stiffer than ever.
'Damn it.'
It wasn't that he was angry because he would not get to rest.
It was because things were moving in an unexpected direction. The novel did not have a situation like this.
Ron started to speak once Beacrox left and it was just the two of them.
"Young master-nim."
"What?"
"They, Arm, seem to be aiming for the sea route with the mermaids."
"How dare they do that?!" tboah Witira shouted while restraining her anger as long as she can.
Ron shared the important information that he had barely managed to obtain with Cale. Cale immediately responded.
"I know."
"Excuse me?"
"It's obvious."
It was obvious. It was even more obvious once Cale heard that they had come over from the Eastern Continent.
"Ron, I know it is hard, but can I ask you one more thing?"
"Yes, of course."
"Did anyone see your face?"
"...Only that mage."
Ron did not look happy as he shared this fail as an assassin. On the other hand, Cale's eyes became cloudy.
"Young master-nim?"
"Hmm?"
"You're not going to go to war against that organization, are you?"
"What do you think?"
"He would wage war on them but knowing that the other side did not have any information about them, I am sure that they put some disguise during their operation," tcf Bud said.
"Oho~~ seems my secretary is thinking now," tcf Cale said.
"Secretary?! Since when?" tcf Bud asks.
"Nah, never mind you will know soon," tcf Cale said.
'He even made the Mercenary King as his secretary damn,' tbaoh Alberu thought.
Ron was struggling with the poison, but started to smile. He could see what Cale was planning to do.
"I'm sure it will all work out to your benefit."
"You know me very well."
Cale was not planning to do anything that would complicate his life.
He was going to achieve his goal and then quickly run. Of course, he planned to cause a ruckus before he left.
Cale could hear Raon's voice in his head. Raon was angry.
– Weak human, do not worry.
Cale knew that he wasn't strong enough to cause a ruckus like a certain high school student who had traveled through dimensions.
"But you are strong enough to destroy an island, Kingdom and Empire. Remember that," tboah Alberu said.
'Annoying bastards.'
The secret organization, Arm, and the mermaids were both probably very strong. It would be difficult to go to war against them. However.
"Yes, we are strong enough to trample you!" tcf White star said as if like a kid boasting his new toy.
'Why is my liege acting like a kid? Haaa...... I don't know anymore,' tcf Sayeru thought.
"That is wrong because now it is an overrated description as I find their leader has a childish way of thinking and a pity way to command his people." Tcf Cale said.
– The great Raon will be with you.
Cale at least had a very good sense of Raon, Choi Han, Rosalyn, and all of the others' levels of strength.
He quickly formulated a plan. He needed to come up with a plan to protect himself as well as the people around him. That was the only way for his body and mind to be relaxed in the future.
"Rest until we leave."
Cale left the bedroom Ron was in and immediately headed to the video communication room. He needed to head to the Northeastern shoreline. He needed to go to the Ubarr territory.
<" That's all for now then,"> Reid said as he turn his gaze that became cold instantly to the directions of two Deruths.
<" Jour, I don't care what you will do but please do not hold back anymore,"> Reid said to his sister.
"Don't worry about that brother and you know what I am capable to do right?" Jour said.
<" Ahh, y-yes, of course, I know that we all know that especially your previous victims as well,"> Reid said
"Now then where would you like to start?" Jour asks the two Deruth like they are a piece of trash who is now kneeling on the floor.
AUTHOR'S NOTE:
Hi everyone I am here again, Enjoy today's chapter. Also, I really appreciate your comments every time I have time to read them. I am sorry for the errors and grammatical errors. Don't forget to vote and comment your thoughts on this chapter. See you in the next update!!!
I also just remember that if in Omniscient Reader's Viewpoint we have Kim Dokja as their salvation then here we have Cale Henituse as their Salvation. So, yeah I just want to share this little idea then See you in the next update.

Pages Navigation
Lucy_CL on Chapter 1 Sun 01 May 2022 02:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
count_plum_stalker on Chapter 1 Thu 05 May 2022 12:05AM UTC
Comment Actions
akira (Guest) on Chapter 1 Tue 26 Jul 2022 03:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
Iwantthembigboisanddommami (Guest) on Chapter 1 Thu 08 Jun 2023 11:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
PonyJein (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 09 Nov 2024 01:07AM UTC
Comment Actions
Rav (Guest) on Chapter 2 Wed 29 Jun 2022 01:19PM UTC
Comment Actions
Rav (Guest) on Chapter 2 Wed 29 Jun 2022 01:23PM UTC
Comment Actions
Rav (Guest) on Chapter 2 Wed 29 Jun 2022 01:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
Ishuca on Chapter 2 Wed 28 Dec 2022 08:30PM UTC
Comment Actions
KillianaLevy on Chapter 2 Sat 23 Dec 2023 10:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
Azlex on Chapter 3 Sun 01 May 2022 11:32PM UTC
Comment Actions
MyGenderIsMalt37 on Chapter 4 Sat 30 Apr 2022 03:29AM UTC
Comment Actions
Look_atmel on Chapter 4 Sat 30 Apr 2022 06:42PM UTC
Comment Actions
MyGenderIsMalt37 on Chapter 6 Sun 01 May 2022 06:11PM UTC
Comment Actions
MyGenderIsMalt37 on Chapter 8 Wed 04 May 2022 11:01PM UTC
Comment Actions
MyGenderIsMalt37 on Chapter 9 Thu 05 May 2022 05:52PM UTC
Comment Actions
Bigweeb (Guest) on Chapter 10 Sun 03 Jul 2022 11:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
WendyPotter04 on Chapter 11 Fri 06 May 2022 02:21PM UTC
Comment Actions
Oofsadlife on Chapter 12 Sat 21 May 2022 11:59AM UTC
Comment Actions
Anok (Guest) on Chapter 13 Fri 13 May 2022 08:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
bleep (Guest) on Chapter 14 Wed 11 May 2022 09:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
Slackerlifechan on Chapter 14 Wed 11 May 2022 10:26PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation